207 files changed, 18322 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/22072-8.txt b/22072-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cddb0d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5526 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Folk-Lore and Legends: North American Indian, by 
+Anonymous
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Folk-Lore and Legends: North American Indian
+
+Author: Anonymous
+
+Release Date: July 14, 2007 [EBook #22072]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FOLK-LORE AND LEGENDS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Julie Barkley, Sam W. and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+        FOLK-LORE
+
+           AND
+
+         LEGENDS
+
+
+  NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN
+
+
+      W. W. GIBBINGS
+18 BURY ST., LONDON, W.C.
+          1890
+
+
+
+
+FOLK-LORE AND LEGENDS
+
+_NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN_
+
+
+UNIFORM WITH THIS VOLUME.
+
+"_These dainty little books._"--STANDARD.
+
+FOLK-LORE AND LEGENDS.
+
+_FIRST SERIES._
+
+  1. GERMAN.
+  2. ORIENTAL.
+  3. SCOTLAND.
+  4. IRELAND.
+
+
+_SECOND SERIES._
+
+  1. ENGLAND.
+  2. SCANDINAVIAN.
+  3. RUSSIAN.
+  4. NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN.
+
+"_They transport us into a romantic world._"--TIMES.
+
+
+
+
+PREFATORY NOTE.
+
+
+It might have been expected that the Indians of North America would
+have many Folklore tales to tell, and in this volume I have
+endeavoured to present such of them as seemed to me to best illustrate
+the primitive character and beliefs of the people. The belief, and the
+language in which it is clothed, are often very beautiful. Fantastic
+imagination, magnanimity, moral sentiment, tender feeling, and humour
+are discovered in a degree which may astonish many who have been apt
+to imagine that advanced civilisation has much to do with the
+possession of such qualities. I know of nothing that throws so much
+light upon Indian character as their Folk-tales.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+                                           PAGE
+
+  Moowis,                                     1
+
+  The Girl who Married the Pine-tree,         9
+
+  A Legend of Manabozho,                     11
+
+  Pauppukkeewis,                             15
+
+  The Discovery of the Upper World,          33
+
+  The Boy who Snared the Sun,                37
+
+  The Maid in the Box,                       41
+
+  The Spirits and the Lovers,                45
+
+  The Wonderful Rod,                         54
+
+  The Funeral Fire,                          56
+
+  The Legend of O-na-wut-a-qut-o,            63
+
+  Manabozho in the Fish's Stomach,           69
+
+  The Sun and the Moon,                      72
+
+  The Snail and the Beaver,                  75
+
+  The Strange Guests,                        79
+
+  Manabozho and his Toe,                     88
+
+  The Girl who Became a Bird,                90
+
+  The Undying Head,                          92
+
+  The Old Chippeway,                        113
+
+  Mukumik! Mukumik! Mukumik!,               116
+
+  The Swing by the Lake,                    119
+
+  The Fire Plume,                           123
+
+  The Journey to the Island of Souls,       129
+
+  Machinitou, the Evil Spirit,              134
+
+  The Woman of Stone,                       144
+
+  The Maiden who Loved a Fish,              147
+
+  The Lone Lightning,                       151
+
+  Aggo-dah-gauda,                           154
+
+  Piqua,                                    158
+
+  The Evil Maker,                           177
+
+  Manabozho the Wolf,                       179
+
+  The Man-fish,                             186
+
+
+
+
+MOOWIS.
+
+
+In a large village there lived a noted belle, or Ma-mon-dá-go-Kwa,
+who was the admiration of all the young hunters and warriors. She
+was particularly admired by a young man who, from his good figure
+and the care he took in his dress, was called the Beau-Man, or
+Ma-mon-dá-gin-in-e. This young man had a friend and companion whom
+he made his confidant.
+
+"Come," said he one day, in a sportive mood, "let us go a-courting to
+her who is so handsome, perhaps she may fancy one of us."
+
+She would, however, listen to neither of them; and when the handsome
+young man rallied her on the coldness of her air, and made an effort
+to overcome her indifference, she repulsed him with the greatest
+contempt, and the young man retired confused and abashed. His sense of
+pride was deeply wounded, and he was the more piqued because he had
+been thus treated in the presence of others, and this affair had been
+noised about in the village, and became the talk of every lodge
+circle. He was, besides, a very sensitive man, and the incident so
+preyed upon him that he became moody and at last took to his bed. For
+days he would lie without uttering a word, with his eyes fixed on
+vacancy, and taking little or no food. From this state no efforts
+could rouse him. He felt abashed and dishonoured even in the presence
+of his own relatives, and no persuasions could induce him to rise, so
+that when the family prepared to take down the lodge to remove he
+still kept his bed, and they were compelled to lift it from above his
+head and leave him upon his skin couch. It was a time of general
+removal and breaking up of the camp, for it was only a winter
+hunting-camp, and as the season of the hunt was now over, and spring
+began to appear, his friends all moved off as by one impulse to the
+place of their summer village, and in a short time all were gone, and
+he was left alone. The last person to leave him was his boon companion
+and cousin, who had been, like him, an admirer of the forest belle.
+The hunter disregarded even his voice, and as soon as his steps died
+away on the creaking snow the stillness and solitude of the wilderness
+reigned around.
+
+As soon as all were gone, and he could no longer, by listening, hear
+the remotest sound of the departing camp, the Beau-Man arose.
+
+Now this young man had for a friend a powerful guardian spirit or
+personal manito, and he resolved, with this spirit's aid, to use his
+utmost power to punish and humble the girl, for she was noted in her
+tribe for her coquetry, and had treated many young men, who were
+every way her equals, as she had treated this lover. He resolved on a
+singular stratagem by way of revenge.
+
+He walked over the deserted camp and gathered up all the cast-off bits
+of soiled cloth, clippings of finery, and old clothing and ornaments,
+which had either been left there as not worth carrying away, or
+forgotten. These he carefully picked out of the snow, into which some
+of them had been trodden, and collected in one place. These gaudy and
+soiled stuffs he restored to their original beauty, and made of them a
+coat and leggings, which he trimmed with beads, and finished and
+decorated after the best fashion of his tribe. He then made a pair of
+moccasins and garnished them with beads, a bow and arrows, and a
+frontlet and feathers for the head. Having done this he searched about
+for cast-out bones of animals, pieces of skin, clippings of dried
+meat, and even dirt. Having cemented all this together he filled the
+clothes with it, pressed the mass firmly in, and fashioned it,
+externally, in all respects like a tall and well-shaped man. He put a
+bow and arrows in its hands, and the frontlet on its head. Having
+finished it he brought it to life, and the image stood forth in the
+most favoured lineaments of his fellows. Such was the origin of
+Moowis, or the Dirt-and-Rag Man.
+
+"Follow me," said the Beau-Man, "and I will direct you how you shall
+act."
+
+Moowis was, indeed, a very sightly person, and as the Beau-Man led him
+into the new encampment where the girl dwelt, the many colours of his
+clothes, the profusion of his ornaments, his manly deportment, his
+animated countenance, drew all eyes to him. He was hospitably
+received, both old and young showing him great attention. The chief
+invited him to his lodge, and he was there treated to the moose's hump
+and the finest venison.
+
+No one was better pleased with the handsome stranger than
+Ma-mon-dá-go-Kwa. She fell in love with him at first sight, and he was
+an invited guest at the lodge of her mother the very first evening of
+his arrival. The Beau-Man went with him, for it was under his
+patronage that he had been introduced, and, in truth, he had another
+motive in accompanying him, for he had not yet wholly subdued his
+feelings of admiration for the object against whom he had,
+nevertheless, exerted all his necromantic power, and he held himself
+ready to take advantage of any favourable turn which he secretly hoped
+the visit might take in relation to himself. No such opportunity,
+however, arose. Moowis attracted the chief attention, every eye and
+heart was alert to entertain him. In this effort on the part of his
+entertainers they had well-nigh brought about his destruction by
+dissolving him into his original elements of rags, snow, and dirt, for
+he was assigned the most prominent place near the fire, where he was
+exposed to a heat that he could by no means endure. However, he warded
+this calamity off by placing a boy between him and the fire; he
+shifted his position frequently, and evaded, by dexterous manoeuvres
+and timely remarks, the pressing invitation of his host to sit and
+enjoy the warmth. He so managed these excuses as not only to conceal
+his dread of immediate dissolution, but to secure the further
+approbation of the fair forest girl, who was filled with admiration of
+one who had so brave a spirit to endure the paralysing effects of
+cold.
+
+The visit proved that the rejected lover had well calculated the
+effects of his plan. He withdrew from the lodge, and Moowis triumphed.
+Before the Beau-Man left he saw him cross the lodge to the coveted
+_abinos_, or bridegroom's seat. The dart which Ma-mon-dá-go-Kwa had so
+often delighted in sending to the hearts of her admirers she was at
+length fated to receive. She had married an image.
+
+As the morning began to break the stranger arose, adjusted his
+warrior's plumes, and took his forest weapons to depart.
+
+"I must go," said he, "for I have important work to do, and there are
+many hills and streams between me and the object of my journey."
+
+"I will go with you," said Ma-mon-dá-go-Kwa.
+
+"The journey is too long," replied her husband, "and you are ill able
+to encounter the perils of the way."
+
+"It is not so long but that I will go," answered his wife, "and there
+are no dangers I will not share with you."
+
+Moowis returned to the lodge of his master, and told him what had
+occurred. For a moment pity took possession of the young man's heart.
+He regretted that she whom he so loved should thus have thrown
+herself away upon an image, a shadow, when she might have been the
+mistress of the best lodge in the camp.
+
+"It is her own folly," he said; "she has turned a deaf ear to the
+counsels of prudence. She must submit to her fate."
+
+The same morning Moowis set forth, and his wife followed him at a
+distance. The way was rough and intricate, and she found that she
+could not keep up with him, he walked so quickly. She struggled hard
+and obstinately to overtake him, but Moowis had been for some time out
+of sight when the sun rose and commenced upon his snow-formed body the
+work of dissolution. He began to melt away and fall to pieces. As
+Ma-mon-dá-go-Kwa followed in his track she found piece after piece of
+his clothing in the path. She first found his mittens, then his
+moccasins, then his leggings, then his coat, and after that other
+parts of his garments. As the heat unbound them the clothes also
+returned to their filthy condition. Over rocks, through wind-falls,
+across marshes, Ma-mon-dá-go-Kwa pursued him she loved. The path
+turned aside in all directions. Rags, bones, leather, beads, feathers,
+and soiled ribbons she found, but caught no sight of Moowis. She spent
+the day in wandering, and when evening came she was still alone. The
+snow having now melted, she had completely lost her husband's track,
+and she wandered about uncertain which way to go and in a state of
+perfect despair. At length with bitter cries she lamented her fate.
+
+"Moowis, Moowis," she cried, "nin ge won e win ig, ne won e win
+ig!"--"Moowis, Moowis, you have led me astray, you are leading me
+astray!"
+
+With this cry she wandered in the woods.
+
+The cry of the lost Ma-mon-dá-go-Kwa is sometimes repeated by the
+village girls who have made of it a song--
+
+    Moowis! Moowis!
+    Forest rover,
+      Where art thou?
+    Ah! my bravest, gayest lover,
+      Guide me now.
+
+    Moowis! Moowis!
+    Ah! believe me,
+      List my moan:
+    Do not, do not, brave heart, leave me
+      All alone.
+
+    Moowis! Moowis!
+    Footprints vanished!
+      Whither wend I?
+    Fated, lost, detested, banished
+      Must I die!
+
+    Moowis! Moowis!
+    Whither goest thou,
+      Eye-bright lover?
+    Ah! thou ravenous bird that knowest,
+      I see thee hover,
+
+    Circling, circling
+    As I wander,
+      And at last
+    When I fall thou then wilt come
+      And feed upon my breast.
+
+
+
+
+THE GIRL WHO MARRIED THE PINE-TREE.
+
+
+Upon the side of a certain mountain grew some pines, under the shade
+of which the Puckwudjinies, or sprites, were accustomed to sport at
+times. Now it happened that in the neighbourhood of these trees was a
+lodge in which dwelt a beautiful girl and her father and mother. One
+day a man came to the lodge of the father, and seeing the girl he
+loved her, and said--
+
+"Give me Leelinau for my wife," and the old man consented.
+
+Now it happened that the girl did not like her lover, so she escaped
+from the lodge and went and hid herself, and as the sun was setting
+she came to the pine-trees, and leaning against one of them she
+lamented her hard fate. On a sudden she heard a voice, which seemed to
+come from the tree, saying--
+
+"Be my wife, maiden, beautiful Leelinau, beautiful Leelinau."
+
+The girl was astonished, not knowing whence the voice could have come.
+She listened again, and the words were repeated, evidently by the tree
+against which she leaned. Then the maid consented to be the wife of
+the pine-tree.
+
+Meanwhile her parents had missed her, and had sent out parties to see
+if she could be found, but she was nowhere.
+
+Time passed on, but Leelinau never returned to her home. Hunters who
+have been crossing the mountain, and have come to the trees at sunset,
+say that they have seen a beautiful girl there in company with a
+handsome youth, who vanished as they approached.
+
+
+
+
+A LEGEND OF MANABOZHO.
+
+
+Manabozho made the land. The occasion of his doing so was this.
+
+One day he went out hunting with two wolves. After the first day's
+hunt one of the wolves left him and went to the left, but the other
+continuing with Manabozho he adopted him for his son. The lakes were
+in those days peopled by spirits with whom Manabozho and his son went
+to war. They destroyed all the spirits in one lake, and then went on
+hunting. They were not, however, very successful, for every deer the
+wolf chased fled to another of the lakes and escaped from them. It
+chanced that one day Manabozho started a deer, and the wolf gave
+chase. The animal fled to the lake, which was covered with ice, and
+the wolf pursued it. At the moment when the wolf had come up to the
+prey the ice broke, and both fell in, when the spirits, catching them,
+at once devoured them.
+
+Manabozho went up and down the lake-shore weeping and lamenting. While
+he was thus distressed he heard a voice proceeding from the depths of
+the lake.
+
+"Manabozho," cried the voice, "why do you weep?"
+
+Manabozho answered--
+
+"Have I not cause to do so? I have lost my son, who has sunk in the
+waters of the lake."
+
+"You will never see him more," replied the voice; "the spirits have
+eaten him."
+
+Then Manabozho wept the more when he heard this sad news.
+
+"Would," said he, "I might meet those who have thus cruelly treated me
+in eating my son. They should feel the power of Manabozho, who would
+be revenged."
+
+The voice informed him that he might meet the spirits by repairing to
+a certain place, to which the spirits would come to sun themselves.
+Manabozho went there accordingly, and, concealing himself, saw the
+spirits, who appeared in all manner of forms, as snakes, bears, and
+other things. Manabozho, however, did not escape the notice of one of
+the two chiefs of the spirits, and one of the band who wore the shape
+of a very large snake was sent by them to examine what the strange
+object was.
+
+Manabozho saw the spirit coming, and assumed the appearance of a
+stump. The snake coming up wrapped itself around the trunk and
+squeezed it with all its strength, so that Manabozho was on the point
+of crying out when the snake uncoiled itself. The relief was, however,
+only for a moment. Again the snake wound itself around him and gave
+him this time even a more severe hug than before. Manabozho
+restrained himself and did not suffer a cry to escape him, and the
+snake, now satisfied that the stump was what it appeared to be, glided
+off to its companions. The chiefs of the spirits were not, however,
+satisfied, so they sent a bear to try what he could make of the stump.
+The bear came up to Manabozho and hugged, and bit, and clawed him till
+he could hardly forbear screaming with the pain it caused him. The
+thought of his son and of the vengeance he wished to take on the
+spirits, however, restrained him, and the bear at last retreated to
+its fellows.
+
+"It is nothing," it said; "it is really a stump."
+
+Then the spirits were reassured, and, having sunned themselves, lay
+down and went to sleep. Seeing this, Manabozho assumed his natural
+shape, and stealing upon them with his bow and arrows, slew the chiefs
+of the spirits. In doing this he awoke the others, who, seeing their
+chiefs dead, turned upon Manabozho, who fled. Then the spirits pursued
+him in the shape of a vast flood of water. Hearing it behind him the
+fugitive ran as fast as he could to the hills, but each one became
+gradually submerged, so that Manabozho was at last driven to the top
+of the highest mountain. Here the waters still surrounding him and
+gathering in height, Manabozho climbed the highest pine-tree he could
+find. The waters still rose. Then Manabozho prayed that the tree would
+grow, and it did so. Still the waters rose. Manabozho prayed again
+that the tree would grow, and it did so, but not so much as before.
+Still the waters rose, and Manabozho was up to his chin in the flood,
+when he prayed again, and the tree grew, but less than on either of
+the former occasions. Manabozho looked round on the waters, and saw
+many animals swimming about seeking land. Amongst them he saw a
+beaver, an otter, and a musk-rat. Then he cried to them, saying--
+
+"My brothers, come to me. We must have some earth, or we shall all
+die."
+
+So they came to him and consulted as to what had best be done, and it
+was agreed that they should dive down and see if they could not bring
+up some of the earth from below.
+
+The beaver dived first, but was drowned before he reached the bottom.
+Then the otter went. He came within sight of the earth, but then his
+senses failed him before he could get a bite of it. The musk-rat
+followed. He sank to the bottom, and bit the earth. Then he lost his
+senses and came floating up to the top of the water. Manabozho awaited
+the reappearance of the three, and as they came up to the surface he
+drew them to him. He examined their claws, but found nothing. Then he
+looked in their mouths and found the beaver's and the otter's empty.
+In the musk-rat's, however, he found a little earth. This Manabozho
+took in his hands and rubbed till it was a fine dust. Then he dried it
+in the sun, and, when it was quite light, he blew it all round him
+over the water, and the dry land appeared.
+
+Thus Manabozho made the land.
+
+
+
+
+PAUPPUKKEEWIS.
+
+
+A man of large stature and great activity of mind and body found
+himself standing alone on a prairie. He thought to himself--
+
+"How came I here? Are there no beings on this earth but myself? I must
+travel and see. I must walk till I find the abodes of men."
+
+So as soon as his mind was made up he set out, he knew not whither, in
+search of habitations. No obstacles diverted him from his purpose.
+Prairies, rivers, woods, and storms did not daunt his courage or turn
+him back. After travelling a long time he came to a wood in which he
+saw decayed stumps of trees, as if they had been cut in ancient times,
+but he found no other traces of men. Pursuing his journey he found
+more recent marks of the same kind, and later on he came to fresh
+traces of human beings, first their footsteps, and then the wood they
+had cut lying in heaps.
+
+Continuing on he emerged towards dusk from the forest, and beheld at a
+distance a large village of high lodges, standing on rising ground. He
+said to himself--
+
+"I will arrive there at a run."
+
+Off he started with all his speed, and on coming to the first lodge he
+jumped over it. Those within saw something pass over the top, and then
+they heard a thump on the ground.
+
+"What is that?" they all said.
+
+One came out to see, and, finding a stranger, invited him in. He found
+himself in the presence of an old chief and several men who were
+seated in the lodge. Meat was set before him, after which the chief
+asked him where he was going and what his name was. He answered he was
+in search of adventures, and that his name was Pauppukkeewis
+(grasshopper). The eyes of all were fixed upon him.
+
+"Pauppukkeewis!" said one to another, and the laugh went round.
+
+Pauppukkeewis made but a short stay in the village. He was not easy
+there. The place gave him no opportunity to display his powers.
+
+"I will be off," he said, and taking with him a young man who had
+formed a strong attachment for him and who might serve him as a
+mesh-in-au-wa (official who bears the pipe), he set out once more on
+his travels. The two travelled together, and when the young man was
+fatigued with walking Pauppukkeewis would show him a few tricks, such
+as leaping over trees, and turning round on one leg till he made the
+dust fly in a cloud around him. In this manner he very much amused his
+companion, though at times his performance somewhat alarmed him.
+
+One day they came to a large village, where they were well received.
+The people told them that there were a number of manitoes who lived
+some distance away and who killed all who came to their lodge.
+
+The people had made many attempts to extirpate these manitoes, but the
+war parties that went out for this purpose were always unsuccessful.
+
+"I will go and see them," said Pauppukkeewis.
+
+The chief of the village warned him of the danger he would run, but
+finding him resolved, said--
+
+"Well, if you will go, since you are my guest, I will send twenty
+warriors with you."
+
+Pauppukkeewis thanked him for this. Twenty young men offered
+themselves for the expedition. They went forward, and in a short time
+descried the lodge of the manitoes. Pauppukkeewis placed his friend
+and the warriors near him so that they might see all that passed, and
+then he went alone into the lodge. When he entered he found five
+horrible-looking manitoes eating. These were the father and four sons.
+Their appearance was hideous. Their eyes were set low in their heads
+as if the manitoes were half starved. They offered Pauppukkeewis part
+of their meat, but he refused it.
+
+"What have you come for?" asked the old one.
+
+"Nothing," answered Pauppukkeewis.
+
+At this they all stared at him.
+
+"Do you not wish to wrestle?" they all asked.
+
+"Yes," replied he.
+
+A hideous smile passed over their faces.
+
+"You go," said the others to their eldest brother.
+
+Pauppukkeewis and his antagonist were soon clinched in each other's
+arms. He knew the manitoes' object,--they wanted his flesh,--but he
+was prepared for them.
+
+"Haw, haw!" they cried, and the dust and dry leaves flew about the
+wrestlers as if driven by a strong wind.
+
+The manito was strong, but Pauppukkeewis soon found he could master
+him. He tripped him up, and threw him with a giant's force head
+foremost on a stone, and he fell insensible.
+
+The brothers stepped up in quick succession, but Pauppukkeewis put his
+tricks in full play, and soon all the four lay bleeding on the ground.
+The old manito got frightened, and ran for his life. Pauppukkeewis
+pursued him for sport. Sometimes he was before him, sometimes over his
+head. Now he would give him a kick, now a push, now a trip, till the
+manito was quite exhausted. Meanwhile Pauppukkeewis's friend and the
+warriors came up, crying--
+
+"Ha, ha, a! Ha, ha, a! Pauppukkeewis is driving him before him."
+
+At length Pauppukkeewis threw the manito to the ground with such force
+that he lay senseless, and the warriors, carrying him off, laid him
+with the bodies of his sons, and set fire to the whole, consuming them
+to ashes.
+
+Around the lodge Pauppukkeewis and his friends saw a large number of
+bones, the remains of the warriors whom the manitoes had slain. Taking
+three arrows, Pauppukkeewis called upon the Great Spirit, and then,
+shooting an arrow in the air, he cried--
+
+"You, who are lying down, rise up, or you will be hit."
+
+The bones at these words all collected in one place. Again
+Pauppukkeewis shot another arrow into the air, crying--
+
+"You, who are lying down, rise up, or you will be hit," and each bone
+drew towards its fellow.
+
+Then he shot a third arrow, crying--
+
+"You, who are lying down, rise up, or you will be hit," and the bones
+immediately came together, flesh came over them, and the warriors,
+whose remains they were, stood before Pauppukkeewis alive and well.
+
+He led them to the chief of the village, who had been his friend, and
+gave them up to him. Soon after, the chief with his counsellors came
+to him, saying--
+
+"Who is more worthy to rule than you? You alone can defend us."
+
+Pauppukkeewis thanked the chief, but told him he must set out again in
+search of further adventures. The chief and the counsellors pressed
+him to remain, but he was resolved to leave them, and so he told the
+chief to make his friend ruler while he himself went on his travels.
+
+"I will come again," said he, "sometime and see you."
+
+"Ho, ho, ho!" they all cried, "come back again and see us."
+
+He promised that he would, and set out alone.
+
+After travelling for some time, he came to a large lake, and on
+looking about he saw an enormous otter on an island. He thought to
+himself--
+
+"His skin will make me a fine pouch," and, drawing near, he drove an
+arrow into the otter's side. He waded into the lake, and with some
+difficulty dragged the carcass ashore. He took out the entrails, but
+even then the carcass was so heavy that it was as much as he could do
+to drag it up a hill overlooking the lake. As soon as he got it into
+the sunshine, where it was warm, he skinned the otter, and threw the
+carcass away, for he said to himself--
+
+"The war-eagle will come, and then I shall have a chance to get his
+skin and his feathers to put on my head."
+
+Very soon he heard a noise in the air, but he could see nothing. At
+length a large eagle dropped, as if from the sky, on to the otter's
+carcass. Pauppukkeewis drew his bow and sent an arrow through the
+bird's body. The eagle made a dying effort and lifted the carcass up
+several feet, but it could not disengage its claws, and the weight
+soon brought the bird down again.
+
+Then Pauppukkeewis skinned the bird, crowned his head with its
+feathers, and set out again on his journey.
+
+After walking a while he came to a lake, the water of which came right
+up to the trees on its banks. He soon saw that the lake had been made
+by beavers. He took his station at a certain spot to see whether any
+of the beavers would show themselves. Soon he saw the head of one
+peeping out of the water to see who the stranger was.
+
+"My friend," said Pauppukkeewis, "could you not turn me into a beaver
+like yourself?"
+
+"I do not know," replied the beaver; "I will go and ask the others."
+
+Soon all the beavers showed their heads above the water, and looked to
+see if Pauppukkeewis was armed, but he had left his bow and arrows in
+a hollow tree a short distance off. When they were satisfied they all
+came near.
+
+"Can you not, with all your united power," said he, "turn me into a
+beaver? I wish to live among you."
+
+"Yes," answered the chief, "lie down;" and Pauppukkeewis soon found
+himself changed into one of them.
+
+"You must make me large," said he, "larger than any of you."
+
+"Yes, yes," said they; "by and by, when we get into the lodge, it
+shall be done."
+
+They all dived into the lake, and Pauppukkeewis, passing large heaps
+of limbs of trees and logs at the bottom, asked the use of them. The
+beavers answered--
+
+"They are our winter provisions."
+
+When they all got into the lodge their number was about one hundred.
+The lodge was large and warm.
+
+"Now we will make you large," said they, exerting all their power.
+"Will that do?"
+
+"Yes," he answered, for he found he was ten times the size of the
+largest.
+
+"You need not go out," said they. "We will bring your food into the
+lodge, and you shall be our chief."
+
+"Very well," answered Pauppukkeewis. He thought--
+
+"I will stay here and grow fat at their expense," but very soon a
+beaver came into the lodge out of breath, crying--
+
+"We are attacked by Indians."
+
+All huddled together in great fear. The water began to lower, for the
+hunters had broken down the dam, and soon the beavers heard them on
+the roof of the lodge, breaking it in. Out jumped all the beavers and
+so escaped. Pauppukkeewis tried to follow them, but, alas! they had
+made him so large that he could not creep out at the hole. He called
+to them to come back, but none answered. He worried himself so much in
+trying to escape that he looked like a bladder. He could not change
+himself into a man again though he heard and understood all the
+hunters said. One of them put his head in at the top of the lodge.
+
+"Ty-au!" cried he. "Tut-ty-au! Me-shau-mik! King of the beavers is
+in."
+
+Then they all got at Pauppukkeewis and battered in his skull with
+their clubs. After that seven or eight of them placed his body on
+poles and carried him home. As he went he reflected--
+
+"What will become of me? My ghost or shadow will not die after they
+get me to their lodges."
+
+When the party arrived home, they sent out invitations to a grand
+feast. The women took Pauppukkeewis and laid him in the snow to skin
+him, but as soon as his flesh got cold, his jee-bi, or spirit, fled.
+
+Pauppukkeewis found himself standing on a prairie, having assumed his
+mortal shape. After walking a short distance, he saw a herd of elks
+feeding. He admired the apparent ease and enjoyment of their life, and
+thought there could be nothing more pleasant than to have the liberty
+of running about, and feeding on the prairies. He asked them if they
+could not change him into an elk.
+
+"Yes," they answered, after a pause. "Get down on your hands and
+feet." He did so, and soon found himself an elk.
+
+"I want big horns and big feet," said he. "I wish to be very large."
+
+"Yes, yes," they said. "There," exerting all their power, "are you big
+enough?"
+
+"Yes," he answered, for he saw he was very large.
+
+They spent a good time in playing and running.
+
+Being rather cold one day he went into a thick wood for shelter, and
+was followed by most of the herd. They had not been there long before
+some elks from behind passed them like a strong wind. All took the
+alarm, and off they ran, Pauppukkeewis with the rest.
+
+"Keep out on the plains," said they, but he found it was too late to
+do so, for they had already got entangled in the thick woods. He soon
+smelt the hunters, who were closely following his trail, for they had
+left all the others to follow him. He jumped furiously, and broke down
+young trees in his flight, but it only served to retard his progress.
+He soon felt an arrow in his side. He jumped over trees in his agony,
+but the arrows clattered thicker and thicker about him, and at last
+one entered his heart. He fell to the ground and heard the whoop of
+triumph given by the warriors. On coming up they looked at the carcass
+with astonishment, and, with their hands up to their mouths,
+exclaimed--
+
+"Ty-au! ty-au!"
+
+There were about sixty in the party, who had come out on a special
+hunt, for one of their number had, the day before, observed
+Pauppukkeewis's large tracks in the sand. They skinned him, and as his
+flesh got cold his jee-bi took its flight, and once more he found
+himself in human shape.
+
+His passion for adventure was not yet cooled. On coming to a large
+lake, the shore of which was sandy, he saw a large flock of brant,
+and, speaking to them, he asked them to turn him into a brant.
+
+"Very well," said they.
+
+"But I want to be very large," said he.
+
+"Very well," replied the brant, and he soon found himself one of them,
+of prodigious size, all the others looking on at him in amazement.
+
+"You must fly as leader," they said.
+
+"No," replied Pauppukkeewis, "I will fly behind."
+
+"Very well," said they. "One thing we have to say to you. You must be
+careful in flying not to look down, for if you do something may happen
+to you."
+
+"Be it so," said he, and soon the flock rose up in the air, for they
+were bound for the north. They flew very fast with Pauppukkeewis
+behind. One day, while going with a strong wind, and as swift as their
+wings would flap, while they passed over a large village, the Indians
+below raised a great shout, for they were amazed at the enormous size
+of Pauppukkeewis. They made such a noise that Pauppukkeewis forgot
+what had been told him about not looking down. He was flying as swift
+as an arrow, and as soon as he brought his neck in, and stretched it
+down to look at the shouters, his tail was caught by the wind, and he
+was blown over and over. He tried to right himself, but without
+success. Down he went from an immense height, turning over and over.
+He lost his senses, and when he recovered them he found himself jammed
+in a cleft in a hollow tree. To get backward or forward was
+impossible, and there he remained until his brant life was ended by
+starvation. Then his jee-bi again left the carcass, and once more he
+found himself in human shape.
+
+Travelling was still his passion, and one day he came to a lodge, in
+which were two old men whose heads were white from age. They treated
+him well, and he told them he was going back to his village to see his
+friends and people. The old men said they would aid him, and pointed
+out the way they said he should go, but they were deceivers. After
+walking all day he came to a lodge very like the first, and looking in
+he found two old men with white heads. It was in fact the very same
+lodge, and he had been walking in a circle. The old men did not
+undeceive him, but pretended to be strangers, and said in a kind
+voice--
+
+"We will show you the way."
+
+After walking the third day, and coming back to the same place, he
+discovered their trickery, for he had cut a notch in the door-post.
+
+"Who are you," said he to them, "to treat _me_ so?" and he gave one a
+kick and the other a slap that killed them. Their blood flew against
+the rocks near their lodge, and that is the reason there are red
+streaks in them to this day. Then Pauppukkeewis burned their lodge.
+
+He continued his journey, not knowing exactly which way to go. At last
+he came to a big lake. He ascended the highest hill to try and see the
+opposite shore, but he could not, so he made a canoe and took a sail
+on the water. On looking down he saw that the bottom of the lake was
+covered with dark fish, of which he caught some. This made him wish to
+return to his village, and bring his people to live near this lake. He
+sailed on, and towards evening came to an island, where he stopped and
+ate the fish.
+
+Next day he returned to the mainland, and, while wandering along the
+shore, he encountered a more powerful manito than himself, named
+Manabozho. Pauppukkeewis thought it best, after playing him a trick,
+to keep out of his way. He again thought of returning to his village,
+and, transforming himself into a partridge, took his flight towards
+it. In a short time he reached it, and his return was welcomed with
+feasting and songs. He told them of the lake and of the fish, and,
+telling them that it would be easier for them to live there, persuaded
+them all to remove. He immediately began to lead them by short
+journeys, and all things turned out as he had said.
+
+While the people lived there a messenger came to Pauppukkeewis in the
+shape of a bear, and said that the bear-chief wished to see him at
+once at his village. Pauppukkeewis was ready in an instant, and
+getting on the messenger's back was carried away. Towards evening they
+ascended a high mountain, and came to a cave, in which the bear-chief
+lived. He was a very large creature, and he made Pauppukkeewis
+welcome, inviting him into his lodge.
+
+As soon as propriety allowed he spoke, and said that he had sent for
+him because he had heard he was the chief who was leading a large
+party towards his hunting-grounds.
+
+"You must know," said he, "that you have no right there, and I wish
+you to leave the country with your party, or else we must fight."
+
+"Very well," replied Pauppukkeewis, "so be it."
+
+He did not wish to do anything without consulting his people, and he
+saw that the bear-chief was raising a war-party, so he said he would
+go back that night. The bear-king told him he might do as he wished,
+and that one of the bears was at his command; so Pauppukkeewis,
+jumping on its back, rode home. Then he assembled the village, and
+told the young men to kill the bear, make ready a feast, and hang the
+head outside the village, for he knew the bear spies would soon see it
+and carry the news to their chief.
+
+Next morning Pauppukkeewis got all his young warriors ready for the
+fight. After waiting one day, the bear war-party came in sight, making
+a tremendous noise. The bear-chief advanced, and said that he did not
+wish to shed the blood of the young warriors, but if Pauppukkeewis
+would consent they two would run a race, and the winner should kill
+the losing chief, and all the loser's followers should be the slaves
+of the other. Pauppukkeewis agreed, and they ran before all the
+warriors. He was victor; but not to terminate the race too quickly he
+gave the bear-chief some specimens of his skill, forming eddies and
+whirlwinds with the sand as he twisted and turned about. As the
+bear-chief came to the post Pauppukkeewis drove an arrow through him.
+Having done this he told his young men to take the bears and tie one
+at the door of each lodge, that they might remain in future as slaves.
+
+After seeing that all was quiet and prosperous in the village,
+Pauppukkeewis felt his desire for adventure returning, so he took an
+affectionate leave of his friends and people, and started off again.
+After wandering a long time, he came to the lodge of Manabozho, who
+was absent. Pauppukkeewis thought he would play him a trick, so he
+turned everything in the lodge upside down and killed his chickens.
+Now Manabozho calls all the fowl of the air his chickens, and among
+the number was a raven, the meanest of birds, and him Pauppukkeewis
+killed and hung up by the neck to insult Manabozho. He then went on
+till he came to a very high point of rocks running out into the lake,
+from the top of which he could see the country as far as eye could
+reach. While he sat there, Manabozho's mountain chickens flew round
+and past him in great numbers. So, out of spite, he shot many of them,
+for his arrows were sure and the birds many, and he amused himself by
+throwing the birds down the precipice. At length a wary bird called
+out--
+
+"Pauppukkeewis is killing us: go and tell our father."
+
+Away flew some of them, and Manabozho soon made his appearance on the
+plain below.
+
+Pauppukkeewis slipped down the other side of the mountain. Manabozho
+cried from the top--
+
+"The earth is not so large but I can get up to you."
+
+Off Pauppukkeewis ran and Manabozho after him. He ran over hills and
+prairies with all his speed, but his pursuer was still hard after him.
+Then he thought of a shift. He stopped, and climbed a large pine-tree,
+stripped it of all its green foliage, and threw it to the winds. Then
+he ran on. When Manabozho reached the tree, it called out to him--
+
+"Great Manabozho, give me my life again. Pauppukkeewis has killed
+me."
+
+"I will do so," said Manabozho, and it took him some time to gather
+the scattered foliage. Then he resumed the chase. Pauppukkeewis
+repeated the same trick with the hemlock, and with other trees, for
+Manabozho would always stop to restore anything that called upon him
+to give it life again. By this means Pauppukkeewis kept ahead, but
+still Manabozho was overtaking him when Pauppukkeewis saw an elk. He
+asked it to take him on its back, and this the animal did, and for a
+time he made great progress. Still Manabozho was in sight.
+Pauppukkeewis dismounted, and, coming to a large sandstone rock, he
+broke it in pieces, and scattered the grains. Manabozho was so close
+upon him at this place that he had almost caught him, but the
+foundation of the rock cried out--
+
+"Haye! Ne-me-sho! Pauppukkeewis has spoiled me. Will you not restore
+me to life?"
+
+"Yes," replied Manabozho, and he restored the rock to its previous
+shape. He then pushed on in pursuit of Pauppukkeewis, and had got so
+near as to put out his arm to seize him, when Pauppukkeewis dodged
+him, and raised such a dust and commotion by whirlwinds, as to make
+the trees break, and the sand and leaves dance in the air. Again and
+again Manabozho's hand was put out to catch him, but he dodged him at
+every turn, and at last, making a great dust, he dashed into a hollow
+tree, which had been blown down, and, changing himself into a snake,
+crept out at its roots. Well that he did; for at the moment Manabozho,
+who is Ogee-bau-ge-mon (a species of lightning) struck the tree with
+all his power, and shivered it to fragments. Pauppukkeewis again took
+human shape, and again Manabozho, pursuing him, pressed him hard.
+
+At a distance Pauppukkeewis saw a very high rock jutting out into a
+lake, and he ran for the foot of the precipice, which was abrupt and
+elevated. As he came near, the manito of the rock opened his door and
+told him to come in. No sooner was the door closed than Manabozho
+knocked at it.
+
+"Open," he cried in a loud voice.
+
+The manito was afraid of him, but said to his guest--
+
+"Since I have sheltered you, I would sooner die with you than open the
+door."
+
+"Open," Manabozho cried again.
+
+The manito was silent. Manabozho made no attempt to force the door
+open. He waited a few moments.
+
+"Very well," said he, "I give you till night to live."
+
+The manito trembled, for he knew that when the hour came he would be
+shut up under the earth.
+
+Night came, the clouds hung low and black, and every moment the forked
+lightning flashed from them. The black clouds advanced slowly and
+threw their dark shadows afar, and behind was heard the rumbling noise
+of the coming thunder. When the clouds were gathered over the rock the
+thunders roared, the lightning flashed, the ground shook, and the
+solid rock split, tottered, and fell. Under the ruins lay crushed the
+mortal bodies of Pauppukkeewis and the manito.
+
+It was only then that Pauppukkeewis found that he was really dead. He
+had been killed before in the shapes of different animals, but now his
+body, in human shape, was crushed.
+
+Manabozho came and took his jee-bi, or spirit. "You," said he to
+Pauppukkeewis, "shall not be again permitted to live on the earth. I
+will give you the shape of the war-eagle, and you shall be the chief
+of all birds, and your duty shall be to watch over their destinies."
+
+
+
+
+THE DISCOVERY OF THE UPPER WORLD.
+
+
+The Minnatarees, and all the other Indians who are not of the stock of
+the grandfather of nations, were once not of this upper air, but dwelt
+in the bowels of the earth. The Good Spirit, when he made them, meant,
+no doubt, at a proper time to put them in enjoyment of all the good
+things which he had prepared for them upon earth, but he ordered that
+their first stage of existence should be within it. They all dwelt
+underground, like moles, in one great cavern. When they emerged it was
+in different places, but generally near where they now inhabit. At
+that time few of the Indian tribes wore the human form. Some had the
+figures or semblances of beasts. The Paukunnawkuts were rabbits, some
+of the Delawares were ground-hogs, others tortoises, and the
+Tuscaroras, and a great many others, were rattlesnakes. The Sioux were
+the hissing-snakes, but the Minnatarees were always men. Their part of
+the great cavern was situated far towards the mountains of snow.
+
+The great cavern in which the Indians dwelt was indeed a dark and
+dismal region. In the country of the Minnatarees it was lighted up
+only by the rays of the sun which strayed through the fissures of the
+rock and the crevices in the roof of the cavern, while in that of the
+Mengwe all was dark and sunless. The life of the Indians was a life of
+misery compared with that they now enjoy, and it was endured only
+because they were ignorant of a fairer or richer world, or a better or
+happier state of being.
+
+There were among the Minnatarees two boys, who, from the hour of their
+birth, showed superior wisdom, sagacity, and cunning. Even while they
+were children they were wiser than their fathers. They asked their
+parents whence the light came which streamed through the fissures of
+the rock and played along the sides of the cavern, and whence and from
+what descended the roots of the great vine. Their father could not
+tell them, and their mother only laughed at the question, which
+appeared to her very foolish. They asked the priest, but he could not
+tell them; but he said he supposed the light came from the eyes of
+some great wolf. The boys asked the king tortoise, who sulkily drew
+his head into his shell, and made no answer. When they asked the chief
+rattlesnake, he answered that he knew, and would tell them all about
+it if they would promise to make peace with his tribe, and on no
+account kill one of his descendants. The boys promised, and the chief
+rattlesnake then told them that there was a world above them, a
+beautiful world, peopled by creatures in the shape of beasts, having
+a pure atmosphere and a soft sky, sweet fruits and mellow water,
+well-stocked hunting-grounds and well-filled lakes. He told them to
+ascend by the roots, which were those of a great grape-vine. A while
+after the boys were missing; nor did they come back till the
+Minnatarees had celebrated their death, and the lying priest had, as
+he falsely said, in a vision seen them inhabitants of the land of
+spirits.
+
+The Indians were surprised by the return of the boys. They came back
+singing and dancing, and were grown so much, and looked so different
+from what they did when they left the cavern, that their father and
+mother scarcely knew them. They were sleek and fat, and when they
+walked it was with so strong a step that the hollow space rang with
+the sound of their feet. They were covered with the skins of animals,
+and had blankets of the skins of racoons and beavers. They described
+to the Indians the pleasures of the upper world, and the people were
+delighted with their story. At length they resolved to leave their
+dull residence underground for the upper regions. All agreed to this
+except the ground-hog, the badger, and the mole, who said, as they had
+been put where they were, they would live and die there. The rabbit
+said he would live sometimes above and sometimes below.
+
+When the Indians had determined to leave their habitations
+underground, the Minnatarees began, men, women, and children, to
+clamber up the vine, and one-half of them had already reached the
+surface of the earth, when a dire mishap involved the remainder in a
+still more desolate captivity within its bowels.
+
+There was among them a very fat old woman, who was heavier than any
+six of her nation. Nothing would do but she must go up before some of
+her neighbours. Away she clambered, but her weight was so great that
+the vine broke with it, and the opening, to which it afforded the sole
+means of ascending, closed upon her and the rest of her nation.
+
+
+
+
+THE BOY WHO SNARED THE SUN.
+
+
+At the time when the animals reigned on the earth they had killed all
+but a girl and her little brother, and these two were living in fear
+and seclusion. The boy was a perfect pigmy, never growing beyond the
+stature of a small infant, but the girl increased with her years, so
+that the labour of providing food and lodging devolved wholly on her.
+She went out daily to get wood for their lodge fire, and took her
+brother with her so that no accident might happen to him, for he was
+too little to leave alone--a big bird might have flown away with him.
+She made him a bow and arrows, and said to him one winter day--
+
+"I will leave you behind where I have been chopping; you must hide
+yourself, and you will see the gitshee-gitshee-gaun ai see-ug, or
+snow-birds, come and pick the worms out of the wood, where I have been
+chopping. Shoot one of them and bring it home."
+
+He obeyed her, and tried his best to kill one, but came home
+unsuccessful. She told him he must not despair, but try again the next
+day. She accordingly left him at the place where she got wood and
+returned home. Towards nightfall she heard his footsteps on the snow,
+and he came in exultingly, and threw down one of the birds he had
+killed.
+
+"My sister," said he, "I wish you to skin it and stretch the skin, and
+when I have killed more I will have a coat made out of them."
+
+"What shall we do with the body?" asked she, for as yet men had not
+begun to eat animal food, but lived on vegetables alone.
+
+"Cut it in two," he answered, "and season our pottage with one-half of
+it at a time."
+
+She did so. The boy continued his efforts, and succeeded in killing
+ten birds, out of the skins of which his sister made him a little
+coat.
+
+"Sister," said he one day, "are we all alone in the world? Is there
+nobody else living?"
+
+His sister told him that they two alone remained; that the beings who
+had killed all their relations lived in a certain quarter, and that he
+must by no means go in that direction. This only served to inflame his
+curiosity and raise his ambition, and he soon after took his bow and
+arrows and went to seek the beings of whom his sister had told him.
+After walking a long time and meeting nothing he became tired, and lay
+down on a knoll where the sun had melted the snow. He fell fast
+asleep, and while sleeping the sun beat so hot upon him that it singed
+and drew up his birdskin coat, so that when he awoke and stretched
+himself, he felt, as it were, bound in it. He looked down and saw the
+damage done, and then he flew into a passion, upbraided the sun, and
+vowed vengeance against it.
+
+"Do not think you are too high," said he; "I shall revenge myself."
+
+On coming home he related his disaster to his sister, and lamented
+bitterly the spoiling of his coat. He would not eat. He lay down as
+one that fasts, and did not stir or move his position for ten days,
+though his sister did all she could to arouse him. At the end of ten
+days he turned over, and then lay ten days on the other side. Then he
+got up and told his sister to make him a snare, for he meant to catch
+the sun. At first she said she had nothing, but finally she remembered
+a little piece of dried deer's sinew that her father had left, and
+this she soon made into a string suitable for a noose. The moment,
+however, she showed it to her brother, he told her it would not do,
+and bade her get something else. She said she had nothing--nothing at
+all. At last she thought of her hair, and pulling some of it out made
+a string. Her brother again said it would not answer, and bade her,
+pettishly, and with authority, make him a noose. She replied that
+there was nothing to make it of, and went out of the lodge. When she
+was all alone she said--
+
+"Neow obewy indapin."
+
+Meanwhile her brother awaited her, and it was not long before she
+reappeared with some tiny cord. The moment he saw it he was delighted.
+
+"This will do," he cried, and he put the cord to his mouth and began
+pulling it through his lips, and as fast as he drew it changed to a
+red metal cord of prodigious length, which he wound around his body
+and shoulders. He then prepared himself, and set out a little after
+midnight that he might catch the sun before it rose. He fixed his
+snare on a spot just where he thought the sun would appear; and sure
+enough he caught it, so that it was held fast in the cord and could
+not rise.
+
+The animals who ruled the earth were immediately put into a great
+commotion. They had no light. They called a council to debate the
+matter, and to appoint some one to go and cut the cord--a very
+hazardous enterprise, for who dare go so near to the sun as would be
+necessary? The dormouse, however, undertook the task. At that time the
+dormouse was the largest animal in the world; when it stood up it
+looked like a mountain. It set out upon its mission, and, when it got
+to the place where the sun lay snared, its back began to smoke and
+burn, so intense was the heat, and the top of its carcass was reduced
+to enormous heaps of ashes. It succeeded, however, in cutting the cord
+with its teeth and freed the sun, but was reduced to a very small size,
+and has remained so ever since. Men call it the Kug-e-been-gwa-kwa.
+
+
+
+
+THE MAID IN THE BOX.
+
+
+There once lived a woman called Monedo Kway (female spirit or
+prophetess) on the sand mountains, called The Sleeping Bear of Lake
+Michigan, who had a daughter as beautiful as she was modest and
+discreet. Everybody spoke of her beauty, and she was so handsome that
+her mother feared she would be carried off, so to prevent it she put
+her in a box, which she pushed into the middle of the lake. The box
+was tied by a long string to a stake on shore, and every morning the
+mother pulled the box to land, and, taking her daughter out of it,
+combed her hair, gave her food, and then putting her again in the box,
+set her afloat on the lake.
+
+One day it chanced that a handsome young man came to the spot at the
+moment the girl was being thus attended to by her mother. He was
+struck with her beauty, and immediately went home and told his love to
+his uncle, who was a great chief and a powerful magician.
+
+"My nephew," replied the old man, "go to the mother's lodge and sit
+down in a modest manner without saying a word. You need not ask her a
+question, for whatever you think she will understand, and what she
+thinks in answer you will understand."
+
+The young man did as he was bid. He entered the woman's lodge and sat
+with his head bent down in a thoughtful manner, without uttering a
+word. He then thought--
+
+"I wish she would give me her daughter." Very soon he understood the
+mother's thoughts in reply.
+
+"Give you my daughter!" thought she. "You! no, indeed! my daughter
+shall never marry you!"
+
+The young man went away and reported the result to his uncle.
+
+"Woman without good sense!" exclaimed the old man. "Who is she keeping
+her daughter for? Does she think she will marry the Mudjikewis (a term
+indicating the heir or successor to the first in power)? Proud heart!
+We will try her magic skill, and see whether she can withstand our
+power."
+
+He forthwith set himself to work, and in a short time the pride and
+haughtiness of the mother was made known to all the spirits on that
+part of the lake, and they met together and resolved to exert their
+power to humble her. To do this they determined to raise a great storm
+on the lake. The water began to roar and toss, and the tempest became
+so severe that the string holding the box broke, and it floated off
+through the straits down Lake Huron, and struck against the sandy
+shores at its outlet. The place where it struck was near the lodge of
+a decayed old magician called Ishkwon Daimeka, or the keeper of the
+gate of the lakes. He opened the box and let out the beautiful
+daughter, whom he took into his lodge and made his wife.
+
+When her mother found that her daughter had been carried off by the
+storm, she raised loud cries and lamented exceedingly. This she
+continued to do for a long time, and would not be comforted. At last
+the spirits began to pity her, and determined to raise another storm
+to bring the daughter back. This was even a greater storm than the
+first. The water of the lake washed away the ground, and swept on to
+the lodge of Ishkwon Daimeka, whose wife, when she saw the flood
+approaching, leaped into the box, and the waves, carrying her off,
+landed her at the very spot where was her mother's lodge.
+
+Monedo Kway was overjoyed, but when she opened the box she found her
+daughter, indeed, but her beauty had almost all departed. However, she
+loved her still, because she was her daughter, and now thought of the
+young man who had come to seek her in marriage. She sent a formal
+message to him, but he had heard of all that had occurred, and his
+love for the girl had died away.
+
+"I marry your daughter!" replied he. "Your daughter! no, indeed! I
+shall never marry her!"
+
+The storm that brought the girl back was so strong that it tore away a
+large part of the shore of the lake and swept off Ishkwon Daimeka's
+lodge, the fragments of which, lodging in the straits, formed those
+beautiful islands which are scattered in the St. Clair and Detroit
+rivers. As to Ishkwon Daimeka himself, he was drowned, and his bones
+lie buried under the islands. As he was carried away by the waves on a
+fragment of his lodge, the old man was heard lamenting his fate in a
+song.
+
+
+
+
+THE SPIRITS AND THE LOVERS.
+
+
+At the distance of a woman's walk of a day from the mouth of the
+river, called by the pale-faces the Whitestone, in the country of the
+Sioux, in the middle of a large plain, stands a lofty hill or mound.
+Its wonderful roundness, together with the circumstance of its
+standing apart from all other hills, like a fir-tree in the midst of a
+wide prairie, or a man whose friends and kindred have all descended to
+the dust, has made it known to all the tribes of the West. Whether it
+was created by the Great Spirit or filled up by the sons of men,
+whether it was done in the morning of the world, ask not me, for I
+cannot tell you. Know it is called by all the tribes of the land the
+Hill of Little People, or the Mountain of Little Spirits. No gifts can
+induce an Indian to visit it; for why should he incur the anger of the
+Little People who dwell in it, and, sacrificed upon the fire of their
+wrath, behold his wife and children no more? In all the marches and
+counter-marches of the Indians, in all their goings and returnings, in
+all their wanderings by day or by night to and from lands which lie
+beyond it, their paths are so ordered that none approaches near
+enough to disturb the tiny inhabitants of the hill. The memory of the
+red-man of the forest has preserved but one instance when their
+privacy was violated, since it was known through the tribes that they
+wished for no intercourse with mortals. Before that time many Indians
+were missing each year. No one knew what became of them, but they were
+gone, and left no trace nor story behind. Valiant warriors filled
+their quivers with arrows, put new strings to their bows, new shod
+their moccasins, and sallied out to acquire glory in combat; but there
+was no wailing in the camp of our foes: their arrows were not felt,
+their shouts were not heard. Yet they fell not by the hands of our
+foes, but perished we know not how.
+
+Many seasons ago there lived within the limits of the great
+council-fire of the Mahas a chief who was renowned for his valour and
+victories in the field, his wisdom in the council, his dexterity and
+success in the chase. His name was Mahtoree, or the White Crane. He
+was celebrated throughout the vast regions of the West, from the
+Mississippi to the Hills of the Serpent, from the Missouri to the
+Plains of Bitter Frost, for all those qualities which render an Indian
+warrior famous and feared.
+
+In one of the war expeditions of the Pawnee Mahas against the
+Burntwood Tetons, it was the good fortune of the former to overcome
+and to make many prisoners--men, women, and children. One of the
+captives, Sakeajah, or the Bird-Girl, a beautiful creature in the
+morning of life, after being adopted into one of the Mahas families,
+became the wife of the chief warrior of the nation. Great was the love
+which the White Crane had for his wife, and it grew yet stronger when
+she had brought him four sons and a daughter, Tatokah, or the
+Antelope. She was beautiful. Her skin was fair, her eyes were large
+and bright as those of the bison-ox, and her hair black, and braided
+with beads, brushed, as she walked, the dew from the flowers upon the
+prairies. Her temper was gentle and her voice sweet.
+
+It may not be doubted that the beautiful Tatokah had many lovers; but
+the heart of the maiden was touched by none of the noble youths who
+sought her. She bade them all depart as they came; she rejected them
+all. With the perverseness which is often seen among women, she had
+placed her affections upon a youth who had distinguished himself by no
+valiant deeds in war, nor by industry or dexterity in the chase. His
+name had never reached the surrounding nations. His own nation knew
+him not, unless as a weak and imbecile man. He was poor in everything
+which constitutes the riches of Indian life. Who had heard the
+twanging of Karkapaha's bow in the retreat of the bear, or who had
+beheld the war-paint on his cheek or brow? Where were the scalps or
+the prisoners that betokened his valour or daring? No song of valiant
+exploits had been heard from his lips, for he had none to boast of--if
+he had done aught becoming a man, he had done it when none was by. The
+beautiful Tatokah, who knew and lamented the deficiencies of her
+lover, strove long to conquer her passion without success. At length,
+since her father would not agree to her union with her lover, the two
+agreed to fly together. The night fixed came, and they left the
+village of the Mahas and the lodge of Mahtoree for the wilderness.
+
+Their flight was not unmarked, and when the father was made acquainted
+with the disgrace which had befallen him, he called his young men
+around him, and bade them pursue the fugitives, promising his daughter
+to whomsoever should slay the Karkapaha. Immediately pursuit was made,
+and soon a hundred eager youths were on the track of the hapless pair.
+With that unerring skill and sagacity in discovering footprints which
+mark their race, their steps were tracked, and themselves soon
+discovered flying. What was the surprise of the pursuers when they
+found that the path taken by the hapless pair would carry them to the
+mountain of little spirits, and that they were sufficiently in advance
+to reach it before they could be overtaken. None of them durst venture
+within the supposed limits, and they halted till the White Crane
+should be informed of his daughter and her lover having placed
+themselves under the protection of the spirits.
+
+In the meantime the lovers pursued their journey towards the fearful
+residence of the little people. Despair lent them courage to perform
+an act to which the stoutest Indian resolution had hitherto been
+unequal. They determined to tell their tale to the spirits and ask
+their protection. They were within a few feet of the hill when, on a
+sudden, its brow, on which no object had till now been visible, became
+covered with little people, the tallest of whom was not higher than
+the knee of the maiden, while many of them--but these were
+children--were of lower stature than the squirrel. Their voice was
+sharp and quick, like the barking of the prairie dog. A little wing
+came out at each shoulder; each had a single eye, which eye was to the
+right in the men, and to the left in the women, and their feet stood
+out at each side. They were armed like Indians, with tomahawks, spears,
+bows, and arrows. He who appeared to be the head chief--for he wore an
+air of command, and had the eagle feather--came up to the fugitives and
+said--
+
+"Why have you invaded the village of our race whose wrath has been so
+fatal to your people? How dare you venture within the limits of our
+residence? Know you not that your lives are forfeited?"
+
+Tatokah, for her lover had less than the heart of a doe and was
+speechless, related their story. She told them how they had loved, how
+wroth her father had been, how they had stolen away and been pursued,
+and concluded her tale of sorrow with a flood of tears. The little man
+who wore the eagle feather appeared moved by what she said, and
+calling around him a large number of men, who were doubtless the
+chiefs and counsellors of the nation, a long consultation took place.
+The result was a determination to favour and protect the lovers.
+
+At this moment Shongotongo, or the Big Horse, one of the braves whom
+Mahtoree had despatched in quest of his daughter, appeared in view in
+pursuit of the fugitives. It was not till Mahtoree had taxed his
+courage that Big Horse had ventured on the perilous quest. He
+approached with the strength of heart and singleness of purpose which
+accompany an Indian warrior who deems the eyes of his nation upon him.
+When first the brave was discovered thus wantonly, and with no other
+purpose but the shedding of blood, intruding on the dominions of the
+spirits, no words can tell the rage which appeared to possess their
+bosoms. Secure in the knowledge of their power to repel the attacks of
+every living thing, the intrepid Maha was permitted to advance within
+a few steps of Karkapaha. He had just raised his spear to strike the
+unmanly lover, when, all at once, he found himself riveted to the
+ground. His feet refused to move, his hands hung powerless at his
+side, his tongue refused to utter a word. The bow and arrow fell from
+his hand, and his spear lay powerless. A little child, not so high as
+the fourth leaf of the thistle, came and spat on him, and a company of
+the spirits danced around him singing a taunting song. When they had
+thus finished their task of preparatory torture, a thousand little
+spirits drew their bows, and a thousand arrows pierced his heart. In a
+moment innumerable mattocks were employed in preparing him a grave,
+and he was hidden from the eyes of the living ere Tatokah could have
+thrice counted over the fingers of her hand.
+
+When this was done, the chief of the little spirits called Karkapaha
+before him, and said--
+
+"Maha, you have the heart of a doe. You would fly from a roused wren.
+We have not spared you because you deserve to be spared, but because
+the maiden loves you. It is for this purpose that we will give you the
+heart of a man, that you may return to the village of the Mahas, and
+find favour in the eyes of Mahtoree and the braves of the nation. We
+will take away your cowardly spirit, and will give you the spirit of
+the warrior whom we slew, whose heart was firm as a rock. Sleep, man
+of little soul, and wake to be better worthy the love of the beautiful
+Antelope."
+
+Then a deep sleep came over the Maha lover. How long he slept he knew
+not, but when he woke he felt at once that a change had taken place in
+his feelings and temper. The first thought that came to his mind was
+of a bow and arrow, the second was of the beautiful maiden who lay
+sleeping at his side. The little spirits had disappeared--not a
+solitary being of the many thousands who, but a few minutes before,
+had filled the air with their discordant cries was now to be seen or
+heard. At the feet of Karkapaha lay a tremendous bow, larger than any
+warrior ever yet used, a sheaf of arrows of proportionate size, and a
+spear of a weight which no Maha could wield. Karkapaha drew the bow as
+an Indian boy bends a willow twig, and the spear seemed in his hand
+but a reed or a feather. The shrill war-whoop burst unconsciously from
+his lips, and his nostrils seemed dilated with the fire and impatience
+of a newly-awakened courage. The heart of the fond Indian girl
+dissolved in tears when she saw these proofs of strength and these
+evidences of spirit which, she knew, if they were coupled with
+valour--and how could she doubt the completeness of the gift to effect
+the purposes of the giver?--would thaw the iced feelings of her father
+and tune his heart to the song of forgiveness. Yet it was not without
+many fears, tears, and misgivings on the part of the maiden that they
+began their journey to the Mahas village. The lover, now a stranger to
+fear, used his endeavours to quiet the beautiful Tatokah, and in some
+measure succeeded. Upon finding that his daughter and her lover had
+gone to the Hill of the Spirits, and that Shongotongo did not return
+from his perilous adventure, the chief of the Mahas had recalled his
+braves from the pursuit, and was listening to the history of the pair,
+as far as the returned warriors were acquainted with it, when his
+daughter and her lover made their appearance. With a bold and fearless
+step the once faint-hearted Karkapaha walked up to the offended
+father, and, folding his arms upon his breast, stood erect as a pine,
+and motionless as that tree when the winds of the earth are chained.
+It was the first time that Karkapaha had ever looked on angry men
+without trembling, and a demeanour so unusual in him excited universal
+surprise.
+
+"Karkapaha is a thief," said the White Crane.
+
+"It is the father of Tatokah that says it," answered the lover, "else
+would Karkapaha say it was the song of a bird that has flown over."
+
+"My warriors say it."
+
+"Your warriors are singing-birds; they are wrens. Karkapaha says they
+do not speak the truth. Karkapaha has a brave heart and the strength
+of a bear. Let the braves try him. He has thrown away the woman's
+heart, and become a man."
+
+"Karkapaha is changed," said the chief thoughtfully, "but how and
+when?"
+
+"The Little Spirits of the mountain have given him a new soul. Bid
+your braves draw this bow. Bid them poise this spear. Their eyes say
+they can do neither. Then is Karkapaha the strong man of his tribe?"
+As he said this he flourished the ponderous spear over his head as a
+man would poise a reed, and drew the bow as a child would bend a twig.
+
+"Karkapaha is the husband of Tatokah," said Mahtoree, springing to his
+feet, and he gave the maiden to her lover.
+
+The traditionary lore of the Mahas is full of the exploits, both in
+war and in the chase, of Karkapaha, who was made a man by the Spirits
+of the Mountain.
+
+
+
+
+THE WONDERFUL ROD.
+
+
+The Choctaws had for many years found a home in regions beyond the
+Mountains of Snow, far away to the west of the Mississippi. They,
+however, decided, for some reason or other, to leave the place in
+which they dwelt, and the question then arose in what direction they
+should journey. Now, there was a jossakeed (priest) who had a
+wonderful rod, and he said that he would lead them.
+
+For many years, therefore, they travelled, being guided by him. He
+walked before them bearing the rod, and when night was come he put it
+upright in the earth, and the people encamped round it. In the morning
+they looked to see in what direction the rod pointed, for each night
+the rod left its upright position, and inclined one way or another.
+Day after day the rod was found pointing to the east, and thither the
+Choctaws accordingly bent their steps.
+
+"You must travel," said the jossakeed, "as long as the rod directs you
+pointing to the direction in which you must go, but when the rod
+ceases to point, and stands upright, then you must live there."
+
+So the people went on until they came to a hill, where they camped,
+having first put up the rod so that it did not lean at all. In the
+morning, when they went to see which direction the rod pointed out for
+them to take, they found it upright, and from it there grew branches
+bearing green leaves. Then they said--
+
+"We will stop here."
+
+So that became the centre of the land of the Choctaws.
+
+
+
+
+THE FUNERAL FIRE.
+
+
+For several nights after the interment of a Chippewa a fire is kept
+burning upon the grave. This fire is lit in the evening, and carefully
+supplied with small sticks of dry wood, to keep up a bright but small
+fire. It is kept burning for several hours, generally until the usual
+hour of retiring to rest, and then suffered to go out. The fire is
+renewed for four nights, and sometimes for longer. The person who
+performs this pious office is generally a near relative of the
+deceased, or one who has been long intimate with him. The following
+tale is related as showing the origin of the custom.
+
+A small war party of Chippewas encountered their enemies upon an open
+plain, where a severe battle was fought. Their leader was a brave and
+distinguished warrior, but he never acted with greater bravery, or
+more distinguished himself by personal prowess, than on this occasion.
+After turning the tide of battle against his enemies, while shouting
+for victory, he received an arrow in his breast, and fell upon the
+plain. No warrior thus killed is ever buried, and according to
+ancient custom, the chief was placed in a sitting posture upon the
+field, his back supported by a tree, and his face turned towards the
+direction in which his enemies had fled. His headdress and equipment
+were accurately adjusted as if he were living, and his bow leaned
+against his shoulder. In this posture his companions left him. That he
+was dead appeared evident to all, but a strange thing had happened.
+Although deprived of speech and motion, the chief heard distinctly all
+that was said by his friends. He heard them lament his death without
+having the power to contradict it, and he felt their touch as they
+adjusted his posture, without having the power to reciprocate it. His
+anguish, when he felt himself thus abandoned, was extreme, and his
+wish to follow his friends on their return home so completely filled
+his mind, as he saw them one after another take leave of him and
+depart, that with a terrible effort he arose and followed them. His
+form, however, was invisible to them, and this aroused in him
+surprise, disappointment, and rage, which by turns took possession of
+him. He followed their track, however, with great diligence. Wherever
+they went he went, when they walked he walked, when they ran he ran,
+when they encamped he stopped with them, when they slept he slept,
+when they awoke he awoke. In short, he mingled in all their labours
+and toils, but he was excluded from all their sources of refreshment,
+except that of sleeping, and from the pleasures of participating in
+their conversation, for all that he said received no notice.
+
+"Is it possible," he cried, "that you do not see me, that you do not
+hear me, that you do not understand me? Will you suffer me to bleed to
+death without offering to stanch my wounds? Will you permit me to
+starve while you eat around me? Have those whom I have so often led to
+war so soon forgotten me? Is there no one who recollects me, or who
+will offer me a morsel of food in my distress?"
+
+Thus he continued to upbraid his friends at every stage of the
+journey, but no one seemed to hear his words. If his voice was heard
+at all, it was mistaken for the rustling of the leaves in the wind.
+
+At length the returning party reached their village, and their women
+and children came out, according to custom, to welcome their return
+and proclaim their praises.
+
+"Kumaudjeewug! Kumaudjeewug! Kumaudjeewug! they have met, fought, and
+conquered!" was shouted by every mouth, and the words resounded
+through the most distant parts of the village. Those who had lost
+friends came eagerly to inquire their fate, and to know whether they
+had died like men. The aged father consoled himself for the loss of
+his son with the reflection that he had fallen manfully, and the widow
+half forgot her sorrow amid the praises that were uttered of the
+bravery of her husband. The hearts of the youths glowed with martial
+ardour as they heard these flattering praises, and the children joined
+in the shouts, of which they scarcely knew the meaning. Amidst all
+this uproar and bustle no one seemed conscious of the presence of the
+warrior-chief. He heard many inquiries made respecting his fate. He
+heard his companions tell how he had fought, conquered, and fallen,
+pierced by an arrow through his breast, and how he had been left
+behind among the slain on the field of battle.
+
+"It is not true," declared the angry chief, "that I was killed and
+left upon the field! I am here. I live; I move; see me; touch me. I
+shall again raise my spear in battle, and take my place in the feast."
+
+Nobody, however, seemed conscious of his presence, and his voice was
+mistaken for the whispering of the wind.
+
+He now walked to his own lodge, and there he found his wife tearing
+her hair and lamenting over his fate. He endeavoured to undeceive her,
+but she, like the others, appeared to be insensible of his presence,
+and not to hear his voice. She sat in a despairing manner, with her
+head reclining on her hands. The chief asked her to bind up his
+wounds, but she made no reply. He placed his mouth close to her ear
+and shouted--
+
+"I am hungry, give me some food!"
+
+The wife thought she heard a buzzing in her ear, and remarked it to
+one who sat by. The enraged husband now summoning all his strength,
+struck her a blow on the forehead. His wife raised her hand to her
+head, and said to her friend--
+
+"I feel a slight shooting pain in my head."
+
+Foiled thus in every attempt to make himself known, the warrior-chief
+began to reflect upon what he had heard in his youth, to the effect
+that the spirit was sometimes permitted to leave the body and wander
+about. He concluded that possibly his body might have remained upon
+the field of battle, while his spirit only accompanied his returning
+friends. He determined to return to the field, although it was four
+days' journey away. He accordingly set out upon his way. For three
+days he pursued his way without meeting anything uncommon; but on the
+fourth, towards evening, as he came to the skirts of the battlefield,
+he saw a fire in the path before him. He walked to one side to avoid
+stepping into it, but the fire also changed its position, and was
+still before him. He then went in another direction, but the
+mysterious fire still crossed his path, and seemed to bar his entrance
+to the scene of the conflict. In short, whichever way he took, the
+fire was still before him,--no expedient seemed to avail him.
+
+"Thou demon!" he exclaimed at length, "why dost thou bar my approach
+to the field of battle? Knowest thou not that I am a spirit also, and
+that I seek again to enter my body? Dost thou presume that I shall
+return without effecting my object? Know that I have never been
+defeated by the enemies of my nation, and will not be defeated by
+thee!"
+
+So saying, he made a sudden effort and jumped through the flame. No
+sooner had he done so than he found himself sitting on the ground,
+with his back supported by a tree, his bow leaning against his
+shoulder, all his warlike dress and arms upon his body, just as they
+had been left by his friends on the day of battle. Looking up he
+beheld a large canicu, or war eagle, sitting in the tree above his
+head. He immediately recognised this bird to be the same as he had
+once dreamt of in his youth--the one he had chosen as his guardian
+spirit, or personal manito. This eagle had carefully watched his body
+and prevented other ravenous birds from touching it.
+
+The chief got up and stood upon his feet, but he felt himself weak and
+much exhausted. The blood upon his wound had stanched itself, and he
+now bound it up. He possessed a knowledge of such roots as have
+healing properties, and these he carefully sought in the woods. Having
+found some, he pounded some of them between stones and applied them
+externally. Others he chewed and swallowed. In a short time he found
+himself so much recovered as to be able to commence his journey, but
+he suffered greatly from hunger, not seeing any large animals that he
+might kill. However, he succeeded in killing some small birds with his
+bow and arrow, and these he roasted before a fire at night.
+
+In this way he sustained himself until he came to a river that
+separated his wife and friends from him. He stood upon the bank and
+gave that peculiar whoop which is a signal of the return of a friend.
+The sound was immediately heard, and a canoe was despatched to bring
+him over, and in a short time, amidst the shouts of his friends and
+relations, who thronged from every side to see the arrival, the
+warrior-chief was landed.
+
+When the first wild bursts of wonder and joy had subsided, and some
+degree of quiet had been restored to the village, he related to his
+people the account of his adventures. He concluded his narrative by
+telling them that it is pleasing to the spirit of a deceased person to
+have a fire built upon the grave for four nights after his burial;
+that it is four days' journey to the land appointed for the residence
+of the spirits; that in its journey thither the spirit stands in need
+of a fire every night at the place of its encampment; and that if the
+friends kindle this fire upon the spot where the body is laid, the
+spirit has the benefit of its light and warmth on its path, while if
+the friends neglect to do this, the spirit is subjected to the irksome
+task of making its own fire each night.
+
+
+
+
+THE LEGEND OF O-NA-WUT-A-QUT-O.
+
+
+A long time ago there lived an aged Odjibwa and his wife on the shores
+of Lake Huron. They had an only son, a very beautiful boy, named
+O-na-wut-a-qut-o, or He that catches the clouds. The family were of
+the totem of the beaver. The parents were very proud of their son, and
+wished to make him a celebrated man; but when he reached the proper
+age he would not submit to the We-koon-de-win, or fast. When this time
+arrived they gave him charcoal instead of his breakfast, but he would
+not blacken his face. If they denied him food he sought bird's eggs
+along the shore, or picked up the heads of fish that had been cast
+away, and broiled them. One day they took away violently the food he
+had prepared, and cast him some coals in place of it. This act decided
+him. He took the coals and blackened his face and went out of the
+lodge. He did not return, but lay down without to sleep. As he lay, a
+very beautiful girl came down from the clouds and stood by his side.
+
+"O-na-wut-a-qut-o," she said, "I am come for you. Follow in my
+footsteps."
+
+The young man rose and did as he was bid. Presently he found himself
+ascending above the tops of the trees, and gradually he mounted up
+step by step into the air, and through the clouds. At length his guide
+led him through an opening, and he found himself standing with her on
+a beautiful plain.
+
+A path led to a splendid lodge, into which O-na-wut-a-qut-o followed
+his guide. It was large, and divided into two parts. At one end he saw
+bows and arrows, clubs and spears, and various warlike instruments
+tipped with silver. At the other end were things exclusively belonging
+to women. This was the house of his fair guide, and he saw that she
+had on a frame a broad rich belt of many colours that she was weaving.
+
+"My brother is coming," she said, "and I must hide you."
+
+Putting him in one corner she spread the belt over him, and presently
+the brother came in very richly dressed, and shining as if he had
+points of silver all over him. He took down from the wall a splendid
+pipe, and a bag in which was a-pa-ko-ze-gun, or smoking mixture. When
+he had finished smoking, he laid his pipe aside, and said to his
+sister--
+
+"Nemissa," (elder sister) "when will you quit these practices? Do you
+forget that the greatest of the spirits has commanded that you shall
+not take away the children from below? Perhaps you think you have
+concealed O-na-wut-a-qut-o, but do I not know of his coming? If you
+would not offend me, send him back at once."
+
+These words did not, however, alter his sister's purpose. She would
+not send him back, and her brother, finding that she was determined,
+called O-na-wut-a-qut-o from his hiding-place.
+
+"Come out of your concealment," said he, "and walk about and amuse
+yourself. You will grow hungry if you remain there."
+
+At these words O-na-wut-a-qut-o came forth from under the belt, and
+the brother presented a bow and arrows, with a pipe of red stone,
+richly ornamented, to him. In this way he gave his consent to
+O-na-wut-a-qut-o's marriage with his sister, and from that time the
+youth and the girl became husband and wife.
+
+O-na-wut-a-qut-o found everything exceedingly fair and beautiful
+around him, but he found no other people besides his wife and her
+brother. There were flowers on the plains, there were bright and
+sparkling streams, there were green valleys and pleasant trees, there
+were gay birds and beautiful animals, very different from those he had
+been accustomed to. There was also day and night as on the earth, but
+he observed that every morning the brother regularly left the lodge
+and remained absent all day, and every evening his sister departed,
+but generally for only a part of the night.
+
+O-na-wut-a-qut-o was curious to solve this mystery, and obtained the
+brother's consent to accompany him in one of his daily journeys. They
+travelled over a smooth plain which seemed to stretch to illimitable
+distances all around. At length O-na-wut-a-qut-o felt the gnawings of
+hunger and asked his companion if there was no game about.
+
+"Patience, my brother," replied he; "we shall soon reach the spot
+where I eat my dinner, and you will then see how I am provided."
+
+After walking on a long time they came to a place where several fine
+mats were spread, and there they sat down to refresh themselves. At
+this place there was a hole in the sky and O-na-wut-a-qut-o, at his
+companion's request, looked through it down upon the earth. He saw
+below the great lakes and the villages of the Indians. In one place he
+saw a war-party stealing on the camp of their enemies. In another he
+saw feasting and dancing. On a green plain some young men were playing
+at ball, and along the banks of a stream were women employed in
+gathering the a-puk-wa for mats.
+
+"Do you see," asked the brother, "that group of children playing
+beside a lodge? Observe that beautiful and active lad," said he, at
+the same time darting something from his hand. The child immediately
+fell on the ground, and was carried by his companions into the lodge.
+
+O-na-wut-a-qut-o and his companion watched and saw the people below
+gathering about the lodge. They listened to the she-she-gwau of the
+meeta, to the song he sang asking that the child's life might be
+spared. To this request O-na-wut-a-qut-o's companion made answer--
+
+"Send me up the sacrifice of a white dog."
+
+A feast was immediately ordered by the parents of the child. The
+white dog was killed, his carcass was roasted, all the wise men and
+medicine-men of the village assembling to witness the ceremony.
+
+"There are many below," said O-na-wut-a-qut-o's companion, "whom you
+call great in medical skill. They are so, because their ears are open;
+and they are able to succeed, because when I call they hear my voice.
+When I have struck one with sickness they direct the people to look to
+me, and when they make me the offering I ask, I remove my hand from
+off the sick person and he becomes well."
+
+While he was saying this, the feast below had been served. Then the
+master of the feast said--
+
+"We send this to thee, Great Manito," and immediately the roasted
+animal came up. Thus O-na-wut-a-qut-o and his companion got their
+dinner, and after they had eaten they returned to the lodge by a
+different path.
+
+In this manner they lived for some time, but at last the youth got
+weary of the life. He thought of his friends, and wished to go back to
+them. He could not forget his native village and his father's lodge,
+and he asked his wife's permission to return. After some persuasion
+she consented.
+
+"Since you are better pleased," she said, "with the cares and ills and
+poverty of the world, than with the peaceful delights of the sky and
+its boundless prairies, go. I give you my permission, and since I have
+brought you hither I will conduct you back. Remember, however, that
+you are still my husband. I hold a chain in my hand by which I can,
+whenever I will, draw you back to me. My power over you will be in no
+way diminished. Beware, therefore, how you venture to take a wife
+among the people below. Should you ever do so, you will feel what a
+grievous thing it is to arouse my anger."
+
+As she uttered these words her eyes sparkled, and she drew herself up
+with a majestic air. In the same moment O-na-wut-a-qut-o awoke. He
+found himself on the ground near his father's lodge, on the very spot
+where he had thrown himself down to sleep. Instead of the brighter
+beings of a higher world, he found around him his parents and their
+friends. His mother told him that he had been absent a year. For some
+time O-na-wut-a-qut-o remained gloomy and silent, but by degrees he
+recovered his spirits, and he began to doubt the reality of all he had
+seen and heard above. At last he even ventured to marry a beautiful
+girl of his own tribe. But within four days she died. Still he was
+forgetful of his first wife's command, and he married again. Then one
+night he left his lodge, to which he never returned. His wife, it is
+believed, recalled him to the sky, where he still dwells, walking the
+vast plains.
+
+
+
+
+MANABOZHO IN THE FISH'S STOMACH.
+
+
+One day Manabozho said to his grandmother--
+
+"Noko, get cedar bark and make me a line whilst I make a canoe."
+
+When all was ready he went out to the middle of the lake a-fishing.
+
+"Me-she-nah-ma-gwai (king-fish)," said he, letting down his line,
+"take hold of my bait."
+
+He kept repeating these words some time; at last the king-fish said--
+
+"What a trouble Manabozho is! Here, trout, take hold of his line."
+
+The trout did as he was bid, and Manabozho drew up his line, the
+trout's weight being so great that the canoe was nearly overturned.
+Till he saw the trout Manabozho kept crying out--
+
+"Wha-ee-he! wha-ee-he!"
+
+As soon as he saw him he said--
+
+"Why did you take hold of my hook? Esa, esa! shame, shame! you ugly
+fish."
+
+The trout, being thus rebuked, let go.
+
+Manabozho let down his line again into the water, saying--
+
+"King-fish, take hold of my line."
+
+"What a trouble Manabozho is!" cried the king-fish. "Sun-fish, take
+hold of his line."
+
+The sun-fish did as he was bid, and Manabozho drew him up, crying as
+he did so--
+
+"Wha-ee-he! wha-ee-he!" while the canoe turned in swift circles.
+
+When he saw the sun-fish, he cried--
+
+"Esa, esa! you odious fish! why did you dirty my hook by taking it in
+your mouth? Let go, I say, let go."
+
+The sun-fish did as he was bid, and on his return to the bottom of the
+lake told the king-fish what Manabozho had said. Just then the bait
+was let down again near to the king, and Manabozho was heard crying
+out--
+
+"Me-she-nah-ma-gwai, take hold of my hook."
+
+The king-fish did so, and allowed himself to be dragged to the
+surface, which he had no sooner reached than he swallowed Manabozho
+and his canoe at one gulp. When Manabozho came to himself he found he
+was in his canoe in the fish's stomach. He now began to think how he
+should escape. Looking about him, he saw his war-club in his canoe,
+and with it he immediately struck the heart of the fish. Then he felt
+as though the fish was moving with great velocity. The king-fish
+observed to his friends--
+
+"I feel very unwell for having swallowed that nasty fellow Manabozho."
+
+At that moment he received another more severe blow on the heart.
+Manabozho thought, "If I am thrown up in the middle of the lake I
+shall be drowned, so I must prevent it." So he drew his canoe and
+placed it across the fish's throat, and just as he had finished doing
+this the king-fish tried to cast him out.
+
+Manabozho now found that he had a companion with him. This was a
+squirrel that had been in his canoe. The squirrel helped him to place
+the canoe in the proper position, and Manabozho, being grateful to it,
+said--
+
+"For the future you shall be called Ajidanneo (animal tail)."
+
+Then he recommenced his attack on the king-fish's heart, and by
+repeated blows he at last succeeded in killing him. He could tell that
+he had effected this by the stoppage of the fish's motion, and he
+could also hear the body beating against the shore. Manabozho waited a
+day to see what would happen. Then he heard birds scratching on the
+body, and all at once the rays of light broke in. He could now see the
+heads of the gulls, which were looking in at the opening they had
+made.
+
+"Oh!" cried Manabozho, "my younger brothers, make the opening larger,
+so that I can get out." The gulls then told one another that Manabozho
+was inside the fish, and, setting to work at once to enlarge the hole,
+they, in a short time, set him free. After he got out Manabozho said
+to the gulls--
+
+"For the future you shall be called Kayoshk (noble scratchers), for
+your kindness to me."
+
+
+
+
+THE SUN AND THE MOON.
+
+
+There were once ten brothers who hunted together, and at night they
+occupied the same lodge. One day, after they had been hunting, coming
+home they found sitting inside the lodge near the door a beautiful
+woman. She appeared to be a stranger, and was so lovely that all the
+hunters loved her, and as she could only be the wife of one, they
+agreed that he should have her who was most successful in the next
+day's hunt. Accordingly, the next day, they each took different ways,
+and hunted till the sun went down, when they met at the lodge. Nine of
+the hunters had found nothing, but the youngest brought home a deer,
+so the woman was given to him for his wife.
+
+The hunter had not been married more than a year when he was seized
+with sickness and died. Then the next brother took the girl for his
+wife. Shortly after he died also, and the woman married the next
+brother. In a short time all the brothers died save the eldest, and he
+married the girl. She did not, however, love him, for he was of a
+churlish disposition, and one day it came into the woman's head that
+she would leave him and see what fortune she would meet with in the
+world. So she went, taking only a dog with her, and travelled all day.
+She went on and on, but towards evening she heard some one coming
+after her who, she imagined, must be her husband. In great fear she
+knew not which way to turn, when she perceived a hole in the ground
+before her. There she thought she might hide herself, and entering it
+with her dog she suddenly found herself going lower and lower, until
+she passed through the earth and came up on the other side. Near to
+her there was a lake, and a man fishing in it.
+
+"My grandfather," cried the woman, "I am pursued by a spirit."
+
+"Leave me," cried Manabozho, for it was he, "leave me. Let me be
+quiet."
+
+The woman still begged him to protect her, and Manabozho at length
+said--
+
+"Go that way, and you shall be safe."
+
+Hardly had she disappeared when the husband, who had discovered the
+hole by which his wife had descended, came on the scene.
+
+"Tell me," said he to Manabozho, "where has the woman gone?"
+
+"Leave me," cried Manabozho, "don't trouble me."
+
+"Tell me," said the man, "where is the woman?" Manabozho was silent,
+and the husband, at last getting angry, abused him with all his might.
+
+"The woman went that way," said Manabozho at last. "Run after her, but
+you shall never catch her, and you shall be called Gizhigooke (day
+sun), and the woman shall be called Tibikgizis (night sun)."
+
+So the man went on running after his wife to the west, but he has
+never caught her, and he pursues her to this day.
+
+
+
+
+THE SNAIL AND THE BEAVER.
+
+
+The father of the Osage nation was a snail. It was when the earth was
+young and little. It was before the rivers had become wide or long, or
+the mountains lifted their peaks above the clouds, that the snail
+found himself passing a quiet existence on the banks of the River
+Missouri. His wants and wishes were but few, and well supplied, and he
+was happy.
+
+At length the region of the Missouri was visited by one of those great
+storms which so often scatter desolation over it, and the river,
+swollen by the melted snow and ice from the mountains, swept away
+everything from its banks, and among other things the drowsy snail.
+Upon a log he drifted down many a day's journey, till the river,
+subsiding, left him and his log upon the banks of the River of Fish.
+He was left in the slime, and the hot sun beamed fiercely upon him
+till he became baked to the earth and found himself incapable of
+moving. Gradually he grew in size and stature, and his form
+experienced a new change, till at length what was once a snail
+creeping on the earth ripened into man, erect, tall, and stately. For
+a long time after his change to a human being he remained stupefied,
+not knowing what he was or by what means to sustain life. At length
+recollection returned to him. He remembered that he was once a snail
+and dwelt upon another river. He became animated with a wish to return
+to his old haunts, and accordingly directed his steps towards those
+parts from which he had been removed. Hunger now began to prey upon
+him, and bade fair to close his eyes before he should again behold his
+beloved haunts on the banks of the river. The beasts of the forest
+were many, but their speed outstripped his. The birds of the air
+fluttered upon sprays beyond his reach, and the fish gliding through
+the waves at his feet were nimbler than he and eluded his grasp. Each
+moment he grew weaker, the films gathered before his eyes, and in his
+ears there rang sounds like the whistling of winds through the woods
+in the month before the snows. At length, wearied and exhausted, he
+laid himself down upon a grassy bank.
+
+As he lay the Great Spirit appeared to him and asked--
+
+"Why does he who is the kernel of the snail look terrified, and why is
+he faint and weary?"
+
+"That I tremble," answered he, "is because I fear thy power. That I
+faint is because I lack food."
+
+"As regards thy trembling," answered the Great Spirit, "be composed.
+Art thou hungry?"
+
+"I have eaten nothing," replied the man, "since I ceased to be a
+snail."
+
+Upon hearing this the Great Spirit drew from under his robe a bow and
+arrow, and bade the man observe what he did with it. On the topmost
+bough of a lofty tree sat a beautiful bird, singing and fluttering
+among the red leaves. He placed an arrow on the bow, and, letting fly,
+the bird fell down upon the earth. A deer was seen afar off browsing.
+Again the archer bent his bow and the animal lay dead, food for the
+son of the snail.
+
+"There are victuals for you," said the Spirit, "enough to last you
+till your strength enables you to beat up the haunts of the deer and
+the moose, and here is the bow and arrow."
+
+The Great Spirit also taught the man how to skin the deer, and clothed
+him with the skin. Having done this, and having given the beasts,
+fishes, and all feathered creatures to him for his food and raiment,
+he bade the man farewell and took his departure.
+
+Strengthened and invigorated, the man pursued his journey towards the
+old spot. He soon stood upon the banks of his beloved river. A few
+more suns and he would sit down upon the very spot where for so many
+seasons he had crawled on the slimy leaf, so often dragged himself
+lazily over the muddy pool. He had seated himself upon the bank of the
+river, and was meditating deeply on these things, when up crept from
+the water a beaver, who, addressing him, said in an angry tone--
+
+"Who are you?"
+
+"I am a snail," replied the Snail-Man. "Who are you?"
+
+"I am head warrior of the nation of beavers," answered the other. "By
+what authority have you come to disturb my possession of this river,
+which is my dominion?"
+
+"It is not your river," replied the Wasbasha. "The Great Being, who is
+over man and beast, has given it to me."
+
+The beaver was at first incredulous; but at length, convinced that
+what the man said was true, he invited him to accompany him to his
+home. The man agreed, and went with him till they came to a number of
+small cabins, into the largest of which the beaver conducted him. He
+invited the man to take food with him, and while the beaver's wife and
+daughter were preparing the feast, he entertained his guest with an
+account of his people's habits of life. Soon the wife and daughter
+made their appearance with the food, and sitting down the Snail-Man
+was soon at his ease amongst them. He was not, however, so occupied
+with the banquet that he had not time to be enchanted with the beauty
+of the beaver's daughter; and when the visit was drawing to a close,
+so much was he in love, that he asked the beaver to give her to him
+for his wife. The beaver-chief consented, and the marriage was
+celebrated by a feast, to which all the beavers, and the animals with
+whom they had friendly relations, were invited. From this union of the
+Snail-Man and the Beaver-Maid sprang the tribe of the Osages,--at
+least so it is related by the old men of the tribe.
+
+
+
+
+THE STRANGE GUESTS.
+
+
+Many years ago there lived, near the borders of Lake Superior, a noted
+hunter, who had a wife and one child. His lodge stood in a remote part
+of the forest, several days' journey from that of any other person. He
+spent his days in hunting, and his evenings in relating to his wife
+the incidents that had befallen him in the chase. As game was very
+abundant, he seldom failed to bring home in the evening an ample store
+of meat to last them until the succeeding evening; and while they were
+seated by the fire in his lodge partaking the fruits of his day's
+labour, he entertained his wife with conversation, or by occasionally
+relating those tales, or enforcing those precepts, which every good
+Indian esteems necessary for the instruction of his wife and children.
+Thus, far removed from all sources of disquiet, surrounded by all they
+deemed necessary to their comfort, and happy in one another's society,
+their lives passed away in cheerful solitude and sweet contentment.
+The breast of the hunter had never felt the compunctions of remorse,
+for he was a just man in all his dealings. He had never violated the
+laws of his tribe by encroaching upon the hunting-grounds of his
+neighbours, by taking that which did not belong to him, or by any act
+calculated to displease the village chiefs or offend the Great Spirit.
+His chief ambition was to support his family with a sufficiency of
+food and skins by his own unaided exertions, and to share their
+happiness around his cheerful fire at night. The white man had not yet
+taught them that blankets and clothes were necessary to their comfort,
+or that guns could be used in the killing of game.
+
+The life of the Chippewa hunter peacefully glided away.
+
+One evening during the winter season, it chanced that he remained out
+later than usual, and his wife sat lonely in the lodge, and began to
+be agitated with fears lest some accident had befallen him. Darkness
+had already fallen. She listened attentively to hear the sound of
+coming footsteps; but nothing could be heard but the wind mournfully
+whistling around the sides of the lodge. Time passed away while she
+remained in this state of suspense, every moment augmenting her fears
+and adding to her disappointment.
+
+Suddenly she heard the sound of approaching footsteps upon the frozen
+surface of the snow. Not doubting that it was her husband, she quickly
+unfastened the loop which held, by an inner fastening, the skin door
+of the lodge, and throwing it open she saw two strange women standing
+before it. Courtesy left the hunter's wife no time for deliberation.
+She invited the strangers to enter and warm themselves, thinking, from
+the distance to the nearest neighbours, they must have walked a
+considerable way. When they were entered she invited them to remain.
+They seemed to be total strangers to that part of the country, and the
+more closely she observed them the more curious the hunter's wife
+became respecting her guests.
+
+No efforts could induce them to come near the fire. They took their
+seats in a remote part of the lodge, and drew their garments about
+them in such a manner as to almost completely hide their faces. They
+seemed shy and reserved, and when a glimpse could be had of their
+faces they appeared pale, even of a deathly hue. Their eyes were
+bright but sunken: their cheek-bones were prominent, and their persons
+slender and emaciated.
+
+Seeing that her guests avoided conversation as well as observation,
+the woman forbore to question them, and sat in silence until her
+husband entered. He had been led further than usual in the pursuit of
+game, but had returned with the carcass of a large and fat deer. The
+moment he entered the lodge, the mysterious women exclaimed--
+
+"Behold! what a fine and fat animal!" and they immediately ran and
+pulled off pieces of the whitest fat, which they ate with avidity.
+
+Such conduct appeared very strange to the hunter, but supposing the
+strangers had been a long time without food, he made no remark; and
+his wife, taking example from her husband, likewise restrained
+herself.
+
+On the following evening the same scene was repeated. The hunter
+brought home the best portions of the game he had killed, and while he
+was laying it down before his wife, according to custom, the two
+strange women came quickly up, tore off large pieces of fat, and ate
+them with greediness. Such behaviour might well have aroused the
+hunter's displeasure; but the deference due to strange guests induced
+him to pass it over in silence.
+
+Observing the parts to which the strangers were most partial, the
+hunter resolved the next day to anticipate their wants by cutting off
+and tying up a portion of the fat for each. This he did: and having
+placed the two portions of fat upon the top of his burden, as soon as
+he entered the lodge he gave to each stranger the part that was hers.
+Still the guests appeared to be dissatisfied, and took more from the
+carcass lying before the wife.
+
+Except for this remarkable behaviour, the conduct of the guests was
+unexceptionable, although marked by some peculiarities. They were
+quiet, modest, and discreet. They maintained a cautious silence during
+the day, neither uttering a word nor moving from the lodge. At night
+they would get up, and, taking those implements which were then used
+in breaking and preparing wood, repair to the forest. Here they would
+busy themselves in seeking dry branches and pieces of trees blown down
+by the wind. When a sufficient quantity had been gathered to last
+until the succeeding night they carried it home upon their shoulders.
+Then carefully putting everything in its place within the lodge, they
+resumed their seats and their studied silence. They were always
+careful to return from their labours before the dawn of day, and were
+never known to stay out beyond that hour. In this manner they repaid,
+in some measure, the kindness of the hunter, and relieved his wife
+from one of her most laborious duties.
+
+Thus nearly the whole year passed away, every day leading to some new
+development of character which served to endear the parties to each
+other. The visitors began to assume a more hale and healthy aspect;
+their faces daily lost something of that deathly hue which had at
+first marked them, and they visibly improved in strength, and threw
+off some of that cold reserve and forbidding austerity which had kept
+the hunter so long in ignorance of their true character.
+
+One evening the hunter returned very late after having spent the day
+in toilsome exertion, and having laid the produce of his hunt at his
+wife's feet, the silent women seized it and began to tear off the fat
+in such an unceremonious manner that the wife could no longer control
+her feelings of disgust, and said to herself--
+
+"This is really too bad. How can I bear it any longer!"
+
+She did not, however, put her thought into words, but an immediate
+change was observed in the two visitors. They became unusually
+reserved, and showed evident signs of being uneasy in their situation.
+The good hunter immediately perceived this change, and, fearful that
+they had taken offence, as soon as they had retired demanded of his
+wife whether any harsh expression had escaped her lips during the day.
+She replied that she had uttered nothing to give the least offence.
+The hunter tried to compose himself to sleep, but he felt restive and
+uneasy, for he could hear the sighs and lamentations of the two
+strangers. Every moment added to his conviction that his guests had
+taken some deep offence; and, as he could not banish this idea from
+his mind, he arose, and, going to the strangers, thus addressed them--
+
+"Tell me, ye women, what is it that causes you pain of mind, and makes
+you utter these unceasing sighs? Has my wife given you any cause of
+offence during the day while I was absent in the chase? My fears
+persuade me that, in some unguarded moment, she has forgotten what is
+due to the rights of hospitality, and used expressions ill-befitting
+the mysterious character you sustain. Tell me, ye strangers from a
+strange country, ye women who appear not to be of this world, what it
+is that causes you pain of mind, and makes you utter these unceasing
+sighs."
+
+They replied that no unkind expression had ever been used towards them
+during their residence in the lodge, that they had received all the
+affectionate attention they could reasonably expect.
+
+"It is not for ourselves," they continued, "it is not for ourselves
+that we weep. We are weeping for the fate of mankind; we are weeping
+for the fate of mortals whom Death awaits at every stage of their
+existence. Proud mortals, whom disease attacks in youth and in age.
+Vain men, whom hunger pinches, cold benumbs, and poverty emaciates.
+Weak beings, who are born in tears, who are nurtured in tears, and
+whose whole course is marked upon the thirsty sands of life in a broad
+line of tears. It is for these we weep.
+
+"You have spoken truly, brother; we are not of this world. We are
+spirits from the land of the dead, sent upon the earth to try the
+sincerity of the living. It is not for the dead but for the living
+that we mourn. It was by no means necessary that your wife should
+express her thoughts to us. We knew them as soon as they were formed.
+We saw that for once displeasure had arisen in her heart. It is
+enough. Our mission is ended. We came but to try you, and we knew
+before we came that you were a kind husband, an affectionate father,
+and a good friend. Still, you have the weaknesses of a mortal, and
+your wife is wanting in our eyes; but it is not alone for you we weep,
+it is for the fate of mankind.
+
+"Often, very often, has the widower exclaimed, 'O Death, how cruel,
+how relentless thou art to take away my beloved friend in the spring
+of her youth, in the pride of her strength, and in the bloom of her
+beauty! If thou wilt permit her once more to return to my abode, my
+gratitude shall never cease; I will raise up my voice continually to
+thank the Master of Life for so excellent a boon. I will devote my
+time to study how I can best promote her happiness while she is
+permitted to remain; and our lives shall roll away like a pleasant
+stream through a flowing valley!' Thus also has the father prayed for
+his son, the mother for her daughter, the wife for her husband, the
+sister for her brother, the lover for his mistress, the friend for his
+bosom companion, until the sounds of mourning and the cries of the
+living have pierced the very recesses of the dead.
+
+"The Great Spirit has at length consented to make a trial of the
+sincerity of these prayers by sending us upon the earth. He has done
+this to see how we should be received,--coming as strangers, no one
+knowing from where. Three moons were allotted to us to make the trial,
+and if, during that time, no impatience had been evinced, no angry
+passions excited at the place where we took up our abode, all those in
+the land of spirits, whom their relatives had desired to return, would
+have been restored. More than two moons have already passed, and as
+soon as the leaves began to bud our mission would have been
+successfully terminated. It is now too late. Our trial is finished,
+and we are called to the pleasant fields whence we came.
+
+"Brother, it is proper that one man should die to make room for
+another. Otherwise, the world would be filled to overflowing. It is
+just that the goods gathered by one should be left to be divided
+among others; for in the land of spirits there is no want, there is
+neither sorrow nor hunger, pain nor death. Pleasant fields, filled
+with game spread before the eye, with birds of beautiful form. Every
+stream has good fish in it, and every hill is crowned with groves of
+fruit-trees, sweet and pleasant to the taste. It is not here, brother,
+but there that men begin truly to live. It is not for those who
+rejoice in those pleasant groves but for you that are left behind that
+we weep.
+
+"Brother, take our thanks for your hospitable treatment. Regret not
+our departure. Fear not evil. Thy luck shall still be good in the
+chase, and there shall ever be a bright sky over thy lodge. Mourn not
+for us, for no corn will spring up from tears."
+
+The spirits ceased, but the hunter had no power over his voice to
+reply. As they had proceeded in their address he saw a light gradually
+beaming from their faces, and a blue vapour filled the lodge with an
+unnatural light. As soon as they ceased, darkness gradually closed
+around. The hunter listened, but the sobs of the spirits had ceased.
+He heard the door of his tent open and shut, but he never saw more of
+his mysterious visitors.
+
+The success promised him was his. He became a celebrated hunter, and
+never wanted for anything necessary to his ease. He became the father
+of many boys, all of whom grew up to manhood, and health, peace, and
+long life were the rewards of his hospitality.
+
+
+
+
+MANABOZHO AND HIS TOE.
+
+
+Manabozho was so powerful that he began to think there was nothing he
+could not do. Very wonderful were many of his feats, and he grew more
+conceited day by day. Now it chanced that one day he was walking about
+amusing himself by exercising his extraordinary powers, and at length
+he came to an encampment where one of the first things he noticed was
+a child lying in the sunshine, curled up with its toe in its mouth.
+
+Manabozho looked at the child for some time, and wondered at its
+extraordinary posture.
+
+"I have never seen a child before lie like that," said he to himself,
+"but I could lie like it."
+
+So saying, he put himself down beside the child, and, taking his right
+foot in his hand, drew it towards his mouth. When he had brought it as
+near as he could it was yet a considerable distance away from his
+lips.
+
+"I will try the left foot," said Manabozho. He did so and found that
+he was no better off, neither of his feet could he get to his mouth.
+He curled and twisted, and bent his large limbs, and gnashed his
+teeth in rage to find that he could not get his toe to his mouth. All,
+however, was vain.
+
+At length he rose, worn out with his exertions and passion, and walked
+slowly away in a very ill humour, which was not lessened by the sound
+of the child's laughter, for Manabozho's efforts had awakened it.
+
+"Ah, ah!" said Manabozho, "shall I be mocked by a child?"
+
+He did not, however, revenge himself on his victor, but on his way
+homeward, meeting a boy who did not treat him with proper respect, he
+transformed him into a cedar-tree.
+
+"At least," said Manabozho, "I can do something."
+
+
+
+
+THE GIRL WHO BECAME A BIRD.
+
+
+The father of Ran-che-wai-me, the flying pigeon of the Wisconsin,
+would not hear of her wedding Wai-o-naisa, the young chief who had
+long sought her in marriage. The maiden, however, true to her plighted
+faith, still continued to meet him every evening upon one of the
+tufted islets which stud the river in great profusion. Nightly,
+through the long months of summer, did the lovers keep their tryst,
+parting only after each meeting more and more endeared to each other.
+
+At length Wai-o-naisa was ordered off upon a secret expedition against
+the Sioux, and so sudden was his departure that he had no opportunity
+of bidding farewell to his betrothed. The band of warriors to which he
+was attached was a long while absent, and one day there came the news
+that Wai-o-naisa had fallen in a fight with the Menomones.
+
+Ran-che-wai-me was inconsolable, but she dared not show her grief
+before her parents, and the only relief she could find from her sorrow
+was to swim over by starlight to the island where she had been
+accustomed to meet her lover, and there, calling upon his name,
+bewail the loss of him who was dearer to her than all else.
+
+One night, while she was engaged in this lamentation, the sound of her
+voice attracted some of her father's people to the spot. Startled by
+their appearance the girl tried to climb a tree, in order to hide
+herself in its branches, but her frame was bowed with sorrow and her
+weak limbs refused to aid her.
+
+"Wai-o-naisa!" she cried, "Wai-o-naisa!"
+
+At each repetition of his name her voice became shriller, while, as
+she endeavoured to screen herself in the underwood, a soft plumage
+began to cover her delicate limbs, which were wounded by the briers.
+She tossed her arms to the sky in her distress and they became clothed
+with feathers. At length, when her pursuers were close upon her, a
+bird arose from the bush they had surrounded, and flitting from tree
+to tree, it fled before them, ever crying--
+
+"Wai-o-naisa! Wai-o-naisa!"
+
+
+
+
+THE UNDYING HEAD.
+
+
+In a remote part of the north lived a man and his only sister who had
+never seen human being. Seldom, if ever, had the man any cause to go
+from home, for if he wanted food he had only to go a little distance
+from the lodge, and there place his arrows with their barbs in the
+ground. He would then return to the lodge and tell his sister where
+the arrows had been placed, when she would go in search of them, and
+never fail to find each struck through the heart of a deer. These she
+dragged to the lodge and dressed for food. Thus she lived until she
+attained womanhood. One day her brother, who was named Iamo, said to
+her--
+
+"Sister, the time is near when you will be ill. Listen to my advice,
+for if you do not it will probably be the cause of my death. Take the
+implements with which we kindle our fires, go some distance from our
+lodge and build a separate fire. When you are in want of food I will
+tell you where to find it. You must cook for yourself and I for
+myself. When you are ill do not attempt to come near the lodge or
+bring to it any of the utensils you use. Be sure to always have
+fastened to your belt whatever you will need in your sickness, for
+you do not know when the time of your indisposition will come. As for
+myself, I must do the best I can." His sister promised to obey him in
+all he said.
+
+Shortly after her brother had cause to go from home. His sister was
+alone in the lodge combing her hair, and she had just untied and laid
+aside the belt to which the implements were fastened when suddenly she
+felt unwell. She ran out of the lodge, but in her haste forgot the
+belt. Afraid to return she stood some time thinking, and finally she
+determined to return to the lodge and get it, for she said to
+herself--
+
+"My brother is not at home, and I will stay but a moment to catch hold
+of it."
+
+She went back, and, running in, suddenly seized the belt, and was
+coming out, when her brother met her. He knew what had happened.
+
+"Did I not tell you," said he, "to take care? Now you have killed me."
+
+His sister would have gone away, but he spoke to her again.
+
+"What can you do now? What I feared has happened. Go in, and stay
+where you have always lived. You have killed me."
+
+He then laid aside his hunting dress and accoutrements, and soon after
+both his feet began to inflame and turn black, so that he could not
+move. He directed his sister where to place his arrows, so that she
+might always have food. The inflammation continued to increase, and
+had now reached his first rib.
+
+"Sister," said he, "my end is near. You must do as I tell you. You
+see my medicine-sack and my war-club tied to it. It contains all my
+medicines, my war-plumes, and my paints of all colours. As soon as the
+inflammation reaches my chest, you will take my war-club, and with the
+sharp point of it cut off my head. When it is free from my body, take
+it, place its neck in the sack, which you must open at one end. Then
+hang it up in its former place. Do not forget my bow and arrows. One
+of the last you will take to procure food. Tie the others to my sack,
+and then hang it up so that I can look towards the door. Now and then
+I will speak to you, but not often."
+
+His sister again promised to obey.
+
+In a little time his chest became affected.
+
+"Now," cried he, "take the club and strike off my head."
+
+His sister was afraid, but he told her to muster up courage.
+
+"Strike," said he, with a smile upon his face.
+
+Calling up all her courage, his sister struck and cut off the head.
+
+"Now," said the head, "place me where I told you."
+
+Fearful, she obeyed it in all its commands.
+
+Retaining its animation, it looked round the lodge as usual, and it
+would command its sister to go to such places where it thought she
+could best procure the flesh of the different animals she needed. One
+day the head said--
+
+"The time is not distant when I shall be freed from this situation,
+but I shall have to undergo many sore evils. So the Superior Manito
+decrees, and I must bear all patiently."
+
+In a certain part of the country was a village inhabited by a numerous
+and warlike band of Indians. In this village was a family of ten young
+men, brothers. In the spring of the year the youngest of these
+blackened his face and fasted. His dreams were propitious, and having
+ended his fast, he sent secretly for his brothers at night, so that
+the people in the village should not be aware of their meeting. He
+told them how favourable his dreams had been, and that he had called
+them together to ask them if they would accompany him in a war
+excursion. They all answered they would. The third son, noted for his
+oddities, swinging his war-club when his brother had ceased speaking,
+jumped up: "Yes," said he, "I will go, and this will be the way I will
+treat those we go to fight with." With those words he struck the post
+in the centre of the lodge, and gave a yell. The other brothers spoke
+to him, saying--
+
+"Gently, gently, Mudjikewis, when you are in other people's lodges."
+So he sat down. Then, in turn, they took the drum, sang their songs,
+and closed the meeting with a feast. The youngest told them not to
+whisper their intention to their wives, but to prepare secretly for
+their journey. They all promised obedience, and Mudjikewis was the
+first to do so.
+
+The time for departure drew near. The youngest gave the word for them
+to assemble on a certain night, when they would commence their
+journey. Mudjikewis was loud in his demands for his moccasins, and his
+wife several times demanded the reason of his impatience.
+
+"Besides," said she, "you have a good pair on."
+
+"Quick, quick," replied Mudjikewis; "since you must know, we are going
+on a war excursion."
+
+Thus he revealed the secret.
+
+That night they met and started. The snow was on the ground, and they
+travelled all night lest others should follow them. When it was
+daylight, the leader took snow, made a ball of it, and tossing it up
+in the air, said--
+
+"It was in this way I saw snow fall in my dream, so that we could not
+be tracked."
+
+Immediately snow began to fall in large flakes, so that the leader
+commanded the brothers to keep close together for fear of losing one
+another. Close as they walked together it was with difficulty they
+could see one another. The snow continued falling all that day and the
+next night, so that it was impossible for any one to follow their
+track.
+
+They walked for several days, and Mudjikewis was always in the rear.
+One day, running suddenly forward, he gave the Saw-saw-quan (war-cry),
+and struck a tree with his war-club, breaking the tree in pieces as if
+it had been struck by lightning.
+
+"Brothers," said he, "this is the way I will serve those we are going
+to fight."
+
+The leader answered--
+
+"Slowly, slowly, Mudjikewis. The one I lead you to is not to be
+thought of so lightly."
+
+Again Mudjikewis fell back and thought to himself--
+
+"What, what! Who can this be he is leading us to?"
+
+He felt fearful, and was silent. Day after day they travelled on till
+they came to an extensive plain, on the borders of which human bones
+were bleaching in the sun. The leader said--
+
+"These are the bones of those who have gone before us. None has ever
+yet returned to tell the sad tale of their fate."
+
+Again Mudjikewis became restless, and, running forward, gave the
+accustomed yell. Advancing to a large rock which stood above the
+ground he struck it, and it fell to pieces.
+
+"See, brothers," said he, "thus will I treat those we are going to
+fight."
+
+"Be quiet," said the leader. "He to whom I am leading you is not to be
+compared to that rock."
+
+Mudjikewis fell back quite thoughtful, saying to himself--
+
+"I wonder who this can be that he is going to attack;" and he was
+afraid.
+
+They continued to see the remains of former warriors who had been to
+the place to which they were now going, and had retreated thus far
+back again. At last they came to a piece of rising ground, from which
+they plainly saw on a distant mountain an enormous bear. The distance
+between them was very great, but the size of the animal caused it to
+be seen very clearly.
+
+"There," said the leader; "it is to him I am leading you. Here our
+troubles will only commence, for he is a mishemokwa" (a she-bear, or a
+male-bear as ferocious as a she-bear) "and a manito. It is he who has
+what we prize so dearly, to obtain which the warriors whose bones we
+saw sacrificed their lives. You must not be fearful. Be manly; we
+shall find him asleep."
+
+The warriors advanced boldly till they came near to the bear, when
+they stopped to look at it more closely. It was asleep, and there was
+a belt around its neck.
+
+"This," said the leader, touching the belt, "is what we must get. It
+contains what we want."
+
+The eldest brother then tried to slip the belt over the bear's head,
+the animal appearing to be fast asleep, and not at all disturbed by
+his efforts. He could not, however, remove the belt, nor was any of
+the brothers more successful till the one next to the youngest tried
+in his turn. He slipped the belt nearly over the beast's head, but
+could not get it quite off. Then the youngest laid his hands on it,
+and with a pull succeeded. Placing the belt on the eldest brother's
+back, he said--
+
+"Now we must run," and they started off at their best pace. When one
+became tired with the weight of the belt another carried it. Thus they
+ran till they had passed the bones of all the warriors, and when they
+were some distance beyond, looking back, they saw the monster slowly
+rising. For some time it stood still, not missing the belt. Then they
+heard a tremendous howl, like distant thunder, slowly filling the
+sky. At last they heard the bear cry--
+
+"Who can it be that has dared to steal my belt? Earth is not so large
+but I can find them," and it descended the hill in pursuit. With every
+jump of the bear the earth shook as if it were convulsed. Very soon it
+approached the party. They, however, kept the belt, exchanging it from
+one to another, and encouraging each other. The bear, however, gained
+on them fast.
+
+"Brothers," said the leader, "have none of you, when fasting, ever
+dreamed of some friendly spirit who would aid you as a guardian?"
+
+A dead silence followed.
+
+"Well," continued he, "once when I was fasting I dreamed of being in
+danger of instant death, when I saw a small lodge, with smoke curling
+up from its top. An old man lived in it, and I dreamed that he helped
+me, and may my dream be verified soon."
+
+Having said this, he ran forward and gave a yell and howl. They came
+upon a piece of rising ground, and, behold! a lodge with smoke curling
+from its top appeared before them. This gave them all new strength,
+and they ran forward and entered the lodge. In it they found an old
+man, to whom the leader said--
+
+"Nemesho (my grandfather), help us. We ask your protection, for the
+great bear would kill us."
+
+"Sit down and eat, my grandchildren," said the old man. "Who is a
+great manito? There is none but me; but let me look;" and he opened
+the door of the lodge, and saw at a little distance the enraged bear
+coming on with slow but great leaps. The old man closed the door.
+
+"Yes," said he; "he is indeed a great manito. My grandchildren, you
+will be the cause of my losing my life. You asked my protection, and I
+granted it; so now, come what may, I will protect you. When the bear
+arrives at the door you must run out at the other end of the lodge."
+
+Putting his hand to the side of the lodge where he sat, he took down a
+bag, and, opening it, took out of it two small black dogs, which he
+placed before him.
+
+"These are the ones I use when I fight," said he, and he commenced
+patting with both hands the sides of one of the dogs, which at once
+commenced to swell out until it filled the lodge, and it had great
+strong teeth. When the dog had attained its full size it growled, and,
+springing out at the door, met the bear, which, in another leap, would
+have reached the lodge. A terrible combat ensued. The sky rang with
+the howls of the monsters. In a little while the second dog took the
+field. At the commencement of the battle the brothers, acting on the
+advice of the old man, escaped through the opposite side of the lodge.
+They had not proceeded far in their flight before they heard the
+death-cry of one of the dogs, and soon after that of the other.
+
+"Well," said the leader, "the old man will soon share their fate, so
+run, run! the bear will soon be after us."
+
+The brothers started with fresh vigour, for the old man had refreshed
+them with food; but the bear very soon came in sight again, and was
+evidently fast gaining upon them. Again the leader asked the warriors
+if they knew of any way in which to save themselves. All were silent.
+Running forward with a yell and a howl, the leader said--
+
+"I dreamed once that, being in great trouble, an old man, who was a
+manito, helped me. We shall soon see his lodge."
+
+Taking courage, the brothers still went on, and, after going a short
+distance, they saw a lodge. Entering it, they found an old man, whose
+protection they claimed, saying that a manito was pursuing them.
+
+"Eat," said the old man, putting meat before them. "Who is a manito?
+There is no manito but me. There is none whom I fear."
+
+Then he felt the earth tremble as the bear approached, and, opening
+the door of the lodge, he saw it coming. The old man shut the door
+slowly, and said--
+
+"Yes, my grandchildren, you have brought trouble upon me."
+
+Taking his medicine sack, he took out some small war-clubs of black
+stone, and told the young men to run through the other side of the
+lodge. As he handled the clubs they became an enormous size, and the
+old man stepped out as the bear reached the door. He struck the beast
+with one of his clubs, which broke in pieces, and the bear stumbled.
+The old man struck it again with the other club, and that also broke,
+but the bear fell insensible. Each blow the old man struck sounded
+like a clap of thunder, and the howls of the bear ran along the skies.
+
+The brothers had gone some distance before they looked back. They then
+saw that the bear was recovering from the blows. First it moved its
+paws, and then they saw it rise to its feet. The old man shared the
+fate of the first, for the warriors heard his cries as he was torn in
+pieces. Again the monster was in pursuit, and fast overtaking them.
+Not yet discouraged, the young men kept on their way, but the bear was
+so close to them that the leader once more applied to his brothers,
+but they could do nothing.
+
+"Well," said he, "my dreams will soon be exhausted. After this I have
+but one more."
+
+He advanced, invoking his guardian spirit to aid him.
+
+"Once," said he, "I dreamed that, being sorely pressed, I came to a
+large lake, on the shore of which was a canoe, partly out of water,
+and having ten paddles all in readiness. Do not fear," he cried, "we
+shall soon get to it."
+
+It happened as he had said. Coming to the lake, the warriors found the
+canoe with the ten paddles, and immediately took their places in it.
+Putting off, they paddled to the centre of the lake, when they saw the
+bear on the shore. Lifting itself on its hind-legs, it looked all
+around. Then it waded into the water until, losing its footing, it
+turned back, and commenced making the circuit of the lake. Meanwhile
+the warriors remained stationary in the centre watching the animal's
+movements. It travelled round till it came to the place whence it
+started. Then it commenced drinking up the water, and the young men
+saw a strong current fast setting in towards the bear's mouth. The
+leader encouraged them to paddle hard for the opposite shore. This
+they had nearly reached, when the current became too strong for them,
+and they were drawn back by it, and the stream carried them onwards to
+the bear.
+
+Then the leader again spoke, telling his comrades to meet their fate
+bravely.
+
+"Now is the time, Mudjikewis," said he, "to show your prowess. Take
+courage, and sit in the bow of the canoe, and, when it approaches the
+bear's mouth, try what effect your club will have on the beast's
+head."
+
+Mudjikewis obeyed, and, taking his place, stood ready to give the
+blow, while the leader, who steered, directed the canoe to the open
+mouth of the monster.
+
+Rapidly advancing, the canoe was just about to enter the bear's mouth,
+when Mudjikewis struck the beast a tremendous blow on the head, and
+gave the saw-saw-quan. The bear's limbs doubled under it, and it fell
+stunned by the blow, but before Mudjikewis could strike again the
+monster sent from its mouth all the water it had swallowed with such
+force that the canoe was immediately carried by the stream to the
+other side of the lake. Leaving the canoe, the brothers fled, and on
+they went till they were completely exhausted. Again they felt the
+earth shake, and, looking back, saw the monster hard after them. The
+young men's spirits drooped, and they felt faint-hearted. With words
+and actions the leader exerted himself to cheer them, and once more he
+asked them if they could do nothing, or think of nothing, that might
+save them. All were silent as before.
+
+"Then," said he, "this is the last time I can apply to my guardian
+spirit. If we do not now succeed, our fate is decided."
+
+He ran forward, invoking his spirit with great earnestness, and gave
+the yell.
+
+"We shall soon arrive," said he to his brothers, "at the place where
+my last guardian spirit dwells. In him I place great confidence. Do
+not be afraid, or your limbs will be fear-bound. We shall soon reach
+his lodge. Run, run!"
+
+What had in the meantime passed in the lodge of Iamo? He had remained
+in the same condition, his head in the sack, directing his sister
+where to place the arrows to procure food, and speaking at long
+intervals.
+
+One day the girl saw the eyes of the head brighten as if with
+pleasure. At last it spoke.
+
+"O sister!" it said, "in what a pitiful situation you have been the
+cause of placing me! Soon, very soon, a band of young men will arrive
+and apply to me for aid; but alas! how can I give what I would with so
+much pleasure have afforded them? Nevertheless, take two arrows, and
+place them where you have been in the habit of placing the others, and
+have meat cooked and prepared before they arrive. When you hear them
+coming, and calling on my name, go out and say, 'Alas! it is long ago
+since an accident befell him. I was the cause of it.' If they still
+come near, ask them in, and set meat before them. Follow my directions
+strictly. A bear will come. Go out and meet him, taking my medicine
+sack, bow and arrows, and my head. You must then untie the sack, and
+spread out before you my paints of all colours, my war eagle-feathers,
+my tufts of dried hair, and whatsoever else the sack contains. As the
+bear approaches take these articles, one by one, and say to him, 'This
+is my dead brother's paint,' and so on with all the articles, throwing
+each of them as far from you as you can. The virtue contained in the
+things will cause him to totter. Then, to complete his destruction,
+you must take my head and cast it as far off as you can, crying aloud,
+'See, this is my dead brother's head!' He will then fall senseless.
+While this is taking place the young men will have eaten, and you must
+call them to your aid. You will, with their assistance, cut the
+carcass of the bear into pieces--into small pieces--and scatter them
+to the winds, for unless you do this he will again come to life."
+
+The sister promised that all should be done as he commanded, and she
+had only time to prepare the meal when the voice of the leader of the
+band of warriors was heard calling on Iamo for aid. The girl went out
+and did as she had been directed. She invited the brothers in and
+placed meat before them, and while they were eating the bear was heard
+approaching. Untying the medicine sack and taking the head the girl
+made all ready for its approach. When it came up she did as her
+brother directed, and before she had cast down all the paints the bear
+began to totter, but, still advancing, came close to her. Then she
+took the head and cast it from her as far as she could, and as it
+rolled upon the ground the bear, tottering, fell with a tremendous
+noise. The girl cried for help, and the young men rushed out.
+
+Mudjikewis, stepping up, gave a yell, and struck the bear a blow on
+the head. This he repeated till he had dashed out its brains. Then the
+others, as quickly as possible, cut the monster up into very small
+pieces and scattered them in all directions. As they were engaged in
+this they were surprised to find that wherever the flesh was thrown
+small black bears appeared, such as are seen at the present day,
+which, starting up, ran away. Thus from this monster the present race
+of bears derives its origin.
+
+Having overcome their pursuer the brothers returned to the lodge, and
+the girl gathered together the articles she had used, and placed the
+head in the sack again. The head remained silent, probably from its
+being fatigued with its exertion in overcoming the bear.
+
+Having spent so much time, and having traversed so vast a country in
+their flight, the young men gave up the idea of ever returning to
+their own country, and game being plentiful about the lodge, they
+determined to remain where they were. One day they moved off some
+distance from the lodge for the purpose of hunting, and left the belt
+with the girl. They were very successful, and amused themselves with
+talking and jesting. One of them said--
+
+"We have all this sport to ourselves. Let us go and ask our sister if
+she will not let us bring the head to this place, for it is still
+alive."
+
+So they went and asked for the head. The girl told them to take it,
+and they carried it to their hunting-grounds and tried to amuse it,
+but only at times did they see its eyes beam with pleasure. One day,
+while they were busy in their encampment, they were unexpectedly
+attacked by unknown enemies. The fight was long and fierce. Many of
+the foes were slain, but there were thirty of them to each warrior.
+The young men fought desperately till they were all killed, and then
+the attacking party retreated to a high place to muster their men and
+count the missing and the slain. One of the men had strayed away, and
+happened to come to where the head was hung up. Seeing that it was
+alive he eyed it for some time with fear and surprise. Then he took it
+down, and having opened the sack he was much pleased to see the
+beautiful feathers, one of which he placed on his head.
+
+It waved gracefully over him as he walked to his companions' camp,
+and when he came there he threw down the head and sack and told his
+friends how he had found them, and how the sack was full of paints and
+feathers. The men all took the head and made sport of it. Many of the
+young men took the paint and painted themselves with it; and one of
+the band, taking the head by the hair, said--
+
+"Look, you ugly thing, and see your paints on the faces of warriors."
+
+The feathers were so beautiful that many of the young men placed them
+on their heads, and they again subjected the head to all kinds of
+indignity. They were, however, soon punished for their insulting
+conduct, for all who had worn the feathers became sick and died. Then
+the chief commanded the men to throw all the paints and feathers away.
+
+"As for the head," he said, "we will keep that and take it home with
+us; we will there see what we can do with it. We will try to make it
+shut its eyes."
+
+Meanwhile for several days the sister had been waiting for the
+brothers to bring back the head; till at last, getting impatient, she
+went in search of them. She found them lying within short distances of
+one another, dead, and covered with wounds. Other bodies lay scattered
+around. She searched for the head and sack, but they were nowhere to
+be found, so she raised her voice and wept, and blackened her face.
+Then she walked in different directions till she came to the place
+whence the head had been taken, and there she found the bow and
+arrows, which had been left behind. She searched further, hoping to
+find her brother's head, and, when she came to a piece of rising
+ground she found some of his paints and feathers. These she carefully
+put by, hanging them to the branch of a tree.
+
+At dusk she came to the first lodge of a large village. Here she used
+a charm employed by Indians when they wish to meet with a kind
+reception, and on applying to the old man and the woman who occupied
+the lodge she was made welcome by them. She told them her errand, and
+the old man, promising to help her, told her that the head was hung up
+before the council fire, and that the chiefs and young men of the
+village kept watch over it continually. The girl said she only desired
+to see the head, and would be satisfied if she could only get to the
+door of the lodge in which it was hung, for she knew she could not
+take it by force.
+
+"Come with me," said the old man, "I will take you there."
+
+So they went and took their seats in the lodge near to the door. The
+council lodge was filled with warriors amusing themselves with games,
+and constantly keeping up the fire to smoke the head to dry it. As the
+girl entered the lodge the men saw the features of the head move, and,
+not knowing what to make of it, one spoke and said--
+
+"Ha! ha! it is beginning to feel the effects of the smoke."
+
+The sister looked up from the seat by the door; her eyes met those of
+her brother, and tears began to roll down the cheeks of the head.
+
+"Well," said the chief, "I thought we would make you do something at
+last. Look! look at it shedding tears," said he to those around him,
+and they all laughed and made jokes upon it. The chief, looking
+around, observed the strange girl, and after some time said to the old
+man who brought her in--
+
+"Who have you got there? I have never seen that woman before in our
+village."
+
+"Yes," replied the old man, "you have seen her. She is a relation of
+mine, and seldom goes out. She stays in my lodge, and she asked me to
+bring her here."
+
+In the centre of the lodge sat one of those young men who are always
+forward, and fond of boasting and displaying themselves before others.
+
+"Why," said he, "I have seen her often, and it is to his lodge I go
+almost every night to court her."
+
+All the others laughed and continued their games. The young man did
+not know he was telling a lie to the girl's advantage, who by means of
+it escaped.
+
+She returned to the old man's lodge, and immediately set out for her
+own country. Coming to the spot where the bodies of her adopted
+brothers lay, she placed them together with their feet towards the
+east. Then taking an axe she had she cast it up into the air, crying
+out--
+
+"Brothers, get up from under it or it will fall on you!"
+
+This she repeated three times, and the third time all the brothers
+rose and stood on their feet. Mudjikewis commenced rubbing his eyes
+and stretching himself.
+
+"Why," said he, "I have overslept myself."
+
+"No, indeed," said one of the others. "Do you not know we were all
+killed, and that it is our sister who has brought us to life?"
+
+The brothers then took the bodies of their enemies and burned them.
+Soon after the girl went to a far country, they knew not where, to
+procure wives for them, and she returned with the women, whom she gave
+to the young men, beginning with the eldest. Mudjikewis stepped to and
+fro, uneasy lest he should not get the one he liked, but he was not
+disappointed, for she fell to his lot; and the two were well matched,
+for she was a female magician.
+
+The young men and their wives all moved into a very large lodge, and
+their sister told them that one of the women must go in turns every
+night to try and recover the head of her brother, untying the knots by
+which it was hung up in the council lodge. The women all said they
+would go with pleasure. The eldest made the first attempt. With a
+rushing noise she disappeared through the air.
+
+Towards daylight she returned. She had failed, having only succeeded
+in untying one of the knots. All the women save the youngest went in
+turn, and each one succeeded in untying only one knot each time. At
+length the youngest went. As soon as she arrived at the lodge she went
+to work. The smoke from the fire in the lodge had not ascended for ten
+nights. It now filled the place and drove all the men out. The girl
+was alone, and she carried off the head.
+
+The brothers and Iamo's sister heard the young woman coming high
+through the air, and they heard her say--
+
+"Prepare the body of our brother."
+
+As soon as they heard that they went to where Iamo's body lay, and,
+having got it ready, as soon as the young woman arrived with the head
+they placed it to the body, and Iamo was restored in all his former
+manliness and beauty. All rejoiced in the happy termination of their
+troubles, and when they had spent some time joyfully together, Iamo
+said--
+
+"Now I will divide the treasure," and taking the bear's belt he
+commenced dividing what it contained amongst the brothers, beginning
+with the eldest. The youngest brother, however, got the most splendid
+part of the spoil, for the bottom of the belt held what was richest
+and rarest.
+
+Then Iamo told them that, since they had all died and been restored to
+life again, they were no longer mortals but spirits, and he assigned
+to each of them a station in the invisible world. Only Mudjikewis'
+place was, however, named. He was to direct the west wind. The
+brothers were commanded, as they had it in their power, to do good to
+the inhabitants of the earth, and to give all things with a liberal
+hand.
+
+The spirits then, amid songs and shouts, took their flight to their
+respective places, while Iamo and his sister, Iamoqua, descended into
+the depths below.
+
+
+
+
+THE OLD CHIPPEWAY.
+
+
+The old man Chippeway, the first of men, when he first landed on the
+earth, near where the present Dogribs have their hunting-grounds,
+found the world a beautiful world, well stocked with food, and
+abounding with pleasant things. He found no man, woman, or child upon
+it; but in time, being lonely, he created children, to whom he gave
+two kinds of fruit, the black and the white, but he forbade them to
+eat the black. Having given his commands for the government and
+guidance of his family, he took leave of them for a time, to go into a
+far country where the sun dwelt, for the purpose of bringing it to the
+earth.
+
+After a very long journey, and a long absence, he returned, bringing
+with him the sun, and he was delighted to find that his children had
+remained obedient, and had eaten only of the white food.
+
+Again he left them to go on another expedition. The sun he had brought
+lighted up the earth for only a short time, and in the land from which
+he had brought it he had noticed another body, which served as a lamp
+in the dark hours. He resolved therefore to journey and bring back
+with him the moon; so, bidding adieu to his children and his dwelling,
+he set forth once more.
+
+While he had been absent on his first expedition, his children had
+eaten up all the white food, and now, when he set out, he forgot to
+provide them with a fresh supply. For a long time they resisted the
+craving for food, but at last they could hold out no longer, and
+satisfied their hunger with the black fruit.
+
+The old Chippeway soon returned, bringing with him the moon. He soon
+discovered that his children had transgressed his command, and had
+eaten the food of disease and death. He told them what was the
+consequence of their act--that in future the earth would produce bad
+fruits, that sickness would come amongst men, that pain would rack
+them, and their lives be lives of fatigue and danger.
+
+Having brought the sun and moon to the earth, the old man Chippeway
+rested, and made no more expeditions. He lived an immense number of
+years, and saw all the troubles he declared would follow the eating of
+the black food. At last he became tired of life, and his sole desire
+was to be freed from it.
+
+"Go," said he, to one of his sons, "to the river of the Bear Lake, and
+fetch me a man of the little wise people (the beavers). Let it be one
+with a brown ring round the end of the tail, and a white spot on the
+tip of the nose. Let him be just two seasons old upon the first day
+of the coming frog-moon, and see that his teeth be sharp."
+
+The man did as he was directed. He went to the river of the Bear Lake,
+and brought a man of the little wise people. He had a brown ring round
+the end of his tail, and a white spot on the tip of his nose. He was
+just two seasons old upon the first day of the frog-moon, and his
+teeth were very sharp.
+
+"Take the wise four-legged man," said the old Chippeway, "and pull
+from his jaws seven of his teeth."
+
+The man did as he was directed, and brought the teeth to the old man.
+Then he bade him call all his people together, and when they were come
+the old man thus addressed them--
+
+"I am old, and am tired of life, and wish to sleep the sleep of death.
+I will go hence. Take the seven teeth of the wise little four-legged
+man and drive them into my body."
+
+They did so, and as the last tooth entered him the old man died.
+
+
+
+
+MUKUMIK! MUKUMIK! MUKUMIK!
+
+
+Pauppukkeewis was a harum-scarum fellow who played many queer tricks,
+but he took care, nevertheless, to supply his family and children with
+food. Sometimes, however, he was hard-pressed, and once he and his
+whole family were on the point of starving. Every resource seemed to
+have failed. The snow was so deep, and the storm continued so long,
+that he could not even find a partridge or a hare, and his usual
+supply of fish had failed him. His lodge stood in some woods not far
+away from the shores of the Gitchiguma, or great water, where the
+autumnal storms had piled up the ice into high pinnacles, resembling
+castles.
+
+"I will go," said he to his family one morning, "to these castles, and
+solicit the pity of the spirits who inhabit them, for I know that they
+are the residence of some of the spirits of Rabiboonoka."
+
+He did so, and his petition was not disregarded. The spirits told him
+to fill his mushkemoots or sacks with the ice and snow, and pass on
+towards his lodge, without looking back, until he came to a certain
+hill. He was then to drop his sacks, and leave them till morning,
+when he would find them full of fish.
+
+The spirits cautioned him that he must by no means look back, although
+he should hear a great many voices crying out to him abusing him; for
+they told him such voices would be in reality only the wind playing
+through the branches of the trees.
+
+Pauppukkeewis faithfully obeyed the directions given him, although he
+found it difficult to avoid looking round to see who was calling to
+him. When he visited the sacks in the morning, he found them filled
+with fish.
+
+It happened that Manabozho visited him on the morning when he brought
+the fish home, and the visitor was invited to partake of the feast.
+While they were eating, Manabozho could not help asking where such an
+abundance of food had been procured at a time when most were in a
+state of starvation.
+
+Pauppukkeewis frankly told him the secret, and and what precautions to
+take to ensure success. Manabozho determined to profit by the
+information, and, as soon as he could, set out to visit the icy
+castles. All things happened as Pauppukkeewis had told him. The
+spirits appeared to be kind, and told Manabozho to fill and carry. He
+accordingly filled his sacks with ice and snow, and then walked off
+quickly to the hill where he was to leave them. As he went, however,
+he heard voices calling out behind him.
+
+"Thief! thief! He has stolen fish from Rabiboonoka," cried one.
+
+"Mukumik! Mukumik! take it away, take it away," cried another.
+
+Manabozho's ears were so assailed by all manner of insulting cries,
+that at last he got angry, and, quite forgetting the directions given
+him, he turned his head to see who it was that was abusing him. He saw
+no one, and proceeded on his way to the hill, to which he was
+accompanied by his invisible tormentors. He left his bags of ice and
+snow there, to be changed into fish, and came back the next morning.
+His disobedience had, however, dissolved the charm, and he found his
+bags still full of rubbish.
+
+In consequence of this he is condemned every year, during the month of
+March, to run over the hills, with Pauppukkeewis following him,
+crying--
+
+"Mukumik! Mukumik!"
+
+
+
+
+THE SWING BY THE LAKE.
+
+
+There was an old hag of a woman who lived with her daughter-in-law and
+her husband, with their son and a little orphan boy. When her
+son-in-law came home from hunting, it was his custom to bring his wife
+the moose's lip, the kidney of the bear, or some other choice bits of
+different animals. These the girl would cook crisp, so that the sound
+of their cracking could be heard when she ate them. This kind
+attention of the hunter to his wife aroused the envy of the old woman.
+She wished to have the same luxuries, and, in order to obtain them,
+she at last resolved to kill the young wife. One day she asked her to
+leave her infant son to the care of the orphan boy, and come out and
+swing with her. The wife consented, and the mother-in-law took her to
+the shore of a lake, where there was a high ridge of rocks overhanging
+the water. Upon the top of these rocks the old woman put up a swing,
+and, having fastened a piece of leather round her body, she commenced
+to swing herself, going over the precipice each time. She continued
+this for a short while, and then, stopping, told her daughter-in-law
+to take her place. She did so, and, having tied the leather round her,
+began to swing backwards and forwards. When she was well going,
+sweeping at each turn clear beyond the precipice, the old woman slyly
+cut the cords, and let her drop into the lake. She then put on some of
+the girl's clothing, entered the lodge in the dusk of the evening, and
+went about the work in which her daughter-in-law had been usually
+occupied at such a time. She found the child crying, and, since the
+mother was not there to give it the breast, it cried on. Then the
+orphan boy asked her where the mother was.
+
+"She is still swinging," replied the old woman.
+
+"I will go," said he, "and look for her."
+
+"No," said the old woman, "you must not. What would you go for?"
+
+In the evening, when the husband came in, he gave the coveted morsels
+to what he supposed was his wife. He missed the old woman, but asked
+nothing about her. Meanwhile the woman ate the morsels, and tried to
+quiet the child. The husband, seeing that she kept her face away from
+him, was astonished, and asked why the child cried so. His pretended
+wife answered that she did not know.
+
+In the meantime the orphan boy went to the shores of the lake, where
+he found no one. Then he suspected the old woman, and, having returned
+to the lodge, told the hunter, while she was out getting wood, all he
+had heard and seen. The man, when he had heard the story, painted his
+face black, and placed his spear upside down in the earth, and
+requested the Great Spirit to send lightning, thunder, and rain, in
+the hope that the body of his wife might arise from the water. He then
+began to fast, and told the boy to take the child and play upon the
+lake shore.
+
+Meanwhile this is what had happened to the wife. After she had plunged
+into the lake, she found herself in the hold of a water-tiger, who
+drew her to the bottom. There she found a lodge, and all things in it
+as if arranged for her reception, and she became the water-tiger's
+wife.
+
+Whilst the orphan boy and the child were playing on the shore of the
+lake one day, the boy began to throw pebbles into the water, when
+suddenly a gull arose from the centre of the lake, and flew towards
+the land. When it had arrived there, it took human shape, and the boy
+recognised that it was the lost mother. She had a leather belt around
+her, and another belt of white metal. She suckled the baby, and,
+preparing to return to the water, said to the boy--
+
+"Come here with the child whenever it cries, and I will nurse it."
+
+The boy carried the child home, and told the father what had occurred.
+When the child cried again, the man went with the boy to the shore,
+and hid himself behind a clump of trees. Soon the gull made its
+appearance, with a long shining chain attached to it. The bird came to
+the shore, assumed the mother's shape, and began to suckle the child.
+The husband stood with his spear in his hand, wondering what he had
+best do to regain his wife. When he saw her preparing to return to the
+lake he rushed forward, struck the shining chain with his spear, and
+broke it. Then he took his wife and child home. As he entered the
+lodge the old woman looked up, and, when she saw the wife, she dropped
+her head in despair. A rustling was heard in the place; the next
+moment the old woman leaped up, flew out of the lodge, and was never
+heard of more.
+
+
+
+
+THE FIRE PLUME.
+
+
+Wassamo was living with his parents on the shores of a large bay on
+the east coast of Lake Michigan. It was at a period when nature
+spontaneously furnished everything that was wanted, when the Indians
+used skins for clothing, and flints for arrow heads. It was long
+before the time that the flag of the white man had first been seen in
+these lakes, or the sound of an iron axe had been heard. The skill of
+our people supplied them with weapons to kill game, with instruments
+to procure bark for their canoes, and they knew to dress and cook
+their victuals.
+
+One day, when the season had commenced for fish to be plentiful near
+the shore of the lake, Wassamo's mother said to him--
+
+"My son, I wish you would go to yonder point, and see if you cannot
+procure me some fish. You may ask your cousin to accompany you."
+
+He did so. They set out, and, in the course of the afternoon, arrived
+at the fishing-ground. His cousin attended to the nets, for he was
+grown up to manhood, but Wassamo had not yet reached that age. They
+put their nets in the water, and encamped near them, using only a few
+pieces of birch-bark for a lodge to shelter them at night. They lit a
+fire, and, while they were conversing together, the moon arose. Not a
+breath of wind disturbed the smooth and bright surface of the lake.
+Not a cloud was seen. Wassamo looked out on the water towards their
+nets, and saw that almost all the floats had disappeared.
+
+"Cousin," he said, "let us visit our nets. Perhaps we are fortunate."
+
+They did so, and were rejoiced, as they drew them up, to see the
+meshes white here and there with fish. They landed in good spirits,
+and put away their canoe in safety from the winds.
+
+"Wassamo," said his cousin, "you cook that we may eat."
+
+Wassamo set about it immediately, and soon got his kettle on the
+flames, while his cousin was lying at his ease on the opposite side of
+the fire.
+
+"Cousin," said Wassamo, "tell me stories, or sing me some love-songs."
+
+The other obeyed, and sang his plaintive songs. He would frequently
+break off, and tell parts of stories, and would then sing again, as
+suited his feelings or fancy. While thus employed, he unconsciously
+fell asleep. Wassamo had scarcely noticed it in his care to watch the
+kettle, and, when the fish were done, he took the kettle off. He spoke
+to his cousin, but received no answer. He took the wooden ladle to
+skim off the oil, for the fish were very fat. He had a flambeau of
+twisted bark in one hand to give light; but, when he came to take out
+the fish, he did not know how to manage to hold the light, so he took
+off his garters, and tied them tight round his head, and then placed
+the lighted flambeau above his forehead, so that it was firmly held by
+the bandage, and threw its light brilliantly about him. Having both
+hands thus at liberty, he began to take out the fish. Suddenly he
+heard a laugh.
+
+"Cousin," said he, "some one is near us. Awake, and let us look out."
+
+His cousin, however, continued asleep. Again Wassamo heard the
+laughter, and, looking, he beheld two beautiful girls.
+
+"Awake, awake," said he to his cousin. "Here are two young women;" but
+he received no answer, for his cousin was locked in his deepest
+slumbers.
+
+Wassamo started up and advanced to the strange women. He was about to
+speak to them, when he fell senseless to the earth.
+
+A short while after his cousin awoke. He looked around and called
+Wassamo, but could not find him.
+
+"Netawis, Netawis (Cousin, cousin)!" he cried; but there was no
+answer. He searched the woods and all the shores around, but could not
+find him. He did not know what to do.
+
+"Although," he reasoned, "his parents are my relations, and they know
+he and I were great friends, they will not believe me if I go home and
+say that he is lost. They will say that I killed him, and will require
+blood for blood."
+
+However, he resolved to return home, and, arriving there, he told
+them what had occurred. Some said, "He has killed him treacherously,"
+others said, "It is impossible. They were like brothers."
+
+Search was made on every side, and when at length it became certain
+that Wassamo was not to be found, his parents demanded the life of
+Netawis.
+
+Meanwhile, what had happened to Wassamo? When he recovered his senses,
+he found himself stretched on a bed in a spacious lodge.
+
+"Stranger," said some one, "awake, and take something to eat."
+
+Looking around him he saw many people, and an old spirit man,
+addressing him, said--
+
+"My daughters saw you at the fishing-ground, and brought you here. I
+am the guardian spirit of Nagow Wudjoo (the sand mountains). We will
+make your visit here agreeable, and if you will remain I will give you
+one of my daughters in marriage."
+
+The young man consented to the match, and remained for some time with
+the spirit of the sand-hills in his lodge at the bottom of the lake,
+for there was it situated. At last, however, approached the season of
+sleep, when the spirit and his relations lay down for their long rest.
+
+"Son-in-law," said the old spirit, "you can now, in a few days, start
+with your wife to visit your relations. You can be absent one year,
+but after that you must return."
+
+Wassamo promised to obey, and set out with his wife. When he was near
+his village, he left her in a thicket and advanced alone. As he did
+so, who should he meet but his cousin.
+
+"Netawis, Netawis," cried his cousin, "you have come just in time to
+save me!"
+
+Then he ran off to the lodge of Wassamo's parents.
+
+"I have seen him," said he, "whom you accuse me of having killed. He
+will be here in a few minutes."
+
+All the village was soon in a bustle, and Wassamo and his wife excited
+universal attention, and the people strove who should entertain them
+best. So the time passed happily till the season came that Wassamo and
+his wife should return to the spirits. Netawis accompanied them to the
+shores of the lake, and would have gone with them to their strange
+abode, but Wassamo sent him back. With him Wassamo took offerings from
+the Indians to his father-in-law.
+
+The old spirit was delighted to see the two return, and he was also
+much pleased with the presents Wassamo brought. He told his son-in-law
+that he and his wife should go once more to visit his people.
+
+"It is merely," said he, "to assure them of my friendship, and to bid
+them farewell for ever."
+
+Some time afterwards Wassamo and his wife made this visit. Having
+delivered his message, he said--
+
+"I must now bid you all farewell for ever."
+
+His parents and friends raised their voices in loud lamentation, and
+they accompanied him and his wife to the sand-banks to see them take
+their departure.
+
+The day was mild, the sky clear, not a cloud appeared, nor was there a
+breath of wind to disturb the bright surface of the water. The most
+perfect silence reigned throughout the company. They gazed intently
+upon Wassamo and his wife as they waded out into the water, waving
+their hands. They saw them go into deeper and deeper water. They saw
+the wave close over their heads. All at once they raised a loud and
+piercing wail. They looked again. A red flame, as if the sun had
+glanced on a billow, marked the spot for an instant; but the
+Feather-of-Flames and his wife had disappeared for ever.
+
+
+
+
+THE JOURNEY TO THE ISLAND OF SOULS.
+
+
+Once upon a time there lived in the nation of the Chippeways a most
+beautiful maiden, the flower of the wilderness, the delight and wonder
+of all who saw her. She was called the Rock-rose, and was beloved by a
+youthful hunter, whose advances gained her affection. No one was like
+the brave Outalissa in her eyes: his deeds were the greatest, his
+skill was the most wonderful. It was not permitted them, however, to
+become the inhabitants of one lodge. Death came to the flower of the
+Chippeways. In the morning of her days she died, and her body was laid
+in the dust with the customary rites of burial. All mourned for her,
+but Outalissa was a changed man. No more did he find delight in the
+chase or on the war-path. He grew sad, shunned the society of his
+brethren. He stood motionless as a tree in the hour of calm, as the
+wave that is frozen up by the breath of the cold wind.
+
+Joy came no more to him. He told his discontent in the ears of his
+people, and spoke of his determination to seek his beloved maiden. She
+had but removed, he said, as the birds fly away at the approach of
+winter, and it required but due diligence on his part to find her.
+Having prepared himself, as a hunter makes ready for a long journey,
+he armed himself with his war-spear and bow and arrow, and set out to
+the Land of Souls.
+
+Directed by the old tradition of his fathers, he travelled south to
+reach that region, leaving behind him the great star. As he moved
+onwards, he found a more pleasant region succeeding to that in which
+he had lived. Daily, hourly, he remarked the change. The ice grew
+thinner, the air warmer, the trees taller. Birds, such as he had never
+seen before, sang in the bushes, and fowl of many kinds were pluming
+themselves in the warm sun on the shores of the lake. The gay
+woodpecker was tapping the hollow beech, the swallow and the martin
+were skimming along the level of the green vales. He heard no more the
+cracking of branches beneath the weight of icicles and snow, he saw no
+more the spirits of departed men dancing wild dances on the skirts of
+the northern clouds, and the farther he travelled the milder grew the
+skies, the longer was the period of the sun's stay upon the earth, and
+the softer, though less brilliant, the light of the moon.
+
+Noting these changes as he went with a joyful heart, for they were
+indications of his near approach to the land of joy and delight, he
+came at length to a cabin situated on the brow of a steep hill in the
+middle of a narrow road. At the door of this cabin stood a man of a
+most ancient and venerable appearance. He was bent nearly double with
+age. His locks were white as snow. His eyes were sunk very far into
+his head, and the flesh was wasted from his bones, till they were like
+trees from which the bark has been peeled. He was clothed in a robe of
+white goat's skin, and a long staff supported his tottering limbs
+whithersoever he walked.
+
+The Chippeway began to tell him who he was, and why he had come
+thither, but the aged man stopped him, telling him he knew upon what
+errand he was bent.
+
+"A short while before," said he, "there passed the soul of a tender
+and lovely maiden, well-known to the son of the Red Elk, on her way to
+the beautiful island. She was fatigued with her long journey, and
+rested a while in this cabin. She told me the story of your love, and
+was persuaded that you would attempt to follow her to the Lake of
+Spirits."
+
+The old man, further, told Outalissa that if he made speed he might
+hope to overtake the maiden on the way. Before, however, he resumed
+his journey he must leave behind him his body, his spear, bow, and
+arrows, which the old man promised to keep for him should he return.
+The Chippeway left his body and arms behind him, and under the
+direction of the old man entered upon the road to the Blissful Island.
+He had travelled but a couple of bowshots when it met his view, even
+more beautiful than his fathers had painted it.
+
+He stood upon the brow of a hill which sloped gently down to the water
+of a lake which stretched as far as eye could see. Upon its banks
+were groves of beautiful trees of all kinds, and many canoes were to
+be seen gliding over its water. Afar, in the centre of the lake, lay
+the beautiful island appointed for the residence of the good. He
+walked down to the shore and entered a canoe which stood ready for
+him, made of a shining white stone. Seizing the paddle, he pushed off
+from the shore and commenced to make his way to the island. As he did
+so, he came to a canoe like his own, in which he found her whom he was
+in pursuit of. She recognised him, and the two canoes glided side by
+side over the water. Then Outalissa knew that he was on the Water of
+Judgment, the great water over which every soul must pass to reach the
+beautiful island, or in which it must sink to meet the punishment of
+the wicked. The two lovers glided on in fear, for the water seemed at
+times ready to swallow them, and around them they could see many
+canoes, which held those whose lives had been wicked, going down. The
+Master of Life had, however, decreed that they should pass in safety,
+and they reached the shores of the beautiful island, on which they
+landed full of joy.
+
+It is impossible to tell the delights with which they found it filled.
+Mild and soft winds, clear and sweet waters, cool and refreshing
+shades, perpetual verdure, inexhaustible fertility, met them on all
+sides. Gladly would the son of the Red Elk have remained for ever with
+his beloved in the happy island, but the words of the Master of Life
+came to him in the pauses of the breeze, saying--
+
+"Go back to thy own land, hunter. Your time has not yet come. You
+have not yet performed the work I have for you to do, nor can you yet
+enjoy those pleasures which belong to them who have performed their
+allotted task on earth. Go back, then. In time thou shalt rejoin her,
+the love of whom has brought thee hither."
+
+
+
+
+MACHINITOU, THE EVIL SPIRIT.
+
+
+Chemanitou, being the Master of Life, at one time became the origin of
+a spirit that has ever since caused him and all others of his creation
+a great deal of disquiet. His birth was owing to an accident. It was
+in this wise:--
+
+Metowac, or as the white people now call it, Long Island, was
+originally a vast plain, so level and free from any kind of growth
+that it looked like a portion of the great sea that had suddenly been
+made to move back and let the sand below appear, which was, in fact,
+the case.
+
+Here it was that Chemanitou used to come and sit when he wished to
+bring any new creation to life. The place being spacious and solitary,
+the water upon every side, he had not only room enough, but was free
+from interruption.
+
+It is well known that some of these early creations were of very great
+size, so that very few could live in the same place, and their
+strength made it difficult for even Chemanitou to control them, for
+when he has given them certain powers they have the use of the laws
+that govern those powers, till it is his will to take them back to
+himself. Accordingly it was the custom of Chemanitou, when he wished
+to try the effect of these creatures, to set them in motion upon the
+island of Metowac, and if they did not please him, he took the life
+away from them again. He would set up a mammoth, or other large
+animal, in the centre of the island, and build it up with great care,
+somewhat in the manner that a cabin or a canoe is made.
+
+Even to this day may be found traces of what had been done here in
+former years, and the manner in which the earth sometimes sinks down
+shows that this island is nothing more than a great cake of earth, a
+sort of platter laid upon the sea for the convenience of Chemanitou,
+who used it as a table upon which he might work, never having designed
+it for anything else, the margin of the Chatiemac (the stately swan),
+or Hudson river, being better adapted to the purposes of habitation.
+
+When the Master of Life wished to build up an elephant or mammoth, he
+placed four cakes of clay upon the ground, at proper distances, which
+were moulded into shape, and became the feet of the animal.
+
+Now sometimes these were left unfinished, and to this day the green
+tussocks to be seen like little islands about the marshes show where
+these cakes of clay were placed.
+
+As Chemanitou went on with his work, the Neebanawbaigs (or
+water-spirits), the Puck-wud-jinnies (little men who vanish), and,
+indeed, all the lesser manitoes, used to come and look on, and wonder
+what it would be, and how it would act.
+
+When the animal was completed, and had dried a long time in the sun,
+Chemanitou opened a place in the side, and, entering in, remained
+there many days.
+
+When he came forth the creature began to shiver and sway from side to
+side, in such a manner as shook the whole island for leagues. If its
+appearance pleased the Master of Life it was suffered to depart, and
+it was generally found that these animals plunged into the open sea
+upon the north side of the island, and disappeared in the great
+forests beyond.
+
+Now at one time Chemanitou was a very long time building an animal of
+such great bulk that it looked like a mountain upon the centre of the
+island, and all the manitoes from all parts came to see what it was.
+The Puck-wud-jinnies especially made themselves very merry, capering
+behind its great ears, sitting within its mouth, each perched upon a
+tooth, and running in and out of the sockets of the eyes, thinking
+Chemanitou, who was finishing off other parts of the animal, would not
+see them.
+
+But he can see right through everything he has made. He was glad to
+see the Puck-wud-jinnies so lively, and he bethought him of many new
+creations while he watched their motions.
+
+When the Master of Life had completed this large animal, he was
+fearful to give it life, and so it was left upon the island, or
+work-table of Chemanitou, till its great weight caused it to break
+through, and, sinking partly down, it stuck fast, the head and tail
+holding it in such a manner as to prevent it slipping further down.
+
+Chemanitou then lifted up a piece of the back, and found it made a
+very good cavity, into which the old creations which failed to please
+him might be thrown.
+
+He sometimes amused himself by making creatures very small and active,
+with which he disported awhile, and finding them of very little use in
+the world, and not so attractive as the little vanishers, he would
+take out the life, taking it to himself, and then cast them into the
+cave made in the body of the unfinished animal.
+
+In this way great quantities of very odd shapes were heaped together
+in this Roncomcomon, or Place of Fragments.
+
+He was always careful before casting a thing he had created aside to
+take out the life.
+
+One day the Master of Life took two pieces of clay and moulded them
+into two large feet, like those of a panther. He did not make
+four--there were two only.
+
+He put his own feet into them, and found the tread very light and
+springy, so that he might go with great speed and yet make no noise.
+
+Next he built up a pair of very tall legs, in the shape of his own,
+and made them walk about a while. He was pleased with the motion. Then
+followed a round body covered with large scales, like those of the
+alligator.
+
+He now found the figure doubling forward, and he fastened a long
+black snake, that was gliding by, to the back part of the body, and
+wound the other end round a sapling which grew near, and this held the
+body upright, and made a very good tail.
+
+The shoulders were broad and strong, like those of the buffalo, and
+covered with hair. The neck thick and short, and full at the back.
+
+Thus far Chemanitou had worked with little thought, but when he came
+to the head he thought a long while.
+
+He took a round ball of clay into his lap, and worked it over with
+great care. While he thought, he patted the ball of clay upon the top,
+which made it very broad and low, for Chemanitou was thinking of the
+panther feet and the buffalo neck. He remembered the Puck-wud-jinnies
+playing in the eye sockets of the great unfinished animal, and he
+bethought him to set the eyes out, like those of a lobster, so that
+the animal might see on every side.
+
+He made the forehead broad and full, but low, for here was to be the
+wisdom of the forked tongue, like that of the serpent, which should be
+in its mouth. It should see all things and know all things. Here
+Chemanitou stopped, for he saw that he had never thought of such a
+creation before, one with two feet--a creature that should stand
+upright, and see upon every side.
+
+The jaws were very strong, with ivory teeth and gills upon either
+side, which rose and fell whenever breath passed through them. The
+nose was like the beak of the vulture. A tuft of porcupine-quills made
+the scalp lock.
+
+Chemanitou held the head out the length of his arm, and turned it
+first upon one side and then upon the other. He passed it rapidly
+through the air, and saw the gills rise and fall, the lobster eyes
+whirl round, and the vulture nose look keen.
+
+Chemanitou became very sad, yet he put the head upon the shoulders. It
+was the first time he had made an upright figure. It seemed to be the
+first idea of a man.
+
+It was now nearly right. The bats were flying through the air, and the
+roar of wild beasts began to be heard. A gusty wind swept in from the
+ocean and passed over the island of Metowac, casting the light sand to
+and fro. A wavy scud was skimming along the horizon, while higher up
+in the sky was a dark thick cloud, upon the verge of which the moon
+hung for a moment and was then shut in.
+
+A panther came by and stayed a moment, with one foot raised and bent
+inward, while it looked up at the image and smelt the feet that were
+like its own.
+
+A vulture swooped down with a great noise of its wings, and made a
+dash at the beak, but Chemanitou held it back.
+
+Then came the porcupine, the lizard, and the snake, each drawn by its
+kind in the image.
+
+Chemanitou veiled his face for many hours, and the gusty wind swept
+by, but he did not stir.
+
+He saw that every beast of the earth seeks its kind, and that which
+is like draws its likeness to itself.
+
+The Master of Life thought and thought. The idea grew into his mind
+that at some time he would create a creature who should be made, not
+after the things of the earth, but after himself.
+
+The being should link this world to the spirit world, being made in
+the likeness of the Great Spirit, he should be drawn unto his
+likeness.
+
+Many days and nights--whole seasons--passed while Chemanitou thought
+upon these things. He saw all things.
+
+Then the Master of Life lifted up his head. The stars were looking
+down upon the image, and a bat had alighted upon the forehead,
+spreading its great wings upon each side. Chemanitou took the bat and
+held out its whole leathery wings (and ever since the bat, when he
+rests, lets his body hang down), so that he could try them over the
+head of the image. He then took the life of the bat away, and twisted
+off the body, by which means the whole thin part fell down over the
+head of the image and upon each side, making the ears, and a covering
+for the forehead like that of the hooded serpent.
+
+Chemanitou did not cut off the face of the image below, but went on
+and made a chin and lips that were firm and round, that they might
+shut in the forked tongue and ivory teeth, and he knew that with the
+lips the image would smile when life should be given to it.
+
+The image was now complete save for the arms, and Chemanitou saw that
+it was necessary it should have hands. He grew more grave.
+
+He had never given hands to any creature. He made the arms and the
+hands very beautiful, after the manner of his own.
+
+Chemanitou now took no pleasure in the work he had done. It was not
+good in his sight.
+
+He wished he had not given it hands. Might it not, when trusted with
+life, create? Might it not thwart the plans of the Master of Life
+himself?
+
+He looked long at the image. He saw what it would do when life should
+be given it. He knew all things.
+
+He now put fire in the image, but fire is not life.
+
+He put fire within and a red glow passed through and through it. The
+fire dried the clay of which the image was made, and gave the image an
+exceedingly fierce aspect. It shone through the scales upon the
+breast, through the gills, and the bat-winged ears. The lobster eyes
+were like a living coal.
+
+Chemanitou opened the side of the image, but he did not enter. He had
+given it hands and a chin.
+
+It could smile like the manitoes themselves.
+
+He made it walk all about the island of Metowac, that he might see how
+it would act. This he did by means of his will.
+
+He now put a little life into it, but he did not take out the fire.
+Chemanitou saw the aspect of the creature would be very terrible, and
+yet that it could smile in such a manner that it ceased to be ugly.
+He thought much upon these things. He felt that it would not be best
+to let such a creature live--a creature made up mostly from the beasts
+of the field, but with hands of power, a chin lifting the head upward,
+and lips holding all things within themselves.
+
+While he thought upon these things he took the image in his hands and
+cast it into the cave. But Chemanitou forgot to take out the life.
+
+The creature lay a long time in the cave and did not stir, for its
+fall was very great. It lay amongst the old creations that had been
+thrown in there without life.
+
+Now when a long time had passed Chemanitou heard a great noise in the
+cave. He looked in and saw the image sitting there, and it was trying
+to put together the old broken things that had been cast in as of no
+value.
+
+Chemanitou gathered together a vast heap of stones and sand, for large
+rocks are not to be had upon the island, and stopped the mouth of the
+cave. Many days passed and the noise within the cave grew louder. The
+earth shook, and hot smoke came from the ground. The manitoes crowded
+to Metowac to see what was the matter.
+
+Chemanitou came also, for he remembered the image he had cast in there
+of which he had forgotten to take away the life.
+
+Suddenly there was a great rising of the stones and sand, the sky grew
+black with wind and dust. Fire played about on the ground, and water
+gushed high into the air.
+
+All the manitoes fled with fear, and the image came forth with a great
+noise and most terrible to behold. Its life had grown strong within
+it, for the fire had made it very fierce.
+
+Everything fled before it and cried--
+
+"Machinitou! machinitou," which means a god, but an evil god.
+
+
+
+
+THE WOMAN OF STONE.
+
+
+In one of the niches or recesses formed by a precipice in the cavern
+of Kickapoo Creek, which is a tributary of the Wisconsin, there is a
+gigantic mass of stone presenting the appearance of a human figure. It
+is so sheltered by the overhanging rocks and by the sides of the
+recess in which it stands as to assume a dark and gloomy character. Of
+the figure the following legend is related:--
+
+Once upon a time there lived a woman who was called Shenanska, or the
+White Buffalo Robe. She was an inhabitant of the prairie, a dweller in
+the cabins which stand upon the verge of the hills. She was the pride
+of her people, not only for her beauty, which was very great, but for
+her goodness. The breath of the summer wind was not milder than the
+temper of Shenanska, the face of the sun was not fairer than her
+countenance.
+
+At length the tribe was surprised in its encampment on the banks of
+the Kickapoo by a numerous band of the fierce Mengwe. Many of them
+fell fighting bravely, the greater part of the women and children were
+made prisoners, and the others fled to the wilds for safety. It was
+the fortune of Shenanska to escape from death or captivity. When the
+alarm of the war-whoop reached her ear as she was sleeping in her
+lodge with her husband, she had rushed forth with him and gone with
+the braves to meet their assailants. When she saw half of the men of
+her nation lying dead around, then she fled. She had been wounded in
+the battle, but she still succeeded in effecting her escape to the
+hills. Weakened by loss of blood, she had not strength enough left to
+hunt for a supply of food, and she was near perishing with hunger.
+
+While she lay beneath the shade of a tree there came to her a being
+not of this world.
+
+"Shenanska," said he, in a gentle voice, "thou art wounded and hungry,
+shall I heal thee and feed thee? Wilt thou return to the lands of thy
+tribe and live to be old, a widow and alone, or go now to the land of
+departed spirits and join the shade of thy husband? The choice is
+thine. If thou wilt live, crippled, and bowed down by wounds and
+disease, thou mayest. If it would please thee better to rejoin thy
+friends in the country beyond the Great River, say so."
+
+Shenanska replied that she wished to die. The spirit took her, and
+placed her in one of the recesses of the cavern, overshadowed by
+hanging rocks. He then spoke some words in a low voice, and, breathing
+on her, she became stone. Determined that a woman so good and
+beautiful should not be forgotten by the world, he made her into a
+statue, to which he gave the power of killing suddenly any one who
+irreverently approached it. For a long time the statue relentlessly
+exercised this power. Many an unconscious Indian, venturing too near
+to it, fell dead without any perceptible wound. At length, tired of
+the havoc the statue made, the guardian spirit took away the power he
+had given to it. At this day the statue may be approached with safety,
+but the Indians hold it in fear, not intruding rashly upon it, and
+when in its presence treating it with great respect.
+
+
+
+
+THE MAIDEN WHO LOVED A FISH.
+
+
+There was once among the Marshpees, a small tribe who have their
+hunting-grounds on the shores of the Great Lake, near the Cape of
+Storms, a woman whose name was Awashanks. She was rather silly, and
+very idle. For days together she would sit doing nothing. Then she was
+so ugly and ill-shaped that not one of the youths of the village would
+have aught to say to her by way of courtship or marriage. She squinted
+very much; her face was long and thin, her nose excessively large and
+humped, her teeth crooked and projecting, her chin almost as sharp as
+the bill of a loon, and her ears as large as those of a deer.
+Altogether she was a very odd and strangely formed woman, and wherever
+she went she never failed to excite much laughter and derision among
+those who thought that ugliness and deformity were fit subjects for
+ridicule.
+
+Though so very ugly, there was one faculty she possessed in a more
+remarkable degree than any woman of the tribe. It was that of singing.
+Nothing, unless such could be found in the land of spirits, could
+equal the sweetness of her voice or the beauty of her songs. Her
+favourite place of resort was a small hill, a little removed from the
+river of her people, and there, seated beneath the shady trees, she
+would while away the hours of summer with her charming songs. So
+beautiful and melodious were the things she uttered, that, by the time
+she had sung a single sentence, the branches above her head would be
+filled with the birds that came thither to listen, the thickets around
+her would be crowded with beasts, and the waters rolling beside her
+would be alive with fishes, all attracted by the sweet sounds. From
+the minnow to the porpoise, from the wren to the eagle, from the snail
+to the lobster, from the mouse to the mole,--all hastened to the spot
+to listen to the charming songs of the hideous Marshpee maiden.
+
+Among the fishes which repaired every night to the vicinity of the
+Little Hillock, which was the chosen resting-place of the ugly
+songstress, was the great chief of the trouts, a tribe of fish
+inhabiting the river near by. The chief was of a far greater size than
+the people of his nation usually are, being as long as a man, and
+quite as thick.
+
+Of all the creatures which came to listen to the singing of Awashanks
+none appeared to enjoy it so highly as the chief of the trouts. As his
+bulk prevented him from approaching so near as he wished, he, from
+time to time, in his eagerness to enjoy the music to the best
+advantage, ran his nose into the ground, and thus worked his way a
+considerable distance into the land. Nightly he continued his
+exertions to approach the source of the delightful sounds he heard,
+till at length he had ploughed out a wide and handsome channel, and so
+effected his passage from the river to the hill, a distance extending
+an arrow's-flight. Thither he repaired every night at the commencement
+of darkness, sure to meet the maiden who had become so necessary to
+his happiness. Soon he began to speak of the pleasure he enjoyed, and
+to fill the ears of Awashanks with fond protestations of his love and
+affection. Instead of singing to him, she soon began to listen to his
+voice. It was something so new and strange to her to hear the tones of
+love and courtship, a thing so unusual to be told she was beautiful,
+that it is not wonderful her head was turned by the new incident, and
+that she began to think the voice of her lover the sweetest she had
+ever heard. One thing marred their happiness. This was that the trout
+could not live upon land, nor the maiden in the water. This state of
+things gave them much sorrow.
+
+They had met one evening at the usual place, and were discoursing
+together, lamenting that two who loved one another so should be doomed
+to always live apart, when a man appeared close to Awashanks. He asked
+the lovers why they seemed to be so sad.
+
+The chief of the trouts told the stranger the cause of their sorrow.
+
+"Be not grieved nor hopeless," said the stranger, when the chief had
+finished. "The impediments can be removed. I am the spirit who
+presides over fishes, and though I cannot make a man or woman of a
+fish, I can make them into fish. Under my power Awashanks shall become
+a beautiful trout."
+
+With that he bade the girl follow him into the river. When they had
+waded in some little depth he took up some water in his hand and
+poured it on her head, muttering some words, of which none but himself
+knew the meaning. Immediately a change took place in her. Her body
+took the form of a fish, and in a few moments she was a complete
+trout. Having accomplished this transformation the spirit gave her to
+the chief of the trouts, and the pair glided off into the deep and
+quiet waters. She did not, however, forget the land of her birth.
+Every season, on the same night as that upon which her disappearance
+from her tribe had been wrought, there were to be seen two trouts of
+enormous size playing in the water off the shore. They continued these
+visits till the pale-faces came to the country, when, deeming
+themselves to be in danger from a people who paid no reverence to the
+spirits of the land, they bade it adieu for ever.
+
+
+
+
+THE LONE LIGHTNING.
+
+
+A little orphan boy, who had no one to care for him, once lived with
+his uncle, who treated him very badly, making him do hard work, and
+giving him very little to eat, so that the boy pined away and never
+grew much, but became, through hard usage, very thin and light. At
+last the uncle pretended to be ashamed of this treatment, and
+determined to make amends for it by fattening the boy up. He really
+wished, however, to kill him by overfeeding him. He told his wife to
+give the boy plenty of bear's meat, and let him have the fat, which is
+thought to be the best part. They were both very assiduous in cramming
+him, and one day nearly choked him to death by forcing the fat down
+his throat. The boy escaped, and fled from the lodge. He knew not
+where to go, and wandered about. When night came on he was afraid the
+wild beasts would eat him, so he climbed up into the forks of a high
+pine-tree, and there he fell asleep in the branches.
+
+As he was asleep a person appeared to him from the high sky, and
+said--
+
+"My poor lad, I pity you, and the bad usage you have received from
+your uncle has led me to visit you. Follow me, and step in my tracks."
+
+Immediately his sleep left him, and he rose up and followed his guide,
+mounting up higher and higher in the air until he reached the lofty
+sky. Here twelve arrows were put into his hands, and he was told that
+there were a great many manitoes in the northern sky, against whom he
+must go to war and try to waylay and shoot them. Accordingly he went
+to that part of the sky, and, at long intervals, shot arrow after
+arrow until he had expended eleven in a vain attempt to kill the
+manitoes. At the flight of each arrow there was a long and solitary
+streak of lightning in the sky--then all was clear again, and not a
+cloud or spot could be seen. The twelfth arrow he held a long time in
+his hands, and looked around keenly on every side to spy the manitoes
+he was after, but these manitoes were very cunning, and could change
+their form in a moment. All they feared was the boy's arrows, for
+these were magic weapons, which had been given to him by a good
+spirit, and had power to kill if aimed aright. At length the boy drew
+up his last arrow, took aim, and let fly, as he thought, into the very
+heart of the chief of the manitoes. Before the arrow reached him,
+however, he changed himself into a rock, into which the head of the
+arrow sank deep and stuck fast.
+
+"Now your gifts are all expended," cried the enraged manito, "and I
+will make an example of your audacity and pride of heart for lifting
+your bow against me."
+
+So saying, he transformed the boy into the Nazhik-a-wä wä sun, or Lone
+Lightning, which may be observed in the northern sky to this day.
+
+
+
+
+AGGO-DAH-GAUDA.
+
+
+Aggo-dah-gauda had one leg hooped up to his thigh so that he was
+obliged to get along by hopping. He had a beautiful daughter, and his
+chief care was to secure her from being carried off by the king of the
+buffaloes. He was peculiar in his habits, and lived in a loghouse, and
+he advised his daughter to keep indoors, and never go out for fear she
+should be stolen away.
+
+One sunshiny morning Aggo-dah-gauda prepared to go out fishing, but
+before he left the lodge he reminded his daughter of her strange
+lover.
+
+"My daughter," said he, "I am going out to fish, and as the day will
+be a pleasant one, you must recollect that we have an enemy near who
+is constantly going about, and so you must not leave the lodge."
+
+When he reached his fishing-place, he heard a voice singing--
+
+    "Man with the leg tied up,
+    Man with the leg tied up,
+        Broken hip--hip--
+                  Hipped.
+
+    Man with the leg tied up,
+    Man with the leg tied up,
+        Broken leg--leg--
+                  Legged."
+
+He looked round but saw no one, so he suspected the words were sung by
+his enemies the buffaloes, and hastened home.
+
+The girl's father had not been long absent from the lodge when she
+began to think to herself--
+
+"It is hard to be for ever kept indoors. The spring is coming on, and
+the days are so sunny and warm, that it would be very pleasant to sit
+out of doors. My father says it is dangerous. I know what I will do: I
+will get on the top of the house, and there I can comb and dress my
+hair."
+
+She accordingly got up on the roof of the small house, and busied
+herself in untying and combing her beautiful hair, which was not only
+fine and shining, but so long that it reached down to the ground,
+hanging over the eaves of the house as she combed it. She was so
+intent upon this that she forgot all ideas of danger. All of a sudden
+the king of the buffaloes came dashing by with his herd of followers,
+and, taking her between his horns, away he cantered over the plains,
+and then, plunging into a river that bounded his land, he carried her
+safely to his lodge on the other side. Here he paid her every
+attention in order to gain her affections, but all to no purpose, for
+she sat pensive and disconsolate in the lodge among the other females,
+and scarcely ever spoke. The buffalo king did all he could to please
+her, and told the others in the lodge to give her everything she
+wanted, and to study her in every way. They set before her the
+choicest food, and gave her the seat of honour in the lodge. The king
+himself went out hunting to obtain the most delicate bits of meat both
+of animals and wild-fowl, and, not content with these proofs of his
+love, he fasted himself and would often take his pib-be-gwun (Indian
+flute) and sit near the lodge singing--
+
+    "My sweetheart,
+    My sweetheart,
+            Ah me!
+
+    When I think of you,
+    When I think of you,
+            Ah me!
+
+    How I love you,
+    How I love you,
+            Ah me!
+
+    Do not hate me,
+    Do not hate me,
+            Ah me!"
+
+In the meantime Aggo-dah-gauda came home, and finding his daughter had
+been stolen he determined to get her back. For this purpose he
+immediately set out. He could easily trace the king till he came to
+the banks of the river, and then he saw he had plunged in and swum
+over. When Aggo-dah-gauda came to the river, however, he found it
+covered with a thin coating of ice, so that he could not swim across
+nor walk over. He therefore determined to wait on the bank a day or
+two till the ice might melt or become strong enough to bear him. Very
+soon the ice was strong enough, and Aggo-dah-gauda crossed over. On
+the other side, as he went along, he found branches torn off and cast
+down, and these had been strewn thus by his daughter to aid him in
+following her. The way in which she managed it was this. Her hair was
+all untied when she was captured, and as she was carried along it
+caught in the branches as she passed, so she took the pieces out of
+her hair and threw them down on the path.
+
+When Aggo-dah-gauda came to the king's lodge it was evening. Carefully
+approaching it, he peeped through the sides and saw his daughter
+sitting there disconsolately. She saw him, and knowing that it was her
+father come for her, she said to the king, giving him a tender
+glance--
+
+"I will go and get you a drink of water."
+
+The king was delighted at what he thought was a mark of her affection,
+and the girl left the lodge with a dipper in her hand. The king waited
+a long time for her, and as she did not return he went out with his
+followers, but nothing could be seen or heard of the girl. The
+buffaloes sallied out into the plains, and had not gone far by the
+light of the moon, when they were attacked by a party of hunters. Many
+of them fell, but the buffalo-king, being stronger and swifter than
+the others, escaped, and, flying to the west, was never seen more.
+
+
+
+
+PIQUA.
+
+
+A great while ago the Shawanos nation took up the war-talk against the
+Walkullas, who lived on their own lands on the borders of the Great
+Salt Lake, and near the Burning Water. Part of the nation were not
+well pleased with the war. The head chief and the counsellors said the
+Walkullas were very brave and cunning, and the priests said their god
+was mightier than ours. The old and experienced warriors said the
+counsellors were wise, and had spoken well; but the Head Buffalo, the
+young warriors, and all who wished for war, would not listen to their
+words. They said that our fathers had beaten their fathers in many
+battles, that the Shawanos were as brave and strong as they ever were,
+and the Walkullas much weaker and more cowardly. They said the old and
+timid, the faint heart and the failing knee, might stay at home to
+take care of the women and children, and sleep and dream of those who
+had never dared bend a bow or look upon a painted cheek or listen to a
+war-whoop, while the young warriors went to war and drank much blood.
+When two moons were gone they said they would come back with many
+prisoners and scalps, and have a great feast. The arguments of the
+fiery young men prevailed with all the youthful warriors, but the
+elder and wiser listened to the priests and counsellors, and remained
+in their villages to see the leaf fall and the grass grow, and to
+gather in the nut and follow the trail of the deer.
+
+Two moons passed, then a third, then came the night enlivened by many
+stars, but the warriors returned not. As the land of the Walkullas lay
+but a woman's journey of six suns from the villages of our nation, our
+people began to fear that our young men had been overcome in battle
+and were all slain. The head chief, the counsellors, and all the
+warriors who had remained behind, came together in the great wigwam,
+and called the priests to tell them where their sons were. Chenos, who
+was the wisest of them all (as well he might be, for he was older than
+the oak-tree whose top dies by the hand of Time), answered that they
+were killed by their enemies, the Walkullas, assisted by men of a
+strange speech and colour, who lived beyond the Great Salt Lake,
+fought with thunder and lightning, and came to our enemies on the back
+of a great bird with many white wings. When he had thus made known to
+our people the fate of the warriors there was a dreadful shout of
+horror throughout the village. The women wept aloud, and the men
+sprang up and seized their bows and arrows to go to war with the
+Walkullas and the strange warriors who had helped to slay their sons,
+but Chenos bade them sit down again.
+
+"There is one yet living," said he. "He will soon be here. The sound
+of his footsteps is in my ear as he crosses the hollow hills. He has
+killed many of his enemies; he has glutted his vengeance fully; he has
+drunk blood in plenteous draughts. Long he fought with the men of his
+own race, and many fell before him, but he fled from the men who came
+to the battle armed with the real lightning, and hurling unseen death.
+Even now I see him coming; the shallow streams he has forded; the deep
+rivers he has swum. He is tired and hungry, and his quiver has no
+arrows, but he brings a prisoner in his arms. Lay the deer's flesh on
+the fire, and bring hither the pounded corn. Taunt him not, for he is
+valiant, and has fought like a hungry bear."
+
+As the wise Chenos spoke these words to the grey-bearded counsellors
+and warriors the Head Buffalo walked calm and cool into the midst of
+them. There he stood, tall and straight as a young pine, but he spoke
+no word, looking on the head chief and the counsellors. There was
+blood upon his body, dried on by the sun, and the arm next his heart
+was bound up with the skin of the deer. His eye was hollow and his
+body gaunt, as though he had fasted long. His quiver held no arrows.
+
+"Where are our sons?" inquired the head chief of the warrior.
+
+"Ask the wolf and the panther," he answered.
+
+"Brother! tell us where are our sons!" exclaimed the chief. "Our
+women ask us for their sons. They want them. Where are they?"
+
+"Where are the snows of last year?" replied the warrior. "Have they
+not gone down the swelling river into the Great Lake? They have, and
+even so have your sons descended the stream of Time into the great
+Lake of Death. The great star sees them as they lie by the water of
+the Walkulla, but they see him not. The panther and the wolf howl
+unheeded at their feet, and the eagle screams, but they hear them not.
+The vulture whets his beak on their bones, the wild-cat rends their
+flesh, both are unfelt, for your sons are dead."
+
+When the warrior told these things to our people, they set up their
+loud death-howl. The women wept; but the men sprang up and seized
+their weapons, to go to meet the Walkullas, the slayers of their sons.
+The chief warrior rose again--
+
+"Fathers and warriors," said he, "hear me and believe my words, for I
+will tell you the truth. Who ever heard the Head Buffalo lie, and who
+ever saw him afraid of his enemies? Never, since the time that he
+chewed the bitter root and put on the new moccasins, has he lied or
+fled from his foes. He has neither a forked tongue nor a faint heart.
+Fathers, the Walkullas are weaker than us. Their arms are not so
+strong, their hearts are not so big, as ours. As well might the timid
+deer make war upon the hungry wolf, as the Walkullas upon the
+Shawanos. We could slay them as easily as a hawk pounces into a dove's
+nest and steals away her unfeathered little ones. The Head Buffalo
+alone could have taken the scalps of half the nation. But a strange
+tribe has come among them--men whose skin is white as the folds of the
+cloud, and whose hair shines like the great star of day. They do not
+fight as we fight, with bows and arrows and with war-axes, but with
+spears which thunder and lighten, and send unseen death. The Shawanos
+fall before it as the berries and acorns fall when the forest is
+shaken by the wind in the beaver-moon. Look at the arm nearest my
+heart. It was stricken by a bolt from the strangers' thunder; but he
+fell by the hands of the Head Buffalo, who fears nothing but shame,
+and his scalp lies at the feet of the head chief.
+
+"Fathers, this was our battle. We came upon the Walkullas, I and my
+brothers, when they were unprepared. They were just going to hold the
+dance of the green corn. The whole nation had come to the dance; there
+were none left behind save the sick and the very old. None were
+painted; they were all for peace, and were as women. We crept close to
+them, and hid in the thick bushes which grew upon the edge of their
+camp, for the Shawanos are the cunning adder and not the foolish
+rattlesnake. We saw them preparing to offer a sacrifice to the Great
+Spirit. We saw them clean the deer, and hang his head, horns, and
+entrails upon the great white pole with a forked top, which stood over
+the roof of the council wigwam. They did not know that the Master of
+Life had sent the Shawanos to mix blood with the sacrifices. We saw
+them take the new corn and rub it upon their hands, breasts, and
+faces. Then the head chief, having first thanked the Master of Life
+for his goodness to the Walkullas, got up and gave his brethren a
+talk. He told them that the Great Spirit loved them, and had made them
+victorious over all their enemies; that he had sent a great many fat
+bears, deer, and moose to their hunting-ground, and had given them
+fish, whose heads were very small and bodies very big; that he had
+made their corn grow tall and sweet, and had ordered his suns to ripen
+it in the beginning of the harvest moon, that they might make a great
+feast for the strangers who had come from a far country on the wings
+of a great bird to warm themselves at the Walkullas' fire. He told
+them they must love the Great Spirit, take care of the old men, tell
+no lies, and never break the faith of the pipe of peace; that they
+must not harm the strangers, for they were their brothers, but must
+live in peace with them, and give them lands and wives from among
+their women. If they did these things the Great Spirit, he said, would
+make their corn grow taller than ever, and direct them to
+hunting-grounds where the moose should be as thick as the stars.
+
+"Fathers and warriors, we heard these words; but we knew not what to
+do. We feared not the Walkullas; the God of War, we saw, had given
+them into our hands. But who were the strange tribe? Were they armed
+as we were, and was their Great Medicine (Great Spirit) like ours?
+Warriors, you all knew the Young Eagle, the son of the Old Eagle, who
+is here with us; but his wings are feeble, he flies no more to the
+field of blood. The Young Eagle feared nothing but shame, and he
+said--
+
+"'I see many men sit round a fire, I will go and see who they are!'
+
+"He went. The Old Eagle looks at me as if he would say, 'Why went not
+the chief warrior himself?' I will tell you. The Head Buffalo is a
+head taller than the tallest man of his tribe. Can the moose crawl
+into the fox's hole? Can the swan hide himself under a little leaf?
+The Young Eagle was little, save in his soul. He was not full-grown,
+save in his heart. He could go and not be seen or heard. He was the
+cunning black-snake which creeps silently in the grass, and none
+thinks him near till he strikes.
+
+"He came back and told us there were many strange men a little way
+before us whose faces were white, and who wore no skins, whose cabins
+were white as the snow upon the Backbone of the Great Spirit (the
+Alleghany Mountains), flat at the top, and moving with the wind like
+the reeds on the bank of a river; that they did not talk like the
+Walkullas, but spoke a strange tongue, the like of which he had never
+heard before. Many of our warriors would have turned back to our own
+lands. The Flying Squirrel said it was not cowardice to do so; but the
+Head Buffalo never turns till he has tasted the blood of his foes. The
+Young Eagle said he had eaten the bitter root and put on the new
+moccasins, and had been made a man, and his father and the warriors
+would cry shame on him if he took no scalp. Both he and the Head
+Buffalo said they would go and attack the Walkullas and their friends
+alone. The young warriors then said they would also go to the battle,
+and with a great heart, as their fathers had done. Then the Shawanos
+rushed upon their foes.
+
+"The Walkullas fell before us like rain in the summer months. We were
+as a fire among rushes. We went upon them when they were unprepared,
+when they were as children; and for a while the Great Spirit gave them
+into our hands. But a power rose up against us that we could not
+withstand. The strange men came upon us armed with thunder and
+lightning. Why delays my tongue to tell its story? Fathers, your sons
+have fallen like the leaves of a forest-tree in a high wind, like the
+flowers of spring after a frost, like drops of rain in the sturgeon
+moon! Warriors, the sprouts which sprang up from the withered oaks
+have perished, the young braves of our nation lie food for the eagle
+and the wild-cat by the arm of the Great Lake!
+
+"Fathers, the bolt from the strangers' thunder entered my flesh, yet I
+did not fly. These six scalps I tore from the Walkullas, but this has
+yellow hair. Have I done well?"
+
+The head chief and the counsellors answered he had done very well, but
+Chenos answered--
+
+"No. You went into the Walkullas' camp when the tribe were feasting
+to the Great Spirit, and you disturbed the sacrifice, and mixed human
+blood with it. Therefore has this evil come upon us, for the Great
+Spirit is very angry."
+
+Then the head chief and the counsellors asked Chenos what must be done
+to appease the Master of Breath.
+
+Chenos answered--
+
+"The Head Buffalo, with the morning, will offer to him that which he
+holds dearest."
+
+The Head Buffalo looked upon the priests, and said--
+
+"The Head Buffalo fears the Great Spirit. He will kill a deer, and, in
+the morning, it shall be burned to the Great Spirit."
+
+Chenos said to him--
+
+"You have told the council how the battle was fought and who fell; you
+have shown the spent quiver and the scalps, but you have not spoken of
+your prisoner. The Great Spirit keeps nothing hid from his priests, of
+whom Chenos is one. He has told me you have a prisoner, one with
+tender feet and a trembling heart."
+
+"Let any one say the Head Buffalo ever lied," replied the warrior. "He
+never spoke but truth. He has a prisoner, a woman taken from the
+strange camp, a daughter of the sun, a maiden from the happy islands
+which no Shawano has ever seen, and she shall live with me, and become
+the mother of my children."
+
+"Where is she?" asked the head chief.
+
+"She sits on the bank of the river at the bend where we dug up the
+bones of the great beast, beneath the tree which the Master of Breath
+shivered with his lightnings. I placed her there because the spot is
+sacred, and none dare disturb her. I will go and fetch her to the
+council fire, but let no one touch her or show anger, for she is
+fearful as a young deer, and weeps like a child for its mother."
+
+Soon he returned, and brought with him a woman. She shook like a reed
+in the winter's wind, and many tears ran down her cheeks. The men sat
+as though their tongues were frozen. Was she beautiful? Go forth to
+the forest when it is clothed with the flowers of spring, look at the
+tall maize when it waves in the wind, and ask if they are beautiful.
+Her skin was white as the snow which falls upon the mountains beyond
+our lands, save upon her cheeks, where it was red,--not such red as
+the Indian paints when he goes to war, but such as the Master of Life
+gives to the flower which grows among thorns. Her eyes shone like the
+star which never moves. Her step was like that of the deer when it is
+a little scared.
+
+The Head Buffalo said to the council--
+
+"This is my prisoner. I fought hard for her. Three warriors, tall,
+strong, and painted, three pale men, armed with red lightning, stood
+at her side. Where are they now? I bore her away in my arms, for fear
+had overcome her. When night came on I wrapped skins around her, and
+laid her under the leafy branches of the tree to keep off the cold,
+and kindled a fire, and watched by her till the sun rose. Who will
+say she shall not live with the Head Buffalo, and be the mother of his
+children?"
+
+Then the Old Eagle got up, but he could not walk strong, for he was
+the oldest warrior of his tribe, and had seen the flowers bloom many
+times, the infant trees of the forest die of old age, and the friends
+of his boyhood laid in the dust. He went to the woman, laid his hands
+on her head, and wept. The other warriors, who had lost their kindred
+and sons in the war with the Walkullas, shouted and lamented. The
+woman also wept.
+
+"Where is the Young Eagle?" asked the Old Eagle of the Head Buffalo.
+The other warriors, in like manner, asked for their kindred who had
+been killed.
+
+"Fathers, they are dead," answered the warrior. "The Head Buffalo has
+said they are dead, and he never lies. But let my fathers take
+comfort. Who can live for ever? The foot of the swift step and the
+hand of the stout bow become feeble. The eye grows dim, and the heart
+of many days quails at the fierce glance of warriors. 'Twas better
+they should die like brave men in their youth than become old men and
+faint."
+
+"We must have revenge," they all cried. "We will not listen to the
+young warrior who pines for the daughter of the sun."
+
+Then they began to sing a mournful song. The strange woman wept. Tears
+rolled down her cheeks, and she often looked up to the house of the
+Great Spirit and spoke, but none could understand her. All the time
+the Old Eagle and the other warriors begged that she should be burned
+to revenge them.
+
+"Brothers and warriors," said Chenos, "our sons did wrong when they
+broke in upon the sacred dance the Walkullas made to their god, and he
+lent his thunder to the strange warriors. Let us not draw down his
+vengeance further by doing we know not what. Let the beautiful woman
+remain this night in the wigwam of the council, covered with skins,
+and let none disturb her. To-morrow we will offer a sacrifice of
+deer's flesh to the Great Spirit, and if he will not give her to the
+raging fire and the torments of the avengers, he will tell us so by
+the words of his mouth. If he does not speak, it shall be done to her
+as the Old Eagle and his brothers have said."
+
+The head chief said--
+
+"Chenos has spoken well; wisdom is in his words. Make for the strange
+woman a soft bed of skins, and treat her kindly, for it may be she is
+a daughter of the Great Spirit."
+
+Then they all returned to their cabins and slept, save the Head
+Buffalo, who, fearing for the woman's life, laid himself down at the
+door of the lodge, and watched.
+
+When the morning came the warrior went to the forest and killed a deer
+which he brought to Chenos, who prepared it for a sacrifice, and sang
+a song while the flesh lay on the fire.
+
+"Let us listen," said Chenos, stopping the warriors in their dance.
+"Let us see if the Great Spirit hears us."
+
+They listened, but could hear nothing. Chenos asked him why he did not
+speak, but he did not answer. Then they sang again.
+
+"Hush!" said Chenos listening. "I hear the crowing of the Great
+Turkey-cock. I hear him speaking."
+
+They stopped, and Chenos went close to the fire and talked with his
+master, but nobody saw with whom he talked.
+
+"What does the Great Spirit tell his prophet?" asked the head chief.
+
+"He says," answered Chenos, "the young woman must not be offered to
+him. He wills her to live and become the mother of many children."
+
+Many were pleased that she was to live, but those who had lost
+brothers or sons were not appeased, and they said--
+
+"We will have blood. We will go to the priest of the Evil Spirit, and
+ask him if his master will not give us revenge."
+
+Not far from where our nation had their council fire was a great hill,
+covered with stunted trees and moss, and rugged rocks. There was a
+great cave in it, in which dwelt Sketupah, the priest of the Evil One,
+who there did worship to his master. Sketupah would have been tall had
+he been straight, but he was more crooked than a bent bow. His hair
+was like a bunch of grapes, and his eyes like two coals of fire. Many
+were the gifts our nation made to him to gain his favour, and the
+favour of his master. Who but he feasted on the fattest buffalo hump?
+Who but he fed on the earliest ear of milky corn, on the best things
+that grew on the land or in the water?
+
+The Old Eagle went to the mouth of the cave and cried with a loud
+voice--
+
+"Sketupah!"
+
+"Sketupah!" answered the hoarse voice of the Evil One from the hollow
+cave. He soon came and asked the Old Eagle what he wanted.
+
+"Revenge for our sons who have been killed by the Walkullas and their
+friends. Will your master hear us?"
+
+"My master must have a sacrifice; he must smell blood," answered
+Sketupah. "Then we shall know if he will give revenge. Bring hither a
+sacrifice in the morning."
+
+So in the morning they brought a sacrifice, and the priest laid it on
+the fire while he danced around. He ceased singing and listened, but
+the Evil Spirit answered not. Just as he was going to commence another
+song the warriors saw a large ball rolling very fast up the hill to
+the spot where they stood. It was the height of a man. When it came up
+to them it began to unwind itself slowly, until at last a little
+strange-looking man crept out of the ball, which was made of his own
+hair. He was no higher than one's shoulders. One of his feet made a
+strange track, such as no warrior had ever seen before. His face was
+as black as the shell of the butter-nut or the feathers of the raven,
+and his eyes as green as grass. His hair was of the colour of moss,
+and so long that, as the wind blew it out, it seemed the tail of a
+fiery star.
+
+"What do you want of me?" he asked.
+
+The priest answered--
+
+"The Shawanos want revenge. They want to sacrifice the beautiful
+daughter of the sun, whom the Head Buffalo has brought from the camp
+of the Walkullas."
+
+"They shall have their wish," said the Evil Spirit. "Go and fetch
+her."
+
+Then Old Eagle and the warriors fetched her. Head Buffalo would have
+fought for her, but Chenos commanded him to be still.
+
+"My master," he said, "will see she does not suffer." Then they
+fastened her to the stake. The head warrior had stood still, for he
+hoped that the priest of the Great Spirit should snatch her away from
+the Evil One. Now he shouted his war-cry and rushed upon Sketupah. It
+was in vain. Sketupah's master did but breathe upon the face of the
+warrior when he fell as though he had struck him a blow, and never
+breathed more. Then the Evil One commanded them to seize Chenos.
+
+"Come, my master," cried Chenos, "for the hands of the Evil One are
+upon me."
+
+As soon as he had said this, very far over the tall hills, which
+Indians call the Backbone of the Great Spirit, the people saw two
+great lights, brighter and larger than stars, moving very fast towards
+the land of the Shawanos. One was just as high as another, and they
+were both as high as the goat-sucker flies before a thunderstorm. At
+first they were close together, but as they came nearer they grew
+wider apart. Soon our people saw that they were two eyes, and in a
+little while the body of a great man, whose head nearly reached the
+sky, came after them. Brothers, the eyes of the Great Spirit always go
+before him, and nothing is hid from his sight. Brothers, I cannot
+describe the Master of Life as he stood before the warriors of our
+nation. Can you look steadily on the star of the morning?
+
+When the Evil Spirit saw the Spirit of Good coming, he began to grow
+in stature, and continued swelling until he was as tall and big as he.
+When the Spirit of Good came near and saw how the Evil Spirit had
+grown, he stopped, and, looking angry, said, with a voice that shook
+the hills--
+
+"You lied; you promised to stay among the white people and the nations
+towards the rising sun, and not trouble my people more."
+
+"This woman," replied the Evil Spirit, "comes from my country; she is
+mine."
+
+"She is mine," said the Great Spirit. "I had given her for a wife to
+the warrior whom you have killed. Tell me no more lies, bad manito,
+lest I punish you. Away, and see you trouble my people no more."
+
+The cowardly spirit made no answer, but shrank down to the size he was
+when he first came. Then he began as before to roll himself up in his
+hair, which he soon did, and then disappeared as he came. When he was
+gone, the Great Spirit shrank till he was no larger than a Shawano,
+and began talking to our people in a soft sweet voice--
+
+"Men of the Shawanos nation, I love you and have always loved you. I
+bade you conquer your enemies; I gave your foes into your hands. I
+sent herds of deer and many bears and moose to your hunting-ground,
+and made my suns shine upon your corn. Who lived so well, who fought
+so bravely as the Shawanos? Whose women bore so many sons as yours?
+
+"Why did you disturb the sacrifice which the Walkullas were offering
+to me at the feast of green corn? I was angry, and gave your warriors
+into the hands of their enemies.
+
+"Shawanos, hear my words, and forget them not; do as I bid you, and
+you shall see my power and my goodness. Offer no further violence to
+the white maiden, but treat her kindly. Go now and rake up the ashes
+of the sacrifice fire into a heap, gathering up the brands. When the
+great star of evening rises, open the ashes, put in the body of the
+Head Buffalo, lay on much wood, and kindle a fire on it. Let all the
+nation be called together, for all must assist in laying wood on the
+fire, but they must put on no pine, nor the tree which bears white
+flowers, nor the grape-vine which yields no fruit, nor the shrub whose
+dew blisters the flesh. The fire must be kept burning two whole moons.
+It must not go out; it must burn night and day. On the first day of
+the third moon put no wood on the fire, but let it die. On the morning
+of the second day the Shawanos must all come to the heap of
+ashes--every man, woman, and child must come, and the aged who cannot
+walk must be helped to it. Then Chenos and the head chief must bring
+out the beautiful woman, and place her near the ashes. This is the
+will of the Great Spirit."
+
+When he had finished these words he began to swell until he had
+reached his former bulk and stature. Then at each of his shoulders
+came out a wing of the colour of the gold-headed pigeon. Gently
+shaking these, he took flight from the land of the Shawanos, and was
+never seen in those beautiful regions again.
+
+The Shawanos did as he bade them. They raked the ashes together, laid
+the body of Head Buffalo in them, lighted the fire, and kept it
+burning the appointed time. On the first day of the third moon they
+let the fire out, assembled the nation around, and placed the
+beautiful woman near the ashes. They waited, and looked to see what
+would happen. At last the priests and warriors who were nearest began
+to shout, crying out--
+
+"Piqua!" which in the Shawanos tongue means a man coming out of the
+ashes, or a man made of ashes.
+
+They told no lie. There he stood, a man tall and straight as a young
+pine, looking like a Shawanos, but handsomer than any man of our
+nation. The first thing he did was to cry the war-whoop, and demand
+paint, a club, a bow and arrows, and a hatchet,--all of which were
+given him. Looking around he saw the white woman, and he walked up to
+her, and gazed in her eyes. Then he came to the head chief and said--
+
+"I must have that woman for my wife."
+
+"What are you?" asked the chief.
+
+"A man of ashes," he replied.
+
+"Who made you?"
+
+"The Great Spirit; and now let me go, that I may take my bow and
+arrows, kill my deer, and come back and take the beautiful maiden for
+my wife."
+
+The chief asked Chenos--
+
+"Shall he have her? Does the Great Spirit give her to him?"
+
+"Yes," replied the priest. "The Great Spirit has willed that he shall
+have her, and from them shall arise a tribe to be called Piqua."
+
+Brothers, I am a Piqua, descended from the man made of ashes. If I
+have told you a lie, blame not me, for I have but told the story as I
+heard it. Brothers, I have done.
+
+
+
+
+THE EVIL MAKER.
+
+
+The Great Spirit made man, and all the good things in the world, while
+the Evil Spirit was asleep. When the Evil Spirit awoke he saw an
+Indian, and, wondering at his appearance, he went to him and asked--
+
+"Who made you?"
+
+"The Great Spirit," replied the man.
+
+"Oh, oh," thought the Evil Spirit, "if he can make such a being so can
+I."
+
+So he went to work, and tried his best to make an Indian like the man
+he saw, but he made some mistake, and only made a black man. When he
+saw that he had failed he was very angry, and in that state was
+walking about when he met a black bear.
+
+"Who made you?" he asked.
+
+"The Great Spirit," answered the bear.
+
+"Then," thought the Evil Spirit, "I will make a bear too."
+
+To work he went, but do what he would he could not make a black bear,
+but only a grizzly one, unfit for food. More disgusted than before, he
+was walking through the forest when he found a beautiful serpent.
+
+"Who made you?" he asked.
+
+"The Great Spirit," replied the serpent.
+
+"Then I will make some like you," said the Evil Maker.
+
+He tried his best, but the serpents he made were all noisome and
+poisonous, and he saw that he had failed again.
+
+Then it occurred to him that he might make some trees and flowers, but
+all his efforts only resulted in his producing some poor deformed
+trees and weeds.
+
+Then he said--
+
+"It is true, I have failed in making things like the Great Spirit, but
+I can at least spoil what he has made."
+
+And he went off to put murder and lies in the hearts of men.
+
+
+
+
+MANABOZHO THE WOLF.
+
+
+Manabozho set out to travel. He wished to outdo all others, and see
+new countries, but after walking over America, and encountering many
+adventures, he became satisfied as well as fatigued. He had heard of
+great feats in hunting, and felt a desire to try his power in that
+way.
+
+One evening, as he was walking along the shores of a great lake, weary
+and hungry, he encountered a great magician in the form of an old
+wolf, with six young ones, coming towards him. The wolf, as soon as he
+saw him, told his whelps to keep out of the way of Manabozho.
+
+"For I know," said he, "that it is he we see yonder."
+
+The young wolves were in the act of running off, when Manabozho cried
+out--
+
+"My grandchildren, where are you going? Stop, and I will go with you."
+
+He appeared rejoiced to see the old wolf, and asked him whither he was
+journeying. Being told that they were looking out for a place where
+they could find the most game, and best pass the winter, he said he
+should like to go with them, and addressed the old wolf in these
+words--
+
+"Brother, I have a passion for the chase. Are you willing to change me
+into a wolf?"
+
+The old wolf was agreeable, and Manabozho's transformation was
+effected.
+
+He was fond of novelty. He found himself a wolf corresponding in size
+with the others, but he was not quite satisfied with the change,
+crying out--
+
+"Oh! make me a little larger."
+
+They did so.
+
+"A little larger still," he cried.
+
+They said--
+
+"Let us humour him," and granted his request.
+
+"Well," said he, "that will do." Then looking at his tail--
+
+"Oh!" cried he, "make my tail a little longer and more bushy."
+
+They made it so, and shortly after they all started off in company,
+dashing up a ravine. After getting into the woods some distance, they
+fell in with the tracks of moose. The young wolves went after them,
+Manabozho and the old wolf following at their leisure.
+
+"Well," said the wolf, "who do you think is the fastest of my sons?
+Can you tell by the jumps they take?"
+
+"Why," replied he, "that one that takes such long jumps; he is the
+fastest, to be sure."
+
+"Ha, ha! You are mistaken," said the old wolf. "He makes a good start,
+but he will be the first to tire out. This one who appears to be
+behind will be the first to kill the game."
+
+Soon after they came to the place where the young ones had killed the
+game. One of them had dropped his bundle there.
+
+"Take that, Manabozho," said the old wolf.
+
+"Esa," he replied, "what will I do with a dirty dog-skin?"
+
+The wolf took it up; it was a beautiful robe.
+
+"Oh! I will carry it now," said Manabozho.
+
+"Oh no," replied the wolf, who at the moment exerted his magic power.
+"It is a robe of pearls."
+
+From that moment he lost no opportunity of displaying his superiority,
+both in the hunter's and magician's art, over his conceited companion.
+
+Coming to a place where the moose had lain down, they saw that the
+young wolves had made a fresh start after their prey.
+
+"Why," said the wolf, "this moose is poor. I know by the tracks, for I
+can always tell whether they are fat or not."
+
+They next came to a place where one of the wolves had tried to bite
+the moose, and, failing, had broken one of his teeth on a tree.
+
+"Manabozho," said the wolf, "one of your grandchildren has shot at the
+game. Take his arrow. There it is."
+
+"No," replied he, "what will I do with a dirty tooth?"
+
+The old wolf took it up, and, behold! it was a beautiful silver arrow.
+
+When they overtook the young ones, they found they had killed a very
+fat moose. Manabozho was very hungry, but, such is the power of
+enchantment, he saw nothing but bones, picked quite clean. He thought
+to himself--
+
+"Just as I expected. Dirty, greedy fellows!"
+
+However, he sat down without saying a word, and the old wolf said to
+one of the young ones--
+
+"Give some meat to your grandfather."
+
+The wolf, coming near to Manabozho, opened his mouth wide as if he had
+eaten too much, whereupon Manabozho jumped up, saying--
+
+"You filthy dog, you have eaten so much that you are ill. Get away to
+some other place."
+
+The old wolf, hearing these words, came to Manabozho, and, behold!
+before him was a heap of fresh ruddy meat with the fat lying all ready
+prepared. Then Manabozho put on a smiling-face.
+
+"Amazement!" cried he, "how fine the meat is!"
+
+"Yes," replied the wolf; "it is always so with us. We know our work,
+and always get the best. It is not a long tail that makes a hunter."
+
+Manabozho bit his lip.
+
+They then commenced fixing their winter quarters, while the young ones
+went out in search of game, of which they soon brought in a large
+supply. One day, during the absence of the young wolves, the old one
+amused himself by cracking the large bones of a moose.
+
+"Manabozho," said he, "cover your head with the robe, and do not look
+at me while I am at these bones, for a piece may fly in your eye."
+
+Manabozho covered his head, but, looking through a rent in the robe,
+he saw all the other was about. At that moment a piece of bone flew
+off and hit him in the eye. He cried out--
+
+"Tyau! Why do you strike me, you old dog!"
+
+The wolf said--
+
+"You must have been looking at me."
+
+"No, no," replied Manabozho; "why should I want to look at you?"
+
+"Manabozho," said the wolf, "you must have been looking, or you would
+not have got hurt."
+
+"No, no," said Manabozho; and he thought to himself, "I will repay the
+saucy wolf for this."
+
+Next day, taking up a bone to obtain the marrow, he said to the old
+wolf--
+
+"Cover your head, and don't look at me, for I fear a piece may fly in
+your eye."
+
+The wolf did so. Then Manabozho took the leg-bone of the moose, and,
+looking first to see if the old wolf was well covered, he hit him a
+blow with all his might. The wolf jumped up, and cried out--
+
+"Why do you strike me so?"
+
+"Strike you?" exclaimed Manabozho. "I did not strike you!"
+
+"You did," said the wolf.
+
+"How can you say I did, when you did not see me. Were you looking?"
+said Manabozho.
+
+He was an expert hunter when he undertook the work in earnest, and one
+day he went out and killed a fat moose. He was very hungry, and sat
+down to eat, but fell into great doubts as to the proper point in the
+carcass to begin at.
+
+"Well," said he, "I don't know where to commence. At the head? No.
+People would laugh, and say, 'He ate him backward!'"
+
+Then he went to the side.
+
+"No," said he, "they will say I ate him sideways."
+
+He then went to the hind-quarter.
+
+"No," said he, "they will say I ate him forward."
+
+At last, however, seeing that he must begin the attack somewhere, he
+commenced upon the hind-quarter. He had just got a delicate piece in
+his mouth when the tree just by began to make a creaking noise,
+rubbing one large branch against another. This annoyed him.
+
+"Why!" he exclaimed, "I cannot eat when I hear such a noise. Stop,
+stop!" cried he to the tree.
+
+He was again going on with his meal when the noise was repeated.
+
+"I cannot eat with such a noise," said he; and, leaving the meal,
+although he was very hungry, he went to put a stop to the noise. He
+climbed the tree, and having found the branches which caused the
+disturbance, tried to push them apart, when they suddenly caught him
+between them, so that he was held fast. While he was in this position
+a pack of wolves came near.
+
+"Go that way," cried Manabozho, anxious to send them away from the
+neighbourhood of his meat. "Go that way; what would you come to get
+here?"
+
+The wolves talked among themselves, and said, "Manabozho wants to get
+us out of the way. He must have something good here."
+
+"I begin to know him and all his tricks," said an old wolf. "Let us
+see if there is anything."
+
+They accordingly began to search, and very soon finding the moose made
+away with the whole carcass. Manabozho looked on wistfully, and saw
+them eat till they were satisfied, when they left him nothing but bare
+bones. Soon after a blast of wind opened the branches and set him
+free. He went home, thinking to himself--
+
+"See the effect of meddling with frivolous things when certain good is
+in one's possession!"
+
+
+
+
+THE MAN-FISH.
+
+
+A very great while ago the ancestors of the Shawanos nation lived on
+the other side of the Great Lake, half-way between the rising sun and
+the evening star. It was a land of deep snows and much frost, of winds
+which whistled in the clear, cold nights, and storms which travelled
+from seas no eyes could reach. Sometimes the sun ceased to shine for
+moons together, and then he was continually before their eyes for as
+many more. In the season of cold the waters were all locked up, and
+the snows overtopped the ridge of the cabins. Then he shone out so
+fiercely that men fell stricken by his fierce rays, and were numbered
+with the snow that had melted and run to the embrace of the rivers. It
+was not like the beautiful lands--the lands blessed with soft suns and
+ever-green vales--in which the Shawanos now dwell, yet it was well
+stocked with deer, and the waters with fat seals and great fish, which
+were caught just when the people pleased to go after them. Still, the
+nation were discontented, and wished to leave their barren and
+inhospitable shores. The priests had told them of a beautiful world
+beyond the Great Salt Lake, from which the glorious sun never
+disappeared for a longer time than the duration of a child's sleep,
+where snow-shoes were never wanted--a land clothed with perpetual
+verdure, and bright with never-failing gladness. The Shawanos listened
+to these tales till they came to loathe their own simple comforts; all
+they talked of, all they appeared to think of, was the land of the
+happy hunting-grounds.
+
+Once upon a time the people were much terrified at seeing a strange
+creature, much resembling a man, riding along the waves of the lake on
+the borders of which they dwelt. He had on his head long green hair;
+his face was shaped like that of a porpoise, and he had a beard of the
+colour of ooze.
+
+If the people were frightened at seeing a man who could live in the
+water like a fish or a duck, how much more were they frightened when
+they saw that from his breast down he was actually fish, or rather two
+fishes, for each of his legs was a whole and distinct fish. When they
+heard him speak distinctly in their own language, and when he sang
+songs sweeter than the music of birds in spring, or the whispers of
+love from the lips of a beautiful maiden, they thought it a being from
+the Land of Shades--a spirit from the happy fishing-grounds beyond the
+lake of storms.
+
+He would sit for a long time, his fish-legs coiled up under him,
+singing to the wondering ears of the Indians upon the shore the
+pleasures he experienced, and the beautiful and strange things he saw
+in the depths of the ocean, always closing his strange stories with
+these words, shouted at the top of his voice--
+
+"Follow me, and see what I will show you."
+
+Every day, when the waves were still and the winds had gone to their
+resting-place in the depths of the earth, the monster was sure to be
+seen near the shore where the Shawanos dwelt. For a great many suns
+they dared not venture upon the water in quest of food, doing nothing
+but wander along the beach, watching the strange creature as he played
+his antics upon the surface of the waves, listening to his songs and
+to his invitation--
+
+"Follow me, and see what I will show you."
+
+The longer he stayed the less they feared him. They became used to
+him, and in time looked upon him as a spirit who was not made for
+harm, nor wished to injure the poor Indian. Then they grew hungry, and
+their wives and little ones cried for food, and, as hunger banishes
+all fear, in a few days three canoes with many men and warriors
+ventured off to the rocks in quest of fish.
+
+When they reached the fishing-place, they heard as before the voice
+shouting--
+
+"Follow me, and see what I will show you."
+
+Presently the man-fish appeared, sitting on the water, with his legs
+folded under him, and his arms crossed on his breast, as they had
+usually seen him. There he sat, eying them attentively. When they
+failed to draw in the fish they had hooked, he would make the water
+shake and the deep echo with shouts of laughter, and would clap his
+hands with great noise, and cry--
+
+"Ha, ha! there he fooled you."
+
+When a fish was caught he was very angry. When the fishers had tried
+long and patiently, and taken little, and the sun was just hiding
+itself behind the dark clouds which skirted the region of warm winds,
+the strange creature cried out still stronger than before--
+
+"Follow me, and see what I will show you."
+
+Kiskapocoke, who was the head man of the tribe, asked him what he
+wanted, but he would make no other answer than--
+
+"Follow me."
+
+"Do you think," said Kiskapocoke, "I would be such a fool as to go I
+don't know with whom, and I don't know where?"
+
+"See what I will show you," cried the man-fish.
+
+"Can you show us anything better than we have yonder?" asked the
+warrior.
+
+"I will show you," replied the monster, "a land where there is a herd
+of deer for every one that skips over your hills, where there are vast
+droves of creatures larger than your sea-elephants, where there is no
+cold to freeze you, where the sun is always soft and smiling, where
+the trees are always in bloom."
+
+The people began to be terrified, and wished themselves on land, but
+the moment they tried to paddle towards the shore, some invisible hand
+would seize their canoes and draw them back, so that an hour's labour
+did not enable them to gain the length of their boat in the direction
+of their homes. At last Kiskapocoke said to his companions--
+
+"What shall we do?"
+
+"Follow me," said the fish.
+
+Then Kiskapocoke said to his companions--
+
+"Let us follow him, and see what will come of it."
+
+So they followed him,--he swimming and they paddling, until night
+came. Then a great wind and deep darkness prevailed, and the Great
+Serpent commenced hissing in the depths of the ocean. The people were
+terribly frightened, and did not think to live till another sun, but
+the man-fish kept close to the boats, and bade them not be afraid, for
+nothing should hurt them.
+
+When morning came, nothing could be seen of the shore they had left.
+The winds still raged, the seas were very high, and the waters ran
+into their canoes like melted snows over the brows of the mountains,
+but the man-fish handed them large shells, with which they baled the
+water out. As they had brought neither food nor water with them, they
+had become both hungry and thirsty. Kiskapocoke told the strange
+creature they wanted to eat and drink, and that he must supply them
+with what they required.
+
+"Very well," said the man-fish, and, disappearing in the depths of the
+water, he soon reappeared, bringing with him a bag of parched corn and
+a shell full of sweet water.
+
+For two moons and a half the fishermen followed the man-fish, till at
+last one morning their guide exclaimed--
+
+"Look there!"
+
+Upon that they looked in the direction he pointed out to them and saw
+land, high land, covered with great trees, and glittering as the sand
+of the Spirit's Island. Behind the shore rose tall mountains, from the
+tops of which issued great flames, which shot up into the sky, as the
+forks of the lightning cleave the clouds in the hot moon. The waters
+of the Great Salt Lake broke in small waves upon its shores, which
+were covered with sporting seals and wild ducks pluming themselves in
+the beams of the warm and gentle sun. Upon the shore stood a great
+many strange people, but when they saw the strangers step upon the
+land and the man-fish, they fled to the woods like startled deer, and
+were no more seen.
+
+When the warriors were safely landed, the man-fish told them to let
+the canoe go; "for," said he, "you will never need it more." They had
+travelled but a little way into the woods when he bade them stay where
+they were, while he told the spirit of the land that the strangers he
+had promised were come, and with that he descended into a deep cave
+near at hand. He soon returned, accompanied by a creature as strange
+in appearance as himself. His legs and feet were those of a man. He
+had leggings and moccasins like an Indian's, tightly laced and
+beautifully decorated with wampum, but his head was like a goat's. He
+talked like a man, and his language was one well understood by the
+strangers.
+
+"I will lead you," he said, "to a beautiful land, to a most beautiful
+land, men from the clime of snows. There you will find all the joys an
+Indian covets."
+
+For many moons the Shawanos travelled under the guidance of the
+man-goat, into whose hands the man-fish had put them, when he retraced
+his steps to the Great Lake. They came at length to the land which the
+Shawanos now occupy. They found it as the strange spirits had
+described it. They married the daughters of the land, and their
+numbers increased till they were so many that no one could count them.
+They grew strong, swift, and valiant in war, keen and patient in the
+chase. They overcame all the tribes eastward of the River of Rivers,
+and south to the shore of the Great Lake.
+
+
+Printed by T. and A. CONSTABLE, Printers to Her Majesty,
+at the Edinburgh University Press.
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Note.
+
+Minor typographical errors have been corrected without note.
+
+All Native American words have been kept as originally printed,
+including those with variation in hyphenation or spelling.
+
+The advertisement has been moved to follow the title page.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Folk-Lore and Legends: North American
+Indian, by Anonymous
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FOLK-LORE AND LEGENDS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 22072-8.txt or 22072-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/2/2/0/7/22072/
+
+Produced by Julie Barkley, Sam W. and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/22072-8.zip b/22072-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..012a782
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-8.zip
diff --git a/22072-h.zip b/22072-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5b7fb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-h.zip
diff --git a/22072-h/22072-h.htm b/22072-h/22072-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b760b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-h/22072-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,7254 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Folk-lore and Legends: North American Indian, by Anonymous.
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[  XML blockout */
+<!--
+    p {  margin-top: .75em;
+         text-align: justify;
+         margin-bottom: .75em;
+         }
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+         text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+         clear: both;
+         }
+    hr { width: 33%;
+	 margin-top: 2em;
+	 margin-bottom: 2em;
+         margin-left: auto;
+         margin-right: auto;
+         clear: both;
+       }
+
+    table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+    body{margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+        }
+
+    a   {text-decoration: none;}
+
+    img {border: none;}
+
+    .pagenum  { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+            /*  visibility: hidden;  */
+                position: absolute;
+                left: 92%;
+                font-size: smaller;
+                text-align: right;
+              } /* page numbers */
+
+    .bbox     {border: solid 2px; padding: 1em;}
+    .adbox    {border: solid 2px; padding: 1em; width: 50%; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+    .center   {text-align: center;}
+    .smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+    .lowercase   {text-transform: lowercase;}
+
+    .poem             {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;}
+    .poem br          {display: none;}
+    .poem .stanza     {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;}
+    .poem span.i0     {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+    .poem span.i1     {display: block; margin-left: 1em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+    .poem span.i2     {display: block; margin-left: 2em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+    .poem span.i4     {display: block; margin-left: 4em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+    .poem span.i6     {display: block; margin-left: 6em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+
+    .tdl      {text-align: left; vertical-align: bottom;}  /* left align cell */
+    .tdr      {text-align: right; vertical-align: bottom;} /* right align cell */
+
+    .ctext  {width: 60%; margin: 0 auto;} /* centers text and maintains indentation */
+
+    // -->
+    /* XML end  ]]>*/
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Folk-Lore and Legends: North American Indian, by 
+Anonymous
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Folk-Lore and Legends: North American Indian
+
+Author: Anonymous
+
+Release Date: July 14, 2007 [EBook #22072]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FOLK-LORE AND LEGENDS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Julie Barkley, Sam W. and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<h1 style="padding-bottom: 2em;">FOLK-LORE<br />
+<span style="font-size: small;">AND</span><br />
+LEGENDS</h1>
+
+
+<h2 style="padding-bottom: 4em;">NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN</h2>
+
+
+<p class="center" style="padding-bottom: 4em;">W. W. GIBBINGS<br />
+18 BURY ST., LONDON, W.C.<br />
+1890</p>
+
+
+<p class="center">FOLK-LORE AND LEGENDS</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN</i></p>
+
+<div class="adbox">
+<p class="center">UNIFORM WITH THIS VOLUME.</p>
+
+<p class="center">&ldquo;<i>These dainty little books.</i>&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="smcap">Standard.</span></p>
+
+<p class="center">FOLK-LORE AND LEGENDS.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>FIRST SERIES.</i></p>
+
+<div class="ctext">
+<p class="i0">1.&nbsp;<span class="smcap">German.</span><br />
+2.&nbsp;<span class="smcap">Oriental.</span><br />
+3.&nbsp;<span class="smcap">Scotland.</span><br />
+4.&nbsp;<span class="smcap">Ireland.</span><br /></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="center"><i>SECOND SERIES</i>.</p>
+
+<div class="ctext">
+<p class="i0">1.&nbsp;<span class="smcap">England.</span><br />
+2.&nbsp;<span class="smcap">Scandinavian.</span><br />
+3.&nbsp;<span class="smcap">Russian.</span><br />
+4.&nbsp;<span class="smcap">North American Indian.</span><br /></p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center">&ldquo;<i>They transport us into a romantic world.</i>&rdquo;&mdash;<span class="smcap">Times.</span></p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>PREFATORY NOTE.</h2>
+
+
+<p>It might have been expected that the Indians of
+North America would have many Folklore tales
+to tell, and in this volume I have endeavoured to
+present such of them as seemed to me to best
+illustrate the primitive character and beliefs of
+the people. The belief, and the language in
+which it is clothed, are often very beautiful.
+Fantastic imagination, magnanimity, moral sentiment,
+tender feeling, and humour are discovered
+in a degree which may astonish many who have
+been apt to imagine that advanced civilisation
+has much to do with the possession of such
+qualities. I know of nothing that throws so
+much light upon Indian character as their
+Folk-tales.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+<table border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" width="60%" summary="Table of Contents">
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">&nbsp;</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><span class="smcap lowercase">PAGE</span></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">Moowis,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Girl who Married the Pine-tree,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_9">9</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">A Legend of Manabozho,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_11">11</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">Pauppukkeewis,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_15">15</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Discovery of the Upper World,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_33">33</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Boy who Snared the Sun,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_37">37</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Maid in the Box,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_41">41</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Spirits and the Lovers,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_45">45</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Wonderful Rod,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_54">54</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Funeral Fire,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_56">56</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Legend of O-na-wut-a-qut-o,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_63">63</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">Manabozho in the Fish&rsquo;s Stomach,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_69">69</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Sun and the Moon,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_72">72</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Snail and the Beaver,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_75">75</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Strange Guests,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_79">79</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">Manabozho and his Toe,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_88">88</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Girl who Became a Bird,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_90">90</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Undying Head,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_92">92</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Old Chippeway,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_113">113</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">Mukumik! Mukumik! Mukumik!,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_116">116</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Swing by the Lake,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_119">119</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Fire Plume,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_123">123</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Journey to the Island of Souls,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_129">129</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">Machinitou, the Evil Spirit,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_134">134</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Woman of Stone,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_144">144</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Maiden who Loved a Fish,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_147">147</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Lone Lightning,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_151">151</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">Aggo-dah-gauda,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_154">154</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">Piqua,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_158">158</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Evil Maker,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_177">177</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">Manabozho the Wolf,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_179">179</a></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td class="tdl">The Man-fish,</td>
+    <td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_186">186</a></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p>
+<h2>MOOWIS.</h2>
+
+
+<p>In a large village there lived a noted belle, or Ma-mon-d&aacute;-go-Kwa,
+who was the admiration of all the
+young hunters and warriors. She was particularly
+admired by a young man who, from his good figure
+and the care he took in his dress, was called the
+Beau-Man, or Ma-mon-d&aacute;-gin-in-e. This young man
+had a friend and companion whom he made his
+confidant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come,&rdquo; said he one day, in a sportive mood,
+&ldquo;let us go a-courting to her who is so handsome,
+perhaps she may fancy one of us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>She would, however, listen to neither of them;
+and when the handsome young man rallied her on
+the coldness of her air, and made an effort to overcome
+her indifference, she repulsed him with the
+greatest contempt, and the young man retired confused
+and abashed. His sense of pride was deeply
+wounded, and he was the more piqued because he
+had been thus treated in the presence of others,
+and this affair had been noised about in the village,
+and became the talk of every lodge circle. He was,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span>
+besides, a very sensitive man, and the incident so
+preyed upon him that he became moody and at
+last took to his bed. For days he would lie without
+uttering a word, with his eyes fixed on vacancy,
+and taking little or no food. From this state no
+efforts could rouse him. He felt abashed and dishonoured
+even in the presence of his own relatives,
+and no persuasions could induce him to rise, so that
+when the family prepared to take down the lodge
+to remove he still kept his bed, and they were compelled
+to lift it from above his head and leave him
+upon his skin couch. It was a time of general removal
+and breaking up of the camp, for it was only
+a winter hunting-camp, and as the season of the hunt
+was now over, and spring began to appear, his friends
+all moved off as by one impulse to the place of their
+summer village, and in a short time all were gone,
+and he was left alone. The last person to leave him
+was his boon companion and cousin, who had been,
+like him, an admirer of the forest belle. The hunter
+disregarded even his voice, and as soon as his steps
+died away on the creaking snow the stillness and
+solitude of the wilderness reigned around.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as all were gone, and he could no longer,
+by listening, hear the remotest sound of the departing
+camp, the Beau-Man arose.</p>
+
+<p>Now this young man had for a friend a powerful
+guardian spirit or personal manito, and he resolved,
+with this spirit&rsquo;s aid, to use his utmost power to
+punish and humble the girl, for she was noted in
+her tribe for her coquetry, and had treated many
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span>
+young men, who were every way her equals, as she
+had treated this lover. He resolved on a singular
+stratagem by way of revenge.</p>
+
+<p>He walked over the deserted camp and gathered
+up all the cast-off bits of soiled cloth, clippings
+of finery, and old clothing and ornaments, which
+had either been left there as not worth carrying
+away, or forgotten. These he carefully picked out of
+the snow, into which some of them had been trodden,
+and collected in one place. These gaudy and soiled
+stuffs he restored to their original beauty, and made
+of them a coat and leggings, which he trimmed with
+beads, and finished and decorated after the best fashion
+of his tribe. He then made a pair of moccasins and
+garnished them with beads, a bow and arrows,
+and a frontlet and feathers for the head. Having
+done this he searched about for cast-out bones of
+animals, pieces of skin, clippings of dried meat, and
+even dirt. Having cemented all this together he
+filled the clothes with it, pressed the mass firmly
+in, and fashioned it, externally, in all respects like
+a tall and well-shaped man. He put a bow and
+arrows in its hands, and the frontlet on its head.
+Having finished it he brought it to life, and the image
+stood forth in the most favoured lineaments of his
+fellows. Such was the origin of Moowis, or the
+Dirt-and-Rag Man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Follow me,&rdquo; said the Beau-Man, &ldquo;and I will
+direct you how you shall act.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Moowis was, indeed, a very sightly person, and
+as the Beau-Man led him into the new encampment
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span>
+where the girl dwelt, the many colours of his clothes,
+the profusion of his ornaments, his manly deportment,
+his animated countenance, drew all eyes to him.
+He was hospitably received, both old and young
+showing him great attention. The chief invited him
+to his lodge, and he was there treated to the moose&rsquo;s
+hump and the finest venison.</p>
+
+<p>No one was better pleased with the handsome
+stranger than Ma-mon-d&aacute;-go-Kwa. She fell in love
+with him at first sight, and he was an invited guest
+at the lodge of her mother the very first evening of
+his arrival. The Beau-Man went with him, for it was
+under his patronage that he had been introduced,
+and, in truth, he had another motive in accompanying
+him, for he had not yet wholly subdued his feelings
+of admiration for the object against whom he had,
+nevertheless, exerted all his necromantic power, and
+he held himself ready to take advantage of any
+favourable turn which he secretly hoped the visit
+might take in relation to himself. No such opportunity,
+however, arose. Moowis attracted the chief
+attention, every eye and heart was alert to entertain
+him. In this effort on the part of his entertainers
+they had well-nigh brought about his destruction
+by dissolving him into his original elements of rags,
+snow, and dirt, for he was assigned the most prominent
+place near the fire, where he was exposed to a heat
+that he could by no means endure. However, he
+warded this calamity off by placing a boy between
+him and the fire; he shifted his position frequently,
+and evaded, by dexterous man&oelig;uvres and timely
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span>
+remarks, the pressing invitation of his host to sit
+and enjoy the warmth. He so managed these
+excuses as not only to conceal his dread of immediate
+dissolution, but to secure the further approbation of
+the fair forest girl, who was filled with admiration
+of one who had so brave a spirit to endure the
+paralysing effects of cold.</p>
+
+<p>The visit proved that the rejected lover had well
+calculated the effects of his plan. He withdrew
+from the lodge, and Moowis triumphed. Before the
+Beau-Man left he saw him cross the lodge to the
+coveted <i>abinos</i>, or bridegroom&rsquo;s seat. The dart
+which Ma-mon-d&aacute;-go-Kwa had so often delighted in
+sending to the hearts of her admirers she was at
+length fated to receive. She had married an image.</p>
+
+<p>As the morning began to break the stranger arose,
+adjusted his warrior&rsquo;s plumes, and took his forest
+weapons to depart.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I must go,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;for I have important work
+to do, and there are many hills and streams between
+me and the object of my journey.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will go with you,&rdquo; said Ma-mon-d&aacute;-go-Kwa.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The journey is too long,&rdquo; replied her husband, &ldquo;and
+you are ill able to encounter the perils of the way.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is not so long but that I will go,&rdquo; answered
+his wife, &ldquo;and there are no dangers I will not share
+with you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Moowis returned to the lodge of his master, and
+told him what had occurred. For a moment pity
+took possession of the young man&rsquo;s heart. He
+regretted that she whom he so loved should thus
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>
+have thrown herself away upon an image, a shadow,
+when she might have been the mistress of the best
+lodge in the camp.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is her own folly,&rdquo; he said; &ldquo;she has turned
+a deaf ear to the counsels of prudence. She must
+submit to her fate.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The same morning Moowis set forth, and his wife
+followed him at a distance. The way was rough and
+intricate, and she found that she could not keep up
+with him, he walked so quickly. She struggled hard
+and obstinately to overtake him, but Moowis had
+been for some time out of sight when the sun rose
+and commenced upon his snow-formed body the
+work of dissolution. He began to melt away and
+fall to pieces. As Ma-mon-d&aacute;-go-Kwa followed in
+his track she found piece after piece of his clothing
+in the path. She first found his mittens, then his
+moccasins, then his leggings, then his coat, and after
+that other parts of his garments. As the heat unbound
+them the clothes also returned to their filthy condition.
+Over rocks, through wind-falls, across marshes,
+Ma-mon-d&aacute;-go-Kwa pursued him she loved. The path
+turned aside in all directions. Rags, bones, leather,
+beads, feathers, and soiled ribbons she found, but
+caught no sight of Moowis. She spent the day in
+wandering, and when evening came she was still
+alone. The snow having now melted, she had completely
+lost her husband&rsquo;s track, and she wandered
+about uncertain which way to go and in a state of
+perfect despair. At length with bitter cries she
+lamented her fate.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Moowis, Moowis,&rdquo; she cried, &ldquo;nin ge won e win
+ig, ne won e win ig!&rdquo;&mdash;&ldquo;Moowis, Moowis, you have
+led me astray, you are leading me astray!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>With this cry she wandered in the woods.</p>
+
+<p>The cry of the lost Ma-mon-d&aacute;-go-Kwa is sometimes
+repeated by the village girls who have made
+of it a song&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poem">
+<div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Moowis! Moowis!<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Forest rover,<br /></span>
+<span class="i1">Where art thou?<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Ah! my bravest, gayest lover,<br /></span>
+<span class="i1">Guide me now.<br /></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Moowis! Moowis!<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Ah! believe me,<br /></span>
+<span class="i1">List my moan:<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Do not, do not, brave heart, leave me<br /></span>
+<span class="i1">All alone.<br /></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Moowis! Moowis!<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Footprints vanished!<br /></span>
+<span class="i1">Whither wend I?<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Fated, lost, detested, banished<br /></span>
+<span class="i1">Must I die!<br /></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Moowis! Moowis!<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Whither goest thou,<br /></span>
+<span class="i1">Eye-bright lover?<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Ah! thou ravenous bird that knowest,<br /></span>
+<span class="i1">I see thee hover,<br /></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="stanza">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span>
+<span class="i0">Circling, circling<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">As I wander,<br /></span>
+<span class="i1">And at last<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">When I fall thou then wilt come<br /></span>
+<span class="i1">And feed upon my breast.<br /></span>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE GIRL WHO MARRIED THE PINE-TREE.</h2>
+
+
+<p>Upon the side of a certain mountain grew some pines,
+under the shade of which the Puckwudjinies, or
+sprites, were accustomed to sport at times. Now it
+happened that in the neighbourhood of these trees
+was a lodge in which dwelt a beautiful girl and her
+father and mother. One day a man came to the lodge
+of the father, and seeing the girl he loved her, and
+said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Give me Leelinau for my wife,&rdquo; and the old man
+consented.</p>
+
+<p>Now it happened that the girl did not like her
+lover, so she escaped from the lodge and went and
+hid herself, and as the sun was setting she came to
+the pine-trees, and leaning against one of them she
+lamented her hard fate. On a sudden she heard
+a voice, which seemed to come from the tree,
+saying&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Be my wife, maiden, beautiful Leelinau, beautiful
+Leelinau.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The girl was astonished, not knowing whence the
+voice could have come. She listened again, and the
+words were repeated, evidently by the tree against
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span>
+which she leaned. Then the maid consented to be
+the wife of the pine-tree.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile her parents had missed her, and had
+sent out parties to see if she could be found, but
+she was nowhere.</p>
+
+<p>Time passed on, but Leelinau never returned to
+her home. Hunters who have been crossing the
+mountain, and have come to the trees at sunset, say
+that they have seen a beautiful girl there in company
+with a handsome youth, who vanished as they
+approached.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span></p>
+<h2>A LEGEND OF MANABOZHO.</h2>
+
+
+<p>Manabozho made the land. The occasion of his
+doing so was this.</p>
+
+<p>One day he went out hunting with two wolves.
+After the first day&rsquo;s hunt one of the wolves left him
+and went to the left, but the other continuing with
+Manabozho he adopted him for his son. The lakes
+were in those days peopled by spirits with whom
+Manabozho and his son went to war. They destroyed
+all the spirits in one lake, and then went on hunting.
+They were not, however, very successful, for
+every deer the wolf chased fled to another of the
+lakes and escaped from them. It chanced that one
+day Manabozho started a deer, and the wolf gave
+chase. The animal fled to the lake, which was
+covered with ice, and the wolf pursued it. At the
+moment when the wolf had come up to the prey the
+ice broke, and both fell in, when the spirits, catching
+them, at once devoured them.</p>
+
+<p>Manabozho went up and down the lake-shore
+weeping and lamenting. While he was thus distressed
+he heard a voice proceeding from the depths
+of the lake.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Manabozho,&rdquo; cried the voice, &ldquo;why do you
+weep?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Manabozho answered&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have I not cause to do so? I have lost my
+son, who has sunk in the waters of the lake.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You will never see him more,&rdquo; replied the voice;
+&ldquo;the spirits have eaten him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then Manabozho wept the more when he heard
+this sad news.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Would,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;I might meet those who have
+thus cruelly treated me in eating my son. They
+should feel the power of Manabozho, who would be
+revenged.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The voice informed him that he might meet the
+spirits by repairing to a certain place, to which the
+spirits would come to sun themselves. Manabozho
+went there accordingly, and, concealing himself, saw
+the spirits, who appeared in all manner of forms,
+as snakes, bears, and other things. Manabozho,
+however, did not escape the notice of one of the
+two chiefs of the spirits, and one of the band who
+wore the shape of a very large snake was sent by
+them to examine what the strange object was.</p>
+
+<p>Manabozho saw the spirit coming, and assumed
+the appearance of a stump. The snake coming up
+wrapped itself around the trunk and squeezed it
+with all its strength, so that Manabozho was on the
+point of crying out when the snake uncoiled itself.
+The relief was, however, only for a moment. Again
+the snake wound itself around him and gave him
+this time even a more severe hug than before.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span>
+Manabozho restrained himself and did not suffer a
+cry to escape him, and the snake, now satisfied that
+the stump was what it appeared to be, glided off to
+its companions. The chiefs of the spirits were not,
+however, satisfied, so they sent a bear to try what
+he could make of the stump. The bear came up to
+Manabozho and hugged, and bit, and clawed him
+till he could hardly forbear screaming with the pain
+it caused him. The thought of his son and of the
+vengeance he wished to take on the spirits, however,
+restrained him, and the bear at last retreated
+to its fellows.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is nothing,&rdquo; it said; &ldquo;it is really a stump.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then the spirits were reassured, and, having sunned
+themselves, lay down and went to sleep. Seeing
+this, Manabozho assumed his natural shape, and stealing
+upon them with his bow and arrows, slew the
+chiefs of the spirits. In doing this he awoke the
+others, who, seeing their chiefs dead, turned upon
+Manabozho, who fled. Then the spirits pursued him
+in the shape of a vast flood of water. Hearing it
+behind him the fugitive ran as fast as he could to
+the hills, but each one became gradually submerged,
+so that Manabozho was at last driven to the top of
+the highest mountain. Here the waters still surrounding
+him and gathering in height, Manabozho
+climbed the highest pine-tree he could find. The
+waters still rose. Then Manabozho prayed that the
+tree would grow, and it did so. Still the waters
+rose. Manabozho prayed again that the tree would
+grow, and it did so, but not so much as before.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span>
+Still the waters rose, and Manabozho was up to his
+chin in the flood, when he prayed again, and the tree
+grew, but less than on either of the former occasions.
+Manabozho looked round on the waters, and saw many
+animals swimming about seeking land. Amongst
+them he saw a beaver, an otter, and a musk-rat.
+Then he cried to them, saying&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My brothers, come to me. We must have some
+earth, or we shall all die.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So they came to him and consulted as to what
+had best be done, and it was agreed that they should
+dive down and see if they could not bring up some
+of the earth from below.</p>
+
+<p>The beaver dived first, but was drowned before he
+reached the bottom. Then the otter went. He came
+within sight of the earth, but then his senses failed
+him before he could get a bite of it. The musk-rat
+followed. He sank to the bottom, and bit the earth.
+Then he lost his senses and came floating up to the
+top of the water. Manabozho awaited the reappearance
+of the three, and as they came up to the
+surface he drew them to him. He examined their
+claws, but found nothing. Then he looked in their
+mouths and found the beaver&rsquo;s and the otter&rsquo;s empty.
+In the musk-rat&rsquo;s, however, he found a little earth.
+This Manabozho took in his hands and rubbed till
+it was a fine dust. Then he dried it in the sun, and,
+when it was quite light, he blew it all round him over
+the water, and the dry land appeared.</p>
+
+<p>Thus Manabozho made the land.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span></p>
+<h2>PAUPPUKKEEWIS.</h2>
+
+
+<p>A man of large stature and great activity of mind
+and body found himself standing alone on a prairie.
+He thought to himself&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How came I here? Are there no beings on this
+earth but myself? I must travel and see. I must
+walk till I find the abodes of men.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So as soon as his mind was made up he set out,
+he knew not whither, in search of habitations. No
+obstacles diverted him from his purpose. Prairies,
+rivers, woods, and storms did not daunt his courage
+or turn him back. After travelling a long time he
+came to a wood in which he saw decayed stumps of
+trees, as if they had been cut in ancient times, but
+he found no other traces of men. Pursuing his
+journey he found more recent marks of the same kind,
+and later on he came to fresh traces of human beings,
+first their footsteps, and then the wood they had
+cut lying in heaps.</p>
+
+<p>Continuing on he emerged towards dusk from the
+forest, and beheld at a distance a large village of
+high lodges, standing on rising ground. He said
+to himself&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>
+&ldquo;I will arrive there at a run.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Off he started with all his speed, and on coming
+to the first lodge he jumped over it. Those within
+saw something pass over the top, and then they
+heard a thump on the ground.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is that?&rdquo; they all said.</p>
+
+<p>One came out to see, and, finding a stranger, invited
+him in. He found himself in the presence of an
+old chief and several men who were seated in the
+lodge. Meat was set before him, after which the
+chief asked him where he was going and what his
+name was. He answered he was in search of adventures,
+and that his name was Pauppukkeewis (grasshopper).
+The eyes of all were fixed upon him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pauppukkeewis!&rdquo; said one to another, and the
+laugh went round.</p>
+
+<p>Pauppukkeewis made but a short stay in the village.
+He was not easy there. The place gave him
+no opportunity to display his powers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will be off,&rdquo; he said, and taking with him a
+young man who had formed a strong attachment
+for him and who might serve him as a mesh-in-au-wa
+(official who bears the pipe), he set out once
+more on his travels. The two travelled together,
+and when the young man was fatigued with walking
+Pauppukkeewis would show him a few tricks, such
+as leaping over trees, and turning round on one
+leg till he made the dust fly in a cloud around
+him. In this manner he very much amused his companion,
+though at times his performance somewhat
+alarmed him.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>
+One day they came to a large village, where they
+were well received. The people told them that there
+were a number of manitoes who lived some distance
+away and who killed all who came to their lodge.</p>
+
+<p>The people had made many attempts to extirpate
+these manitoes, but the war parties that went out
+for this purpose were always unsuccessful.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will go and see them,&rdquo; said Pauppukkeewis.</p>
+
+<p>The chief of the village warned him of the danger
+he would run, but finding him resolved, said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, if you will go, since you are my guest,
+I will send twenty warriors with you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Pauppukkeewis thanked him for this. Twenty
+young men offered themselves for the expedition.
+They went forward, and in a short time descried the
+lodge of the manitoes. Pauppukkeewis placed his
+friend and the warriors near him so that they might
+see all that passed, and then he went alone into
+the lodge. When he entered he found five horrible-looking
+manitoes eating. These were the father and
+four sons. Their appearance was hideous. Their
+eyes were set low in their heads as if the manitoes
+were half starved. They offered Pauppukkeewis part
+of their meat, but he refused it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What have you come for?&rdquo; asked the old one.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nothing,&rdquo; answered Pauppukkeewis.</p>
+
+<p>At this they all stared at him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you not wish to wrestle?&rdquo; they all asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; replied he.</p>
+
+<p>A hideous smile passed over their faces.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You go,&rdquo; said the others to their eldest brother.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span>
+Pauppukkeewis and his antagonist were soon
+clinched in each other&rsquo;s arms. He knew the manitoes&rsquo;
+object,&mdash;they wanted his flesh,&mdash;but he was prepared
+for them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Haw, haw!&rdquo; they cried, and the dust and dry
+leaves flew about the wrestlers as if driven by a
+strong wind.</p>
+
+<p>The manito was strong, but Pauppukkeewis soon
+found he could master him. He tripped him up,
+and threw him with a giant&rsquo;s force head foremost
+on a stone, and he fell insensible.</p>
+
+<p>The brothers stepped up in quick succession, but
+Pauppukkeewis put his tricks in full play, and soon
+all the four lay bleeding on the ground. The old
+manito got frightened, and ran for his life. Pauppukkeewis
+pursued him for sport. Sometimes he
+was before him, sometimes over his head. Now he
+would give him a kick, now a push, now a trip, till
+the manito was quite exhausted. Meanwhile Pauppukkeewis&rsquo;s
+friend and the warriors came up, crying&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ha, ha, a! Ha, ha, a! Pauppukkeewis is driving
+him before him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At length Pauppukkeewis threw the manito to
+the ground with such force that he lay senseless,
+and the warriors, carrying him off, laid him with
+the bodies of his sons, and set fire to the whole,
+consuming them to ashes.</p>
+
+<p>Around the lodge Pauppukkeewis and his friends
+saw a large number of bones, the remains of the
+warriors whom the manitoes had slain. Taking
+three arrows, Pauppukkeewis called upon the Great
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span>
+Spirit, and then, shooting an arrow in the air, he
+cried&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You, who are lying down, rise up, or you will
+be hit.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The bones at these words all collected in one
+place. Again Pauppukkeewis shot another arrow
+into the air, crying&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You, who are lying down, rise up, or you will be
+hit,&rdquo; and each bone drew towards its fellow.</p>
+
+<p>Then he shot a third arrow, crying&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You, who are lying down, rise up, or you will
+be hit,&rdquo; and the bones immediately came together,
+flesh came over them, and the warriors, whose remains
+they were, stood before Pauppukkeewis alive and well.</p>
+
+<p>He led them to the chief of the village, who had
+been his friend, and gave them up to him. Soon
+after, the chief with his counsellors came to him,
+saying&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who is more worthy to rule than you? You
+alone can defend us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Pauppukkeewis thanked the chief, but told him he
+must set out again in search of further adventures.
+The chief and the counsellors pressed him to remain,
+but he was resolved to leave them, and so he told
+the chief to make his friend ruler while he himself
+went on his travels.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will come again,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;sometime and
+see you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ho, ho, ho!&rdquo; they all cried, &ldquo;come back again
+and see us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He promised that he would, and set out alone.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span>
+After travelling for some time, he came to a large
+lake, and on looking about he saw an enormous
+otter on an island. He thought to himself&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;His skin will make me a fine pouch,&rdquo; and, drawing
+near, he drove an arrow into the otter&rsquo;s side.
+He waded into the lake, and with some difficulty
+dragged the carcass ashore. He took out the entrails,
+but even then the carcass was so heavy that it
+was as much as he could do to drag it up a hill
+overlooking the lake. As soon as he got it into the
+sunshine, where it was warm, he skinned the otter,
+and threw the carcass away, for he said to himself&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The war-eagle will come, and then I shall have
+a chance to get his skin and his feathers to put
+on my head.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Very soon he heard a noise in the air, but he
+could see nothing. At length a large eagle dropped,
+as if from the sky, on to the otter&rsquo;s carcass. Pauppukkeewis
+drew his bow and sent an arrow through
+the bird&rsquo;s body. The eagle made a dying effort
+and lifted the carcass up several feet, but it could
+not disengage its claws, and the weight soon brought
+the bird down again.</p>
+
+<p>Then Pauppukkeewis skinned the bird, crowned
+his head with its feathers, and set out again on his
+journey.</p>
+
+<p>After walking a while he came to a lake, the
+water of which came right up to the trees on its
+banks. He soon saw that the lake had been made
+by beavers. He took his station at a certain spot
+to see whether any of the beavers would show
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span>
+themselves. Soon he saw the head of one peeping out of
+the water to see who the stranger was.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My friend,&rdquo; said Pauppukkeewis, &ldquo;could you not
+turn me into a beaver like yourself?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not know,&rdquo; replied the beaver; &ldquo;I will
+go and ask the others.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Soon all the beavers showed their heads above
+the water, and looked to see if Pauppukkeewis
+was armed, but he had left his bow and arrows
+in a hollow tree a short distance off. When they
+were satisfied they all came near.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can you not, with all your united power,&rdquo; said
+he, &ldquo;turn me into a beaver? I wish to live among
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; answered the chief, &ldquo;lie down;&rdquo; and
+Pauppukkeewis soon found himself changed into
+one of them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You must make me large,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;larger
+than any of you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, yes,&rdquo; said they; &ldquo;by and by, when we get
+into the lodge, it shall be done.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They all dived into the lake, and Pauppukkeewis,
+passing large heaps of limbs of trees and logs at
+the bottom, asked the use of them. The beavers
+answered&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are our winter provisions.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>When they all got into the lodge their number
+was about one hundred. The lodge was large and
+warm.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now we will make you large,&rdquo; said they, exerting
+all their power. &ldquo;Will that do?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; he answered, for he found he was ten times
+the size of the largest.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You need not go out,&rdquo; said they. &ldquo;We will bring
+your food into the lodge, and you shall be our chief.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well,&rdquo; answered Pauppukkeewis. He
+thought&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will stay here and grow fat at their expense,&rdquo;
+but very soon a beaver came into the lodge out of
+breath, crying&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are attacked by Indians.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>All huddled together in great fear. The water
+began to lower, for the hunters had broken down the
+dam, and soon the beavers heard them on the roof
+of the lodge, breaking it in. Out jumped all the
+beavers and so escaped. Pauppukkeewis tried to
+follow them, but, alas! they had made him so large
+that he could not creep out at the hole. He called to
+them to come back, but none answered. He worried
+himself so much in trying to escape that he looked
+like a bladder. He could not change himself into a
+man again though he heard and understood all the
+hunters said. One of them put his head in at the
+top of the lodge.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ty-au!&rdquo; cried he. &ldquo;Tut-ty-au! Me-shau-mik!
+King of the beavers is in.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then they all got at Pauppukkeewis and battered
+in his skull with their clubs. After that seven or
+eight of them placed his body on poles and carried
+him home. As he went he reflected&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What will become of me? My ghost or shadow
+will not die after they get me to their lodges.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span>
+When the party arrived home, they sent out invitations
+to a grand feast. The women took Pauppukkeewis
+and laid him in the snow to skin him,
+but as soon as his flesh got cold, his jee-bi, or spirit,
+fled.</p>
+
+<p>Pauppukkeewis found himself standing on a
+prairie, having assumed his mortal shape. After
+walking a short distance, he saw a herd of elks
+feeding. He admired the apparent ease and enjoyment
+of their life, and thought there could be nothing
+more pleasant than to have the liberty of running
+about, and feeding on the prairies. He asked them
+if they could not change him into an elk.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; they answered, after a pause. &ldquo;Get down
+on your hands and feet.&rdquo; He did so, and soon found
+himself an elk.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want big horns and big feet,&rdquo; said he. &ldquo;I wish
+to be very large.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, yes,&rdquo; they said. &ldquo;There,&rdquo; exerting all their
+power, &ldquo;are you big enough?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; he answered, for he saw he was very large.</p>
+
+<p>They spent a good time in playing and running.</p>
+
+<p>Being rather cold one day he went into a thick
+wood for shelter, and was followed by most of the
+herd. They had not been there long before some
+elks from behind passed them like a strong wind.
+All took the alarm, and off they ran, Pauppukkeewis
+with the rest.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Keep out on the plains,&rdquo; said they, but he found
+it was too late to do so, for they had already got
+entangled in the thick woods. He soon smelt the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>
+hunters, who were closely following his trail, for they
+had left all the others to follow him. He jumped
+furiously, and broke down young trees in his flight,
+but it only served to retard his progress. He soon
+felt an arrow in his side. He jumped over trees
+in his agony, but the arrows clattered thicker
+and thicker about him, and at last one entered his
+heart. He fell to the ground and heard the whoop
+of triumph given by the warriors. On coming up
+they looked at the carcass with astonishment, and,
+with their hands up to their mouths, exclaimed&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ty-au! ty-au!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>There were about sixty in the party, who had
+come out on a special hunt, for one of their number
+had, the day before, observed Pauppukkeewis&rsquo;s large
+tracks in the sand. They skinned him, and as his
+flesh got cold his jee-bi took its flight, and once
+more he found himself in human shape.</p>
+
+<p>His passion for adventure was not yet cooled.
+On coming to a large lake, the shore of which
+was sandy, he saw a large flock of brant, and,
+speaking to them, he asked them to turn him into
+a brant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well,&rdquo; said they.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I want to be very large,&rdquo; said he.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well,&rdquo; replied the brant, and he soon
+found himself one of them, of prodigious size, all
+the others looking on at him in amazement.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You must fly as leader,&rdquo; they said.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No,&rdquo; replied Pauppukkeewis, &ldquo;I will fly behind.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well,&rdquo; said they. &ldquo;One thing we have
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span>
+to say to you. You must be careful in flying not
+to look down, for if you do something may happen
+to you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Be it so,&rdquo; said he, and soon the flock rose up
+in the air, for they were bound for the north.
+They flew very fast with Pauppukkeewis behind.
+One day, while going with a strong wind, and as
+swift as their wings would flap, while they passed
+over a large village, the Indians below raised a
+great shout, for they were amazed at the enormous
+size of Pauppukkeewis. They made such a noise
+that Pauppukkeewis forgot what had been told him
+about not looking down. He was flying as swift as
+an arrow, and as soon as he brought his neck in,
+and stretched it down to look at the shouters, his
+tail was caught by the wind, and he was blown over
+and over. He tried to right himself, but without
+success. Down he went from an immense height,
+turning over and over. He lost his senses, and
+when he recovered them he found himself jammed
+in a cleft in a hollow tree. To get backward or forward
+was impossible, and there he remained until
+his brant life was ended by starvation. Then his
+jee-bi again left the carcass, and once more he found
+himself in human shape.</p>
+
+<p>Travelling was still his passion, and one day he
+came to a lodge, in which were two old men whose
+heads were white from age. They treated him well,
+and he told them he was going back to his village
+to see his friends and people. The old men said
+they would aid him, and pointed out the way they
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span>
+said he should go, but they were deceivers. After
+walking all day he came to a lodge very like the
+first, and looking in he found two old men with
+white heads. It was in fact the very same lodge,
+and he had been walking in a circle. The old men
+did not undeceive him, but pretended to be strangers,
+and said in a kind voice&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will show you the way.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After walking the third day, and coming back to
+the same place, he discovered their trickery, for he
+had cut a notch in the door-post.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who are you,&rdquo; said he to them, &ldquo;to treat <i>me</i>
+so?&rdquo; and he gave one a kick and the other a slap
+that killed them. Their blood flew against the rocks
+near their lodge, and that is the reason there are
+red streaks in them to this day. Then Pauppukkeewis
+burned their lodge.</p>
+
+<p>He continued his journey, not knowing exactly
+which way to go. At last he came to a big lake.
+He ascended the highest hill to try and see the
+opposite shore, but he could not, so he made a canoe
+and took a sail on the water. On looking down he
+saw that the bottom of the lake was covered with
+dark fish, of which he caught some. This made him
+wish to return to his village, and bring his people
+to live near this lake. He sailed on, and towards
+evening came to an island, where he stopped and ate
+the fish.</p>
+
+<p>Next day he returned to the mainland, and,
+while wandering along the shore, he encountered
+a more powerful manito than himself, named
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span>
+Manabozho. Pauppukkeewis thought it best, after playing
+him a trick, to keep out of his way. He again
+thought of returning to his village, and, transforming
+himself into a partridge, took his flight towards
+it. In a short time he reached it, and his return
+was welcomed with feasting and songs. He told
+them of the lake and of the fish, and, telling them
+that it would be easier for them to live there, persuaded
+them all to remove. He immediately began
+to lead them by short journeys, and all things turned
+out as he had said.</p>
+
+<p>While the people lived there a messenger came
+to Pauppukkeewis in the shape of a bear, and said
+that the bear-chief wished to see him at once at
+his village. Pauppukkeewis was ready in an instant,
+and getting on the messenger&rsquo;s back was carried away.
+Towards evening they ascended a high mountain,
+and came to a cave, in which the bear-chief lived.
+He was a very large creature, and he made Pauppukkeewis
+welcome, inviting him into his lodge.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as propriety allowed he spoke, and said
+that he had sent for him because he had heard he was
+the chief who was leading a large party towards his
+hunting-grounds.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You must know,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;that you have no
+right there, and I wish you to leave the country
+with your party, or else we must fight.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well,&rdquo; replied Pauppukkeewis, &ldquo;so be it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He did not wish to do anything without consulting
+his people, and he saw that the bear-chief was raising
+a war-party, so he said he would go back that
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>
+night. The bear-king told him he might do as he
+wished, and that one of the bears was at his command;
+so Pauppukkeewis, jumping on its back,
+rode home. Then he assembled the village, and told
+the young men to kill the bear, make ready a feast,
+and hang the head outside the village, for he knew
+the bear spies would soon see it and carry the news
+to their chief.</p>
+
+<p>Next morning Pauppukkeewis got all his young
+warriors ready for the fight. After waiting one day,
+the bear war-party came in sight, making a tremendous
+noise. The bear-chief advanced, and said that
+he did not wish to shed the blood of the young
+warriors, but if Pauppukkeewis would consent they
+two would run a race, and the winner should kill
+the losing chief, and all the loser&rsquo;s followers should
+be the slaves of the other. Pauppukkeewis agreed,
+and they ran before all the warriors. He was victor;
+but not to terminate the race too quickly he gave
+the bear-chief some specimens of his skill, forming
+eddies and whirlwinds with the sand as he twisted
+and turned about. As the bear-chief came to the
+post Pauppukkeewis drove an arrow through him.
+Having done this he told his young men to take
+the bears and tie one at the door of each lodge, that
+they might remain in future as slaves.</p>
+
+<p>After seeing that all was quiet and prosperous in
+the village, Pauppukkeewis felt his desire for adventure
+returning, so he took an affectionate leave of
+his friends and people, and started off again. After
+wandering a long time, he came to the lodge of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span>
+Manabozho, who was absent. Pauppukkeewis thought
+he would play him a trick, so he turned everything
+in the lodge upside down and killed his chickens.
+Now Manabozho calls all the fowl of the air his
+chickens, and among the number was a raven, the
+meanest of birds, and him Pauppukkeewis killed
+and hung up by the neck to insult Manabozho. He
+then went on till he came to a very high point of
+rocks running out into the lake, from the top of
+which he could see the country as far as eye could
+reach. While he sat there, Manabozho&rsquo;s mountain
+chickens flew round and past him in great numbers.
+So, out of spite, he shot many of them, for his
+arrows were sure and the birds many, and he amused
+himself by throwing the birds down the precipice.
+At length a wary bird called out&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pauppukkeewis is killing us: go and tell our
+father.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Away flew some of them, and Manabozho soon
+made his appearance on the plain below.</p>
+
+<p>Pauppukkeewis slipped down the other side of the
+mountain. Manabozho cried from the top&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The earth is not so large but I can get up to
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Off Pauppukkeewis ran and Manabozho after him.
+He ran over hills and prairies with all his speed, but
+his pursuer was still hard after him. Then he thought
+of a shift. He stopped, and climbed a large pine-tree,
+stripped it of all its green foliage, and threw it
+to the winds. Then he ran on. When Manabozho
+reached the tree, it called out to him&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Great Manabozho, give me my life again. Pauppukkeewis
+has killed me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will do so,&rdquo; said Manabozho, and it took him
+some time to gather the scattered foliage. Then he
+resumed the chase. Pauppukkeewis repeated the
+same trick with the hemlock, and with other trees,
+for Manabozho would always stop to restore anything
+that called upon him to give it life again.
+By this means Pauppukkeewis kept ahead, but still
+Manabozho was overtaking him when Pauppukkeewis
+saw an elk. He asked it to take him on its
+back, and this the animal did, and for a time he
+made great progress. Still Manabozho was in sight.
+Pauppukkeewis dismounted, and, coming to a large
+sandstone rock, he broke it in pieces, and scattered
+the grains. Manabozho was so close upon him at
+this place that he had almost caught him, but the
+foundation of the rock cried out&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Haye! Ne-me-sho! Pauppukkeewis has spoiled
+me. Will you not restore me to life?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; replied Manabozho, and he restored the
+rock to its previous shape. He then pushed on in
+pursuit of Pauppukkeewis, and had got so near as
+to put out his arm to seize him, when Pauppukkeewis
+dodged him, and raised such a dust and commotion
+by whirlwinds, as to make the trees break,
+and the sand and leaves dance in the air. Again
+and again Manabozho&rsquo;s hand was put out to catch
+him, but he dodged him at every turn, and at last,
+making a great dust, he dashed into a hollow tree,
+which had been blown down, and, changing himself
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span>
+into a snake, crept out at its roots. Well that he did;
+for at the moment Manabozho, who is Ogee-bau-ge-mon
+(a species of lightning) struck the tree with all
+his power, and shivered it to fragments. Pauppukkeewis
+again took human shape, and again Manabozho,
+pursuing him, pressed him hard.</p>
+
+<p>At a distance Pauppukkeewis saw a very high rock
+jutting out into a lake, and he ran for the foot of
+the precipice, which was abrupt and elevated. As he
+came near, the manito of the rock opened his door
+and told him to come in. No sooner was the door
+closed than Manabozho knocked at it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Open,&rdquo; he cried in a loud voice.</p>
+
+<p>The manito was afraid of him, but said to his
+guest&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Since I have sheltered you, I would sooner die
+with you than open the door.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Open,&rdquo; Manabozho cried again.</p>
+
+<p>The manito was silent. Manabozho made no
+attempt to force the door open. He waited a few
+moments.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;I give you till night to
+live.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The manito trembled, for he knew that when the
+hour came he would be shut up under the earth.</p>
+
+<p>Night came, the clouds hung low and black, and
+every moment the forked lightning flashed from
+them. The black clouds advanced slowly and threw
+their dark shadows afar, and behind was heard the
+rumbling noise of the coming thunder. When the
+clouds were gathered over the rock the thunders
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span>
+roared, the lightning flashed, the ground shook, and
+the solid rock split, tottered, and fell. Under the
+ruins lay crushed the mortal bodies of Pauppukkeewis
+and the manito.</p>
+
+<p>It was only then that Pauppukkeewis found that
+he was really dead. He had been killed before in the
+shapes of different animals, but now his body, in
+human shape, was crushed.</p>
+
+<p>Manabozho came and took his jee-bi, or spirit.
+&ldquo;You,&rdquo; said he to Pauppukkeewis, &ldquo;shall not be again
+permitted to live on the earth. I will give you the
+shape of the war-eagle, and you shall be the chief of
+all birds, and your duty shall be to watch over their
+destinies.&rdquo;</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE DISCOVERY OF THE UPPER WORLD.</h2>
+
+
+<p>The Minnatarees, and all the other Indians who are
+not of the stock of the grandfather of nations,
+were once not of this upper air, but dwelt in the
+bowels of the earth. The Good Spirit, when he
+made them, meant, no doubt, at a proper time to
+put them in enjoyment of all the good things which
+he had prepared for them upon earth, but he ordered
+that their first stage of existence should be within
+it. They all dwelt underground, like moles, in one
+great cavern. When they emerged it was in different
+places, but generally near where they now inhabit.
+At that time few of the Indian tribes wore the
+human form. Some had the figures or semblances
+of beasts. The Paukunnawkuts were rabbits, some
+of the Delawares were ground-hogs, others tortoises,
+and the Tuscaroras, and a great many others, were
+rattlesnakes. The Sioux were the hissing-snakes,
+but the Minnatarees were always men. Their part
+of the great cavern was situated far towards the
+mountains of snow.</p>
+
+<p>The great cavern in which the Indians dwelt was
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span>
+indeed a dark and dismal region. In the country of
+the Minnatarees it was lighted up only by the rays
+of the sun which strayed through the fissures of the
+rock and the crevices in the roof of the cavern, while
+in that of the Mengwe all was dark and sunless.
+The life of the Indians was a life of misery compared
+with that they now enjoy, and it was endured only
+because they were ignorant of a fairer or richer
+world, or a better or happier state of being.</p>
+
+<p>There were among the Minnatarees two boys,
+who, from the hour of their birth, showed superior
+wisdom, sagacity, and cunning. Even while they
+were children they were wiser than their fathers.
+They asked their parents whence the light came
+which streamed through the fissures of the rock and
+played along the sides of the cavern, and whence
+and from what descended the roots of the great vine.
+Their father could not tell them, and their mother
+only laughed at the question, which appeared to her
+very foolish. They asked the priest, but he could
+not tell them; but he said he supposed the light
+came from the eyes of some great wolf. The boys
+asked the king tortoise, who sulkily drew his head
+into his shell, and made no answer. When they
+asked the chief rattlesnake, he answered that he
+knew, and would tell them all about it if they would
+promise to make peace with his tribe, and on no
+account kill one of his descendants. The boys promised,
+and the chief rattlesnake then told them that
+there was a world above them, a beautiful world,
+peopled by creatures in the shape of beasts, having
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>
+a pure atmosphere and a soft sky, sweet fruits and
+mellow water, well-stocked hunting-grounds and well-filled
+lakes. He told them to ascend by the roots,
+which were those of a great grape-vine. A while
+after the boys were missing; nor did they come back
+till the Minnatarees had celebrated their death, and
+the lying priest had, as he falsely said, in a vision
+seen them inhabitants of the land of spirits.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians were surprised by the return of the
+boys. They came back singing and dancing, and
+were grown so much, and looked so different from
+what they did when they left the cavern, that their
+father and mother scarcely knew them. They were
+sleek and fat, and when they walked it was with so
+strong a step that the hollow space rang with the
+sound of their feet. They were covered with the
+skins of animals, and had blankets of the skins of
+racoons and beavers. They described to the Indians
+the pleasures of the upper world, and the people
+were delighted with their story. At length they
+resolved to leave their dull residence underground
+for the upper regions. All agreed to this except
+the ground-hog, the badger, and the mole, who said,
+as they had been put where they were, they would
+live and die there. The rabbit said he would live
+sometimes above and sometimes below.</p>
+
+<p>When the Indians had determined to leave their
+habitations underground, the Minnatarees began,
+men, women, and children, to clamber up the vine,
+and one-half of them had already reached the surface
+of the earth, when a dire mishap involved the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>
+remainder in a still more desolate captivity within
+its bowels.</p>
+
+<p>There was among them a very fat old woman,
+who was heavier than any six of her nation. Nothing
+would do but she must go up before some
+of her neighbours. Away she clambered, but her
+weight was so great that the vine broke with it,
+and the opening, to which it afforded the sole means
+of ascending, closed upon her and the rest of her
+nation.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE BOY WHO SNARED THE SUN.</h2>
+
+
+<p>At the time when the animals reigned on the earth
+they had killed all but a girl and her little brother,
+and these two were living in fear and seclusion.
+The boy was a perfect pigmy, never growing beyond
+the stature of a small infant, but the girl increased
+with her years, so that the labour of providing food
+and lodging devolved wholly on her. She went out
+daily to get wood for their lodge fire, and took her
+brother with her so that no accident might happen
+to him, for he was too little to leave alone&mdash;a big
+bird might have flown away with him. She made
+him a bow and arrows, and said to him one winter
+day&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will leave you behind where I have been
+chopping; you must hide yourself, and you will see
+the gitshee-gitshee-gaun ai see-ug, or snow-birds,
+come and pick the worms out of the wood, where I
+have been chopping. Shoot one of them and bring
+it home.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He obeyed her, and tried his best to kill one, but
+came home unsuccessful. She told him he must not
+despair, but try again the next day. She accordingly
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>
+left him at the place where she got wood and
+returned home. Towards nightfall she heard his
+footsteps on the snow, and he came in exultingly,
+and threw down one of the birds he had killed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My sister,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;I wish you to skin it and
+stretch the skin, and when I have killed more I will
+have a coat made out of them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What shall we do with the body?&rdquo; asked she,
+for as yet men had not begun to eat animal food,
+but lived on vegetables alone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cut it in two,&rdquo; he answered, &ldquo;and season our
+pottage with one-half of it at a time.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>She did so. The boy continued his efforts, and
+succeeded in killing ten birds, out of the skins of
+which his sister made him a little coat.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sister,&rdquo; said he one day, &ldquo;are we all alone in
+the world? Is there nobody else living?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His sister told him that they two alone remained;
+that the beings who had killed all their relations
+lived in a certain quarter, and that he must by no
+means go in that direction. This only served to
+inflame his curiosity and raise his ambition, and he
+soon after took his bow and arrows and went to seek
+the beings of whom his sister had told him. After
+walking a long time and meeting nothing he became
+tired, and lay down on a knoll where the sun had
+melted the snow. He fell fast asleep, and while
+sleeping the sun beat so hot upon him that it singed
+and drew up his birdskin coat, so that when he
+awoke and stretched himself, he felt, as it were, bound
+in it. He looked down and saw the damage done,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span>
+and then he flew into a passion, upbraided the sun,
+and vowed vengeance against it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do not think you are too high,&rdquo; said he; &ldquo;I
+shall revenge myself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>On coming home he related his disaster to his
+sister, and lamented bitterly the spoiling of his coat.
+He would not eat. He lay down as one that fasts,
+and did not stir or move his position for ten days,
+though his sister did all she could to arouse him.
+At the end of ten days he turned over, and then lay
+ten days on the other side. Then he got up and
+told his sister to make him a snare, for he meant to
+catch the sun. At first she said she had nothing,
+but finally she remembered a little piece of dried
+deer&rsquo;s sinew that her father had left, and this she
+soon made into a string suitable for a noose. The
+moment, however, she showed it to her brother, he
+told her it would not do, and bade her get something
+else. She said she had nothing&mdash;nothing at all. At
+last she thought of her hair, and pulling some of it
+out made a string. Her brother again said it
+would not answer, and bade her, pettishly, and with
+authority, make him a noose. She replied that
+there was nothing to make it of, and went out of
+the lodge. When she was all alone she said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Neow obewy indapin.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile her brother awaited her, and it was not
+long before she reappeared with some tiny cord.
+The moment he saw it he was delighted.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This will do,&rdquo; he cried, and he put the cord to
+his mouth and began pulling it through his lips, and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span>
+as fast as he drew it changed to a red metal cord of
+prodigious length, which he wound around his body
+and shoulders. He then prepared himself, and set
+out a little after midnight that he might catch the
+sun before it rose. He fixed his snare on a spot just
+where he thought the sun would appear; and sure
+enough he caught it, so that it was held fast in the
+cord and could not rise.</p>
+
+<p>The animals who ruled the earth were immediately
+put into a great commotion. They had no light.
+They called a council to debate the matter, and to
+appoint some one to go and cut the cord&mdash;a very
+hazardous enterprise, for who dare go so near to the
+sun as would be necessary? The dormouse, however,
+undertook the task. At that time the dormouse
+was the largest animal in the world; when it stood
+up it looked like a mountain. It set out upon its
+mission, and, when it got to the place where the sun
+lay snared, its back began to smoke and burn, so
+intense was the heat, and the top of its carcass was
+reduced to enormous heaps of ashes. It succeeded,
+however, in cutting the cord with its teeth and freed
+the sun, but was reduced to a very small size, and
+has remained so ever since. Men call it the Kug-e-been-gwa-kwa.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE MAID IN THE BOX.</h2>
+
+
+<p>There once lived a woman called Monedo Kway
+(female spirit or prophetess) on the sand mountains,
+called The Sleeping Bear of Lake Michigan, who had
+a daughter as beautiful as she was modest and
+discreet. Everybody spoke of her beauty, and she
+was so handsome that her mother feared she would
+be carried off, so to prevent it she put her in a box,
+which she pushed into the middle of the lake. The
+box was tied by a long string to a stake on shore,
+and every morning the mother pulled the box to
+land, and, taking her daughter out of it, combed her
+hair, gave her food, and then putting her again in
+the box, set her afloat on the lake.</p>
+
+<p>One day it chanced that a handsome young man
+came to the spot at the moment the girl was being
+thus attended to by her mother. He was struck
+with her beauty, and immediately went home and
+told his love to his uncle, who was a great chief and
+a powerful magician.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My nephew,&rdquo; replied the old man, &ldquo;go to the
+mother&rsquo;s lodge and sit down in a modest manner
+without saying a word. You need not ask her a
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span>
+question, for whatever you think she will understand,
+and what she thinks in answer you will understand.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man did as he was bid. He entered
+the woman&rsquo;s lodge and sat with his head bent down
+in a thoughtful manner, without uttering a word.
+He then thought&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I wish she would give me her daughter.&rdquo; Very
+soon he understood the mother&rsquo;s thoughts in reply.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Give you my daughter!&rdquo; thought she. &ldquo;You!
+no, indeed! my daughter shall never marry you!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man went away and reported the result
+to his uncle.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Woman without good sense!&rdquo; exclaimed the old
+man. &ldquo;Who is she keeping her daughter for? Does
+she think she will marry the Mudjikewis (a term
+indicating the heir or successor to the first in power)?
+Proud heart! We will try her magic skill, and see
+whether she can withstand our power.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He forthwith set himself to work, and in a short
+time the pride and haughtiness of the mother was
+made known to all the spirits on that part of the
+lake, and they met together and resolved to exert
+their power to humble her. To do this they determined
+to raise a great storm on the lake. The water
+began to roar and toss, and the tempest became so
+severe that the string holding the box broke, and it
+floated off through the straits down Lake Huron,
+and struck against the sandy shores at its outlet.
+The place where it struck was near the lodge of a
+decayed old magician called Ishkwon Daimeka, or
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span>
+the keeper of the gate of the lakes. He opened the
+box and let out the beautiful daughter, whom he
+took into his lodge and made his wife.</p>
+
+<p>When her mother found that her daughter had
+been carried off by the storm, she raised loud cries
+and lamented exceedingly. This she continued to
+do for a long time, and would not be comforted. At
+last the spirits began to pity her, and determined to
+raise another storm to bring the daughter back.
+This was even a greater storm than the first. The
+water of the lake washed away the ground, and
+swept on to the lodge of Ishkwon Daimeka, whose
+wife, when she saw the flood approaching, leaped
+into the box, and the waves, carrying her off, landed
+her at the very spot where was her mother&rsquo;s lodge.</p>
+
+<p>Monedo Kway was overjoyed, but when she opened
+the box she found her daughter, indeed, but her
+beauty had almost all departed. However, she loved
+her still, because she was her daughter, and now
+thought of the young man who had come to seek
+her in marriage. She sent a formal message to him,
+but he had heard of all that had occurred, and his
+love for the girl had died away.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I marry your daughter!&rdquo; replied he. &ldquo;Your
+daughter! no, indeed! I shall never marry her!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The storm that brought the girl back was so
+strong that it tore away a large part of the shore of
+the lake and swept off Ishkwon Daimeka&rsquo;s lodge,
+the fragments of which, lodging in the straits, formed
+those beautiful islands which are scattered in the
+St. Clair and Detroit rivers. As to Ishkwon
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span>
+Daimeka himself, he was drowned, and his bones
+lie buried under the islands. As he was carried
+away by the waves on a fragment of his lodge,
+the old man was heard lamenting his fate in a
+song.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE SPIRITS AND THE LOVERS.</h2>
+
+
+<p>At the distance of a woman&rsquo;s walk of a day from
+the mouth of the river, called by the pale-faces the
+Whitestone, in the country of the Sioux, in the
+middle of a large plain, stands a lofty hill or mound.
+Its wonderful roundness, together with the circumstance
+of its standing apart from all other hills, like
+a fir-tree in the midst of a wide prairie, or a man
+whose friends and kindred have all descended to the
+dust, has made it known to all the tribes of the
+West. Whether it was created by the Great Spirit
+or filled up by the sons of men, whether it was done
+in the morning of the world, ask not me, for I cannot
+tell you. Know it is called by all the tribes of
+the land the Hill of Little People, or the Mountain
+of Little Spirits. No gifts can induce an Indian to
+visit it; for why should he incur the anger of the
+Little People who dwell in it, and, sacrificed upon
+the fire of their wrath, behold his wife and children
+no more? In all the marches and counter-marches
+of the Indians, in all their goings and returnings,
+in all their wanderings by day or by night to and
+from lands which lie beyond it, their paths are so
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>
+ordered that none approaches near enough to disturb
+the tiny inhabitants of the hill. The memory of the
+red-man of the forest has preserved but one instance
+when their privacy was violated, since it was known
+through the tribes that they wished for no intercourse
+with mortals. Before that time many Indians
+were missing each year. No one knew what became
+of them, but they were gone, and left no trace nor
+story behind. Valiant warriors filled their quivers
+with arrows, put new strings to their bows, new shod
+their moccasins, and sallied out to acquire glory in
+combat; but there was no wailing in the camp of our
+foes: their arrows were not felt, their shouts were
+not heard. Yet they fell not by the hands of our
+foes, but perished we know not how.</p>
+
+<p>Many seasons ago there lived within the limits of
+the great council-fire of the Mahas a chief who was
+renowned for his valour and victories in the field,
+his wisdom in the council, his dexterity and success
+in the chase. His name was Mahtoree, or the White
+Crane. He was celebrated throughout the vast
+regions of the West, from the Mississippi to the
+Hills of the Serpent, from the Missouri to the Plains
+of Bitter Frost, for all those qualities which render
+an Indian warrior famous and feared.</p>
+
+<p>In one of the war expeditions of the Pawnee
+Mahas against the Burntwood Tetons, it was the
+good fortune of the former to overcome and to make
+many prisoners&mdash;men, women, and children. One
+of the captives, Sakeajah, or the Bird-Girl, a beautiful
+creature in the morning of life, after being adopted
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span>
+into one of the Mahas families, became the wife of
+the chief warrior of the nation. Great was the love
+which the White Crane had for his wife, and it
+grew yet stronger when she had brought him four
+sons and a daughter, Tatokah, or the Antelope.
+She was beautiful. Her skin was fair, her eyes were
+large and bright as those of the bison-ox, and her
+hair black, and braided with beads, brushed, as she
+walked, the dew from the flowers upon the prairies.
+Her temper was gentle and her voice sweet.</p>
+
+<p>It may not be doubted that the beautiful Tatokah
+had many lovers; but the heart of the maiden was
+touched by none of the noble youths who sought
+her. She bade them all depart as they came; she
+rejected them all. With the perverseness which is
+often seen among women, she had placed her affections
+upon a youth who had distinguished himself
+by no valiant deeds in war, nor by industry or dexterity
+in the chase. His name had never reached
+the surrounding nations. His own nation knew
+him not, unless as a weak and imbecile man. He
+was poor in everything which constitutes the riches
+of Indian life. Who had heard the twanging of
+Karkapaha&rsquo;s bow in the retreat of the bear, or who
+had beheld the war-paint on his cheek or brow?
+Where were the scalps or the prisoners that betokened
+his valour or daring? No song of valiant
+exploits had been heard from his lips, for he had
+none to boast of&mdash;if he had done aught becoming a
+man, he had done it when none was by. The
+beautiful Tatokah, who knew and lamented the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>
+deficiencies of her lover, strove long to conquer her
+passion without success. At length, since her father
+would not agree to her union with her lover, the
+two agreed to fly together. The night fixed came,
+and they left the village of the Mahas and the lodge
+of Mahtoree for the wilderness.</p>
+
+<p>Their flight was not unmarked, and when the
+father was made acquainted with the disgrace which
+had befallen him, he called his young men around
+him, and bade them pursue the fugitives, promising
+his daughter to whomsoever should slay the Karkapaha.
+Immediately pursuit was made, and soon a
+hundred eager youths were on the track of the
+hapless pair. With that unerring skill and sagacity
+in discovering footprints which mark their race,
+their steps were tracked, and themselves soon discovered
+flying. What was the surprise of the pursuers
+when they found that the path taken by the
+hapless pair would carry them to the mountain of
+little spirits, and that they were sufficiently in advance
+to reach it before they could be overtaken.
+None of them durst venture within the supposed
+limits, and they halted till the White Crane should
+be informed of his daughter and her lover having
+placed themselves under the protection of the
+spirits.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime the lovers pursued their journey
+towards the fearful residence of the little people.
+Despair lent them courage to perform an act to which
+the stoutest Indian resolution had hitherto been
+unequal. They determined to tell their tale to the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>
+spirits and ask their protection. They were within
+a few feet of the hill when, on a sudden, its brow,
+on which no object had till now been visible,
+became covered with little people, the tallest of
+whom was not higher than the knee of the maiden,
+while many of them&mdash;but these were children&mdash;were
+of lower stature than the squirrel. Their voice was
+sharp and quick, like the barking of the prairie dog.
+A little wing came out at each shoulder; each had
+a single eye, which eye was to the right in the men,
+and to the left in the women, and their feet stood
+out at each side. They were armed like Indians,
+with tomahawks, spears, bows, and arrows. He
+who appeared to be the head chief&mdash;for he wore an
+air of command, and had the eagle feather&mdash;came up
+to the fugitives and said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why have you invaded the village of our race
+whose wrath has been so fatal to your people?
+How dare you venture within the limits of our residence?
+Know you not that your lives are forfeited?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Tatokah, for her lover had less than the heart of a
+doe and was speechless, related their story. She
+told them how they had loved, how wroth her
+father had been, how they had stolen away and
+been pursued, and concluded her tale of sorrow with
+a flood of tears. The little man who wore the eagle
+feather appeared moved by what she said, and
+calling around him a large number of men, who
+were doubtless the chiefs and counsellors of the
+nation, a long consultation took place. The result
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>
+was a determination to favour and protect the
+lovers.</p>
+
+<p>At this moment Shongotongo, or the Big Horse,
+one of the braves whom Mahtoree had despatched
+in quest of his daughter, appeared in view in pursuit
+of the fugitives. It was not till Mahtoree had
+taxed his courage that Big Horse had ventured on
+the perilous quest. He approached with the
+strength of heart and singleness of purpose which
+accompany an Indian warrior who deems the eyes
+of his nation upon him. When first the brave was
+discovered thus wantonly, and with no other purpose
+but the shedding of blood, intruding on the
+dominions of the spirits, no words can tell the rage
+which appeared to possess their bosoms. Secure in
+the knowledge of their power to repel the attacks
+of every living thing, the intrepid Maha was permitted
+to advance within a few steps of Karkapaha.
+He had just raised his spear to strike the unmanly
+lover, when, all at once, he found himself riveted to
+the ground. His feet refused to move, his hands
+hung powerless at his side, his tongue refused
+to utter a word. The bow and arrow fell from
+his hand, and his spear lay powerless. A little
+child, not so high as the fourth leaf of the thistle,
+came and spat on him, and a company of the spirits
+danced around him singing a taunting song. When
+they had thus finished their task of preparatory
+torture, a thousand little spirits drew their bows,
+and a thousand arrows pierced his heart. In a
+moment innumerable mattocks were employed in
+preparing him a grave, and he was hidden from the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span>
+eyes of the living ere Tatokah could have thrice
+counted over the fingers of her hand.</p>
+
+<p>When this was done, the chief of the little spirits
+called Karkapaha before him, and said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Maha, you have the heart of a doe. You would
+fly from a roused wren. We have not spared you
+because you deserve to be spared, but because the
+maiden loves you. It is for this purpose that we
+will give you the heart of a man, that you may
+return to the village of the Mahas, and find favour
+in the eyes of Mahtoree and the braves of the
+nation. We will take away your cowardly spirit,
+and will give you the spirit of the warrior whom we
+slew, whose heart was firm as a rock. Sleep, man
+of little soul, and wake to be better worthy the love
+of the beautiful Antelope.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then a deep sleep came over the Maha lover.
+How long he slept he knew not, but when he woke
+he felt at once that a change had taken place in his
+feelings and temper. The first thought that came
+to his mind was of a bow and arrow, the second was
+of the beautiful maiden who lay sleeping at his side.
+The little spirits had disappeared&mdash;not a solitary
+being of the many thousands who, but a few
+minutes before, had filled the air with their discordant
+cries was now to be seen or heard. At the
+feet of Karkapaha lay a tremendous bow, larger
+than any warrior ever yet used, a sheaf of arrows of
+proportionate size, and a spear of a weight which no
+Maha could wield. Karkapaha drew the bow as an
+Indian boy bends a willow twig, and the spear
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span>
+seemed in his hand but a reed or a feather. The
+shrill war-whoop burst unconsciously from his lips,
+and his nostrils seemed dilated with the fire and
+impatience of a newly-awakened courage. The
+heart of the fond Indian girl dissolved in tears when
+she saw these proofs of strength and these evidences
+of spirit which, she knew, if they were coupled with
+valour&mdash;and how could she doubt the completeness
+of the gift to effect the purposes of the giver?&mdash;would
+thaw the iced feelings of her father and tune
+his heart to the song of forgiveness. Yet it was not
+without many fears, tears, and misgivings on the
+part of the maiden that they began their journey to
+the Mahas village. The lover, now a stranger to
+fear, used his endeavours to quiet the beautiful
+Tatokah, and in some measure succeeded. Upon
+finding that his daughter and her lover had gone to
+the Hill of the Spirits, and that Shongotongo did
+not return from his perilous adventure, the chief of
+the Mahas had recalled his braves from the pursuit,
+and was listening to the history of the pair, as far as
+the returned warriors were acquainted with it, when
+his daughter and her lover made their appearance.
+With a bold and fearless step the once faint-hearted
+Karkapaha walked up to the offended father, and,
+folding his arms upon his breast, stood erect as a
+pine, and motionless as that tree when the winds of
+the earth are chained. It was the first time that
+Karkapaha had ever looked on angry men without
+trembling, and a demeanour so unusual in him
+excited universal surprise.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Karkapaha is a thief,&rdquo; said the White Crane.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is the father of Tatokah that says it,&rdquo; answered
+the lover, &ldquo;else would Karkapaha say it was the
+song of a bird that has flown over.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My warriors say it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your warriors are singing-birds; they are wrens.
+Karkapaha says they do not speak the truth. Karkapaha
+has a brave heart and the strength of a bear.
+Let the braves try him. He has thrown away the
+woman&rsquo;s heart, and become a man.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Karkapaha is changed,&rdquo; said the chief thoughtfully,
+&ldquo;but how and when?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Little Spirits of the mountain have given
+him a new soul. Bid your braves draw this bow.
+Bid them poise this spear. Their eyes say they can
+do neither. Then is Karkapaha the strong man of
+his tribe?&rdquo; As he said this he flourished the ponderous
+spear over his head as a man would poise a
+reed, and drew the bow as a child would bend a
+twig.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Karkapaha is the husband of Tatokah,&rdquo; said
+Mahtoree, springing to his feet, and he gave the
+maiden to her lover.</p>
+
+<p>The traditionary lore of the Mahas is full of the
+exploits, both in war and in the chase, of Karkapaha,
+who was made a man by the Spirits of the Mountain.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE WONDERFUL ROD.</h2>
+
+
+<p>The Choctaws had for many years found a home in
+regions beyond the Mountains of Snow, far away to
+the west of the Mississippi. They, however, decided,
+for some reason or other, to leave the place in which
+they dwelt, and the question then arose in what
+direction they should journey. Now, there was a
+jossakeed (priest) who had a wonderful rod, and
+he said that he would lead them.</p>
+
+<p>For many years, therefore, they travelled, being
+guided by him. He walked before them bearing
+the rod, and when night was come he put it upright
+in the earth, and the people encamped round it. In
+the morning they looked to see in what direction
+the rod pointed, for each night the rod left its
+upright position, and inclined one way or another.
+Day after day the rod was found pointing to the
+east, and thither the Choctaws accordingly bent
+their steps.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You must travel,&rdquo; said the jossakeed, &ldquo;as long
+as the rod directs you pointing to the direction in
+which you must go, but when the rod ceases to
+point, and stands upright, then you must live
+there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>
+So the people went on until they came to a hill,
+where they camped, having first put up the rod so
+that it did not lean at all. In the morning, when
+they went to see which direction the rod pointed
+out for them to take, they found it upright, and
+from it there grew branches bearing green leaves.
+Then they said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will stop here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So that became the centre of the land of the
+Choctaws.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE FUNERAL FIRE.</h2>
+
+
+<p>For several nights after the interment of a Chippewa
+a fire is kept burning upon the grave. This
+fire is lit in the evening, and carefully supplied with
+small sticks of dry wood, to keep up a bright but
+small fire. It is kept burning for several hours,
+generally until the usual hour of retiring to rest, and
+then suffered to go out. The fire is renewed for four
+nights, and sometimes for longer. The person who
+performs this pious office is generally a near relative
+of the deceased, or one who has been long intimate
+with him. The following tale is related as showing
+the origin of the custom.</p>
+
+<p>A small war party of Chippewas encountered
+their enemies upon an open plain, where a severe
+battle was fought. Their leader was a brave and
+distinguished warrior, but he never acted with
+greater bravery, or more distinguished himself by
+personal prowess, than on this occasion. After turning
+the tide of battle against his enemies, while
+shouting for victory, he received an arrow in his
+breast, and fell upon the plain. No warrior thus
+killed is ever buried, and according to ancient
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span>
+custom, the chief was placed in a sitting posture
+upon the field, his back supported by a tree, and
+his face turned towards the direction in which his
+enemies had fled. His headdress and equipment
+were accurately adjusted as if he were living, and
+his bow leaned against his shoulder. In this posture
+his companions left him. That he was dead appeared
+evident to all, but a strange thing had happened.
+Although deprived of speech and motion,
+the chief heard distinctly all that was said by his
+friends. He heard them lament his death without
+having the power to contradict it, and he felt their
+touch as they adjusted his posture, without having
+the power to reciprocate it. His anguish, when he
+felt himself thus abandoned, was extreme, and his
+wish to follow his friends on their return home so
+completely filled his mind, as he saw them one after
+another take leave of him and depart, that with a
+terrible effort he arose and followed them. His
+form, however, was invisible to them, and this aroused
+in him surprise, disappointment, and rage, which by
+turns took possession of him. He followed their
+track, however, with great diligence. Wherever
+they went he went, when they walked he walked,
+when they ran he ran, when they encamped he
+stopped with them, when they slept he slept, when
+they awoke he awoke. In short, he mingled in all
+their labours and toils, but he was excluded from all
+their sources of refreshment, except that of sleeping,
+and from the pleasures of participating in their conversation,
+for all that he said received no notice.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Is it possible,&rdquo; he cried, &ldquo;that you do not see
+me, that you do not hear me, that you do not understand
+me? Will you suffer me to bleed to death
+without offering to stanch my wounds? Will you
+permit me to starve while you eat around me? Have
+those whom I have so often led to war so soon forgotten
+me? Is there no one who recollects me, or
+who will offer me a morsel of food in my distress?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Thus he continued to upbraid his friends at every
+stage of the journey, but no one seemed to hear his
+words. If his voice was heard at all, it was mistaken
+for the rustling of the leaves in the wind.</p>
+
+<p>At length the returning party reached their village,
+and their women and children came out, according
+to custom, to welcome their return and proclaim
+their praises.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Kumaudjeewug! Kumaudjeewug! Kumaudjeewug!
+they have met, fought, and conquered!&rdquo; was
+shouted by every mouth, and the words resounded
+through the most distant parts of the village. Those
+who had lost friends came eagerly to inquire their
+fate, and to know whether they had died like men.
+The aged father consoled himself for the loss of his
+son with the reflection that he had fallen manfully,
+and the widow half forgot her sorrow amid the
+praises that were uttered of the bravery of her husband.
+The hearts of the youths glowed with martial
+ardour as they heard these flattering praises, and
+the children joined in the shouts, of which they
+scarcely knew the meaning. Amidst all this uproar
+and bustle no one seemed conscious of the presence
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>
+of the warrior-chief. He heard many inquiries made
+respecting his fate. He heard his companions tell
+how he had fought, conquered, and fallen, pierced
+by an arrow through his breast, and how he had
+been left behind among the slain on the field of
+battle.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is not true,&rdquo; declared the angry chief, &ldquo;that
+I was killed and left upon the field! I am here. I
+live; I move; see me; touch me. I shall again
+raise my spear in battle, and take my place in the
+feast.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Nobody, however, seemed conscious of his presence,
+and his voice was mistaken for the whispering
+of the wind.</p>
+
+<p>He now walked to his own lodge, and there he
+found his wife tearing her hair and lamenting over
+his fate. He endeavoured to undeceive her, but she,
+like the others, appeared to be insensible of his presence,
+and not to hear his voice. She sat in a
+despairing manner, with her head reclining on her
+hands. The chief asked her to bind up his wounds,
+but she made no reply. He placed his mouth close
+to her ear and shouted&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am hungry, give me some food!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The wife thought she heard a buzzing in her ear,
+and remarked it to one who sat by. The enraged
+husband now summoning all his strength, struck her
+a blow on the forehead. His wife raised her hand to
+her head, and said to her friend&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I feel a slight shooting pain in my head.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Foiled thus in every attempt to make himself
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span>
+known, the warrior-chief began to reflect upon what
+he had heard in his youth, to the effect that the
+spirit was sometimes permitted to leave the body
+and wander about. He concluded that possibly his
+body might have remained upon the field of battle,
+while his spirit only accompanied his returning
+friends. He determined to return to the field,
+although it was four days&rsquo; journey away. He accordingly
+set out upon his way. For three days he
+pursued his way without meeting anything uncommon;
+but on the fourth, towards evening, as he
+came to the skirts of the battlefield, he saw a fire in
+the path before him. He walked to one side to
+avoid stepping into it, but the fire also changed its
+position, and was still before him. He then went
+in another direction, but the mysterious fire still
+crossed his path, and seemed to bar his entrance to
+the scene of the conflict. In short, whichever way
+he took, the fire was still before him,&mdash;no expedient
+seemed to avail him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thou demon!&rdquo; he exclaimed at length, &ldquo;why
+dost thou bar my approach to the field of battle?
+Knowest thou not that I am a spirit also, and that I
+seek again to enter my body? Dost thou presume
+that I shall return without effecting my object?
+Know that I have never been defeated by the
+enemies of my nation, and will not be defeated by
+thee!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So saying, he made a sudden effort and jumped
+through the flame. No sooner had he done so than
+he found himself sitting on the ground, with his
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span>
+back supported by a tree, his bow leaning against
+his shoulder, all his warlike dress and arms upon
+his body, just as they had been left by his friends
+on the day of battle. Looking up he beheld a large
+canicu, or war eagle, sitting in the tree above his
+head. He immediately recognised this bird to be
+the same as he had once dreamt of in his youth&mdash;the
+one he had chosen as his guardian spirit, or personal
+manito. This eagle had carefully watched
+his body and prevented other ravenous birds from
+touching it.</p>
+
+<p>The chief got up and stood upon his feet, but he
+felt himself weak and much exhausted. The blood
+upon his wound had stanched itself, and he now
+bound it up. He possessed a knowledge of such
+roots as have healing properties, and these he carefully
+sought in the woods. Having found some, he
+pounded some of them between stones and applied
+them externally. Others he chewed and swallowed.
+In a short time he found himself so much recovered
+as to be able to commence his journey, but he suffered
+greatly from hunger, not seeing any large
+animals that he might kill. However, he succeeded
+in killing some small birds with his bow and arrow,
+and these he roasted before a fire at night.</p>
+
+<p>In this way he sustained himself until he came
+to a river that separated his wife and friends from
+him. He stood upon the bank and gave that peculiar
+whoop which is a signal of the return of a friend.
+The sound was immediately heard, and a canoe was
+despatched to bring him over, and in a short time,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span>
+amidst the shouts of his friends and relations, who
+thronged from every side to see the arrival, the
+warrior-chief was landed.</p>
+
+<p>When the first wild bursts of wonder and joy had
+subsided, and some degree of quiet had been restored
+to the village, he related to his people the
+account of his adventures. He concluded his narrative
+by telling them that it is pleasing to the spirit
+of a deceased person to have a fire built upon the
+grave for four nights after his burial; that it is four
+days&rsquo; journey to the land appointed for the residence
+of the spirits; that in its journey thither the spirit
+stands in need of a fire every night at the place of
+its encampment; and that if the friends kindle this
+fire upon the spot where the body is laid, the spirit
+has the benefit of its light and warmth on its path,
+while if the friends neglect to do this, the spirit is
+subjected to the irksome task of making its own fire
+each night.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE LEGEND OF O-NA-WUT-A-QUT-O.</h2>
+
+
+<p>A long time ago there lived an aged Odjibwa and
+his wife on the shores of Lake Huron. They had
+an only son, a very beautiful boy, named O-na-wut-a-qut-o,
+or He that catches the clouds. The family
+were of the totem of the beaver. The parents were
+very proud of their son, and wished to make him a
+celebrated man; but when he reached the proper
+age he would not submit to the We-koon-de-win, or
+fast. When this time arrived they gave him charcoal
+instead of his breakfast, but he would not
+blacken his face. If they denied him food he sought
+bird&rsquo;s eggs along the shore, or picked up the heads
+of fish that had been cast away, and broiled them.
+One day they took away violently the food he had
+prepared, and cast him some coals in place of it.
+This act decided him. He took the coals and blackened
+his face and went out of the lodge. He did
+not return, but lay down without to sleep. As he
+lay, a very beautiful girl came down from the clouds
+and stood by his side.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O-na-wut-a-qut-o,&rdquo; she said, &ldquo;I am come for you.
+Follow in my footsteps.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span>
+The young man rose and did as he was bid. Presently
+he found himself ascending above the tops of
+the trees, and gradually he mounted up step by step
+into the air, and through the clouds. At length
+his guide led him through an opening, and he found
+himself standing with her on a beautiful plain.</p>
+
+<p>A path led to a splendid lodge, into which O-na-wut-a-qut-o
+followed his guide. It was large, and
+divided into two parts. At one end he saw bows
+and arrows, clubs and spears, and various warlike
+instruments tipped with silver. At the other end
+were things exclusively belonging to women. This
+was the house of his fair guide, and he saw that she
+had on a frame a broad rich belt of many colours
+that she was weaving.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My brother is coming,&rdquo; she said, &ldquo;and I must
+hide you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Putting him in one corner she spread the belt over
+him, and presently the brother came in very richly
+dressed, and shining as if he had points of silver all
+over him. He took down from the wall a splendid
+pipe, and a bag in which was a-pa-ko-ze-gun, or
+smoking mixture. When he had finished smoking,
+he laid his pipe aside, and said to his sister&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nemissa,&rdquo; (elder sister) &ldquo;when will you quit these
+practices? Do you forget that the greatest of the
+spirits has commanded that you shall not take away
+the children from below? Perhaps you think you
+have concealed O-na-wut-a-qut-o, but do I not know
+of his coming? If you would not offend me, send
+him back at once.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span>
+These words did not, however, alter his sister&rsquo;s
+purpose. She would not send him back, and her
+brother, finding that she was determined, called O-na-wut-a-qut-o
+from his hiding-place.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come out of your concealment,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;and
+walk about and amuse yourself. You will grow
+hungry if you remain there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At these words O-na-wut-a-qut-o came forth from
+under the belt, and the brother presented a bow and
+arrows, with a pipe of red stone, richly ornamented,
+to him. In this way he gave his consent to O-na-wut-a-qut-o&rsquo;s
+marriage with his sister, and from that
+time the youth and the girl became husband and
+wife.</p>
+
+<p>O-na-wut-a-qut-o found everything exceedingly
+fair and beautiful around him, but he found no other
+people besides his wife and her brother. There were
+flowers on the plains, there were bright and sparkling
+streams, there were green valleys and pleasant
+trees, there were gay birds and beautiful animals,
+very different from those he had been accustomed
+to. There was also day and night as on the earth,
+but he observed that every morning the brother
+regularly left the lodge and remained absent all day,
+and every evening his sister departed, but generally
+for only a part of the night.</p>
+
+<p>O-na-wut-a-qut-o was curious to solve this mystery,
+and obtained the brother&rsquo;s consent to accompany
+him in one of his daily journeys. They
+travelled over a smooth plain which seemed to
+stretch to illimitable distances all around. At
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>
+length O-na-wut-a-qut-o felt the gnawings of hunger
+and asked his companion if there was no game
+about.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Patience, my brother,&rdquo; replied he; &ldquo;we shall
+soon reach the spot where I eat my dinner, and you
+will then see how I am provided.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After walking on a long time they came to a place
+where several fine mats were spread, and there they
+sat down to refresh themselves. At this place there
+was a hole in the sky and O-na-wut-a-qut-o, at his
+companion&rsquo;s request, looked through it down upon
+the earth. He saw below the great lakes and the
+villages of the Indians. In one place he saw a war-party
+stealing on the camp of their enemies. In
+another he saw feasting and dancing. On a green
+plain some young men were playing at ball, and
+along the banks of a stream were women employed
+in gathering the a-puk-wa for mats.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you see,&rdquo; asked the brother, &ldquo;that group of
+children playing beside a lodge? Observe that
+beautiful and active lad,&rdquo; said he, at the same time
+darting something from his hand. The child immediately
+fell on the ground, and was carried by his
+companions into the lodge.</p>
+
+<p>O-na-wut-a-qut-o and his companion watched and
+saw the people below gathering about the lodge.
+They listened to the she-she-gwau of the meeta, to
+the song he sang asking that the child&rsquo;s life might
+be spared. To this request O-na-wut-a-qut-o&rsquo;s companion
+made answer&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Send me up the sacrifice of a white dog.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>
+A feast was immediately ordered by the parents
+of the child. The white dog was killed, his carcass
+was roasted, all the wise men and medicine-men of
+the village assembling to witness the ceremony.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There are many below,&rdquo; said O-na-wut-a-qut-o&rsquo;s
+companion, &ldquo;whom you call great in medical skill.
+They are so, because their ears are open; and they
+are able to succeed, because when I call they hear
+my voice. When I have struck one with sickness
+they direct the people to look to me, and when they
+make me the offering I ask, I remove my hand from
+off the sick person and he becomes well.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>While he was saying this, the feast below had
+been served. Then the master of the feast said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We send this to thee, Great Manito,&rdquo; and immediately
+the roasted animal came up. Thus O-na-wut-a-qut-o
+and his companion got their dinner, and
+after they had eaten they returned to the lodge by
+a different path.</p>
+
+<p>In this manner they lived for some time, but at
+last the youth got weary of the life. He thought of
+his friends, and wished to go back to them. He
+could not forget his native village and his father&rsquo;s
+lodge, and he asked his wife&rsquo;s permission to return.
+After some persuasion she consented.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Since you are better pleased,&rdquo; she said, &ldquo;with
+the cares and ills and poverty of the world, than
+with the peaceful delights of the sky and its boundless
+prairies, go. I give you my permission, and
+since I have brought you hither I will conduct you
+back. Remember, however, that you are still my
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span>
+husband. I hold a chain in my hand by which I
+can, whenever I will, draw you back to me. My
+power over you will be in no way diminished. Beware,
+therefore, how you venture to take a wife
+among the people below. Should you ever do so,
+you will feel what a grievous thing it is to arouse
+my anger.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>As she uttered these words her eyes sparkled, and
+she drew herself up with a majestic air. In the
+same moment O-na-wut-a-qut-o awoke. He found
+himself on the ground near his father&rsquo;s lodge, on the
+very spot where he had thrown himself down to
+sleep. Instead of the brighter beings of a higher
+world, he found around him his parents and their
+friends. His mother told him that he had been
+absent a year. For some time O-na-wut-a-qut-o
+remained gloomy and silent, but by degrees he
+recovered his spirits, and he began to doubt the
+reality of all he had seen and heard above. At last
+he even ventured to marry a beautiful girl of his
+own tribe. But within four days she died. Still
+he was forgetful of his first wife&rsquo;s command, and he
+married again. Then one night he left his lodge, to
+which he never returned. His wife, it is believed,
+recalled him to the sky, where he still dwells, walking
+the vast plains.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span></p>
+<h2>MANABOZHO IN THE FISH&rsquo;S STOMACH.</h2>
+
+
+<p>One day Manabozho said to his grandmother&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Noko, get cedar bark and make me a line whilst
+I make a canoe.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>When all was ready he went out to the middle of
+the lake a-fishing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Me-she-nah-ma-gwai (king-fish),&rdquo; said he, letting
+down his line, &ldquo;take hold of my bait.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He kept repeating these words some time; at last
+the king-fish said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What a trouble Manabozho is! Here, trout, take
+hold of his line.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The trout did as he was bid, and Manabozho drew
+up his line, the trout&rsquo;s weight being so great that the
+canoe was nearly overturned. Till he saw the trout
+Manabozho kept crying out&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Wha-ee-he! wha-ee-he!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>As soon as he saw him he said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why did you take hold of my hook? Esa, esa!
+shame, shame! you ugly fish.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The trout, being thus rebuked, let go.</p>
+
+<p>Manabozho let down his line again into the water,
+saying&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span>
+&ldquo;King-fish, take hold of my line.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What a trouble Manabozho is!&rdquo; cried the king-fish.
+&ldquo;Sun-fish, take hold of his line.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The sun-fish did as he was bid, and Manabozho
+drew him up, crying as he did so&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Wha-ee-he! wha-ee-he!&rdquo; while the canoe turned
+in swift circles.</p>
+
+<p>When he saw the sun-fish, he cried&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Esa, esa! you odious fish! why did you dirty
+my hook by taking it in your mouth? Let go, I say,
+let go.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The sun-fish did as he was bid, and on his return
+to the bottom of the lake told the king-fish what
+Manabozho had said. Just then the bait was let
+down again near to the king, and Manabozho was
+heard crying out&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Me-she-nah-ma-gwai, take hold of my hook.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The king-fish did so, and allowed himself to be
+dragged to the surface, which he had no sooner
+reached than he swallowed Manabozho and his canoe
+at one gulp. When Manabozho came to himself he
+found he was in his canoe in the fish&rsquo;s stomach. He
+now began to think how he should escape. Looking
+about him, he saw his war-club in his canoe, and with
+it he immediately struck the heart of the fish. Then
+he felt as though the fish was moving with great
+velocity. The king-fish observed to his friends&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I feel very unwell for having swallowed that
+nasty fellow Manabozho.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At that moment he received another more severe
+blow on the heart. Manabozho thought, &ldquo;If I am
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span>
+thrown up in the middle of the lake I shall be
+drowned, so I must prevent it.&rdquo; So he drew his
+canoe and placed it across the fish&rsquo;s throat, and just
+as he had finished doing this the king-fish tried to
+cast him out.</p>
+
+<p>Manabozho now found that he had a companion
+with him. This was a squirrel that had been in his
+canoe. The squirrel helped him to place the canoe
+in the proper position, and Manabozho, being grateful
+to it, said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For the future you shall be called Ajidanneo
+(animal tail).&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then he recommenced his attack on the king-fish&rsquo;s
+heart, and by repeated blows he at last succeeded in
+killing him. He could tell that he had effected this
+by the stoppage of the fish&rsquo;s motion, and he could
+also hear the body beating against the shore.
+Manabozho waited a day to see what would happen.
+Then he heard birds scratching on the body, and all
+at once the rays of light broke in. He could now
+see the heads of the gulls, which were looking in at
+the opening they had made.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh!&rdquo; cried Manabozho, &ldquo;my younger brothers,
+make the opening larger, so that I can get out.&rdquo; The
+gulls then told one another that Manabozho was
+inside the fish, and, setting to work at once to enlarge
+the hole, they, in a short time, set him free. After
+he got out Manabozho said to the gulls&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For the future you shall be called Kayoshk
+(noble scratchers), for your kindness to me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE SUN AND THE MOON.</h2>
+
+
+<p>There were once ten brothers who hunted together,
+and at night they occupied the same lodge. One
+day, after they had been hunting, coming home they
+found sitting inside the lodge near the door a
+beautiful woman. She appeared to be a stranger,
+and was so lovely that all the hunters loved her, and
+as she could only be the wife of one, they agreed that
+he should have her who was most successful in the
+next day&rsquo;s hunt. Accordingly, the next day, they
+each took different ways, and hunted till the sun
+went down, when they met at the lodge. Nine of
+the hunters had found nothing, but the youngest
+brought home a deer, so the woman was given to
+him for his wife.</p>
+
+<p>The hunter had not been married more than a
+year when he was seized with sickness and died.
+Then the next brother took the girl for his wife.
+Shortly after he died also, and the woman married
+the next brother. In a short time all the brothers
+died save the eldest, and he married the girl. She
+did not, however, love him, for he was of a churlish
+disposition, and one day it came into the woman&rsquo;s
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>
+head that she would leave him and see what fortune
+she would meet with in the world. So she went,
+taking only a dog with her, and travelled all day.
+She went on and on, but towards evening she heard
+some one coming after her who, she imagined, must
+be her husband. In great fear she knew not which
+way to turn, when she perceived a hole in the ground
+before her. There she thought she might hide
+herself, and entering it with her dog she suddenly
+found herself going lower and lower, until she passed
+through the earth and came up on the other side.
+Near to her there was a lake, and a man fishing in it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My grandfather,&rdquo; cried the woman, &ldquo;I am pursued
+by a spirit.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Leave me,&rdquo; cried Manabozho, for it was he,
+&ldquo;leave me. Let me be quiet.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The woman still begged him to protect her, and
+Manabozho at length said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go that way, and you shall be safe.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Hardly had she disappeared when the husband,
+who had discovered the hole by which his wife had
+descended, came on the scene.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell me,&rdquo; said he to Manabozho, &ldquo;where has the
+woman gone?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Leave me,&rdquo; cried Manabozho, &ldquo;don&rsquo;t trouble me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell me,&rdquo; said the man, &ldquo;where is the woman?&rdquo;
+Manabozho was silent, and the husband, at last
+getting angry, abused him with all his might.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The woman went that way,&rdquo; said Manabozho at
+last. &ldquo;Run after her, but you shall never catch
+her, and you shall be called Gizhigooke (day sun),
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span>
+and the woman shall be called Tibikgizis (night
+sun).&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So the man went on running after his wife to the
+west, but he has never caught her, and he pursues
+her to this day.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE SNAIL AND THE BEAVER.</h2>
+
+
+<p>The father of the Osage nation was a snail. It was
+when the earth was young and little. It was before
+the rivers had become wide or long, or the mountains
+lifted their peaks above the clouds, that the snail
+found himself passing a quiet existence on the banks
+of the River Missouri. His wants and wishes were
+but few, and well supplied, and he was happy.</p>
+
+<p>At length the region of the Missouri was visited by
+one of those great storms which so often scatter desolation
+over it, and the river, swollen by the melted snow
+and ice from the mountains, swept away everything
+from its banks, and among other things the drowsy
+snail. Upon a log he drifted down many a day&rsquo;s
+journey, till the river, subsiding, left him and his log
+upon the banks of the River of Fish. He was left in
+the slime, and the hot sun beamed fiercely upon him
+till he became baked to the earth and found himself
+incapable of moving. Gradually he grew in size and
+stature, and his form experienced a new change, till
+at length what was once a snail creeping on the earth
+ripened into man, erect, tall, and stately. For a
+long time after his change to a human being he
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span>
+remained stupefied, not knowing what he was or by
+what means to sustain life. At length recollection
+returned to him. He remembered that he was once
+a snail and dwelt upon another river. He became
+animated with a wish to return to his old haunts,
+and accordingly directed his steps towards those parts
+from which he had been removed. Hunger now
+began to prey upon him, and bade fair to close his
+eyes before he should again behold his beloved haunts
+on the banks of the river. The beasts of the forest
+were many, but their speed outstripped his. The
+birds of the air fluttered upon sprays beyond his
+reach, and the fish gliding through the waves at his
+feet were nimbler than he and eluded his grasp.
+Each moment he grew weaker, the films gathered
+before his eyes, and in his ears there rang sounds
+like the whistling of winds through the woods in
+the month before the snows. At length, wearied and
+exhausted, he laid himself down upon a grassy bank.</p>
+
+<p>As he lay the Great Spirit appeared to him and
+asked&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why does he who is the kernel of the snail look
+terrified, and why is he faint and weary?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That I tremble,&rdquo; answered he, &ldquo;is because I fear
+thy power. That I faint is because I lack food.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;As regards thy trembling,&rdquo; answered the Great
+Spirit, &ldquo;be composed. Art thou hungry?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have eaten nothing,&rdquo; replied the man, &ldquo;since
+I ceased to be a snail.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Upon hearing this the Great Spirit drew from
+under his robe a bow and arrow, and bade the man
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span>
+observe what he did with it. On the topmost bough
+of a lofty tree sat a beautiful bird, singing and
+fluttering among the red leaves. He placed an arrow
+on the bow, and, letting fly, the bird fell down upon
+the earth. A deer was seen afar off browsing.
+Again the archer bent his bow and the animal lay
+dead, food for the son of the snail.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There are victuals for you,&rdquo; said the Spirit,
+&ldquo;enough to last you till your strength enables you
+to beat up the haunts of the deer and the moose,
+and here is the bow and arrow.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Great Spirit also taught the man how to skin
+the deer, and clothed him with the skin. Having
+done this, and having given the beasts, fishes,
+and all feathered creatures to him for his food and
+raiment, he bade the man farewell and took his
+departure.</p>
+
+<p>Strengthened and invigorated, the man pursued
+his journey towards the old spot. He soon stood
+upon the banks of his beloved river. A few more
+suns and he would sit down upon the very spot
+where for so many seasons he had crawled on the
+slimy leaf, so often dragged himself lazily over the
+muddy pool. He had seated himself upon the bank
+of the river, and was meditating deeply on these
+things, when up crept from the water a beaver, who,
+addressing him, said in an angry tone&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who are you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am a snail,&rdquo; replied the Snail-Man. &ldquo;Who
+are you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am head warrior of the nation of beavers,&rdquo;
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span>
+answered the other. &ldquo;By what authority have you
+come to disturb my possession of this river, which
+is my dominion?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is not your river,&rdquo; replied the Wasbasha.
+&ldquo;The Great Being, who is over man and beast, has
+given it to me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The beaver was at first incredulous; but at length,
+convinced that what the man said was true, he invited
+him to accompany him to his home. The
+man agreed, and went with him till they came to a
+number of small cabins, into the largest of which
+the beaver conducted him. He invited the man to
+take food with him, and while the beaver&rsquo;s wife and
+daughter were preparing the feast, he entertained
+his guest with an account of his people&rsquo;s habits of
+life. Soon the wife and daughter made their appearance
+with the food, and sitting down the Snail-Man
+was soon at his ease amongst them. He was
+not, however, so occupied with the banquet that he
+had not time to be enchanted with the beauty of
+the beaver&rsquo;s daughter; and when the visit was
+drawing to a close, so much was he in love, that he
+asked the beaver to give her to him for his wife. The
+beaver-chief consented, and the marriage was celebrated
+by a feast, to which all the beavers, and the
+animals with whom they had friendly relations,
+were invited. From this union of the Snail-Man
+and the Beaver-Maid sprang the tribe of the
+Osages,&mdash;at least so it is related by the old men of
+the tribe.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE STRANGE GUESTS.</h2>
+
+
+<p>Many years ago there lived, near the borders of
+Lake Superior, a noted hunter, who had a wife and
+one child. His lodge stood in a remote part of the
+forest, several days&rsquo; journey from that of any other
+person. He spent his days in hunting, and his
+evenings in relating to his wife the incidents that
+had befallen him in the chase. As game was very
+abundant, he seldom failed to bring home in the
+evening an ample store of meat to last them until
+the succeeding evening; and while they were seated
+by the fire in his lodge partaking the fruits of his
+day&rsquo;s labour, he entertained his wife with conversation,
+or by occasionally relating those tales, or enforcing
+those precepts, which every good Indian
+esteems necessary for the instruction of his wife
+and children. Thus, far removed from all sources
+of disquiet, surrounded by all they deemed necessary
+to their comfort, and happy in one another&rsquo;s
+society, their lives passed away in cheerful solitude
+and sweet contentment. The breast of the hunter
+had never felt the compunctions of remorse, for he
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span>
+was a just man in all his dealings. He had never
+violated the laws of his tribe by encroaching upon
+the hunting-grounds of his neighbours, by taking
+that which did not belong to him, or by any act
+calculated to displease the village chiefs or offend
+the Great Spirit. His chief ambition was to support
+his family with a sufficiency of food and skins by
+his own unaided exertions, and to share their happiness
+around his cheerful fire at night. The white
+man had not yet taught them that blankets and
+clothes were necessary to their comfort, or that
+guns could be used in the killing of game.</p>
+
+<p>The life of the Chippewa hunter peacefully glided
+away.</p>
+
+<p>One evening during the winter season, it chanced
+that he remained out later than usual, and his wife
+sat lonely in the lodge, and began to be agitated
+with fears lest some accident had befallen him.
+Darkness had already fallen. She listened attentively
+to hear the sound of coming footsteps; but
+nothing could be heard but the wind mournfully
+whistling around the sides of the lodge. Time
+passed away while she remained in this state of
+suspense, every moment augmenting her fears and
+adding to her disappointment.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly she heard the sound of approaching
+footsteps upon the frozen surface of the snow. Not
+doubting that it was her husband, she quickly unfastened
+the loop which held, by an inner fastening,
+the skin door of the lodge, and throwing it open
+she saw two strange women standing before it.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span>
+Courtesy left the hunter&rsquo;s wife no time for deliberation.
+She invited the strangers to enter and warm
+themselves, thinking, from the distance to the
+nearest neighbours, they must have walked a considerable
+way. When they were entered she invited
+them to remain. They seemed to be total
+strangers to that part of the country, and the more
+closely she observed them the more curious the hunter&rsquo;s
+wife became respecting her guests.</p>
+
+<p>No efforts could induce them to come near the
+fire. They took their seats in a remote part of the
+lodge, and drew their garments about them in such
+a manner as to almost completely hide their faces.
+They seemed shy and reserved, and when a glimpse
+could be had of their faces they appeared pale, even
+of a deathly hue. Their eyes were bright but
+sunken: their cheek-bones were prominent, and
+their persons slender and emaciated.</p>
+
+<p>Seeing that her guests avoided conversation as
+well as observation, the woman forbore to question
+them, and sat in silence until her husband entered.
+He had been led further than usual in the pursuit
+of game, but had returned with the carcass of a
+large and fat deer. The moment he entered the
+lodge, the mysterious women exclaimed&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Behold! what a fine and fat animal!&rdquo; and they
+immediately ran and pulled off pieces of the whitest
+fat, which they ate with avidity.</p>
+
+<p>Such conduct appeared very strange to the hunter,
+but supposing the strangers had been a long time
+without food, he made no remark; and his wife,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span>
+taking example from her husband, likewise restrained
+herself.</p>
+
+<p>On the following evening the same scene was
+repeated. The hunter brought home the best portions
+of the game he had killed, and while he was
+laying it down before his wife, according to custom,
+the two strange women came quickly up, tore off
+large pieces of fat, and ate them with greediness.
+Such behaviour might well have aroused the hunter&rsquo;s
+displeasure; but the deference due to strange guests
+induced him to pass it over in silence.</p>
+
+<p>Observing the parts to which the strangers were
+most partial, the hunter resolved the next day to
+anticipate their wants by cutting off and tying up a
+portion of the fat for each. This he did: and having
+placed the two portions of fat upon the top of his
+burden, as soon as he entered the lodge he gave to
+each stranger the part that was hers. Still the
+guests appeared to be dissatisfied, and took more
+from the carcass lying before the wife.</p>
+
+<p>Except for this remarkable behaviour, the conduct
+of the guests was unexceptionable, although marked
+by some peculiarities. They were quiet, modest,
+and discreet. They maintained a cautious silence
+during the day, neither uttering a word nor moving
+from the lodge. At night they would get up, and,
+taking those implements which were then used in
+breaking and preparing wood, repair to the forest.
+Here they would busy themselves in seeking dry
+branches and pieces of trees blown down by the
+wind. When a sufficient quantity had been gathered
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span>
+to last until the succeeding night they carried it
+home upon their shoulders. Then carefully putting
+everything in its place within the lodge, they resumed
+their seats and their studied silence. They
+were always careful to return from their labours
+before the dawn of day, and were never known to
+stay out beyond that hour. In this manner they
+repaid, in some measure, the kindness of the hunter,
+and relieved his wife from one of her most laborious
+duties.</p>
+
+<p>Thus nearly the whole year passed away, every
+day leading to some new development of character
+which served to endear the parties to each other.
+The visitors began to assume a more hale and
+healthy aspect; their faces daily lost something
+of that deathly hue which had at first marked them,
+and they visibly improved in strength, and threw
+off some of that cold reserve and forbidding austerity
+which had kept the hunter so long in ignorance of
+their true character.</p>
+
+<p>One evening the hunter returned very late after
+having spent the day in toilsome exertion, and having
+laid the produce of his hunt at his wife&rsquo;s feet,
+the silent women seized it and began to tear off the
+fat in such an unceremonious manner that the wife
+could no longer control her feelings of disgust, and
+said to herself&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is really too bad. How can I bear it any
+longer!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>She did not, however, put her thought into words,
+but an immediate change was observed in the two
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span>
+visitors. They became unusually reserved, and
+showed evident signs of being uneasy in their situation.
+The good hunter immediately perceived this
+change, and, fearful that they had taken offence, as
+soon as they had retired demanded of his wife
+whether any harsh expression had escaped her lips
+during the day. She replied that she had uttered
+nothing to give the least offence. The hunter tried
+to compose himself to sleep, but he felt restive and
+uneasy, for he could hear the sighs and lamentations
+of the two strangers. Every moment added to his
+conviction that his guests had taken some deep
+offence; and, as he could not banish this idea from
+his mind, he arose, and, going to the strangers, thus
+addressed them&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell me, ye women, what is it that causes you
+pain of mind, and makes you utter these unceasing
+sighs? Has my wife given you any cause of offence
+during the day while I was absent in the chase?
+My fears persuade me that, in some unguarded
+moment, she has forgotten what is due to the rights
+of hospitality, and used expressions ill-befitting the
+mysterious character you sustain. Tell me, ye
+strangers from a strange country, ye women who
+appear not to be of this world, what it is that causes
+you pain of mind, and makes you utter these unceasing
+sighs.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They replied that no unkind expression had ever
+been used towards them during their residence in
+the lodge, that they had received all the affectionate
+attention they could reasonably expect.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>
+&ldquo;It is not for ourselves,&rdquo; they continued, &ldquo;it is
+not for ourselves that we weep. We are weeping
+for the fate of mankind; we are weeping for the
+fate of mortals whom Death awaits at every stage of
+their existence. Proud mortals, whom disease
+attacks in youth and in age. Vain men, whom
+hunger pinches, cold benumbs, and poverty emaciates.
+Weak beings, who are born in tears, who
+are nurtured in tears, and whose whole course is
+marked upon the thirsty sands of life in a broad line
+of tears. It is for these we weep.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have spoken truly, brother; we are not of
+this world. We are spirits from the land of the
+dead, sent upon the earth to try the sincerity
+of the living. It is not for the dead but for the
+living that we mourn. It was by no means necessary
+that your wife should express her thoughts
+to us. We knew them as soon as they were formed.
+We saw that for once displeasure had arisen in her
+heart. It is enough. Our mission is ended. We
+came but to try you, and we knew before we came
+that you were a kind husband, an affectionate father,
+and a good friend. Still, you have the weaknesses
+of a mortal, and your wife is wanting in our eyes;
+but it is not alone for you we weep, it is for the fate
+of mankind.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Often, very often, has the widower exclaimed,
+&lsquo;O Death, how cruel, how relentless thou art to take
+away my beloved friend in the spring of her youth,
+in the pride of her strength, and in the bloom of her
+beauty! If thou wilt permit her once more to
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>
+return to my abode, my gratitude shall never cease;
+I will raise up my voice continually to thank the
+Master of Life for so excellent a boon. I will devote
+my time to study how I can best promote her happiness
+while she is permitted to remain; and our
+lives shall roll away like a pleasant stream through
+a flowing valley!&rsquo; Thus also has the father prayed
+for his son, the mother for her daughter, the wife
+for her husband, the sister for her brother, the lover
+for his mistress, the friend for his bosom companion,
+until the sounds of mourning and the cries of the
+living have pierced the very recesses of the dead.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Great Spirit has at length consented to make
+a trial of the sincerity of these prayers by sending
+us upon the earth. He has done this to see how we
+should be received,&mdash;coming as strangers, no one
+knowing from where. Three moons were allotted to
+us to make the trial, and if, during that time, no
+impatience had been evinced, no angry passions
+excited at the place where we took up our abode,
+all those in the land of spirits, whom their relatives
+had desired to return, would have been restored.
+More than two moons have already passed, and as
+soon as the leaves began to bud our mission would
+have been successfully terminated. It is now too
+late. Our trial is finished, and we are called to the
+pleasant fields whence we came.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Brother, it is proper that one man should die to
+make room for another. Otherwise, the world would
+be filled to overflowing. It is just that the goods
+gathered by one should be left to be divided among
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span>
+others; for in the land of spirits there is no want,
+there is neither sorrow nor hunger, pain nor death.
+Pleasant fields, filled with game spread before the
+eye, with birds of beautiful form. Every stream has
+good fish in it, and every hill is crowned with groves
+of fruit-trees, sweet and pleasant to the taste. It is
+not here, brother, but there that men begin truly to
+live. It is not for those who rejoice in those pleasant
+groves but for you that are left behind that we weep.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Brother, take our thanks for your hospitable
+treatment. Regret not our departure. Fear not
+evil. Thy luck shall still be good in the chase, and
+there shall ever be a bright sky over thy lodge.
+Mourn not for us, for no corn will spring up from
+tears.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The spirits ceased, but the hunter had no power
+over his voice to reply. As they had proceeded in
+their address he saw a light gradually beaming from
+their faces, and a blue vapour filled the lodge with
+an unnatural light. As soon as they ceased, darkness
+gradually closed around. The hunter listened,
+but the sobs of the spirits had ceased. He heard
+the door of his tent open and shut, but he never
+saw more of his mysterious visitors.</p>
+
+<p>The success promised him was his. He became a
+celebrated hunter, and never wanted for anything
+necessary to his ease. He became the father of
+many boys, all of whom grew up to manhood, and
+health, peace, and long life were the rewards of his
+hospitality.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span></p>
+<h2>MANABOZHO AND HIS TOE.</h2>
+
+
+<p>Manabozho was so powerful that he began to think
+there was nothing he could not do. Very wonderful
+were many of his feats, and he grew more conceited
+day by day. Now it chanced that one day he was
+walking about amusing himself by exercising his
+extraordinary powers, and at length he came to an
+encampment where one of the first things he noticed
+was a child lying in the sunshine, curled up with its
+toe in its mouth.</p>
+
+<p>Manabozho looked at the child for some time, and
+wondered at its extraordinary posture.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have never seen a child before lie like that,&rdquo;
+said he to himself, &ldquo;but I could lie like it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So saying, he put himself down beside the child,
+and, taking his right foot in his hand, drew it towards
+his mouth. When he had brought it as near as he
+could it was yet a considerable distance away from
+his lips.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will try the left foot,&rdquo; said Manabozho. He
+did so and found that he was no better off, neither
+of his feet could he get to his mouth. He curled
+and twisted, and bent his large limbs, and gnashed
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span>
+his teeth in rage to find that he could not get his toe
+to his mouth. All, however, was vain.</p>
+
+<p>At length he rose, worn out with his exertions and
+passion, and walked slowly away in a very ill
+humour, which was not lessened by the sound of
+the child&rsquo;s laughter, for Manabozho&rsquo;s efforts had
+awakened it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, ah!&rdquo; said Manabozho, &ldquo;shall I be mocked
+by a child?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He did not, however, revenge himself on his
+victor, but on his way homeward, meeting a boy
+who did not treat him with proper respect, he
+transformed him into a cedar-tree.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;At least,&rdquo; said Manabozho, &ldquo;I can do something.&rdquo;</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE GIRL WHO BECAME A BIRD.</h2>
+
+
+<p>The father of Ran-che-wai-me, the flying pigeon of
+the Wisconsin, would not hear of her wedding Wai-o-naisa,
+the young chief who had long sought her in
+marriage. The maiden, however, true to her plighted
+faith, still continued to meet him every evening upon
+one of the tufted islets which stud the river in great
+profusion. Nightly, through the long months of
+summer, did the lovers keep their tryst, parting only
+after each meeting more and more endeared to each
+other.</p>
+
+<p>At length Wai-o-naisa was ordered off upon a
+secret expedition against the Sioux, and so sudden
+was his departure that he had no opportunity of
+bidding farewell to his betrothed. The band of
+warriors to which he was attached was a long while
+absent, and one day there came the news that Wai-o-naisa
+had fallen in a fight with the Menomones.</p>
+
+<p>Ran-che-wai-me was inconsolable, but she dared
+not show her grief before her parents, and the only
+relief she could find from her sorrow was to swim
+over by starlight to the island where she had been
+accustomed to meet her lover, and there, calling upon
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>
+his name, bewail the loss of him who was dearer to
+her than all else.</p>
+
+<p>One night, while she was engaged in this lamentation,
+the sound of her voice attracted some of her
+father&rsquo;s people to the spot. Startled by their appearance
+the girl tried to climb a tree, in order to hide
+herself in its branches, but her frame was bowed
+with sorrow and her weak limbs refused to aid her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Wai-o-naisa!&rdquo; she cried, &ldquo;Wai-o-naisa!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At each repetition of his name her voice became
+shriller, while, as she endeavoured to screen herself
+in the underwood, a soft plumage began to cover her
+delicate limbs, which were wounded by the briers.
+She tossed her arms to the sky in her distress and
+they became clothed with feathers. At length,
+when her pursuers were close upon her, a bird arose
+from the bush they had surrounded, and flitting
+from tree to tree, it fled before them, ever crying&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Wai-o-naisa! Wai-o-naisa!&rdquo;</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE UNDYING HEAD.</h2>
+
+
+<p>In a remote part of the north lived a man and his
+only sister who had never seen human being.
+Seldom, if ever, had the man any cause to go from
+home, for if he wanted food he had only to go a
+little distance from the lodge, and there place his
+arrows with their barbs in the ground. He would
+then return to the lodge and tell his sister where the
+arrows had been placed, when she would go in search
+of them, and never fail to find each struck through
+the heart of a deer. These she dragged to the lodge
+and dressed for food. Thus she lived until she
+attained womanhood. One day her brother, who
+was named Iamo, said to her&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sister, the time is near when you will be ill.
+Listen to my advice, for if you do not it will probably
+be the cause of my death. Take the implements
+with which we kindle our fires, go some distance
+from our lodge and build a separate fire. When you
+are in want of food I will tell you where to find it.
+You must cook for yourself and I for myself. When
+you are ill do not attempt to come near the lodge
+or bring to it any of the utensils you use. Be sure
+to always have fastened to your belt whatever you
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>
+will need in your sickness, for you do not know
+when the time of your indisposition will come. As
+for myself, I must do the best I can.&rdquo; His sister
+promised to obey him in all he said.</p>
+
+<p>Shortly after her brother had cause to go from
+home. His sister was alone in the lodge combing
+her hair, and she had just untied and laid aside the
+belt to which the implements were fastened when
+suddenly she felt unwell. She ran out of the lodge,
+but in her haste forgot the belt. Afraid to return
+she stood some time thinking, and finally she
+determined to return to the lodge and get it, for she
+said to herself&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My brother is not at home, and I will stay but a
+moment to catch hold of it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>She went back, and, running in, suddenly seized
+the belt, and was coming out, when her brother met
+her. He knew what had happened.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did I not tell you,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;to take care?
+Now you have killed me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His sister would have gone away, but he spoke to
+her again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What can you do now? What I feared has
+happened. Go in, and stay where you have always
+lived. You have killed me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He then laid aside his hunting dress and accoutrements,
+and soon after both his feet began to inflame
+and turn black, so that he could not move. He
+directed his sister where to place his arrows, so that
+she might always have food. The inflammation continued
+to increase, and had now reached his first rib.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Sister,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;my end is near. You must do
+as I tell you. You see my medicine-sack and my
+war-club tied to it. It contains all my medicines,
+my war-plumes, and my paints of all colours. As
+soon as the inflammation reaches my chest, you will
+take my war-club, and with the sharp point of it cut
+off my head. When it is free from my body, take it,
+place its neck in the sack, which you must open at
+one end. Then hang it up in its former place. Do
+not forget my bow and arrows. One of the last you
+will take to procure food. Tie the others to my
+sack, and then hang it up so that I can look towards
+the door. Now and then I will speak to you, but
+not often.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His sister again promised to obey.</p>
+
+<p>In a little time his chest became affected.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now,&rdquo; cried he, &ldquo;take the club and strike off my
+head.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His sister was afraid, but he told her to muster up
+courage.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Strike,&rdquo; said he, with a smile upon his face.</p>
+
+<p>Calling up all her courage, his sister struck and
+cut off the head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now,&rdquo; said the head, &ldquo;place me where I told
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Fearful, she obeyed it in all its commands.</p>
+
+<p>Retaining its animation, it looked round the lodge
+as usual, and it would command its sister to go to
+such places where it thought she could best procure
+the flesh of the different animals she needed. One
+day the head said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span>
+&ldquo;The time is not distant when I shall be freed
+from this situation, but I shall have to undergo many
+sore evils. So the Superior Manito decrees, and I
+must bear all patiently.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In a certain part of the country was a village
+inhabited by a numerous and warlike band of Indians.
+In this village was a family of ten young men,
+brothers. In the spring of the year the youngest of
+these blackened his face and fasted. His dreams
+were propitious, and having ended his fast, he sent
+secretly for his brothers at night, so that the people
+in the village should not be aware of their meeting.
+He told them how favourable his dreams had been,
+and that he had called them together to ask them if
+they would accompany him in a war excursion.
+They all answered they would. The third son, noted
+for his oddities, swinging his war-club when his
+brother had ceased speaking, jumped up: &ldquo;Yes,&rdquo;
+said he, &ldquo;I will go, and this will be the way I will
+treat those we go to fight with.&rdquo; With those words
+he struck the post in the centre of the lodge, and gave
+a yell. The other brothers spoke to him, saying&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Gently, gently, Mudjikewis, when you are in
+other people&rsquo;s lodges.&rdquo; So he sat down. Then, in
+turn, they took the drum, sang their songs, and closed
+the meeting with a feast. The youngest told them
+not to whisper their intention to their wives, but to
+prepare secretly for their journey. They all promised
+obedience, and Mudjikewis was the first to do so.</p>
+
+<p>The time for departure drew near. The youngest
+gave the word for them to assemble on a certain night,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span>
+when they would commence their journey. Mudjikewis
+was loud in his demands for his moccasins, and
+his wife several times demanded the reason of his
+impatience.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Besides,&rdquo; said she, &ldquo;you have a good pair on.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Quick, quick,&rdquo; replied Mudjikewis; &ldquo;since you
+must know, we are going on a war excursion.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Thus he revealed the secret.</p>
+
+<p>That night they met and started. The snow was
+on the ground, and they travelled all night lest
+others should follow them. When it was daylight,
+the leader took snow, made a ball of it, and tossing
+it up in the air, said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It was in this way I saw snow fall in my dream,
+so that we could not be tracked.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Immediately snow began to fall in large flakes, so
+that the leader commanded the brothers to keep
+close together for fear of losing one another. Close
+as they walked together it was with difficulty they
+could see one another. The snow continued falling
+all that day and the next night, so that it was
+impossible for any one to follow their track.</p>
+
+<p>They walked for several days, and Mudjikewis
+was always in the rear. One day, running suddenly
+forward, he gave the Saw-saw-quan (war-cry), and
+struck a tree with his war-club, breaking the tree in
+pieces as if it had been struck by lightning.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Brothers,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;this is the way I will serve
+those we are going to fight.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The leader answered&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Slowly, slowly, Mudjikewis. The one I lead
+you to is not to be thought of so lightly.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span>
+Again Mudjikewis fell back and thought to himself&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What, what! Who can this be he is leading
+us to?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He felt fearful, and was silent. Day after day
+they travelled on till they came to an extensive
+plain, on the borders of which human bones were
+bleaching in the sun. The leader said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;These are the bones of those who have gone
+before us. None has ever yet returned to tell the
+sad tale of their fate.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Again Mudjikewis became restless, and, running
+forward, gave the accustomed yell. Advancing to a
+large rock which stood above the ground he struck
+it, and it fell to pieces.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;See, brothers,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;thus will I treat those
+we are going to fight.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Be quiet,&rdquo; said the leader. &ldquo;He to whom I
+am leading you is not to be compared to that rock.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Mudjikewis fell back quite thoughtful, saying to
+himself&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I wonder who this can be that he is going to
+attack;&rdquo; and he was afraid.</p>
+
+<p>They continued to see the remains of former
+warriors who had been to the place to which they
+were now going, and had retreated thus far back
+again. At last they came to a piece of rising ground,
+from which they plainly saw on a distant mountain
+an enormous bear. The distance between them was
+very great, but the size of the animal caused it to be
+seen very clearly.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span>
+&ldquo;There,&rdquo; said the leader; &ldquo;it is to him I am
+leading you. Here our troubles will only commence,
+for he is a mishemokwa&rdquo; (a she-bear, or a male-bear
+as ferocious as a she-bear) &ldquo;and a manito. It is
+he who has what we prize so dearly, to obtain which
+the warriors whose bones we saw sacrificed their
+lives. You must not be fearful. Be manly; we
+shall find him asleep.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The warriors advanced boldly till they came near
+to the bear, when they stopped to look at it more
+closely. It was asleep, and there was a belt around
+its neck.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This,&rdquo; said the leader, touching the belt, &ldquo;is
+what we must get. It contains what we want.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The eldest brother then tried to slip the belt over
+the bear&rsquo;s head, the animal appearing to be fast
+asleep, and not at all disturbed by his efforts. He
+could not, however, remove the belt, nor was any of
+the brothers more successful till the one next to the
+youngest tried in his turn. He slipped the belt
+nearly over the beast&rsquo;s head, but could not get it
+quite off. Then the youngest laid his hands on
+it, and with a pull succeeded. Placing the belt on
+the eldest brother&rsquo;s back, he said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now we must run,&rdquo; and they started off at their
+best pace. When one became tired with the weight
+of the belt another carried it. Thus they ran till
+they had passed the bones of all the warriors, and
+when they were some distance beyond, looking back,
+they saw the monster slowly rising. For some time
+it stood still, not missing the belt. Then they heard
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span>
+a tremendous howl, like distant thunder, slowly
+filling the sky. At last they heard the bear cry&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who can it be that has dared to steal my belt?
+Earth is not so large but I can find them,&rdquo; and it
+descended the hill in pursuit. With every jump of
+the bear the earth shook as if it were convulsed.
+Very soon it approached the party. They, however,
+kept the belt, exchanging it from one to another,
+and encouraging each other. The bear, however,
+gained on them fast.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Brothers,&rdquo; said the leader, &ldquo;have none of you,
+when fasting, ever dreamed of some friendly spirit
+who would aid you as a guardian?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A dead silence followed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well,&rdquo; continued he, &ldquo;once when I was fasting
+I dreamed of being in danger of instant death,
+when I saw a small lodge, with smoke curling up
+from its top. An old man lived in it, and I dreamed
+that he helped me, and may my dream be verified
+soon.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Having said this, he ran forward and gave a yell
+and howl. They came upon a piece of rising
+ground, and, behold! a lodge with smoke curling
+from its top appeared before them. This gave them
+all new strength, and they ran forward and entered
+the lodge. In it they found an old man, to whom
+the leader said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nemesho (my grandfather), help us. We ask
+your protection, for the great bear would kill us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sit down and eat, my grandchildren,&rdquo; said the
+old man. &ldquo;Who is a great manito? There is none
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span>
+but me; but let me look;&rdquo; and he opened the door
+of the lodge, and saw at a little distance the enraged
+bear coming on with slow but great leaps. The old
+man closed the door.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; said he; &ldquo;he is indeed a great manito.
+My grandchildren, you will be the cause of my losing
+my life. You asked my protection, and I granted
+it; so now, come what may, I will protect you.
+When the bear arrives at the door you must run
+out at the other end of the lodge.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Putting his hand to the side of the lodge where he
+sat, he took down a bag, and, opening it, took out of
+it two small black dogs, which he placed before him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;These are the ones I use when I fight,&rdquo; said he,
+and he commenced patting with both hands the sides
+of one of the dogs, which at once commenced to
+swell out until it filled the lodge, and it had great
+strong teeth. When the dog had attained its full
+size it growled, and, springing out at the door, met
+the bear, which, in another leap, would have reached
+the lodge. A terrible combat ensued. The sky rang
+with the howls of the monsters. In a little while the
+second dog took the field. At the commencement
+of the battle the brothers, acting on the advice of
+the old man, escaped through the opposite side of
+the lodge. They had not proceeded far in their
+flight before they heard the death-cry of one of the
+dogs, and soon after that of the other.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well,&rdquo; said the leader, &ldquo;the old man will soon
+share their fate, so run, run! the bear will soon be
+after us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span>
+The brothers started with fresh vigour, for the old
+man had refreshed them with food; but the bear
+very soon came in sight again, and was evidently
+fast gaining upon them. Again the leader asked
+the warriors if they knew of any way in which to
+save themselves. All were silent. Running forward
+with a yell and a howl, the leader said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I dreamed once that, being in great trouble, an
+old man, who was a manito, helped me. We shall
+soon see his lodge.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Taking courage, the brothers still went on, and,
+after going a short distance, they saw a lodge.
+Entering it, they found an old man, whose protection
+they claimed, saying that a manito was pursuing
+them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Eat,&rdquo; said the old man, putting meat before
+them. &ldquo;Who is a manito? There is no manito
+but me. There is none whom I fear.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then he felt the earth tremble as the bear approached,
+and, opening the door of the lodge, he
+saw it coming. The old man shut the door slowly,
+and said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, my grandchildren, you have brought trouble
+upon me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Taking his medicine sack, he took out some small
+war-clubs of black stone, and told the young men
+to run through the other side of the lodge. As he
+handled the clubs they became an enormous size,
+and the old man stepped out as the bear reached
+the door. He struck the beast with one of his clubs,
+which broke in pieces, and the bear stumbled. The
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span>
+old man struck it again with the other club, and
+that also broke, but the bear fell insensible. Each
+blow the old man struck sounded like a clap of
+thunder, and the howls of the bear ran along the
+skies.</p>
+
+<p>The brothers had gone some distance before they
+looked back. They then saw that the bear was
+recovering from the blows. First it moved its paws,
+and then they saw it rise to its feet. The old man
+shared the fate of the first, for the warriors heard
+his cries as he was torn in pieces. Again the monster
+was in pursuit, and fast overtaking them. Not yet
+discouraged, the young men kept on their way, but
+the bear was so close to them that the leader once
+more applied to his brothers, but they could do
+nothing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;my dreams will soon be exhausted.
+After this I have but one more.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He advanced, invoking his guardian spirit to aid
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Once,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;I dreamed that, being sorely
+pressed, I came to a large lake, on the shore of
+which was a canoe, partly out of water, and having
+ten paddles all in readiness. Do not fear,&rdquo; he cried,
+&ldquo;we shall soon get to it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>It happened as he had said. Coming to the lake,
+the warriors found the canoe with the ten paddles,
+and immediately took their places in it. Putting
+off, they paddled to the centre of the lake, when
+they saw the bear on the shore. Lifting itself on
+its hind-legs, it looked all around. Then it waded
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span>
+into the water until, losing its footing, it turned
+back, and commenced making the circuit of the lake.
+Meanwhile the warriors remained stationary in the
+centre watching the animal&rsquo;s movements. It travelled
+round till it came to the place whence it started.
+Then it commenced drinking up the water, and the
+young men saw a strong current fast setting in
+towards the bear&rsquo;s mouth. The leader encouraged
+them to paddle hard for the opposite shore. This
+they had nearly reached, when the current became
+too strong for them, and they were drawn back by it,
+and the stream carried them onwards to the bear.</p>
+
+<p>Then the leader again spoke, telling his comrades
+to meet their fate bravely.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now is the time, Mudjikewis,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;to
+show your prowess. Take courage, and sit in the
+bow of the canoe, and, when it approaches the bear&rsquo;s
+mouth, try what effect your club will have on the
+beast&rsquo;s head.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Mudjikewis obeyed, and, taking his place, stood
+ready to give the blow, while the leader, who
+steered, directed the canoe to the open mouth of the
+monster.</p>
+
+<p>Rapidly advancing, the canoe was just about to
+enter the bear&rsquo;s mouth, when Mudjikewis struck the
+beast a tremendous blow on the head, and gave the
+saw-saw-quan. The bear&rsquo;s limbs doubled under it,
+and it fell stunned by the blow, but before Mudjikewis
+could strike again the monster sent from its
+mouth all the water it had swallowed with such
+force that the canoe was immediately carried by the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span>
+stream to the other side of the lake. Leaving the
+canoe, the brothers fled, and on they went till they
+were completely exhausted. Again they felt the
+earth shake, and, looking back, saw the monster
+hard after them. The young men&rsquo;s spirits drooped,
+and they felt faint-hearted. With words and actions
+the leader exerted himself to cheer them, and once
+more he asked them if they could do nothing, or
+think of nothing, that might save them. All were
+silent as before.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;this is the last time I can
+apply to my guardian spirit. If we do not now
+succeed, our fate is decided.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He ran forward, invoking his spirit with great
+earnestness, and gave the yell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We shall soon arrive,&rdquo; said he to his brothers,
+&ldquo;at the place where my last guardian spirit dwells.
+In him I place great confidence. Do not be afraid,
+or your limbs will be fear-bound. We shall soon
+reach his lodge. Run, run!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>What had in the meantime passed in the lodge of
+Iamo? He had remained in the same condition, his
+head in the sack, directing his sister where to place the
+arrows to procure food, and speaking at long intervals.</p>
+
+<p>One day the girl saw the eyes of the head brighten
+as if with pleasure. At last it spoke.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O sister!&rdquo; it said, &ldquo;in what a pitiful situation
+you have been the cause of placing me! Soon,
+very soon, a band of young men will arrive and
+apply to me for aid; but alas! how can I give
+what I would with so much pleasure have afforded
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span>
+them? Nevertheless, take two arrows, and place
+them where you have been in the habit of placing
+the others, and have meat cooked and prepared
+before they arrive. When you hear them coming,
+and calling on my name, go out and say, &lsquo;Alas! it
+is long ago since an accident befell him. I was the
+cause of it.&rsquo; If they still come near, ask them in,
+and set meat before them. Follow my directions
+strictly. A bear will come. Go out and meet him,
+taking my medicine sack, bow and arrows, and my
+head. You must then untie the sack, and spread
+out before you my paints of all colours, my war
+eagle-feathers, my tufts of dried hair, and whatsoever
+else the sack contains. As the bear approaches
+take these articles, one by one, and say to him,
+&lsquo;This is my dead brother&rsquo;s paint,&rsquo; and so on with all
+the articles, throwing each of them as far from you
+as you can. The virtue contained in the things will
+cause him to totter. Then, to complete his destruction,
+you must take my head and cast it as far off
+as you can, crying aloud, &lsquo;See, this is my dead
+brother&rsquo;s head!&rsquo; He will then fall senseless. While
+this is taking place the young men will have eaten,
+and you must call them to your aid. You will, with
+their assistance, cut the carcass of the bear into
+pieces&mdash;into small pieces&mdash;and scatter them to the
+winds, for unless you do this he will again come to
+life.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The sister promised that all should be done as he
+commanded, and she had only time to prepare the
+meal when the voice of the leader of the band of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span>
+warriors was heard calling on Iamo for aid. The
+girl went out and did as she had been directed.
+She invited the brothers in and placed meat before
+them, and while they were eating the bear was heard
+approaching. Untying the medicine sack and taking
+the head the girl made all ready for its approach.
+When it came up she did as her brother directed,
+and before she had cast down all the paints the bear
+began to totter, but, still advancing, came close to
+her. Then she took the head and cast it from her
+as far as she could, and as it rolled upon the ground
+the bear, tottering, fell with a tremendous noise.
+The girl cried for help, and the young men rushed
+out.</p>
+
+<p>Mudjikewis, stepping up, gave a yell, and struck
+the bear a blow on the head. This he repeated till
+he had dashed out its brains. Then the others, as
+quickly as possible, cut the monster up into very
+small pieces and scattered them in all directions.
+As they were engaged in this they were surprised to
+find that wherever the flesh was thrown small black
+bears appeared, such as are seen at the present day,
+which, starting up, ran away. Thus from this monster
+the present race of bears derives its origin.</p>
+
+<p>Having overcome their pursuer the brothers returned
+to the lodge, and the girl gathered together
+the articles she had used, and placed the head in the
+sack again. The head remained silent, probably
+from its being fatigued with its exertion in overcoming
+the bear.</p>
+
+<p>Having spent so much time, and having traversed
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span>
+so vast a country in their flight, the young men
+gave up the idea of ever returning to their own
+country, and game being plentiful about the lodge,
+they determined to remain where they were. One
+day they moved off some distance from the lodge for
+the purpose of hunting, and left the belt with the
+girl. They were very successful, and amused themselves
+with talking and jesting. One of them
+said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We have all this sport to ourselves. Let us go
+and ask our sister if she will not let us bring the
+head to this place, for it is still alive.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So they went and asked for the head. The girl
+told them to take it, and they carried it to their
+hunting-grounds and tried to amuse it, but only at
+times did they see its eyes beam with pleasure. One
+day, while they were busy in their encampment, they
+were unexpectedly attacked by unknown enemies.
+The fight was long and fierce. Many of the foes
+were slain, but there were thirty of them to each
+warrior. The young men fought desperately till
+they were all killed, and then the attacking party
+retreated to a high place to muster their men and
+count the missing and the slain. One of the men
+had strayed away, and happened to come to where
+the head was hung up. Seeing that it was alive
+he eyed it for some time with fear and surprise.
+Then he took it down, and having opened the sack
+he was much pleased to see the beautiful feathers,
+one of which he placed on his head.</p>
+
+<p>It waved gracefully over him as he walked to his
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span>
+companions&rsquo; camp, and when he came there he threw
+down the head and sack and told his friends how he
+had found them, and how the sack was full of paints
+and feathers. The men all took the head and made
+sport of it. Many of the young men took the paint
+and painted themselves with it; and one of the
+band, taking the head by the hair, said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Look, you ugly thing, and see your paints on
+the faces of warriors.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The feathers were so beautiful that many of the
+young men placed them on their heads, and they
+again subjected the head to all kinds of indignity.
+They were, however, soon punished for their insulting
+conduct, for all who had worn the feathers
+became sick and died. Then the chief commanded
+the men to throw all the paints and feathers away.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;As for the head,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;we will keep that
+and take it home with us; we will there see what we
+can do with it. We will try to make it shut its eyes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile for several days the sister had been
+waiting for the brothers to bring back the head; till
+at last, getting impatient, she went in search of
+them. She found them lying within short distances
+of one another, dead, and covered with wounds.
+Other bodies lay scattered around. She searched
+for the head and sack, but they were nowhere to be
+found, so she raised her voice and wept, and blackened
+her face. Then she walked in different directions
+till she came to the place whence the head had been
+taken, and there she found the bow and arrows, which
+had been left behind. She searched further, hoping
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span>
+to find her brother&rsquo;s head, and, when she came to a
+piece of rising ground she found some of his paints
+and feathers. These she carefully put by, hanging
+them to the branch of a tree.</p>
+
+<p>At dusk she came to the first lodge of a large village.
+Here she used a charm employed by Indians when
+they wish to meet with a kind reception, and on
+applying to the old man and the woman who
+occupied the lodge she was made welcome by them.
+She told them her errand, and the old man, promising
+to help her, told her that the head was hung up
+before the council fire, and that the chiefs and young
+men of the village kept watch over it continually.
+The girl said she only desired to see the head, and
+would be satisfied if she could only get to the door
+of the lodge in which it was hung, for she knew she
+could not take it by force.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come with me,&rdquo; said the old man, &ldquo;I will take
+you there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So they went and took their seats in the lodge near to
+the door. The council lodge was filled with warriors
+amusing themselves with games, and constantly keeping
+up the fire to smoke the head to dry it. As the
+girl entered the lodge the men saw the features of the
+head move, and, not knowing what to make of it,
+one spoke and said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ha! ha! it is beginning to feel the effects of the
+smoke.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The sister looked up from the seat by the door;
+her eyes met those of her brother, and tears began
+to roll down the cheeks of the head.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Well,&rdquo; said the chief, &ldquo;I thought we would make
+you do something at last. Look! look at it shedding
+tears,&rdquo; said he to those around him, and they
+all laughed and made jokes upon it. The chief,
+looking around, observed the strange girl, and after
+some time said to the old man who brought her in&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who have you got there? I have never seen
+that woman before in our village.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; replied the old man, &ldquo;you have seen her.
+She is a relation of mine, and seldom goes out. She
+stays in my lodge, and she asked me to bring her here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In the centre of the lodge sat one of those young
+men who are always forward, and fond of boasting
+and displaying themselves before others.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;I have seen her often, and it is
+to his lodge I go almost every night to court her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>All the others laughed and continued their games.
+The young man did not know he was telling a lie to
+the girl&rsquo;s advantage, who by means of it escaped.</p>
+
+<p>She returned to the old man&rsquo;s lodge, and immediately
+set out for her own country. Coming to the
+spot where the bodies of her adopted brothers lay,
+she placed them together with their feet towards the
+east. Then taking an axe she had she cast it up
+into the air, crying out&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Brothers, get up from under it or it will fall on
+you!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>This she repeated three times, and the third time
+all the brothers rose and stood on their feet. Mudjikewis
+commenced rubbing his eyes and stretching
+himself.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Why,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;I have overslept myself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, indeed,&rdquo; said one of the others. &ldquo;Do you
+not know we were all killed, and that it is our sister
+who has brought us to life?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The brothers then took the bodies of their enemies
+and burned them. Soon after the girl went to a far
+country, they knew not where, to procure wives for
+them, and she returned with the women, whom she
+gave to the young men, beginning with the eldest.
+Mudjikewis stepped to and fro, uneasy lest he should
+not get the one he liked, but he was not disappointed,
+for she fell to his lot; and the two were well matched,
+for she was a female magician.</p>
+
+<p>The young men and their wives all moved into a
+very large lodge, and their sister told them that one
+of the women must go in turns every night to try
+and recover the head of her brother, untying the
+knots by which it was hung up in the council lodge.
+The women all said they would go with pleasure.
+The eldest made the first attempt. With a rushing
+noise she disappeared through the air.</p>
+
+<p>Towards daylight she returned. She had failed,
+having only succeeded in untying one of the knots.
+All the women save the youngest went in turn, and
+each one succeeded in untying only one knot each
+time. At length the youngest went. As soon as
+she arrived at the lodge she went to work. The
+smoke from the fire in the lodge had not ascended
+for ten nights. It now filled the place and drove all
+the men out. The girl was alone, and she carried off
+the head.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span>
+The brothers and Iamo&rsquo;s sister heard the young
+woman coming high through the air, and they heard
+her say&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Prepare the body of our brother.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>As soon as they heard that they went to where
+Iamo&rsquo;s body lay, and, having got it ready, as soon as
+the young woman arrived with the head they placed
+it to the body, and Iamo was restored in all his
+former manliness and beauty. All rejoiced in the
+happy termination of their troubles, and when they
+had spent some time joyfully together, Iamo said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now I will divide the treasure,&rdquo; and taking the
+bear&rsquo;s belt he commenced dividing what it contained
+amongst the brothers, beginning with the eldest.
+The youngest brother, however, got the most splendid
+part of the spoil, for the bottom of the belt held
+what was richest and rarest.</p>
+
+<p>Then Iamo told them that, since they had all died
+and been restored to life again, they were no longer
+mortals but spirits, and he assigned to each of them
+a station in the invisible world. Only Mudjikewis&rsquo;
+place was, however, named. He was to direct the
+west wind. The brothers were commanded, as they
+had it in their power, to do good to the inhabitants
+of the earth, and to give all things with a liberal
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>The spirits then, amid songs and shouts, took their
+flight to their respective places, while Iamo and his
+sister, Iamoqua, descended into the depths below.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE OLD CHIPPEWAY.</h2>
+
+
+<p>The old man Chippeway, the first of men, when he
+first landed on the earth, near where the present
+Dogribs have their hunting-grounds, found the
+world a beautiful world, well stocked with food, and
+abounding with pleasant things. He found no man,
+woman, or child upon it; but in time, being lonely,
+he created children, to whom he gave two kinds of
+fruit, the black and the white, but he forbade them
+to eat the black. Having given his commands for
+the government and guidance of his family, he took
+leave of them for a time, to go into a far country
+where the sun dwelt, for the purpose of bringing it
+to the earth.</p>
+
+<p>After a very long journey, and a long absence,
+he returned, bringing with him the sun, and he
+was delighted to find that his children had remained
+obedient, and had eaten only of the white
+food.</p>
+
+<p>Again he left them to go on another expedition.
+The sun he had brought lighted up the earth for
+only a short time, and in the land from which he
+had brought it he had noticed another body, which
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span>
+served as a lamp in the dark hours. He resolved
+therefore to journey and bring back with him the
+moon; so, bidding adieu to his children and his
+dwelling, he set forth once more.</p>
+
+<p>While he had been absent on his first expedition,
+his children had eaten up all the white food, and
+now, when he set out, he forgot to provide them
+with a fresh supply. For a long time they resisted
+the craving for food, but at last they could hold out
+no longer, and satisfied their hunger with the black
+fruit.</p>
+
+<p>The old Chippeway soon returned, bringing with
+him the moon. He soon discovered that his children
+had transgressed his command, and had eaten the
+food of disease and death. He told them what was
+the consequence of their act&mdash;that in future the earth
+would produce bad fruits, that sickness would come
+amongst men, that pain would rack them, and their
+lives be lives of fatigue and danger.</p>
+
+<p>Having brought the sun and moon to the earth,
+the old man Chippeway rested, and made no more
+expeditions. He lived an immense number of years,
+and saw all the troubles he declared would follow
+the eating of the black food. At last he became
+tired of life, and his sole desire was to be freed
+from it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go,&rdquo; said he, to one of his sons, &ldquo;to the river
+of the Bear Lake, and fetch me a man of the little
+wise people (the beavers). Let it be one with a
+brown ring round the end of the tail, and a white spot
+on the tip of the nose. Let him be just two seasons
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span>
+old upon the first day of the coming frog-moon, and
+see that his teeth be sharp.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The man did as he was directed. He went to the
+river of the Bear Lake, and brought a man of the
+little wise people. He had a brown ring round the
+end of his tail, and a white spot on the tip of his
+nose. He was just two seasons old upon the first
+day of the frog-moon, and his teeth were very sharp.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take the wise four-legged man,&rdquo; said the old
+Chippeway, &ldquo;and pull from his jaws seven of his
+teeth.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The man did as he was directed, and brought the
+teeth to the old man. Then he bade him call all
+his people together, and when they were come the
+old man thus addressed them&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am old, and am tired of life, and wish to sleep
+the sleep of death. I will go hence. Take the seven
+teeth of the wise little four-legged man and drive
+them into my body.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They did so, and as the last tooth entered him the
+old man died.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span></p>
+<h2>MUKUMIK! MUKUMIK! MUKUMIK!</h2>
+
+
+<p>Pauppukkeewis was a harum-scarum fellow who
+played many queer tricks, but he took care, nevertheless,
+to supply his family and children with food.
+Sometimes, however, he was hard-pressed, and once
+he and his whole family were on the point of starving.
+Every resource seemed to have failed. The
+snow was so deep, and the storm continued so long,
+that he could not even find a partridge or a hare,
+and his usual supply of fish had failed him. His
+lodge stood in some woods not far away from the
+shores of the Gitchiguma, or great water, where the
+autumnal storms had piled up the ice into high pinnacles,
+resembling castles.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will go,&rdquo; said he to his family one morning,
+&ldquo;to these castles, and solicit the pity of the spirits
+who inhabit them, for I know that they are the
+residence of some of the spirits of Rabiboonoka.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He did so, and his petition was not disregarded.
+The spirits told him to fill his mushkemoots or sacks
+with the ice and snow, and pass on towards his lodge,
+without looking back, until he came to a certain
+hill. He was then to drop his sacks, and leave
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span>
+them till morning, when he would find them full
+of fish.</p>
+
+<p>The spirits cautioned him that he must by no
+means look back, although he should hear a great
+many voices crying out to him abusing him; for they
+told him such voices would be in reality only the
+wind playing through the branches of the trees.</p>
+
+<p>Pauppukkeewis faithfully obeyed the directions
+given him, although he found it difficult to avoid
+looking round to see who was calling to him. When
+he visited the sacks in the morning, he found them
+filled with fish.</p>
+
+<p>It happened that Manabozho visited him on the
+morning when he brought the fish home, and the
+visitor was invited to partake of the feast. While
+they were eating, Manabozho could not help asking
+where such an abundance of food had been procured
+at a time when most were in a state of starvation.</p>
+
+<p>Pauppukkeewis frankly told him the secret, and
+and what precautions to take to ensure success.
+Manabozho determined to profit by the information,
+and, as soon as he could, set out to visit the icy
+castles. All things happened as Pauppukkeewis had
+told him. The spirits appeared to be kind, and told
+Manabozho to fill and carry. He accordingly filled
+his sacks with ice and snow, and then walked off
+quickly to the hill where he was to leave them. As
+he went, however, he heard voices calling out behind
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thief! thief! He has stolen fish from Rabiboonoka,&rdquo;
+cried one.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Mukumik! Mukumik! take it away, take it
+away,&rdquo; cried another.</p>
+
+<p>Manabozho&rsquo;s ears were so assailed by all manner
+of insulting cries, that at last he got angry, and,
+quite forgetting the directions given him, he turned
+his head to see who it was that was abusing him.
+He saw no one, and proceeded on his way to the
+hill, to which he was accompanied by his invisible
+tormentors. He left his bags of ice and snow there,
+to be changed into fish, and came back the next
+morning. His disobedience had, however, dissolved
+the charm, and he found his bags still full of rubbish.</p>
+
+<p>In consequence of this he is condemned every
+year, during the month of March, to run over the
+hills, with Pauppukkeewis following him, crying&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mukumik! Mukumik!&rdquo;</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE SWING BY THE LAKE.</h2>
+
+
+<p>There was an old hag of a woman who lived with
+her daughter-in-law and her husband, with their son
+and a little orphan boy. When her son-in-law came
+home from hunting, it was his custom to bring his
+wife the moose&rsquo;s lip, the kidney of the bear, or some
+other choice bits of different animals. These the
+girl would cook crisp, so that the sound of their
+cracking could be heard when she ate them. This
+kind attention of the hunter to his wife aroused the
+envy of the old woman. She wished to have the
+same luxuries, and, in order to obtain them, she at
+last resolved to kill the young wife. One day she
+asked her to leave her infant son to the care of the
+orphan boy, and come out and swing with her. The
+wife consented, and the mother-in-law took her to
+the shore of a lake, where there was a high ridge of
+rocks overhanging the water. Upon the top of
+these rocks the old woman put up a swing, and,
+having fastened a piece of leather round her body,
+she commenced to swing herself, going over the
+precipice each time. She continued this for a short
+while, and then, stopping, told her daughter-in-law
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span>
+to take her place. She did so, and, having tied the
+leather round her, began to swing backwards and
+forwards. When she was well going, sweeping at
+each turn clear beyond the precipice, the old woman
+slyly cut the cords, and let her drop into the lake.
+She then put on some of the girl&rsquo;s clothing, entered
+the lodge in the dusk of the evening, and went
+about the work in which her daughter-in-law had
+been usually occupied at such a time. She found
+the child crying, and, since the mother was not there
+to give it the breast, it cried on. Then the orphan
+boy asked her where the mother was.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She is still swinging,&rdquo; replied the old woman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will go,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;and look for her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No,&rdquo; said the old woman, &ldquo;you must not. What
+would you go for?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In the evening, when the husband came in, he
+gave the coveted morsels to what he supposed was
+his wife. He missed the old woman, but asked
+nothing about her. Meanwhile the woman ate the
+morsels, and tried to quiet the child. The husband,
+seeing that she kept her face away from him, was
+astonished, and asked why the child cried so. His
+pretended wife answered that she did not know.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime the orphan boy went to the
+shores of the lake, where he found no one. Then
+he suspected the old woman, and, having returned
+to the lodge, told the hunter, while she was out
+getting wood, all he had heard and seen. The man,
+when he had heard the story, painted his face black,
+and placed his spear upside down in the earth, and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span>
+requested the Great Spirit to send lightning, thunder,
+and rain, in the hope that the body of his wife
+might arise from the water. He then began to fast,
+and told the boy to take the child and play upon
+the lake shore.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile this is what had happened to the wife.
+After she had plunged into the lake, she found herself
+in the hold of a water-tiger, who drew her to
+the bottom. There she found a lodge, and all things
+in it as if arranged for her reception, and she became
+the water-tiger&rsquo;s wife.</p>
+
+<p>Whilst the orphan boy and the child were playing
+on the shore of the lake one day, the boy began to
+throw pebbles into the water, when suddenly a gull
+arose from the centre of the lake, and flew towards
+the land. When it had arrived there, it took human
+shape, and the boy recognised that it was the lost
+mother. She had a leather belt around her, and
+another belt of white metal. She suckled the baby,
+and, preparing to return to the water, said to the
+boy&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come here with the child whenever it cries, and
+I will nurse it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The boy carried the child home, and told the
+father what had occurred. When the child cried
+again, the man went with the boy to the shore, and
+hid himself behind a clump of trees. Soon the gull
+made its appearance, with a long shining chain
+attached to it. The bird came to the shore, assumed
+the mother&rsquo;s shape, and began to suckle the child.
+The husband stood with his spear in his hand,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span>
+wondering what he had best do to regain his wife.
+When he saw her preparing to return to the lake
+he rushed forward, struck the shining chain with his
+spear, and broke it. Then he took his wife and
+child home. As he entered the lodge the old
+woman looked up, and, when she saw the wife, she
+dropped her head in despair. A rustling was heard
+in the place; the next moment the old woman leaped
+up, flew out of the lodge, and was never heard of
+more.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE FIRE PLUME.</h2>
+
+
+<p>Wassamo was living with his parents on the shores
+of a large bay on the east coast of Lake Michigan.
+It was at a period when nature spontaneously furnished
+everything that was wanted, when the
+Indians used skins for clothing, and flints for arrow
+heads. It was long before the time that the flag of
+the white man had first been seen in these lakes, or
+the sound of an iron axe had been heard. The
+skill of our people supplied them with weapons to
+kill game, with instruments to procure bark for their
+canoes, and they knew to dress and cook their victuals.</p>
+
+<p>One day, when the season had commenced for
+fish to be plentiful near the shore of the lake,
+Wassamo&rsquo;s mother said to him&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My son, I wish you would go to yonder point,
+and see if you cannot procure me some fish. You
+may ask your cousin to accompany you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He did so. They set out, and, in the course of
+the afternoon, arrived at the fishing-ground. His
+cousin attended to the nets, for he was grown up to
+manhood, but Wassamo had not yet reached that
+age. They put their nets in the water, and encamped
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span>
+near them, using only a few pieces of birch-bark for
+a lodge to shelter them at night. They lit a fire, and,
+while they were conversing together, the moon
+arose. Not a breath of wind disturbed the smooth
+and bright surface of the lake. Not a cloud was
+seen. Wassamo looked out on the water towards
+their nets, and saw that almost all the floats had
+disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cousin,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;let us visit our nets. Perhaps
+we are fortunate.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They did so, and were rejoiced, as they drew them
+up, to see the meshes white here and there with
+fish. They landed in good spirits, and put away
+their canoe in safety from the winds.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Wassamo,&rdquo; said his cousin, &ldquo;you cook that we
+may eat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Wassamo set about it immediately, and soon got
+his kettle on the flames, while his cousin was lying at
+his ease on the opposite side of the fire.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cousin,&rdquo; said Wassamo, &ldquo;tell me stories, or sing
+me some love-songs.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The other obeyed, and sang his plaintive songs.
+He would frequently break off, and tell parts of
+stories, and would then sing again, as suited his
+feelings or fancy. While thus employed, he unconsciously
+fell asleep. Wassamo had scarcely noticed
+it in his care to watch the kettle, and, when the fish
+were done, he took the kettle off. He spoke to his
+cousin, but received no answer. He took the wooden
+ladle to skim off the oil, for the fish were very fat.
+He had a flambeau of twisted bark in one hand to
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span>
+give light; but, when he came to take out the fish,
+he did not know how to manage to hold the light, so
+he took off his garters, and tied them tight round
+his head, and then placed the lighted flambeau above
+his forehead, so that it was firmly held by the
+bandage, and threw its light brilliantly about him.
+Having both hands thus at liberty, he began to take
+out the fish. Suddenly he heard a laugh.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cousin,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;some one is near us. Awake,
+and let us look out.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His cousin, however, continued asleep. Again
+Wassamo heard the laughter, and, looking, he beheld
+two beautiful girls.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Awake, awake,&rdquo; said he to his cousin. &ldquo;Here
+are two young women;&rdquo; but he received no answer,
+for his cousin was locked in his deepest slumbers.</p>
+
+<p>Wassamo started up and advanced to the strange
+women. He was about to speak to them, when he
+fell senseless to the earth.</p>
+
+<p>A short while after his cousin awoke. He looked
+around and called Wassamo, but could not find
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Netawis, Netawis (Cousin, cousin)!&rdquo; he cried;
+but there was no answer. He searched the woods
+and all the shores around, but could not find him.
+He did not know what to do.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Although,&rdquo; he reasoned, &ldquo;his parents are my
+relations, and they know he and I were great
+friends, they will not believe me if I go home and
+say that he is lost. They will say that I killed him,
+and will require blood for blood.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span>
+However, he resolved to return home, and, arriving
+there, he told them what had occurred. Some
+said, &ldquo;He has killed him treacherously,&rdquo; others said,
+&ldquo;It is impossible. They were like brothers.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Search was made on every side, and when at
+length it became certain that Wassamo was not to
+be found, his parents demanded the life of Netawis.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile, what had happened to Wassamo?
+When he recovered his senses, he found himself
+stretched on a bed in a spacious lodge.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Stranger,&rdquo; said some one, &ldquo;awake, and take
+something to eat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Looking around him he saw many people, and an
+old spirit man, addressing him, said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My daughters saw you at the fishing-ground,
+and brought you here. I am the guardian spirit of
+Nagow Wudjoo (the sand mountains). We will
+make your visit here agreeable, and if you will
+remain I will give you one of my daughters in
+marriage.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man consented to the match, and remained
+for some time with the spirit of the sand-hills
+in his lodge at the bottom of the lake, for
+there was it situated. At last, however, approached
+the season of sleep, when the spirit and his relations
+lay down for their long rest.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Son-in-law,&rdquo; said the old spirit, &ldquo;you can now,
+in a few days, start with your wife to visit your
+relations. You can be absent one year, but after
+that you must return.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Wassamo promised to obey, and set out with his
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span>
+wife. When he was near his village, he left her in
+a thicket and advanced alone. As he did so, who
+should he meet but his cousin.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Netawis, Netawis,&rdquo; cried his cousin, &ldquo;you have
+come just in time to save me!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then he ran off to the lodge of Wassamo&rsquo;s
+parents.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have seen him,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;whom you accuse
+me of having killed. He will be here in a few
+minutes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>All the village was soon in a bustle, and Wassamo
+and his wife excited universal attention, and the
+people strove who should entertain them best. So
+the time passed happily till the season came that
+Wassamo and his wife should return to the spirits.
+Netawis accompanied them to the shores of the
+lake, and would have gone with them to their
+strange abode, but Wassamo sent him back. With
+him Wassamo took offerings from the Indians to his
+father-in-law.</p>
+
+<p>The old spirit was delighted to see the two return,
+and he was also much pleased with the
+presents Wassamo brought. He told his son-in-law
+that he and his wife should go once more to visit
+his people.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is merely,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;to assure them of my
+friendship, and to bid them farewell for ever.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Some time afterwards Wassamo and his wife
+made this visit. Having delivered his message, he
+said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I must now bid you all farewell for ever.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span>
+His parents and friends raised their voices in loud
+lamentation, and they accompanied him and his wife
+to the sand-banks to see them take their departure.</p>
+
+<p>The day was mild, the sky clear, not a cloud
+appeared, nor was there a breath of wind to disturb
+the bright surface of the water. The most perfect
+silence reigned throughout the company. They
+gazed intently upon Wassamo and his wife as they
+waded out into the water, waving their hands.
+They saw them go into deeper and deeper water.
+They saw the wave close over their heads. All at
+once they raised a loud and piercing wail. They
+looked again. A red flame, as if the sun had
+glanced on a billow, marked the spot for an instant;
+but the Feather-of-Flames and his wife had disappeared
+for ever.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE JOURNEY TO THE ISLAND OF SOULS.</h2>
+
+
+<p>Once upon a time there lived in the nation of the
+Chippeways a most beautiful maiden, the flower of
+the wilderness, the delight and wonder of all who
+saw her. She was called the Rock-rose, and was
+beloved by a youthful hunter, whose advances gained
+her affection. No one was like the brave Outalissa
+in her eyes: his deeds were the greatest, his skill
+was the most wonderful. It was not permitted
+them, however, to become the inhabitants of one
+lodge. Death came to the flower of the Chippeways.
+In the morning of her days she died, and her body
+was laid in the dust with the customary rites of
+burial. All mourned for her, but Outalissa was a
+changed man. No more did he find delight in the
+chase or on the war-path. He grew sad, shunned
+the society of his brethren. He stood motionless as
+a tree in the hour of calm, as the wave that is
+frozen up by the breath of the cold wind.</p>
+
+<p>Joy came no more to him. He told his discontent
+in the ears of his people, and spoke of his
+determination to seek his beloved maiden. She had
+but removed, he said, as the birds fly away at the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span>
+approach of winter, and it required but due diligence
+on his part to find her. Having prepared
+himself, as a hunter makes ready for a long journey,
+he armed himself with his war-spear and bow and
+arrow, and set out to the Land of Souls.</p>
+
+<p>Directed by the old tradition of his fathers, he
+travelled south to reach that region, leaving behind
+him the great star. As he moved onwards, he
+found a more pleasant region succeeding to that in
+which he had lived. Daily, hourly, he remarked
+the change. The ice grew thinner, the air warmer,
+the trees taller. Birds, such as he had never seen
+before, sang in the bushes, and fowl of many kinds
+were pluming themselves in the warm sun on the
+shores of the lake. The gay woodpecker was tapping
+the hollow beech, the swallow and the martin
+were skimming along the level of the green vales.
+He heard no more the cracking of branches beneath
+the weight of icicles and snow, he saw no more the
+spirits of departed men dancing wild dances on the
+skirts of the northern clouds, and the farther he
+travelled the milder grew the skies, the longer was
+the period of the sun&rsquo;s stay upon the earth, and the
+softer, though less brilliant, the light of the moon.</p>
+
+<p>Noting these changes as he went with a joyful
+heart, for they were indications of his near approach
+to the land of joy and delight, he came at length to
+a cabin situated on the brow of a steep hill in the
+middle of a narrow road. At the door of this cabin
+stood a man of a most ancient and venerable appearance.
+He was bent nearly double with age.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span>
+His locks were white as snow. His eyes were sunk
+very far into his head, and the flesh was wasted
+from his bones, till they were like trees from which
+the bark has been peeled. He was clothed in a robe
+of white goat&rsquo;s skin, and a long staff supported his
+tottering limbs whithersoever he walked.</p>
+
+<p>The Chippeway began to tell him who he was, and
+why he had come thither, but the aged man stopped
+him, telling him he knew upon what errand he was
+bent.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A short while before,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;there passed
+the soul of a tender and lovely maiden, well-known
+to the son of the Red Elk, on her way
+to the beautiful island. She was fatigued with her
+long journey, and rested a while in this cabin. She
+told me the story of your love, and was persuaded
+that you would attempt to follow her to the Lake of
+Spirits.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man, further, told Outalissa that if he
+made speed he might hope to overtake the maiden
+on the way. Before, however, he resumed his
+journey he must leave behind him his body, his
+spear, bow, and arrows, which the old man promised
+to keep for him should he return. The Chippeway
+left his body and arms behind him, and under the
+direction of the old man entered upon the road to
+the Blissful Island. He had travelled but a couple
+of bowshots when it met his view, even more beautiful
+than his fathers had painted it.</p>
+
+<p>He stood upon the brow of a hill which sloped
+gently down to the water of a lake which stretched
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span>
+as far as eye could see. Upon its banks were groves
+of beautiful trees of all kinds, and many canoes were
+to be seen gliding over its water. Afar, in the
+centre of the lake, lay the beautiful island appointed
+for the residence of the good. He walked down to
+the shore and entered a canoe which stood ready for
+him, made of a shining white stone. Seizing the
+paddle, he pushed off from the shore and commenced
+to make his way to the island. As he did so, he
+came to a canoe like his own, in which he found her
+whom he was in pursuit of. She recognised him, and
+the two canoes glided side by side over the water.
+Then Outalissa knew that he was on the Water of
+Judgment, the great water over which every soul
+must pass to reach the beautiful island, or in which
+it must sink to meet the punishment of the wicked.
+The two lovers glided on in fear, for the water
+seemed at times ready to swallow them, and around
+them they could see many canoes, which held those
+whose lives had been wicked, going down. The
+Master of Life had, however, decreed that they
+should pass in safety, and they reached the shores of
+the beautiful island, on which they landed full of joy.</p>
+
+<p>It is impossible to tell the delights with which
+they found it filled. Mild and soft winds, clear and
+sweet waters, cool and refreshing shades, perpetual
+verdure, inexhaustible fertility, met them on all sides.
+Gladly would the son of the Red Elk have remained
+for ever with his beloved in the happy island, but
+the words of the Master of Life came to him in the
+pauses of the breeze, saying&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Go back to thy own land, hunter. Your time
+has not yet come. You have not yet performed the
+work I have for you to do, nor can you yet enjoy
+those pleasures which belong to them who have
+performed their allotted task on earth. Go back,
+then. In time thou shalt rejoin her, the love of
+whom has brought thee hither.&rdquo;</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span></p>
+<h2>MACHINITOU, THE EVIL SPIRIT.</h2>
+
+
+<p>Chemanitou, being the Master of Life, at one
+time became the origin of a spirit that has ever
+since caused him and all others of his creation a
+great deal of disquiet. His birth was owing to an
+accident. It was in this wise:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>Metowac, or as the white people now call it,
+Long Island, was originally a vast plain, so level and
+free from any kind of growth that it looked like a
+portion of the great sea that had suddenly been
+made to move back and let the sand below appear,
+which was, in fact, the case.</p>
+
+<p>Here it was that Chemanitou used to come and
+sit when he wished to bring any new creation to
+life. The place being spacious and solitary, the
+water upon every side, he had not only room enough,
+but was free from interruption.</p>
+
+<p>It is well known that some of these early creations
+were of very great size, so that very few could live
+in the same place, and their strength made it
+difficult for even Chemanitou to control them, for
+when he has given them certain powers they have
+the use of the laws that govern those powers, till
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span>
+it is his will to take them back to himself. Accordingly
+it was the custom of Chemanitou, when he
+wished to try the effect of these creatures, to set
+them in motion upon the island of Metowac, and if
+they did not please him, he took the life away from
+them again. He would set up a mammoth, or other
+large animal, in the centre of the island, and build
+it up with great care, somewhat in the manner that
+a cabin or a canoe is made.</p>
+
+<p>Even to this day may be found traces of what
+had been done here in former years, and the manner
+in which the earth sometimes sinks down shows that
+this island is nothing more than a great cake of
+earth, a sort of platter laid upon the sea for the
+convenience of Chemanitou, who used it as a table
+upon which he might work, never having designed
+it for anything else, the margin of the Chatiemac
+(the stately swan), or Hudson river, being better
+adapted to the purposes of habitation.</p>
+
+<p>When the Master of Life wished to build up an
+elephant or mammoth, he placed four cakes of clay
+upon the ground, at proper distances, which were
+moulded into shape, and became the feet of the
+animal.</p>
+
+<p>Now sometimes these were left unfinished, and to
+this day the green tussocks to be seen like little
+islands about the marshes show where these cakes
+of clay were placed.</p>
+
+<p>As Chemanitou went on with his work, the
+Neebanawbaigs (or water-spirits), the Puck-wud-jinnies
+(little men who vanish), and, indeed, all the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span>
+lesser manitoes, used to come and look on, and
+wonder what it would be, and how it would act.</p>
+
+<p>When the animal was completed, and had dried
+a long time in the sun, Chemanitou opened a place
+in the side, and, entering in, remained there many
+days.</p>
+
+<p>When he came forth the creature began to shiver
+and sway from side to side, in such a manner as
+shook the whole island for leagues. If its appearance
+pleased the Master of Life it was suffered to
+depart, and it was generally found that these
+animals plunged into the open sea upon the north
+side of the island, and disappeared in the great
+forests beyond.</p>
+
+<p>Now at one time Chemanitou was a very long
+time building an animal of such great bulk that it
+looked like a mountain upon the centre of the island,
+and all the manitoes from all parts came to see
+what it was. The Puck-wud-jinnies especially made
+themselves very merry, capering behind its great
+ears, sitting within its mouth, each perched upon a
+tooth, and running in and out of the sockets of the
+eyes, thinking Chemanitou, who was finishing off
+other parts of the animal, would not see them.</p>
+
+<p>But he can see right through everything he has
+made. He was glad to see the Puck-wud-jinnies
+so lively, and he bethought him of many new creations
+while he watched their motions.</p>
+
+<p>When the Master of Life had completed this large
+animal, he was fearful to give it life, and so it was
+left upon the island, or work-table of Chemanitou,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>
+till its great weight caused it to break through, and,
+sinking partly down, it stuck fast, the head and tail
+holding it in such a manner as to prevent it slipping
+further down.</p>
+
+<p>Chemanitou then lifted up a piece of the back, and
+found it made a very good cavity, into which the old
+creations which failed to please him might be thrown.</p>
+
+<p>He sometimes amused himself by making creatures
+very small and active, with which he disported
+awhile, and finding them of very little use in the
+world, and not so attractive as the little vanishers,
+he would take out the life, taking it to himself, and
+then cast them into the cave made in the body of
+the unfinished animal.</p>
+
+<p>In this way great quantities of very odd shapes
+were heaped together in this Roncomcomon, or Place
+of Fragments.</p>
+
+<p>He was always careful before casting a thing he
+had created aside to take out the life.</p>
+
+<p>One day the Master of Life took two pieces of clay
+and moulded them into two large feet, like those of
+a panther. He did not make four&mdash;there were two
+only.</p>
+
+<p>He put his own feet into them, and found the
+tread very light and springy, so that he might go
+with great speed and yet make no noise.</p>
+
+<p>Next he built up a pair of very tall legs, in the
+shape of his own, and made them walk about a while.
+He was pleased with the motion. Then followed a
+round body covered with large scales, like those of
+the alligator.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span>
+He now found the figure doubling forward, and
+he fastened a long black snake, that was gliding by,
+to the back part of the body, and wound the other
+end round a sapling which grew near, and this held
+the body upright, and made a very good tail.</p>
+
+<p>The shoulders were broad and strong, like those of
+the buffalo, and covered with hair. The neck thick
+and short, and full at the back.</p>
+
+<p>Thus far Chemanitou had worked with little
+thought, but when he came to the head he thought
+a long while.</p>
+
+<p>He took a round ball of clay into his lap, and
+worked it over with great care. While he thought,
+he patted the ball of clay upon the top, which made
+it very broad and low, for Chemanitou was thinking
+of the panther feet and the buffalo neck. He
+remembered the Puck-wud-jinnies playing in the
+eye sockets of the great unfinished animal, and he
+bethought him to set the eyes out, like those of
+a lobster, so that the animal might see on every
+side.</p>
+
+<p>He made the forehead broad and full, but low, for
+here was to be the wisdom of the forked tongue,
+like that of the serpent, which should be in its
+mouth. It should see all things and know all
+things. Here Chemanitou stopped, for he saw that
+he had never thought of such a creation before, one
+with two feet&mdash;a creature that should stand upright,
+and see upon every side.</p>
+
+<p>The jaws were very strong, with ivory teeth and
+gills upon either side, which rose and fell whenever
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>
+breath passed through them. The nose was like
+the beak of the vulture. A tuft of porcupine-quills
+made the scalp lock.</p>
+
+<p>Chemanitou held the head out the length of his
+arm, and turned it first upon one side and then upon
+the other. He passed it rapidly through the air, and
+saw the gills rise and fall, the lobster eyes whirl
+round, and the vulture nose look keen.</p>
+
+<p>Chemanitou became very sad, yet he put the head
+upon the shoulders. It was the first time he had
+made an upright figure. It seemed to be the first
+idea of a man.</p>
+
+<p>It was now nearly right. The bats were flying
+through the air, and the roar of wild beasts began
+to be heard. A gusty wind swept in from the ocean
+and passed over the island of Metowac, casting the
+light sand to and fro. A wavy scud was skimming
+along the horizon, while higher up in the sky was a
+dark thick cloud, upon the verge of which the moon
+hung for a moment and was then shut in.</p>
+
+<p>A panther came by and stayed a moment, with
+one foot raised and bent inward, while it looked
+up at the image and smelt the feet that were like
+its own.</p>
+
+<p>A vulture swooped down with a great noise of
+its wings, and made a dash at the beak, but Chemanitou
+held it back.</p>
+
+<p>Then came the porcupine, the lizard, and the
+snake, each drawn by its kind in the image.</p>
+
+<p>Chemanitou veiled his face for many hours, and
+the gusty wind swept by, but he did not stir.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span>
+He saw that every beast of the earth seeks its
+kind, and that which is like draws its likeness to
+itself.</p>
+
+<p>The Master of Life thought and thought. The
+idea grew into his mind that at some time he would
+create a creature who should be made, not after the
+things of the earth, but after himself.</p>
+
+<p>The being should link this world to the spirit
+world, being made in the likeness of the Great
+Spirit, he should be drawn unto his likeness.</p>
+
+<p>Many days and nights&mdash;whole seasons&mdash;passed
+while Chemanitou thought upon these things. He
+saw all things.</p>
+
+<p>Then the Master of Life lifted up his head. The
+stars were looking down upon the image, and a bat
+had alighted upon the forehead, spreading its great
+wings upon each side. Chemanitou took the bat
+and held out its whole leathery wings (and ever
+since the bat, when he rests, lets his body hang
+down), so that he could try them over the head of
+the image. He then took the life of the bat away,
+and twisted off the body, by which means the whole
+thin part fell down over the head of the image and
+upon each side, making the ears, and a covering for
+the forehead like that of the hooded serpent.</p>
+
+<p>Chemanitou did not cut off the face of the image
+below, but went on and made a chin and lips that
+were firm and round, that they might shut in the
+forked tongue and ivory teeth, and he knew that
+with the lips the image would smile when life should
+be given to it.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span>
+The image was now complete save for the arms,
+and Chemanitou saw that it was necessary it should
+have hands. He grew more grave.</p>
+
+<p>He had never given hands to any creature. He
+made the arms and the hands very beautiful, after
+the manner of his own.</p>
+
+<p>Chemanitou now took no pleasure in the work he
+had done. It was not good in his sight.</p>
+
+<p>He wished he had not given it hands. Might it
+not, when trusted with life, create? Might it not
+thwart the plans of the Master of Life himself?</p>
+
+<p>He looked long at the image. He saw what it
+would do when life should be given it. He knew all
+things.</p>
+
+<p>He now put fire in the image, but fire is not
+life.</p>
+
+<p>He put fire within and a red glow passed through
+and through it. The fire dried the clay of which the
+image was made, and gave the image an exceedingly
+fierce aspect. It shone through the scales upon
+the breast, through the gills, and the bat-winged
+ears. The lobster eyes were like a living coal.</p>
+
+<p>Chemanitou opened the side of the image, but he
+did not enter. He had given it hands and a chin.</p>
+
+<p>It could smile like the manitoes themselves.</p>
+
+<p>He made it walk all about the island of Metowac,
+that he might see how it would act. This he did by
+means of his will.</p>
+
+<p>He now put a little life into it, but he did not
+take out the fire. Chemanitou saw the aspect of the
+creature would be very terrible, and yet that it
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span>
+could smile in such a manner that it ceased to be
+ugly. He thought much upon these things. He
+felt that it would not be best to let such a creature
+live&mdash;a creature made up mostly from the beasts of
+the field, but with hands of power, a chin lifting the
+head upward, and lips holding all things within
+themselves.</p>
+
+<p>While he thought upon these things he took the
+image in his hands and cast it into the cave. But
+Chemanitou forgot to take out the life.</p>
+
+<p>The creature lay a long time in the cave and did
+not stir, for its fall was very great. It lay amongst
+the old creations that had been thrown in there
+without life.</p>
+
+<p>Now when a long time had passed Chemanitou
+heard a great noise in the cave. He looked in and
+saw the image sitting there, and it was trying to
+put together the old broken things that had been
+cast in as of no value.</p>
+
+<p>Chemanitou gathered together a vast heap of
+stones and sand, for large rocks are not to be had
+upon the island, and stopped the mouth of the cave.
+Many days passed and the noise within the cave
+grew louder. The earth shook, and hot smoke came
+from the ground. The manitoes crowded to Metowac
+to see what was the matter.</p>
+
+<p>Chemanitou came also, for he remembered the
+image he had cast in there of which he had forgotten
+to take away the life.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly there was a great rising of the stones
+and sand, the sky grew black with wind and dust.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span>
+Fire played about on the ground, and water gushed
+high into the air.</p>
+
+<p>All the manitoes fled with fear, and the image
+came forth with a great noise and most terrible to
+behold. Its life had grown strong within it, for
+the fire had made it very fierce.</p>
+
+<p>Everything fled before it and cried&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Machinitou! machinitou,&rdquo; which means a god,
+but an evil god.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE WOMAN OF STONE.</h2>
+
+
+<p>In one of the niches or recesses formed by a precipice
+in the cavern of Kickapoo Creek, which is a
+tributary of the Wisconsin, there is a gigantic mass
+of stone presenting the appearance of a human figure.
+It is so sheltered by the overhanging rocks and by
+the sides of the recess in which it stands as to
+assume a dark and gloomy character. Of the figure
+the following legend is related:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>Once upon a time there lived a woman who was
+called Shenanska, or the White Buffalo Robe. She
+was an inhabitant of the prairie, a dweller in the
+cabins which stand upon the verge of the hills. She
+was the pride of her people, not only for her beauty,
+which was very great, but for her goodness. The
+breath of the summer wind was not milder than the
+temper of Shenanska, the face of the sun was not
+fairer than her countenance.</p>
+
+<p>At length the tribe was surprised in its encampment
+on the banks of the Kickapoo by a numerous
+band of the fierce Mengwe. Many of them fell
+fighting bravely, the greater part of the women and
+children were made prisoners, and the others fled to
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span>
+the wilds for safety. It was the fortune of Shenanska
+to escape from death or captivity. When the alarm
+of the war-whoop reached her ear as she was sleeping
+in her lodge with her husband, she had rushed forth
+with him and gone with the braves to meet their
+assailants. When she saw half of the men of her
+nation lying dead around, then she fled. She had
+been wounded in the battle, but she still succeeded
+in effecting her escape to the hills. Weakened by
+loss of blood, she had not strength enough left to
+hunt for a supply of food, and she was near perishing
+with hunger.</p>
+
+<p>While she lay beneath the shade of a tree there
+came to her a being not of this world.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Shenanska,&rdquo; said he, in a gentle voice, &ldquo;thou art
+wounded and hungry, shall I heal thee and feed thee?
+Wilt thou return to the lands of thy tribe and live
+to be old, a widow and alone, or go now to the land
+of departed spirits and join the shade of thy husband?
+The choice is thine. If thou wilt live,
+crippled, and bowed down by wounds and disease,
+thou mayest. If it would please thee better to rejoin
+thy friends in the country beyond the Great River,
+say so.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Shenanska replied that she wished to die. The
+spirit took her, and placed her in one of the recesses
+of the cavern, overshadowed by hanging rocks. He
+then spoke some words in a low voice, and, breathing
+on her, she became stone. Determined that a woman
+so good and beautiful should not be forgotten by
+the world, he made her into a statue, to which he
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span>
+gave the power of killing suddenly any one who irreverently
+approached it. For a long time the statue
+relentlessly exercised this power. Many an unconscious
+Indian, venturing too near to it, fell dead
+without any perceptible wound. At length, tired of
+the havoc the statue made, the guardian spirit took
+away the power he had given to it. At this day
+the statue may be approached with safety, but the
+Indians hold it in fear, not intruding rashly upon it,
+and when in its presence treating it with great
+respect.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE MAIDEN WHO LOVED A FISH.</h2>
+
+
+<p>There was once among the Marshpees, a small
+tribe who have their hunting-grounds on the shores
+of the Great Lake, near the Cape of Storms, a
+woman whose name was Awashanks. She was
+rather silly, and very idle. For days together she
+would sit doing nothing. Then she was so ugly and
+ill-shaped that not one of the youths of the village
+would have aught to say to her by way of courtship
+or marriage. She squinted very much; her face was
+long and thin, her nose excessively large and humped,
+her teeth crooked and projecting, her chin almost as
+sharp as the bill of a loon, and her ears as large as
+those of a deer. Altogether she was a very odd and
+strangely formed woman, and wherever she went
+she never failed to excite much laughter and derision
+among those who thought that ugliness and deformity
+were fit subjects for ridicule.</p>
+
+<p>Though so very ugly, there was one faculty she
+possessed in a more remarkable degree than any
+woman of the tribe. It was that of singing. Nothing,
+unless such could be found in the land of
+spirits, could equal the sweetness of her voice or the
+beauty of her songs. Her favourite place of resort
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span>
+was a small hill, a little removed from the river of
+her people, and there, seated beneath the shady trees,
+she would while away the hours of summer with her
+charming songs. So beautiful and melodious were
+the things she uttered, that, by the time she had sung
+a single sentence, the branches above her head would
+be filled with the birds that came thither to listen,
+the thickets around her would be crowded with
+beasts, and the waters rolling beside her would be
+alive with fishes, all attracted by the sweet sounds.
+From the minnow to the porpoise, from the wren to
+the eagle, from the snail to the lobster, from the
+mouse to the mole,&mdash;all hastened to the spot to listen
+to the charming songs of the hideous Marshpee
+maiden.</p>
+
+<p>Among the fishes which repaired every night to the
+vicinity of the Little Hillock, which was the chosen
+resting-place of the ugly songstress, was the great
+chief of the trouts, a tribe of fish inhabiting the river
+near by. The chief was of a far greater size than the
+people of his nation usually are, being as long as a
+man, and quite as thick.</p>
+
+<p>Of all the creatures which came to listen to the
+singing of Awashanks none appeared to enjoy it so
+highly as the chief of the trouts. As his bulk prevented
+him from approaching so near as he wished,
+he, from time to time, in his eagerness to enjoy the
+music to the best advantage, ran his nose into the
+ground, and thus worked his way a considerable distance
+into the land. Nightly he continued his exertions
+to approach the source of the delightful sounds
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span>
+he heard, till at length he had ploughed out a wide
+and handsome channel, and so effected his passage
+from the river to the hill, a distance extending an
+arrow&rsquo;s-flight. Thither he repaired every night at
+the commencement of darkness, sure to meet the
+maiden who had become so necessary to his happiness.
+Soon he began to speak of the pleasure he
+enjoyed, and to fill the ears of Awashanks with fond
+protestations of his love and affection. Instead of
+singing to him, she soon began to listen to his voice.
+It was something so new and strange to her to hear
+the tones of love and courtship, a thing so unusual
+to be told she was beautiful, that it is not wonderful
+her head was turned by the new incident, and that
+she began to think the voice of her lover the
+sweetest she had ever heard. One thing marred
+their happiness. This was that the trout could not
+live upon land, nor the maiden in the water. This
+state of things gave them much sorrow.</p>
+
+<p>They had met one evening at the usual place, and
+were discoursing together, lamenting that two who
+loved one another so should be doomed to always
+live apart, when a man appeared close to Awashanks.
+He asked the lovers why they seemed to be so
+sad.</p>
+
+<p>The chief of the trouts told the stranger the cause
+of their sorrow.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Be not grieved nor hopeless,&rdquo; said the stranger,
+when the chief had finished. &ldquo;The impediments
+can be removed. I am the spirit who presides over
+fishes, and though I cannot make a man or woman
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span>
+of a fish, I can make them into fish. Under my
+power Awashanks shall become a beautiful trout.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>With that he bade the girl follow him into the
+river. When they had waded in some little depth
+he took up some water in his hand and poured it on
+her head, muttering some words, of which none but
+himself knew the meaning. Immediately a change
+took place in her. Her body took the form of a
+fish, and in a few moments she was a complete
+trout. Having accomplished this transformation the
+spirit gave her to the chief of the trouts, and the
+pair glided off into the deep and quiet waters. She
+did not, however, forget the land of her birth. Every
+season, on the same night as that upon which her
+disappearance from her tribe had been wrought,
+there were to be seen two trouts of enormous size
+playing in the water off the shore. They continued
+these visits till the pale-faces came to the country,
+when, deeming themselves to be in danger from a
+people who paid no reverence to the spirits of the
+land, they bade it adieu for ever.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE LONE LIGHTNING.</h2>
+
+
+<p>A little orphan boy, who had no one to care for
+him, once lived with his uncle, who treated him very
+badly, making him do hard work, and giving him
+very little to eat, so that the boy pined away and
+never grew much, but became, through hard usage,
+very thin and light. At last the uncle pretended to
+be ashamed of this treatment, and determined to
+make amends for it by fattening the boy up. He
+really wished, however, to kill him by overfeeding
+him. He told his wife to give the boy plenty of
+bear&rsquo;s meat, and let him have the fat, which is
+thought to be the best part. They were both very
+assiduous in cramming him, and one day nearly
+choked him to death by forcing the fat down his
+throat. The boy escaped, and fled from the lodge.
+He knew not where to go, and wandered about.
+When night came on he was afraid the wild beasts
+would eat him, so he climbed up into the forks of
+a high pine-tree, and there he fell asleep in the
+branches.</p>
+
+<p>As he was asleep a person appeared to him from
+the high sky, and said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span>
+&ldquo;My poor lad, I pity you, and the bad usage you
+have received from your uncle has led me to visit
+you. Follow me, and step in my tracks.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Immediately his sleep left him, and he rose up and
+followed his guide, mounting up higher and higher in
+the air until he reached the lofty sky. Here twelve
+arrows were put into his hands, and he was told
+that there were a great many manitoes in the northern
+sky, against whom he must go to war and try to
+waylay and shoot them. Accordingly he went to
+that part of the sky, and, at long intervals, shot
+arrow after arrow until he had expended eleven in a
+vain attempt to kill the manitoes. At the flight of
+each arrow there was a long and solitary streak of
+lightning in the sky&mdash;then all was clear again, and
+not a cloud or spot could be seen. The twelfth
+arrow he held a long time in his hands, and looked
+around keenly on every side to spy the manitoes he
+was after, but these manitoes were very cunning, and
+could change their form in a moment. All they
+feared was the boy&rsquo;s arrows, for these were magic
+weapons, which had been given to him by a good
+spirit, and had power to kill if aimed aright. At
+length the boy drew up his last arrow, took aim,
+and let fly, as he thought, into the very heart
+of the chief of the manitoes. Before the arrow
+reached him, however, he changed himself into
+a rock, into which the head of the arrow sank deep
+and stuck fast.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now your gifts are all expended,&rdquo; cried the
+enraged manito, &ldquo;and I will make an example of
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span>
+your audacity and pride of heart for lifting your
+bow against me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So saying, he transformed the boy into the
+Nazhik-a-w&auml; w&auml; sun, or Lone Lightning, which
+may be observed in the northern sky to this
+day.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span></p>
+<h2>AGGO-DAH-GAUDA.</h2>
+
+
+<p>Aggo-dah-gauda had one leg hooped up to his thigh
+so that he was obliged to get along by hopping. He
+had a beautiful daughter, and his chief care was to
+secure her from being carried off by the king of the
+buffaloes. He was peculiar in his habits, and lived
+in a loghouse, and he advised his daughter to keep
+indoors, and never go out for fear she should be
+stolen away.</p>
+
+<p>One sunshiny morning Aggo-dah-gauda prepared
+to go out fishing, but before he left the lodge he
+reminded his daughter of her strange lover.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My daughter,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;I am going out to fish,
+and as the day will be a pleasant one, you must
+recollect that we have an enemy near who is constantly
+going about, and so you must not leave the
+lodge.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>When he reached his fishing-place, he heard a
+voice singing&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poem">
+<div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">&ldquo;Man with the leg tied up,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Man with the leg tied up,<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Broken hip&mdash;hip&mdash;<br /></span>
+<span class="i6">Hipped.<br /></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="stanza">
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span>
+<span class="i0">Man with the leg tied up,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Man with the leg tied up,<br /></span>
+<span class="i2">Broken leg&mdash;leg&mdash;<br /></span>
+<span class="i6">Legged.&rdquo;<br /></span>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>He looked round but saw no one, so he suspected
+the words were sung by his enemies the buffaloes,
+and hastened home.</p>
+
+<p>The girl&rsquo;s father had not been long absent from
+the lodge when she began to think to herself&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is hard to be for ever kept indoors. The
+spring is coming on, and the days are so sunny and
+warm, that it would be very pleasant to sit out of
+doors. My father says it is dangerous. I know what
+I will do: I will get on the top of the house, and
+there I can comb and dress my hair.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>She accordingly got up on the roof of the small
+house, and busied herself in untying and combing
+her beautiful hair, which was not only fine and
+shining, but so long that it reached down to the
+ground, hanging over the eaves of the house as she
+combed it. She was so intent upon this that she
+forgot all ideas of danger. All of a sudden the king
+of the buffaloes came dashing by with his herd of
+followers, and, taking her between his horns, away
+he cantered over the plains, and then, plunging into
+a river that bounded his land, he carried her safely
+to his lodge on the other side. Here he paid her
+every attention in order to gain her affections, but
+all to no purpose, for she sat pensive and disconsolate
+in the lodge among the other females, and scarcely
+ever spoke. The buffalo king did all he could to
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span>
+please her, and told the others in the lodge to give
+her everything she wanted, and to study her in
+every way. They set before her the choicest food,
+and gave her the seat of honour in the lodge. The
+king himself went out hunting to obtain the most
+delicate bits of meat both of animals and wild-fowl,
+and, not content with these proofs of his love, he
+fasted himself and would often take his pib-be-gwun
+(Indian flute) and sit near the lodge singing&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poem">
+<div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">&ldquo;My sweetheart,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">My sweetheart,<br /></span>
+<span class="i4">Ah me!<br /></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">When I think of you,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">When I think of you,<br /></span>
+<span class="i4">Ah me!<br /></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">How I love you,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">How I love you,<br /></span>
+<span class="i4">Ah me!<br /></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">Do not hate me,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Do not hate me,<br /></span>
+<span class="i4">Ah me!&rdquo;<br /></span>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>In the meantime Aggo-dah-gauda came home, and
+finding his daughter had been stolen he determined
+to get her back. For this purpose he immediately
+set out. He could easily trace the king till he came
+to the banks of the river, and then he saw he had
+plunged in and swum over. When Aggo-dah-gauda
+came to the river, however, he found it covered with
+a thin coating of ice, so that he could not swim
+across nor walk over. He therefore determined to
+wait on the bank a day or two till the ice might
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span>
+melt or become strong enough to bear him. Very
+soon the ice was strong enough, and Aggo-dah-gauda
+crossed over. On the other side, as he went along,
+he found branches torn off and cast down, and these
+had been strewn thus by his daughter to aid him in
+following her. The way in which she managed it
+was this. Her hair was all untied when she was
+captured, and as she was carried along it caught in
+the branches as she passed, so she took the pieces
+out of her hair and threw them down on the path.</p>
+
+<p>When Aggo-dah-gauda came to the king&rsquo;s lodge
+it was evening. Carefully approaching it, he peeped
+through the sides and saw his daughter sitting there
+disconsolately. She saw him, and knowing that it
+was her father come for her, she said to the king,
+giving him a tender glance&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will go and get you a drink of water.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The king was delighted at what he thought was a
+mark of her affection, and the girl left the lodge
+with a dipper in her hand. The king waited a long
+time for her, and as she did not return he went out
+with his followers, but nothing could be seen or
+heard of the girl. The buffaloes sallied out into the
+plains, and had not gone far by the light of the
+moon, when they were attacked by a party of
+hunters. Many of them fell, but the buffalo-king,
+being stronger and swifter than the others, escaped,
+and, flying to the west, was never seen more.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span></p>
+<h2>PIQUA.</h2>
+
+
+<p>A great while ago the Shawanos nation took up
+the war-talk against the Walkullas, who lived on
+their own lands on the borders of the Great Salt
+Lake, and near the Burning Water. Part of the
+nation were not well pleased with the war. The
+head chief and the counsellors said the Walkullas
+were very brave and cunning, and the priests said
+their god was mightier than ours. The old and
+experienced warriors said the counsellors were wise,
+and had spoken well; but the Head Buffalo, the young
+warriors, and all who wished for war, would not
+listen to their words. They said that our fathers
+had beaten their fathers in many battles, that the
+Shawanos were as brave and strong as they ever
+were, and the Walkullas much weaker and more
+cowardly. They said the old and timid, the faint
+heart and the failing knee, might stay at home to
+take care of the women and children, and sleep and
+dream of those who had never dared bend a bow or
+look upon a painted cheek or listen to a war-whoop,
+while the young warriors went to war and drank
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>
+much blood. When two moons were gone they said
+they would come back with many prisoners and scalps,
+and have a great feast. The arguments of the fiery
+young men prevailed with all the youthful warriors,
+but the elder and wiser listened to the priests and
+counsellors, and remained in their villages to see
+the leaf fall and the grass grow, and to gather in
+the nut and follow the trail of the deer.</p>
+
+<p>Two moons passed, then a third, then came the
+night enlivened by many stars, but the warriors
+returned not. As the land of the Walkullas lay but
+a woman&rsquo;s journey of six suns from the villages of
+our nation, our people began to fear that our young
+men had been overcome in battle and were all slain.
+The head chief, the counsellors, and all the warriors
+who had remained behind, came together in the
+great wigwam, and called the priests to tell them
+where their sons were. Chenos, who was the wisest
+of them all (as well he might be, for he was older
+than the oak-tree whose top dies by the hand of
+Time), answered that they were killed by their
+enemies, the Walkullas, assisted by men of a
+strange speech and colour, who lived beyond the
+Great Salt Lake, fought with thunder and lightning,
+and came to our enemies on the back of a great bird
+with many white wings. When he had thus made
+known to our people the fate of the warriors there was
+a dreadful shout of horror throughout the village.
+The women wept aloud, and the men sprang up and
+seized their bows and arrows to go to war with the
+Walkullas and the strange warriors who had helped
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span>
+to slay their sons, but Chenos bade them sit down
+again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is one yet living,&rdquo; said he. &ldquo;He will
+soon be here. The sound of his footsteps is in my
+ear as he crosses the hollow hills. He has killed
+many of his enemies; he has glutted his vengeance
+fully; he has drunk blood in plenteous draughts.
+Long he fought with the men of his own race, and
+many fell before him, but he fled from the men who
+came to the battle armed with the real lightning, and
+hurling unseen death. Even now I see him coming;
+the shallow streams he has forded; the deep rivers
+he has swum. He is tired and hungry, and his
+quiver has no arrows, but he brings a prisoner in
+his arms. Lay the deer&rsquo;s flesh on the fire, and bring
+hither the pounded corn. Taunt him not, for he is
+valiant, and has fought like a hungry bear.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>As the wise Chenos spoke these words to the
+grey-bearded counsellors and warriors the Head
+Buffalo walked calm and cool into the midst of
+them. There he stood, tall and straight as a young
+pine, but he spoke no word, looking on the head
+chief and the counsellors. There was blood upon
+his body, dried on by the sun, and the arm next his
+heart was bound up with the skin of the deer. His
+eye was hollow and his body gaunt, as though he
+had fasted long. His quiver held no arrows.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where are our sons?&rdquo; inquired the head chief
+of the warrior.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ask the wolf and the panther,&rdquo; he answered.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Brother! tell us where are our sons!&rdquo;
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span>
+exclaimed the chief. &ldquo;Our women ask us for their
+sons. They want them. Where are they?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where are the snows of last year?&rdquo; replied the
+warrior. &ldquo;Have they not gone down the swelling
+river into the Great Lake? They have, and even so
+have your sons descended the stream of Time into
+the great Lake of Death. The great star sees them
+as they lie by the water of the Walkulla, but they
+see him not. The panther and the wolf howl unheeded
+at their feet, and the eagle screams, but they
+hear them not. The vulture whets his beak on
+their bones, the wild-cat rends their flesh, both are
+unfelt, for your sons are dead.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>When the warrior told these things to our people,
+they set up their loud death-howl. The women
+wept; but the men sprang up and seized their
+weapons, to go to meet the Walkullas, the slayers
+of their sons. The chief warrior rose again&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Fathers and warriors,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;hear me and
+believe my words, for I will tell you the truth.
+Who ever heard the Head Buffalo lie, and who ever
+saw him afraid of his enemies? Never, since the
+time that he chewed the bitter root and put on the
+new moccasins, has he lied or fled from his foes.
+He has neither a forked tongue nor a faint heart.
+Fathers, the Walkullas are weaker than us. Their
+arms are not so strong, their hearts are not so big,
+as ours. As well might the timid deer make war
+upon the hungry wolf, as the Walkullas upon the
+Shawanos. We could slay them as easily as a hawk
+pounces into a dove&rsquo;s nest and steals away her
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span>
+unfeathered little ones. The Head Buffalo alone could
+have taken the scalps of half the nation. But a
+strange tribe has come among them&mdash;men whose
+skin is white as the folds of the cloud, and whose
+hair shines like the great star of day. They do not
+fight as we fight, with bows and arrows and with war-axes,
+but with spears which thunder and lighten, and
+send unseen death. The Shawanos fall before it as
+the berries and acorns fall when the forest is shaken
+by the wind in the beaver-moon. Look at the arm
+nearest my heart. It was stricken by a bolt from
+the strangers&rsquo; thunder; but he fell by the hands of
+the Head Buffalo, who fears nothing but shame, and
+his scalp lies at the feet of the head chief.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Fathers, this was our battle. We came upon the
+Walkullas, I and my brothers, when they were unprepared.
+They were just going to hold the dance of the
+green corn. The whole nation had come to the dance;
+there were none left behind save the sick and the
+very old. None were painted; they were all for peace,
+and were as women. We crept close to them, and
+hid in the thick bushes which grew upon the edge
+of their camp, for the Shawanos are the cunning
+adder and not the foolish rattlesnake. We saw
+them preparing to offer a sacrifice to the Great
+Spirit. We saw them clean the deer, and hang his
+head, horns, and entrails upon the great white pole
+with a forked top, which stood over the roof of the
+council wigwam. They did not know that the
+Master of Life had sent the Shawanos to mix blood
+with the sacrifices. We saw them take the new corn
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span>
+and rub it upon their hands, breasts, and faces.
+Then the head chief, having first thanked the
+Master of Life for his goodness to the Walkullas,
+got up and gave his brethren a talk. He told them
+that the Great Spirit loved them, and had made
+them victorious over all their enemies; that he had
+sent a great many fat bears, deer, and moose to
+their hunting-ground, and had given them fish,
+whose heads were very small and bodies very big;
+that he had made their corn grow tall and sweet,
+and had ordered his suns to ripen it in the beginning
+of the harvest moon, that they might make a
+great feast for the strangers who had come from a
+far country on the wings of a great bird to warm
+themselves at the Walkullas&rsquo; fire. He told them
+they must love the Great Spirit, take care of the
+old men, tell no lies, and never break the faith of
+the pipe of peace; that they must not harm the
+strangers, for they were their brothers, but must
+live in peace with them, and give them lands and
+wives from among their women. If they did these
+things the Great Spirit, he said, would make their
+corn grow taller than ever, and direct them to
+hunting-grounds where the moose should be as
+thick as the stars.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Fathers and warriors, we heard these words;
+but we knew not what to do. We feared not the
+Walkullas; the God of War, we saw, had given them
+into our hands. But who were the strange tribe?
+Were they armed as we were, and was their Great
+Medicine (Great Spirit) like ours? Warriors, you
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span>
+all knew the Young Eagle, the son of the Old Eagle,
+who is here with us; but his wings are feeble, he
+flies no more to the field of blood. The Young
+Eagle feared nothing but shame, and he said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;&lsquo;I see many men sit round a fire, I will go and
+see who they are!&rsquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He went. The Old Eagle looks at me as if he
+would say, &lsquo;Why went not the chief warrior himself?&rsquo;
+I will tell you. The Head Buffalo is a head
+taller than the tallest man of his tribe. Can the
+moose crawl into the fox&rsquo;s hole? Can the swan hide
+himself under a little leaf? The Young Eagle
+was little, save in his soul. He was not full-grown,
+save in his heart. He could go and not be seen or
+heard. He was the cunning black-snake which
+creeps silently in the grass, and none thinks him
+near till he strikes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He came back and told us there were many
+strange men a little way before us whose faces were
+white, and who wore no skins, whose cabins were
+white as the snow upon the Backbone of the Great
+Spirit (the Alleghany Mountains), flat at the top,
+and moving with the wind like the reeds on the
+bank of a river; that they did not talk like the
+Walkullas, but spoke a strange tongue, the like of
+which he had never heard before. Many of our
+warriors would have turned back to our own lands.
+The Flying Squirrel said it was not cowardice to do
+so; but the Head Buffalo never turns till he has
+tasted the blood of his foes. The Young Eagle said
+he had eaten the bitter root and put on the new
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span>
+moccasins, and had been made a man, and his father
+and the warriors would cry shame on him if he took
+no scalp. Both he and the Head Buffalo said they
+would go and attack the Walkullas and their friends
+alone. The young warriors then said they would
+also go to the battle, and with a great heart, as their
+fathers had done. Then the Shawanos rushed upon
+their foes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Walkullas fell before us like rain in the
+summer months. We were as a fire among rushes.
+We went upon them when they were unprepared,
+when they were as children; and for a while the
+Great Spirit gave them into our hands. But a
+power rose up against us that we could not withstand.
+The strange men came upon us armed with
+thunder and lightning. Why delays my tongue to
+tell its story? Fathers, your sons have fallen like
+the leaves of a forest-tree in a high wind, like the
+flowers of spring after a frost, like drops of rain in
+the sturgeon moon! Warriors, the sprouts which
+sprang up from the withered oaks have perished,
+the young braves of our nation lie food for the
+eagle and the wild-cat by the arm of the Great
+Lake!</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Fathers, the bolt from the strangers&rsquo; thunder
+entered my flesh, yet I did not fly. These six scalps
+I tore from the Walkullas, but this has yellow hair.
+Have I done well?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The head chief and the counsellors answered he
+had done very well, but Chenos answered&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No. You went into the Walkullas&rsquo; camp when
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span>
+the tribe were feasting to the Great Spirit, and you
+disturbed the sacrifice, and mixed human blood with
+it. Therefore has this evil come upon us, for the
+Great Spirit is very angry.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then the head chief and the counsellors asked
+Chenos what must be done to appease the Master of
+Breath.</p>
+
+<p>Chenos answered&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Head Buffalo, with the morning, will offer
+to him that which he holds dearest.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Head Buffalo looked upon the priests, and
+said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Head Buffalo fears the Great Spirit. He
+will kill a deer, and, in the morning, it shall be
+burned to the Great Spirit.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Chenos said to him&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have told the council how the battle was
+fought and who fell; you have shown the spent
+quiver and the scalps, but you have not spoken of
+your prisoner. The Great Spirit keeps nothing hid
+from his priests, of whom Chenos is one. He has
+told me you have a prisoner, one with tender feet
+and a trembling heart.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let any one say the Head Buffalo ever lied,&rdquo;
+replied the warrior. &ldquo;He never spoke but truth.
+He has a prisoner, a woman taken from the strange
+camp, a daughter of the sun, a maiden from the
+happy islands which no Shawano has ever seen, and
+she shall live with me, and become the mother of
+my children.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where is she?&rdquo; asked the head chief.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span>
+&ldquo;She sits on the bank of the river at the bend
+where we dug up the bones of the great beast,
+beneath the tree which the Master of Breath shivered
+with his lightnings. I placed her there because the
+spot is sacred, and none dare disturb her. I will
+go and fetch her to the council fire, but let no one
+touch her or show anger, for she is fearful as a
+young deer, and weeps like a child for its mother.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Soon he returned, and brought with him a woman.
+She shook like a reed in the winter&rsquo;s wind, and
+many tears ran down her cheeks. The men sat as
+though their tongues were frozen. Was she beautiful?
+Go forth to the forest when it is clothed with
+the flowers of spring, look at the tall maize when it
+waves in the wind, and ask if they are beautiful.
+Her skin was white as the snow which falls upon
+the mountains beyond our lands, save upon her
+cheeks, where it was red,&mdash;not such red as the Indian
+paints when he goes to war, but such as the Master
+of Life gives to the flower which grows among thorns.
+Her eyes shone like the star which never moves.
+Her step was like that of the deer when it is a little
+scared.</p>
+
+<p>The Head Buffalo said to the council&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is my prisoner. I fought hard for her.
+Three warriors, tall, strong, and painted, three pale
+men, armed with red lightning, stood at her side.
+Where are they now? I bore her away in my arms,
+for fear had overcome her. When night came on I
+wrapped skins around her, and laid her under the
+leafy branches of the tree to keep off the cold, and
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span>
+kindled a fire, and watched by her till the sun rose.
+Who will say she shall not live with the Head
+Buffalo, and be the mother of his children?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then the Old Eagle got up, but he could not
+walk strong, for he was the oldest warrior of his
+tribe, and had seen the flowers bloom many times,
+the infant trees of the forest die of old age, and the
+friends of his boyhood laid in the dust. He went to
+the woman, laid his hands on her head, and wept.
+The other warriors, who had lost their kindred and
+sons in the war with the Walkullas, shouted and
+lamented. The woman also wept.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where is the Young Eagle?&rdquo; asked the Old
+Eagle of the Head Buffalo. The other warriors, in
+like manner, asked for their kindred who had been
+killed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Fathers, they are dead,&rdquo; answered the warrior.
+&ldquo;The Head Buffalo has said they are dead, and he
+never lies. But let my fathers take comfort. Who
+can live for ever? The foot of the swift step and
+the hand of the stout bow become feeble. The eye
+grows dim, and the heart of many days quails at the
+fierce glance of warriors. &rsquo;Twas better they should
+die like brave men in their youth than become old
+men and faint.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We must have revenge,&rdquo; they all cried. &ldquo;We
+will not listen to the young warrior who pines for
+the daughter of the sun.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then they began to sing a mournful song. The
+strange woman wept. Tears rolled down her cheeks,
+and she often looked up to the house of the Great
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>
+Spirit and spoke, but none could understand her.
+All the time the Old Eagle and the other warriors
+begged that she should be burned to revenge them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Brothers and warriors,&rdquo; said Chenos, &ldquo;our sons
+did wrong when they broke in upon the sacred
+dance the Walkullas made to their god, and he lent
+his thunder to the strange warriors. Let us not
+draw down his vengeance further by doing we know
+not what. Let the beautiful woman remain this
+night in the wigwam of the council, covered with
+skins, and let none disturb her. To-morrow we will
+offer a sacrifice of deer&rsquo;s flesh to the Great Spirit,
+and if he will not give her to the raging fire and the
+torments of the avengers, he will tell us so by the
+words of his mouth. If he does not speak, it shall
+be done to her as the Old Eagle and his brothers
+have said.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The head chief said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Chenos has spoken well; wisdom is in his words.
+Make for the strange woman a soft bed of skins,
+and treat her kindly, for it may be she is a daughter
+of the Great Spirit.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then they all returned to their cabins and slept,
+save the Head Buffalo, who, fearing for the woman&rsquo;s
+life, laid himself down at the door of the lodge, and
+watched.</p>
+
+<p>When the morning came the warrior went to the
+forest and killed a deer which he brought to Chenos,
+who prepared it for a sacrifice, and sang a song while
+the flesh lay on the fire.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us listen,&rdquo; said Chenos, stopping the warriors
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span>
+in their dance. &ldquo;Let us see if the Great Spirit hears
+us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They listened, but could hear nothing. Chenos
+asked him why he did not speak, but he did not
+answer. Then they sang again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Hush!&rdquo; said Chenos listening. &ldquo;I hear the crowing
+of the Great Turkey-cock. I hear him speaking.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They stopped, and Chenos went close to the fire
+and talked with his master, but nobody saw with
+whom he talked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What does the Great Spirit tell his prophet?&rdquo;
+asked the head chief.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He says,&rdquo; answered Chenos, &ldquo;the young woman
+must not be offered to him. He wills her to live
+and become the mother of many children.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Many were pleased that she was to live, but those
+who had lost brothers or sons were not appeased,
+and they said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will have blood. We will go to the priest
+of the Evil Spirit, and ask him if his master will not
+give us revenge.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Not far from where our nation had their council
+fire was a great hill, covered with stunted trees and
+moss, and rugged rocks. There was a great cave in
+it, in which dwelt Sketupah, the priest of the Evil
+One, who there did worship to his master. Sketupah
+would have been tall had he been straight, but he
+was more crooked than a bent bow. His hair was
+like a bunch of grapes, and his eyes like two coals of
+fire. Many were the gifts our nation made to him
+to gain his favour, and the favour of his master.
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span>
+Who but he feasted on the fattest buffalo hump?
+Who but he fed on the earliest ear of milky corn, on
+the best things that grew on the land or in the water?</p>
+
+<p>The Old Eagle went to the mouth of the cave and
+cried with a loud voice&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sketupah!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sketupah!&rdquo; answered the hoarse voice of the
+Evil One from the hollow cave. He soon came and
+asked the Old Eagle what he wanted.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Revenge for our sons who have been killed by
+the Walkullas and their friends. Will your master
+hear us?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My master must have a sacrifice; he must smell
+blood,&rdquo; answered Sketupah. &ldquo;Then we shall know if
+he will give revenge. Bring hither a sacrifice in the
+morning.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So in the morning they brought a sacrifice,
+and the priest laid it on the fire while he danced
+around. He ceased singing and listened, but the
+Evil Spirit answered not. Just as he was going
+to commence another song the warriors saw a large
+ball rolling very fast up the hill to the spot where
+they stood. It was the height of a man. When it
+came up to them it began to unwind itself slowly,
+until at last a little strange-looking man crept out
+of the ball, which was made of his own hair. He
+was no higher than one&rsquo;s shoulders. One of his
+feet made a strange track, such as no warrior had
+ever seen before. His face was as black as the shell
+of the butter-nut or the feathers of the raven, and
+his eyes as green as grass. His hair was of the colour
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span>
+of moss, and so long that, as the wind blew it out, it
+seemed the tail of a fiery star.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you want of me?&rdquo; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>The priest answered&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Shawanos want revenge. They want to
+sacrifice the beautiful daughter of the sun, whom the
+Head Buffalo has brought from the camp of the
+Walkullas.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They shall have their wish,&rdquo; said the Evil Spirit.
+&ldquo;Go and fetch her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then Old Eagle and the warriors fetched her.
+Head Buffalo would have fought for her, but Chenos
+commanded him to be still.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My master,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;will see she does not
+suffer.&rdquo; Then they fastened her to the stake. The
+head warrior had stood still, for he hoped that the
+priest of the Great Spirit should snatch her away
+from the Evil One. Now he shouted his war-cry
+and rushed upon Sketupah. It was in vain.
+Sketupah&rsquo;s master did but breathe upon the face of
+the warrior when he fell as though he had struck
+him a blow, and never breathed more. Then the
+Evil One commanded them to seize Chenos.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come, my master,&rdquo; cried Chenos, &ldquo;for the
+hands of the Evil One are upon me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>As soon as he had said this, very far over the tall
+hills, which Indians call the Backbone of the Great
+Spirit, the people saw two great lights, brighter and
+larger than stars, moving very fast towards the land
+of the Shawanos. One was just as high as another,
+and they were both as high as the goat-sucker flies
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span>
+before a thunderstorm. At first they were close
+together, but as they came nearer they grew wider
+apart. Soon our people saw that they were two eyes,
+and in a little while the body of a great man, whose
+head nearly reached the sky, came after them.
+Brothers, the eyes of the Great Spirit always go
+before him, and nothing is hid from his sight.
+Brothers, I cannot describe the Master of Life as he
+stood before the warriors of our nation. Can you
+look steadily on the star of the morning?</p>
+
+<p>When the Evil Spirit saw the Spirit of Good coming,
+he began to grow in stature, and continued swelling
+until he was as tall and big as he. When the Spirit
+of Good came near and saw how the Evil Spirit had
+grown, he stopped, and, looking angry, said, with a
+voice that shook the hills&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You lied; you promised to stay among the white
+people and the nations towards the rising sun, and
+not trouble my people more.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This woman,&rdquo; replied the Evil Spirit, &ldquo;comes
+from my country; she is mine.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She is mine,&rdquo; said the Great Spirit. &ldquo;I had
+given her for a wife to the warrior whom you have
+killed. Tell me no more lies, bad manito, lest I
+punish you. Away, and see you trouble my people
+no more.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The cowardly spirit made no answer, but shrank
+down to the size he was when he first came. Then
+he began as before to roll himself up in his hair,
+which he soon did, and then disappeared as he came.
+When he was gone, the Great Spirit shrank till he
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span>
+was no larger than a Shawano, and began talking
+to our people in a soft sweet voice&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Men of the Shawanos nation, I love you and
+have always loved you. I bade you conquer your
+enemies; I gave your foes into your hands. I
+sent herds of deer and many bears and moose to
+your hunting-ground, and made my suns shine upon
+your corn. Who lived so well, who fought so
+bravely as the Shawanos? Whose women bore so
+many sons as yours?</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why did you disturb the sacrifice which the
+Walkullas were offering to me at the feast of green
+corn? I was angry, and gave your warriors into the
+hands of their enemies.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Shawanos, hear my words, and forget them not;
+do as I bid you, and you shall see my power and my
+goodness. Offer no further violence to the white
+maiden, but treat her kindly. Go now and rake up
+the ashes of the sacrifice fire into a heap, gathering
+up the brands. When the great star of evening
+rises, open the ashes, put in the body of the Head
+Buffalo, lay on much wood, and kindle a fire on it.
+Let all the nation be called together, for all must
+assist in laying wood on the fire, but they must put
+on no pine, nor the tree which bears white flowers,
+nor the grape-vine which yields no fruit, nor the shrub
+whose dew blisters the flesh. The fire must be
+kept burning two whole moons. It must not go
+out; it must burn night and day. On the first day
+of the third moon put no wood on the fire, but let it
+die. On the morning of the second day the Shawanos
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span>
+must all come to the heap of ashes&mdash;every man,
+woman, and child must come, and the aged who
+cannot walk must be helped to it. Then Chenos
+and the head chief must bring out the beautiful
+woman, and place her near the ashes. This is the
+will of the Great Spirit.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>When he had finished these words he began to
+swell until he had reached his former bulk and
+stature. Then at each of his shoulders came out
+a wing of the colour of the gold-headed pigeon.
+Gently shaking these, he took flight from the land
+of the Shawanos, and was never seen in those beautiful
+regions again.</p>
+
+<p>The Shawanos did as he bade them. They raked
+the ashes together, laid the body of Head Buffalo in
+them, lighted the fire, and kept it burning the
+appointed time. On the first day of the third moon
+they let the fire out, assembled the nation around,
+and placed the beautiful woman near the ashes.
+They waited, and looked to see what would happen.
+At last the priests and warriors who were nearest
+began to shout, crying out&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Piqua!&rdquo; which in the Shawanos tongue means a
+man coming out of the ashes, or a man made of
+ashes.</p>
+
+<p>They told no lie. There he stood, a man tall and
+straight as a young pine, looking like a Shawanos,
+but handsomer than any man of our nation. The
+first thing he did was to cry the war-whoop, and
+demand paint, a club, a bow and arrows, and a
+hatchet,&mdash;all of which were given him. Looking
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span>
+around he saw the white woman, and he walked up
+to her, and gazed in her eyes. Then he came to the
+head chief and said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I must have that woman for my wife.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are you?&rdquo; asked the chief.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A man of ashes,&rdquo; he replied.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who made you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Great Spirit; and now let me go, that I
+may take my bow and arrows, kill my deer, and come
+back and take the beautiful maiden for my wife.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The chief asked Chenos&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Shall he have her? Does the Great Spirit give
+her to him?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; replied the priest. &ldquo;The Great Spirit has
+willed that he shall have her, and from them shall
+arise a tribe to be called Piqua.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Brothers, I am a Piqua, descended from the man
+made of ashes. If I have told you a lie, blame not
+me, for I have but told the story as I heard it.
+Brothers, I have done.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE EVIL MAKER.</h2>
+
+
+<p>The Great Spirit made man, and all the good things
+in the world, while the Evil Spirit was asleep. When
+the Evil Spirit awoke he saw an Indian, and, wondering
+at his appearance, he went to him and asked&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who made you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Great Spirit,&rdquo; replied the man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh, oh,&rdquo; thought the Evil Spirit, &ldquo;if he can make
+such a being so can I.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So he went to work, and tried his best to make an
+Indian like the man he saw, but he made some mistake,
+and only made a black man. When he saw
+that he had failed he was very angry, and in that
+state was walking about when he met a black bear.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who made you?&rdquo; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Great Spirit,&rdquo; answered the bear.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then,&rdquo; thought the Evil Spirit, &ldquo;I will make a
+bear too.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>To work he went, but do what he would he could
+not make a black bear, but only a grizzly one, unfit
+for food. More disgusted than before, he was walking
+through the forest when he found a beautiful
+serpent.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Who made you?&rdquo; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Great Spirit,&rdquo; replied the serpent.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then I will make some like you,&rdquo; said the Evil
+Maker.</p>
+
+<p>He tried his best, but the serpents he made were
+all noisome and poisonous, and he saw that he had
+failed again.</p>
+
+<p>Then it occurred to him that he might make some
+trees and flowers, but all his efforts only resulted in
+his producing some poor deformed trees and weeds.</p>
+
+<p>Then he said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is true, I have failed in making things like the
+Great Spirit, but I can at least spoil what he has
+made.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And he went off to put murder and lies in the
+hearts of men.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span></p>
+<h2>MANABOZHO THE WOLF.</h2>
+
+
+<p>Manabozho set out to travel. He wished to outdo
+all others, and see new countries, but after walking
+over America, and encountering many adventures, he
+became satisfied as well as fatigued. He had heard
+of great feats in hunting, and felt a desire to try his
+power in that way.</p>
+
+<p>One evening, as he was walking along the shores
+of a great lake, weary and hungry, he encountered
+a great magician in the form of an old wolf, with six
+young ones, coming towards him. The wolf, as soon
+as he saw him, told his whelps to keep out of the
+way of Manabozho.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For I know,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;that it is he we see
+yonder.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young wolves were in the act of running off,
+when Manabozho cried out&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My grandchildren, where are you going? Stop,
+and I will go with you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He appeared rejoiced to see the old wolf, and
+asked him whither he was journeying. Being told
+that they were looking out for a place where they
+could find the most game, and best pass the winter,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span>
+he said he should like to go with them, and addressed
+the old wolf in these words&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Brother, I have a passion for the chase. Are
+you willing to change me into a wolf?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old wolf was agreeable, and Manabozho&rsquo;s
+transformation was effected.</p>
+
+<p>He was fond of novelty. He found himself a
+wolf corresponding in size with the others, but he
+was not quite satisfied with the change, crying out&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh! make me a little larger.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They did so.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A little larger still,&rdquo; he cried.</p>
+
+<p>They said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us humour him,&rdquo; and granted his request.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;that will do.&rdquo; Then looking
+at his tail&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh!&rdquo; cried he, &ldquo;make my tail a little longer and
+more bushy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They made it so, and shortly after they all started
+off in company, dashing up a ravine. After getting
+into the woods some distance, they fell in with the
+tracks of moose. The young wolves went after them,
+Manabozho and the old wolf following at their
+leisure.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well,&rdquo; said the wolf, &ldquo;who do you think is the
+fastest of my sons? Can you tell by the jumps
+they take?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why,&rdquo; replied he, &ldquo;that one that takes such
+long jumps; he is the fastest, to be sure.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ha, ha! You are mistaken,&rdquo; said the old wolf.
+&ldquo;He makes a good start, but he will be the first to
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span>
+tire out. This one who appears to be behind will
+be the first to kill the game.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Soon after they came to the place where the
+young ones had killed the game. One of them had
+dropped his bundle there.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take that, Manabozho,&rdquo; said the old wolf.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Esa,&rdquo; he replied, &ldquo;what will I do with a dirty
+dog-skin?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The wolf took it up; it was a beautiful robe.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh! I will carry it now,&rdquo; said Manabozho.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh no,&rdquo; replied the wolf, who at the moment
+exerted his magic power. &ldquo;It is a robe of pearls.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>From that moment he lost no opportunity of displaying
+his superiority, both in the hunter&rsquo;s and
+magician&rsquo;s art, over his conceited companion.</p>
+
+<p>Coming to a place where the moose had lain down,
+they saw that the young wolves had made a fresh
+start after their prey.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why,&rdquo; said the wolf, &ldquo;this moose is poor. I
+know by the tracks, for I can always tell whether
+they are fat or not.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They next came to a place where one of the
+wolves had tried to bite the moose, and, failing, had
+broken one of his teeth on a tree.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Manabozho,&rdquo; said the wolf, &ldquo;one of your grandchildren
+has shot at the game. Take his arrow.
+There it is.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No,&rdquo; replied he, &ldquo;what will I do with a dirty
+tooth?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old wolf took it up, and, behold! it was a
+beautiful silver arrow.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span>
+When they overtook the young ones, they found
+they had killed a very fat moose. Manabozho was
+very hungry, but, such is the power of enchantment,
+he saw nothing but bones, picked quite clean. He
+thought to himself&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Just as I expected. Dirty, greedy fellows!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>However, he sat down without saying a word, and
+the old wolf said to one of the young ones&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Give some meat to your grandfather.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The wolf, coming near to Manabozho, opened his
+mouth wide as if he had eaten too much, whereupon
+Manabozho jumped up, saying&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You filthy dog, you have eaten so much that
+you are ill. Get away to some other place.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old wolf, hearing these words, came to Manabozho,
+and, behold! before him was a heap of fresh
+ruddy meat with the fat lying all ready prepared.
+Then Manabozho put on a smiling-face.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Amazement!&rdquo; cried he, &ldquo;how fine the meat is!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; replied the wolf; &ldquo;it is always so with
+us. We know our work, and always get the best.
+It is not a long tail that makes a hunter.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Manabozho bit his lip.</p>
+
+<p>They then commenced fixing their winter quarters,
+while the young ones went out in search of game, of
+which they soon brought in a large supply. One day,
+during the absence of the young wolves, the old one
+amused himself by cracking the large bones of a moose.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Manabozho,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;cover your head with the
+robe, and do not look at me while I am at these
+bones, for a piece may fly in your eye.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span>
+Manabozho covered his head, but, looking through
+a rent in the robe, he saw all the other was about.
+At that moment a piece of bone flew off and hit him
+in the eye. He cried out&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tyau! Why do you strike me, you old dog!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The wolf said&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You must have been looking at me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, no,&rdquo; replied Manabozho; &ldquo;why should I
+want to look at you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Manabozho,&rdquo; said the wolf, &ldquo;you must have been
+looking, or you would not have got hurt.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, no,&rdquo; said Manabozho; and he thought to
+himself, &ldquo;I will repay the saucy wolf for this.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Next day, taking up a bone to obtain the marrow,
+he said to the old wolf&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cover your head, and don&rsquo;t look at me, for I
+fear a piece may fly in your eye.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The wolf did so. Then Manabozho took the
+leg-bone of the moose, and, looking first to see if
+the old wolf was well covered, he hit him a blow
+with all his might. The wolf jumped up, and cried
+out&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why do you strike me so?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Strike you?&rdquo; exclaimed Manabozho. &ldquo;I did
+not strike you!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You did,&rdquo; said the wolf.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How can you say I did, when you did not see me.
+Were you looking?&rdquo; said Manabozho.</p>
+
+<p>He was an expert hunter when he undertook the
+work in earnest, and one day he went out and killed
+a fat moose. He was very hungry, and sat down to
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span>
+eat, but fell into great doubts as to the proper point
+in the carcass to begin at.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know where to commence.
+At the head? No. People would laugh,
+and say, &lsquo;He ate him backward!&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then he went to the side.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;they will say I ate him sideways.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He then went to the hind-quarter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;they will say I ate him forward.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At last, however, seeing that he must begin the
+attack somewhere, he commenced upon the hind-quarter.
+He had just got a delicate piece in his
+mouth when the tree just by began to make a creaking
+noise, rubbing one large branch against another.
+This annoyed him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why!&rdquo; he exclaimed, &ldquo;I cannot eat when I hear
+such a noise. Stop, stop!&rdquo; cried he to the tree.</p>
+
+<p>He was again going on with his meal when the
+noise was repeated.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I cannot eat with such a noise,&rdquo; said he; and,
+leaving the meal, although he was very hungry, he
+went to put a stop to the noise. He climbed the
+tree, and having found the branches which caused
+the disturbance, tried to push them apart, when they
+suddenly caught him between them, so that he was
+held fast. While he was in this position a pack of
+wolves came near.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go that way,&rdquo; cried Manabozho, anxious to send
+them away from the neighbourhood of his meat.
+&ldquo;Go that way; what would you come to get here?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The wolves talked among themselves, and said,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span>,
+&ldquo;Manabozho wants to get us out of the way. He
+must have something good here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I begin to know him and all his tricks,&rdquo; said an
+old wolf. &ldquo;Let us see if there is anything.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They accordingly began to search, and very soon
+finding the moose made away with the whole carcass.
+Manabozho looked on wistfully, and saw them eat
+till they were satisfied, when they left him nothing
+but bare bones. Soon after a blast of wind opened
+the branches and set him free. He went home,
+thinking to himself&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;See the effect of meddling with frivolous things
+when certain good is in one&rsquo;s possession!&rdquo;</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE MAN-FISH.</h2>
+
+
+<p>A very great while ago the ancestors of the
+Shawanos nation lived on the other side of the
+Great Lake, half-way between the rising sun and the
+evening star. It was a land of deep snows and
+much frost, of winds which whistled in the clear,
+cold nights, and storms which travelled from seas no
+eyes could reach. Sometimes the sun ceased to shine
+for moons together, and then he was continually
+before their eyes for as many more. In the season
+of cold the waters were all locked up, and the snows
+overtopped the ridge of the cabins. Then he shone
+out so fiercely that men fell stricken by his fierce
+rays, and were numbered with the snow that had
+melted and run to the embrace of the rivers. It
+was not like the beautiful lands&mdash;the lands blessed
+with soft suns and ever-green vales&mdash;in which the
+Shawanos now dwell, yet it was well stocked with
+deer, and the waters with fat seals and great fish,
+which were caught just when the people pleased to
+go after them. Still, the nation were discontented,
+and wished to leave their barren and inhospitable
+shores. The priests had told them of a beautiful
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span>
+world beyond the Great Salt Lake, from which the
+glorious sun never disappeared for a longer time
+than the duration of a child&rsquo;s sleep, where snow-shoes
+were never wanted&mdash;a land clothed with
+perpetual verdure, and bright with never-failing
+gladness. The Shawanos listened to these tales till
+they came to loathe their own simple comforts; all
+they talked of, all they appeared to think of, was
+the land of the happy hunting-grounds.</p>
+
+<p>Once upon a time the people were much terrified
+at seeing a strange creature, much resembling a
+man, riding along the waves of the lake on the
+borders of which they dwelt. He had on his head
+long green hair; his face was shaped like that of a
+porpoise, and he had a beard of the colour of ooze.</p>
+
+<p>If the people were frightened at seeing a man who
+could live in the water like a fish or a duck, how
+much more were they frightened when they saw
+that from his breast down he was actually fish, or
+rather two fishes, for each of his legs was a whole
+and distinct fish. When they heard him speak distinctly
+in their own language, and when he sang
+songs sweeter than the music of birds in spring, or
+the whispers of love from the lips of a beautiful
+maiden, they thought it a being from the Land of
+Shades&mdash;a spirit from the happy fishing-grounds
+beyond the lake of storms.</p>
+
+<p>He would sit for a long time, his fish-legs coiled
+up under him, singing to the wondering ears of the
+Indians upon the shore the pleasures he experienced,
+and the beautiful and strange things he saw in the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span>
+depths of the ocean, always closing his strange
+stories with these words, shouted at the top of his
+voice&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Follow me, and see what I will show you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Every day, when the waves were still and the
+winds had gone to their resting-place in the depths
+of the earth, the monster was sure to be seen near
+the shore where the Shawanos dwelt. For a great
+many suns they dared not venture upon the water
+in quest of food, doing nothing but wander along
+the beach, watching the strange creature as he
+played his antics upon the surface of the waves,
+listening to his songs and to his invitation&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Follow me, and see what I will show you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The longer he stayed the less they feared him.
+They became used to him, and in time looked upon
+him as a spirit who was not made for harm, nor
+wished to injure the poor Indian. Then they grew
+hungry, and their wives and little ones cried for
+food, and, as hunger banishes all fear, in a few days
+three canoes with many men and warriors ventured
+off to the rocks in quest of fish.</p>
+
+<p>When they reached the fishing-place, they heard
+as before the voice shouting&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Follow me, and see what I will show you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Presently the man-fish appeared, sitting on the
+water, with his legs folded under him, and his arms
+crossed on his breast, as they had usually seen him.
+There he sat, eying them attentively. When they
+failed to draw in the fish they had hooked, he would
+make the water shake and the deep echo with shouts
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span>
+of laughter, and would clap his hands with great
+noise, and cry&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ha, ha! there he fooled you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>When a fish was caught he was very angry.
+When the fishers had tried long and patiently, and
+taken little, and the sun was just hiding itself
+behind the dark clouds which skirted the region
+of warm winds, the strange creature cried out still
+stronger than before&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Follow me, and see what I will show you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Kiskapocoke, who was the head man of the tribe,
+asked him what he wanted, but he would make no
+other answer than&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Follow me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you think,&rdquo; said Kiskapocoke, &ldquo;I would be
+such a fool as to go I don&rsquo;t know with whom, and I
+don&rsquo;t know where?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;See what I will show you,&rdquo; cried the man-fish.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can you show us anything better than we have
+yonder?&rdquo; asked the warrior.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will show you,&rdquo; replied the monster, &ldquo;a land
+where there is a herd of deer for every one that
+skips over your hills, where there are vast droves of
+creatures larger than your sea-elephants, where there
+is no cold to freeze you, where the sun is always soft
+and smiling, where the trees are always in bloom.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The people began to be terrified, and wished
+themselves on land, but the moment they tried to
+paddle towards the shore, some invisible hand would
+seize their canoes and draw them back, so that an
+hour&rsquo;s labour did not enable them to gain the length
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span>
+of their boat in the direction of their homes. At
+last Kiskapocoke said to his companions&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What shall we do?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Follow me,&rdquo; said the fish.</p>
+
+<p>Then Kiskapocoke said to his companions&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us follow him, and see what will come of it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So they followed him,&mdash;he swimming and they
+paddling, until night came. Then a great wind and
+deep darkness prevailed, and the Great Serpent
+commenced hissing in the depths of the ocean. The
+people were terribly frightened, and did not think
+to live till another sun, but the man-fish kept close to
+the boats, and bade them not be afraid, for nothing
+should hurt them.</p>
+
+<p>When morning came, nothing could be seen of the
+shore they had left. The winds still raged, the seas
+were very high, and the waters ran into their canoes
+like melted snows over the brows of the mountains,
+but the man-fish handed them large shells, with
+which they baled the water out. As they had
+brought neither food nor water with them, they had become
+both hungry and thirsty. Kiskapocoke told the
+strange creature they wanted to eat and drink, and
+that he must supply them with what they required.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well,&rdquo; said the man-fish, and, disappearing
+in the depths of the water, he soon reappeared,
+bringing with him a bag of parched corn and a shell
+full of sweet water.</p>
+
+<p>For two moons and a half the fishermen followed
+the man-fish, till at last one morning their guide
+exclaimed&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span>
+&ldquo;Look there!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Upon that they looked in the direction he pointed
+out to them and saw land, high land, covered
+with great trees, and glittering as the sand of the
+Spirit&rsquo;s Island. Behind the shore rose tall mountains,
+from the tops of which issued great flames,
+which shot up into the sky, as the forks of the lightning
+cleave the clouds in the hot moon. The waters
+of the Great Salt Lake broke in small waves upon
+its shores, which were covered with sporting seals
+and wild ducks pluming themselves in the beams of
+the warm and gentle sun. Upon the shore stood a
+great many strange people, but when they saw the
+strangers step upon the land and the man-fish, they
+fled to the woods like startled deer, and were no
+more seen.</p>
+
+<p>When the warriors were safely landed, the man-fish
+told them to let the canoe go; &ldquo;for,&rdquo; said he,
+&ldquo;you will never need it more.&rdquo; They had travelled
+but a little way into the woods when he bade them
+stay where they were, while he told the spirit of the
+land that the strangers he had promised were come,
+and with that he descended into a deep cave near at
+hand. He soon returned, accompanied by a creature
+as strange in appearance as himself. His legs and
+feet were those of a man. He had leggings and
+moccasins like an Indian&rsquo;s, tightly laced and beautifully
+decorated with wampum, but his head was like
+a goat&rsquo;s. He talked like a man, and his language
+was one well understood by the strangers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will lead you,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;to a beautiful land,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span>
+to a most beautiful land, men from the clime of
+snows. There you will find all the joys an Indian
+covets.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>For many moons the Shawanos travelled under
+the guidance of the man-goat, into whose hands the
+man-fish had put them, when he retraced his steps to
+the Great Lake. They came at length to the land
+which the Shawanos now occupy. They found it as
+the strange spirits had described it. They married
+the daughters of the land, and their numbers increased
+till they were so many that no one could
+count them. They grew strong, swift, and valiant
+in war, keen and patient in the chase. They overcame
+all the tribes eastward of the River of Rivers,
+and south to the shore of the Great Lake.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center" style="padding-top: 5em; padding-bottom: 3em;">Printed by T. and A. <span class="smcap">Constable</span>, Printers to Her Majesty,<br />
+at the Edinburgh University Press.</p>
+
+
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<p><b>Transcriber's Note</b></p>
+
+<p>Minor typographical errors have been corrected without note.</p>
+
+<p>All Native American words have been kept as originally printed, including
+those with variation in hyphenation or spelling.</p>
+
+<p>The advertisement has been moved to follow the title page.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Folk-Lore and Legends: North American
+Indian, by Anonymous
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FOLK-LORE AND LEGENDS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 22072-h.htm or 22072-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/2/2/0/7/22072/
+
+Produced by Julie Barkley, Sam W. and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/22072-page-images/f001.png b/22072-page-images/f001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05ac7e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/f001.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/f002.png b/22072-page-images/f002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6955a11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/f002.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/f003.png b/22072-page-images/f003.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c672000
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/f003.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/f004.png b/22072-page-images/f004.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0fe4226
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/f004.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/f005.png b/22072-page-images/f005.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79f8f4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/f005.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/f006.png b/22072-page-images/f006.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60d9981
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/f006.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p001.png b/22072-page-images/p001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cd711d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p001.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p002.png b/22072-page-images/p002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89347e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p002.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p003.png b/22072-page-images/p003.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbd5f64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p003.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p004.png b/22072-page-images/p004.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02c60a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p004.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p005.png b/22072-page-images/p005.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..329553e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p005.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p006.png b/22072-page-images/p006.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7038044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p006.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p007.png b/22072-page-images/p007.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08c3ffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p007.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p008.png b/22072-page-images/p008.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae1bcf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p008.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p009.png b/22072-page-images/p009.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db024d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p009.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p010.png b/22072-page-images/p010.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8734714
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p010.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p011.png b/22072-page-images/p011.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef5db05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p011.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p012.png b/22072-page-images/p012.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65cda0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p012.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p013.png b/22072-page-images/p013.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbb5246
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p013.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p014.png b/22072-page-images/p014.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d08588
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p014.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p015.png b/22072-page-images/p015.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce57324
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p015.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p016.png b/22072-page-images/p016.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7cd34e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p016.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p017.png b/22072-page-images/p017.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c87581
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p017.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p018.png b/22072-page-images/p018.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cfd56bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p018.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p019.png b/22072-page-images/p019.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..158889c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p019.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p020.png b/22072-page-images/p020.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7917bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p020.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p021.png b/22072-page-images/p021.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69cb40d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p021.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p022.png b/22072-page-images/p022.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5357540
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p022.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p023.png b/22072-page-images/p023.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d832183
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p023.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p024.png b/22072-page-images/p024.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8dbee12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p024.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p025.png b/22072-page-images/p025.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..531397c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p025.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p026.png b/22072-page-images/p026.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e6c4bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p026.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p027.png b/22072-page-images/p027.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be4c723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p027.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p028.png b/22072-page-images/p028.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0af3efb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p028.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p029.png b/22072-page-images/p029.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a64136
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p029.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p030.png b/22072-page-images/p030.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..734a887
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p030.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p031.png b/22072-page-images/p031.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d26febd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p031.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p032.png b/22072-page-images/p032.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ba6af1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p032.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p033.png b/22072-page-images/p033.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..413a4a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p033.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p034.png b/22072-page-images/p034.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9cf850
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p034.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p035.png b/22072-page-images/p035.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8c77c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p035.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p036.png b/22072-page-images/p036.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b31a7d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p036.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p037.png b/22072-page-images/p037.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef3b762
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p037.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p038.png b/22072-page-images/p038.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e20a6c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p038.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p039.png b/22072-page-images/p039.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..704236a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p039.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p040.png b/22072-page-images/p040.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fcda2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p040.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p041.png b/22072-page-images/p041.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d2416c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p041.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p042.png b/22072-page-images/p042.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..faff3ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p042.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p043.png b/22072-page-images/p043.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..507db3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p043.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p044.png b/22072-page-images/p044.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..395324c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p044.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p045.png b/22072-page-images/p045.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e540518
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p045.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p046.png b/22072-page-images/p046.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0314dc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p046.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p047.png b/22072-page-images/p047.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1178a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p047.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p048.png b/22072-page-images/p048.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..517c034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p048.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p049.png b/22072-page-images/p049.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c434949
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p049.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p050.png b/22072-page-images/p050.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8fdfb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p050.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p051.png b/22072-page-images/p051.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54306f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p051.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p052.png b/22072-page-images/p052.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cad4aa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p052.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p053.png b/22072-page-images/p053.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..805c71a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p053.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p054.png b/22072-page-images/p054.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ade7f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p054.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p055.png b/22072-page-images/p055.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a46fdff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p055.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p056.png b/22072-page-images/p056.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58c659f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p056.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p057.png b/22072-page-images/p057.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..568f306
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p057.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p058.png b/22072-page-images/p058.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24b14c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p058.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p059.png b/22072-page-images/p059.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88ebe49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p059.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p060.png b/22072-page-images/p060.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35876f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p060.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p061.png b/22072-page-images/p061.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b78d4de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p061.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p062.png b/22072-page-images/p062.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e15a1d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p062.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p063.png b/22072-page-images/p063.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9229ad3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p063.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p064.png b/22072-page-images/p064.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c043f2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p064.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p065.png b/22072-page-images/p065.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..704ed5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p065.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p066.png b/22072-page-images/p066.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e362ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p066.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p067.png b/22072-page-images/p067.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5dbe002
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p067.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p068.png b/22072-page-images/p068.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03d547e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p068.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p069.png b/22072-page-images/p069.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f99be1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p069.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p070.png b/22072-page-images/p070.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fdeac2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p070.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p071.png b/22072-page-images/p071.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31be5f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p071.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p072.png b/22072-page-images/p072.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f2b21c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p072.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p073.png b/22072-page-images/p073.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2dbe59b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p073.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p074.png b/22072-page-images/p074.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cda3fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p074.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p075.png b/22072-page-images/p075.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c00fb0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p075.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p076.png b/22072-page-images/p076.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f0db97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p076.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p077.png b/22072-page-images/p077.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c169f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p077.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p078.png b/22072-page-images/p078.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8926a8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p078.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p079.png b/22072-page-images/p079.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2bde4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p079.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p080.png b/22072-page-images/p080.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4533603
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p080.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p081.png b/22072-page-images/p081.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca9fa2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p081.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p082.png b/22072-page-images/p082.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e182980
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p082.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p083.png b/22072-page-images/p083.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ad3e01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p083.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p084.png b/22072-page-images/p084.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83b9c4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p084.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p085.png b/22072-page-images/p085.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d7b844
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p085.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p086.png b/22072-page-images/p086.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd36be9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p086.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p087.png b/22072-page-images/p087.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c5a36d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p087.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p088.png b/22072-page-images/p088.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa8b03a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p088.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p089.png b/22072-page-images/p089.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..735bf36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p089.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p090.png b/22072-page-images/p090.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f440536
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p090.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p091.png b/22072-page-images/p091.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8899a03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p091.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p092.png b/22072-page-images/p092.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f9dddd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p092.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p093.png b/22072-page-images/p093.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6952b98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p093.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p094.png b/22072-page-images/p094.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed3b8c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p094.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p095.png b/22072-page-images/p095.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8b2e2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p095.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p096.png b/22072-page-images/p096.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca49ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p096.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p097.png b/22072-page-images/p097.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9570a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p097.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p098.png b/22072-page-images/p098.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..060b10f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p098.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p099.png b/22072-page-images/p099.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..982da8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p099.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p100.png b/22072-page-images/p100.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f3eb29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p100.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p101.png b/22072-page-images/p101.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..712cd19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p101.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p102.png b/22072-page-images/p102.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50a42b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p102.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p103.png b/22072-page-images/p103.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7d37d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p103.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p104.png b/22072-page-images/p104.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3c5581
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p104.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p105.png b/22072-page-images/p105.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43948bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p105.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p106.png b/22072-page-images/p106.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e883c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p106.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p107.png b/22072-page-images/p107.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5bb01e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p107.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p108.png b/22072-page-images/p108.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1760d36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p108.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p109.png b/22072-page-images/p109.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90d2324
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p109.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p110.png b/22072-page-images/p110.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5985f50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p110.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p111.png b/22072-page-images/p111.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ec911a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p111.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p112.png b/22072-page-images/p112.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d474260
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p112.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p113.png b/22072-page-images/p113.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1783984
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p113.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p114.png b/22072-page-images/p114.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80738eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p114.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p115.png b/22072-page-images/p115.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5704eb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p115.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p116.png b/22072-page-images/p116.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..befba70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p116.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p117.png b/22072-page-images/p117.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0def694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p117.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p118.png b/22072-page-images/p118.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6a4469e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p118.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p119.png b/22072-page-images/p119.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53ebda3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p119.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p120.png b/22072-page-images/p120.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac0da23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p120.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p121.png b/22072-page-images/p121.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56f0f67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p121.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p122.png b/22072-page-images/p122.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..852b97d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p122.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p123.png b/22072-page-images/p123.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..321d357
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p123.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p124.png b/22072-page-images/p124.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76b5572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p124.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p125.png b/22072-page-images/p125.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e33ba73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p125.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p126.png b/22072-page-images/p126.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe8d3ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p126.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p127.png b/22072-page-images/p127.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab56d17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p127.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p128.png b/22072-page-images/p128.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bb0793
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p128.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p129.png b/22072-page-images/p129.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e244328
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p129.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p130.png b/22072-page-images/p130.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57eb2dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p130.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p131.png b/22072-page-images/p131.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..793d056
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p131.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p132.png b/22072-page-images/p132.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6a0483
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p132.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p133.png b/22072-page-images/p133.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c8492f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p133.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p134.png b/22072-page-images/p134.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5709e63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p134.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p135.png b/22072-page-images/p135.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42b0f83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p135.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p136.png b/22072-page-images/p136.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b266678
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p136.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p137.png b/22072-page-images/p137.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9612521
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p137.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p138.png b/22072-page-images/p138.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd0c444
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p138.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p139.png b/22072-page-images/p139.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19a7066
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p139.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p140.png b/22072-page-images/p140.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08be23e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p140.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p141.png b/22072-page-images/p141.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5aa2fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p141.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p142.png b/22072-page-images/p142.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f97da7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p142.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p143.png b/22072-page-images/p143.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0097db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p143.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p144.png b/22072-page-images/p144.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9b548f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p144.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p145.png b/22072-page-images/p145.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b7667a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p145.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p146.png b/22072-page-images/p146.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca80c67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p146.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p147.png b/22072-page-images/p147.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f298a82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p147.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p148.png b/22072-page-images/p148.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..febd5b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p148.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p149.png b/22072-page-images/p149.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e52af4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p149.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p150.png b/22072-page-images/p150.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c08d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p150.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p151.png b/22072-page-images/p151.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfa3b0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p151.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p152.png b/22072-page-images/p152.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d10d6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p152.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p153.png b/22072-page-images/p153.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4dd38b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p153.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p154.png b/22072-page-images/p154.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50bb5fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p154.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p155.png b/22072-page-images/p155.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d2ad4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p155.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p156.png b/22072-page-images/p156.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93d915f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p156.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p157.png b/22072-page-images/p157.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0155e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p157.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p158.png b/22072-page-images/p158.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..daef7a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p158.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p159.png b/22072-page-images/p159.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..686f479
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p159.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p160.png b/22072-page-images/p160.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c800a09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p160.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p161.png b/22072-page-images/p161.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc17321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p161.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p162.png b/22072-page-images/p162.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c3af2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p162.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p163.png b/22072-page-images/p163.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bb5a7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p163.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p164.png b/22072-page-images/p164.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..beae4ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p164.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p165.png b/22072-page-images/p165.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b89c04b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p165.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p166.png b/22072-page-images/p166.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3380ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p166.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p167.png b/22072-page-images/p167.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f298ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p167.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p168.png b/22072-page-images/p168.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bf025a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p168.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p169.png b/22072-page-images/p169.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..879dc39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p169.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p170.png b/22072-page-images/p170.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95ff5d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p170.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p171.png b/22072-page-images/p171.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f235182
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p171.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p172.png b/22072-page-images/p172.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da416d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p172.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p173.png b/22072-page-images/p173.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a9f731
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p173.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p174.png b/22072-page-images/p174.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f26928
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p174.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p175.png b/22072-page-images/p175.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fef502a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p175.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p176.png b/22072-page-images/p176.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bb590b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p176.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p177.png b/22072-page-images/p177.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0deeb01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p177.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p178.png b/22072-page-images/p178.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee3d25a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p178.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p179.png b/22072-page-images/p179.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd567a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p179.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p180.png b/22072-page-images/p180.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4270034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p180.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p181.png b/22072-page-images/p181.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fbb750
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p181.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p182.png b/22072-page-images/p182.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4c49fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p182.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p183.png b/22072-page-images/p183.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61869d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p183.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p184.png b/22072-page-images/p184.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64c1bc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p184.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p185.png b/22072-page-images/p185.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a54f13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p185.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p186.png b/22072-page-images/p186.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee9f85c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p186.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p187.png b/22072-page-images/p187.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..240b6a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p187.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p188.png b/22072-page-images/p188.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d93509
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p188.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p189.png b/22072-page-images/p189.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bd2c29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p189.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p190.png b/22072-page-images/p190.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13481c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p190.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p191.png b/22072-page-images/p191.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..922941c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p191.png
diff --git a/22072-page-images/p192.png b/22072-page-images/p192.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d5a823
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072-page-images/p192.png
diff --git a/22072.txt b/22072.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..533f7b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5526 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Folk-Lore and Legends: North American Indian, by
+Anonymous
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Folk-Lore and Legends: North American Indian
+
+Author: Anonymous
+
+Release Date: July 14, 2007 [EBook #22072]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FOLK-LORE AND LEGENDS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Julie Barkley, Sam W. and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+        FOLK-LORE
+
+           AND
+
+         LEGENDS
+
+
+  NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN
+
+
+      W. W. GIBBINGS
+18 BURY ST., LONDON, W.C.
+          1890
+
+
+
+
+FOLK-LORE AND LEGENDS
+
+_NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN_
+
+
+UNIFORM WITH THIS VOLUME.
+
+"_These dainty little books._"--STANDARD.
+
+FOLK-LORE AND LEGENDS.
+
+_FIRST SERIES._
+
+  1. GERMAN.
+  2. ORIENTAL.
+  3. SCOTLAND.
+  4. IRELAND.
+
+
+_SECOND SERIES._
+
+  1. ENGLAND.
+  2. SCANDINAVIAN.
+  3. RUSSIAN.
+  4. NORTH AMERICAN INDIAN.
+
+"_They transport us into a romantic world._"--TIMES.
+
+
+
+
+PREFATORY NOTE.
+
+
+It might have been expected that the Indians of North America would
+have many Folklore tales to tell, and in this volume I have
+endeavoured to present such of them as seemed to me to best illustrate
+the primitive character and beliefs of the people. The belief, and the
+language in which it is clothed, are often very beautiful. Fantastic
+imagination, magnanimity, moral sentiment, tender feeling, and humour
+are discovered in a degree which may astonish many who have been apt
+to imagine that advanced civilisation has much to do with the
+possession of such qualities. I know of nothing that throws so much
+light upon Indian character as their Folk-tales.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+                                           PAGE
+
+  Moowis,                                     1
+
+  The Girl who Married the Pine-tree,         9
+
+  A Legend of Manabozho,                     11
+
+  Pauppukkeewis,                             15
+
+  The Discovery of the Upper World,          33
+
+  The Boy who Snared the Sun,                37
+
+  The Maid in the Box,                       41
+
+  The Spirits and the Lovers,                45
+
+  The Wonderful Rod,                         54
+
+  The Funeral Fire,                          56
+
+  The Legend of O-na-wut-a-qut-o,            63
+
+  Manabozho in the Fish's Stomach,           69
+
+  The Sun and the Moon,                      72
+
+  The Snail and the Beaver,                  75
+
+  The Strange Guests,                        79
+
+  Manabozho and his Toe,                     88
+
+  The Girl who Became a Bird,                90
+
+  The Undying Head,                          92
+
+  The Old Chippeway,                        113
+
+  Mukumik! Mukumik! Mukumik!,               116
+
+  The Swing by the Lake,                    119
+
+  The Fire Plume,                           123
+
+  The Journey to the Island of Souls,       129
+
+  Machinitou, the Evil Spirit,              134
+
+  The Woman of Stone,                       144
+
+  The Maiden who Loved a Fish,              147
+
+  The Lone Lightning,                       151
+
+  Aggo-dah-gauda,                           154
+
+  Piqua,                                    158
+
+  The Evil Maker,                           177
+
+  Manabozho the Wolf,                       179
+
+  The Man-fish,                             186
+
+
+
+
+MOOWIS.
+
+
+In a large village there lived a noted belle, or Ma-mon-da-go-Kwa,
+who was the admiration of all the young hunters and warriors. She
+was particularly admired by a young man who, from his good figure
+and the care he took in his dress, was called the Beau-Man, or
+Ma-mon-da-gin-in-e. This young man had a friend and companion whom
+he made his confidant.
+
+"Come," said he one day, in a sportive mood, "let us go a-courting to
+her who is so handsome, perhaps she may fancy one of us."
+
+She would, however, listen to neither of them; and when the handsome
+young man rallied her on the coldness of her air, and made an effort
+to overcome her indifference, she repulsed him with the greatest
+contempt, and the young man retired confused and abashed. His sense of
+pride was deeply wounded, and he was the more piqued because he had
+been thus treated in the presence of others, and this affair had been
+noised about in the village, and became the talk of every lodge
+circle. He was, besides, a very sensitive man, and the incident so
+preyed upon him that he became moody and at last took to his bed. For
+days he would lie without uttering a word, with his eyes fixed on
+vacancy, and taking little or no food. From this state no efforts
+could rouse him. He felt abashed and dishonoured even in the presence
+of his own relatives, and no persuasions could induce him to rise, so
+that when the family prepared to take down the lodge to remove he
+still kept his bed, and they were compelled to lift it from above his
+head and leave him upon his skin couch. It was a time of general
+removal and breaking up of the camp, for it was only a winter
+hunting-camp, and as the season of the hunt was now over, and spring
+began to appear, his friends all moved off as by one impulse to the
+place of their summer village, and in a short time all were gone, and
+he was left alone. The last person to leave him was his boon companion
+and cousin, who had been, like him, an admirer of the forest belle.
+The hunter disregarded even his voice, and as soon as his steps died
+away on the creaking snow the stillness and solitude of the wilderness
+reigned around.
+
+As soon as all were gone, and he could no longer, by listening, hear
+the remotest sound of the departing camp, the Beau-Man arose.
+
+Now this young man had for a friend a powerful guardian spirit or
+personal manito, and he resolved, with this spirit's aid, to use his
+utmost power to punish and humble the girl, for she was noted in her
+tribe for her coquetry, and had treated many young men, who were
+every way her equals, as she had treated this lover. He resolved on a
+singular stratagem by way of revenge.
+
+He walked over the deserted camp and gathered up all the cast-off bits
+of soiled cloth, clippings of finery, and old clothing and ornaments,
+which had either been left there as not worth carrying away, or
+forgotten. These he carefully picked out of the snow, into which some
+of them had been trodden, and collected in one place. These gaudy and
+soiled stuffs he restored to their original beauty, and made of them a
+coat and leggings, which he trimmed with beads, and finished and
+decorated after the best fashion of his tribe. He then made a pair of
+moccasins and garnished them with beads, a bow and arrows, and a
+frontlet and feathers for the head. Having done this he searched about
+for cast-out bones of animals, pieces of skin, clippings of dried
+meat, and even dirt. Having cemented all this together he filled the
+clothes with it, pressed the mass firmly in, and fashioned it,
+externally, in all respects like a tall and well-shaped man. He put a
+bow and arrows in its hands, and the frontlet on its head. Having
+finished it he brought it to life, and the image stood forth in the
+most favoured lineaments of his fellows. Such was the origin of
+Moowis, or the Dirt-and-Rag Man.
+
+"Follow me," said the Beau-Man, "and I will direct you how you shall
+act."
+
+Moowis was, indeed, a very sightly person, and as the Beau-Man led him
+into the new encampment where the girl dwelt, the many colours of his
+clothes, the profusion of his ornaments, his manly deportment, his
+animated countenance, drew all eyes to him. He was hospitably
+received, both old and young showing him great attention. The chief
+invited him to his lodge, and he was there treated to the moose's hump
+and the finest venison.
+
+No one was better pleased with the handsome stranger than
+Ma-mon-da-go-Kwa. She fell in love with him at first sight, and he was
+an invited guest at the lodge of her mother the very first evening of
+his arrival. The Beau-Man went with him, for it was under his
+patronage that he had been introduced, and, in truth, he had another
+motive in accompanying him, for he had not yet wholly subdued his
+feelings of admiration for the object against whom he had,
+nevertheless, exerted all his necromantic power, and he held himself
+ready to take advantage of any favourable turn which he secretly hoped
+the visit might take in relation to himself. No such opportunity,
+however, arose. Moowis attracted the chief attention, every eye and
+heart was alert to entertain him. In this effort on the part of his
+entertainers they had well-nigh brought about his destruction by
+dissolving him into his original elements of rags, snow, and dirt, for
+he was assigned the most prominent place near the fire, where he was
+exposed to a heat that he could by no means endure. However, he warded
+this calamity off by placing a boy between him and the fire; he
+shifted his position frequently, and evaded, by dexterous manoeuvres
+and timely remarks, the pressing invitation of his host to sit and
+enjoy the warmth. He so managed these excuses as not only to conceal
+his dread of immediate dissolution, but to secure the further
+approbation of the fair forest girl, who was filled with admiration of
+one who had so brave a spirit to endure the paralysing effects of
+cold.
+
+The visit proved that the rejected lover had well calculated the
+effects of his plan. He withdrew from the lodge, and Moowis triumphed.
+Before the Beau-Man left he saw him cross the lodge to the coveted
+_abinos_, or bridegroom's seat. The dart which Ma-mon-da-go-Kwa had so
+often delighted in sending to the hearts of her admirers she was at
+length fated to receive. She had married an image.
+
+As the morning began to break the stranger arose, adjusted his
+warrior's plumes, and took his forest weapons to depart.
+
+"I must go," said he, "for I have important work to do, and there are
+many hills and streams between me and the object of my journey."
+
+"I will go with you," said Ma-mon-da-go-Kwa.
+
+"The journey is too long," replied her husband, "and you are ill able
+to encounter the perils of the way."
+
+"It is not so long but that I will go," answered his wife, "and there
+are no dangers I will not share with you."
+
+Moowis returned to the lodge of his master, and told him what had
+occurred. For a moment pity took possession of the young man's heart.
+He regretted that she whom he so loved should thus have thrown
+herself away upon an image, a shadow, when she might have been the
+mistress of the best lodge in the camp.
+
+"It is her own folly," he said; "she has turned a deaf ear to the
+counsels of prudence. She must submit to her fate."
+
+The same morning Moowis set forth, and his wife followed him at a
+distance. The way was rough and intricate, and she found that she
+could not keep up with him, he walked so quickly. She struggled hard
+and obstinately to overtake him, but Moowis had been for some time out
+of sight when the sun rose and commenced upon his snow-formed body the
+work of dissolution. He began to melt away and fall to pieces. As
+Ma-mon-da-go-Kwa followed in his track she found piece after piece of
+his clothing in the path. She first found his mittens, then his
+moccasins, then his leggings, then his coat, and after that other
+parts of his garments. As the heat unbound them the clothes also
+returned to their filthy condition. Over rocks, through wind-falls,
+across marshes, Ma-mon-da-go-Kwa pursued him she loved. The path
+turned aside in all directions. Rags, bones, leather, beads, feathers,
+and soiled ribbons she found, but caught no sight of Moowis. She spent
+the day in wandering, and when evening came she was still alone. The
+snow having now melted, she had completely lost her husband's track,
+and she wandered about uncertain which way to go and in a state of
+perfect despair. At length with bitter cries she lamented her fate.
+
+"Moowis, Moowis," she cried, "nin ge won e win ig, ne won e win
+ig!"--"Moowis, Moowis, you have led me astray, you are leading me
+astray!"
+
+With this cry she wandered in the woods.
+
+The cry of the lost Ma-mon-da-go-Kwa is sometimes repeated by the
+village girls who have made of it a song--
+
+    Moowis! Moowis!
+    Forest rover,
+      Where art thou?
+    Ah! my bravest, gayest lover,
+      Guide me now.
+
+    Moowis! Moowis!
+    Ah! believe me,
+      List my moan:
+    Do not, do not, brave heart, leave me
+      All alone.
+
+    Moowis! Moowis!
+    Footprints vanished!
+      Whither wend I?
+    Fated, lost, detested, banished
+      Must I die!
+
+    Moowis! Moowis!
+    Whither goest thou,
+      Eye-bright lover?
+    Ah! thou ravenous bird that knowest,
+      I see thee hover,
+
+    Circling, circling
+    As I wander,
+      And at last
+    When I fall thou then wilt come
+      And feed upon my breast.
+
+
+
+
+THE GIRL WHO MARRIED THE PINE-TREE.
+
+
+Upon the side of a certain mountain grew some pines, under the shade
+of which the Puckwudjinies, or sprites, were accustomed to sport at
+times. Now it happened that in the neighbourhood of these trees was a
+lodge in which dwelt a beautiful girl and her father and mother. One
+day a man came to the lodge of the father, and seeing the girl he
+loved her, and said--
+
+"Give me Leelinau for my wife," and the old man consented.
+
+Now it happened that the girl did not like her lover, so she escaped
+from the lodge and went and hid herself, and as the sun was setting
+she came to the pine-trees, and leaning against one of them she
+lamented her hard fate. On a sudden she heard a voice, which seemed to
+come from the tree, saying--
+
+"Be my wife, maiden, beautiful Leelinau, beautiful Leelinau."
+
+The girl was astonished, not knowing whence the voice could have come.
+She listened again, and the words were repeated, evidently by the tree
+against which she leaned. Then the maid consented to be the wife of
+the pine-tree.
+
+Meanwhile her parents had missed her, and had sent out parties to see
+if she could be found, but she was nowhere.
+
+Time passed on, but Leelinau never returned to her home. Hunters who
+have been crossing the mountain, and have come to the trees at sunset,
+say that they have seen a beautiful girl there in company with a
+handsome youth, who vanished as they approached.
+
+
+
+
+A LEGEND OF MANABOZHO.
+
+
+Manabozho made the land. The occasion of his doing so was this.
+
+One day he went out hunting with two wolves. After the first day's
+hunt one of the wolves left him and went to the left, but the other
+continuing with Manabozho he adopted him for his son. The lakes were
+in those days peopled by spirits with whom Manabozho and his son went
+to war. They destroyed all the spirits in one lake, and then went on
+hunting. They were not, however, very successful, for every deer the
+wolf chased fled to another of the lakes and escaped from them. It
+chanced that one day Manabozho started a deer, and the wolf gave
+chase. The animal fled to the lake, which was covered with ice, and
+the wolf pursued it. At the moment when the wolf had come up to the
+prey the ice broke, and both fell in, when the spirits, catching them,
+at once devoured them.
+
+Manabozho went up and down the lake-shore weeping and lamenting. While
+he was thus distressed he heard a voice proceeding from the depths of
+the lake.
+
+"Manabozho," cried the voice, "why do you weep?"
+
+Manabozho answered--
+
+"Have I not cause to do so? I have lost my son, who has sunk in the
+waters of the lake."
+
+"You will never see him more," replied the voice; "the spirits have
+eaten him."
+
+Then Manabozho wept the more when he heard this sad news.
+
+"Would," said he, "I might meet those who have thus cruelly treated me
+in eating my son. They should feel the power of Manabozho, who would
+be revenged."
+
+The voice informed him that he might meet the spirits by repairing to
+a certain place, to which the spirits would come to sun themselves.
+Manabozho went there accordingly, and, concealing himself, saw the
+spirits, who appeared in all manner of forms, as snakes, bears, and
+other things. Manabozho, however, did not escape the notice of one of
+the two chiefs of the spirits, and one of the band who wore the shape
+of a very large snake was sent by them to examine what the strange
+object was.
+
+Manabozho saw the spirit coming, and assumed the appearance of a
+stump. The snake coming up wrapped itself around the trunk and
+squeezed it with all its strength, so that Manabozho was on the point
+of crying out when the snake uncoiled itself. The relief was, however,
+only for a moment. Again the snake wound itself around him and gave
+him this time even a more severe hug than before. Manabozho
+restrained himself and did not suffer a cry to escape him, and the
+snake, now satisfied that the stump was what it appeared to be, glided
+off to its companions. The chiefs of the spirits were not, however,
+satisfied, so they sent a bear to try what he could make of the stump.
+The bear came up to Manabozho and hugged, and bit, and clawed him till
+he could hardly forbear screaming with the pain it caused him. The
+thought of his son and of the vengeance he wished to take on the
+spirits, however, restrained him, and the bear at last retreated to
+its fellows.
+
+"It is nothing," it said; "it is really a stump."
+
+Then the spirits were reassured, and, having sunned themselves, lay
+down and went to sleep. Seeing this, Manabozho assumed his natural
+shape, and stealing upon them with his bow and arrows, slew the chiefs
+of the spirits. In doing this he awoke the others, who, seeing their
+chiefs dead, turned upon Manabozho, who fled. Then the spirits pursued
+him in the shape of a vast flood of water. Hearing it behind him the
+fugitive ran as fast as he could to the hills, but each one became
+gradually submerged, so that Manabozho was at last driven to the top
+of the highest mountain. Here the waters still surrounding him and
+gathering in height, Manabozho climbed the highest pine-tree he could
+find. The waters still rose. Then Manabozho prayed that the tree would
+grow, and it did so. Still the waters rose. Manabozho prayed again
+that the tree would grow, and it did so, but not so much as before.
+Still the waters rose, and Manabozho was up to his chin in the flood,
+when he prayed again, and the tree grew, but less than on either of
+the former occasions. Manabozho looked round on the waters, and saw
+many animals swimming about seeking land. Amongst them he saw a
+beaver, an otter, and a musk-rat. Then he cried to them, saying--
+
+"My brothers, come to me. We must have some earth, or we shall all
+die."
+
+So they came to him and consulted as to what had best be done, and it
+was agreed that they should dive down and see if they could not bring
+up some of the earth from below.
+
+The beaver dived first, but was drowned before he reached the bottom.
+Then the otter went. He came within sight of the earth, but then his
+senses failed him before he could get a bite of it. The musk-rat
+followed. He sank to the bottom, and bit the earth. Then he lost his
+senses and came floating up to the top of the water. Manabozho awaited
+the reappearance of the three, and as they came up to the surface he
+drew them to him. He examined their claws, but found nothing. Then he
+looked in their mouths and found the beaver's and the otter's empty.
+In the musk-rat's, however, he found a little earth. This Manabozho
+took in his hands and rubbed till it was a fine dust. Then he dried it
+in the sun, and, when it was quite light, he blew it all round him
+over the water, and the dry land appeared.
+
+Thus Manabozho made the land.
+
+
+
+
+PAUPPUKKEEWIS.
+
+
+A man of large stature and great activity of mind and body found
+himself standing alone on a prairie. He thought to himself--
+
+"How came I here? Are there no beings on this earth but myself? I must
+travel and see. I must walk till I find the abodes of men."
+
+So as soon as his mind was made up he set out, he knew not whither, in
+search of habitations. No obstacles diverted him from his purpose.
+Prairies, rivers, woods, and storms did not daunt his courage or turn
+him back. After travelling a long time he came to a wood in which he
+saw decayed stumps of trees, as if they had been cut in ancient times,
+but he found no other traces of men. Pursuing his journey he found
+more recent marks of the same kind, and later on he came to fresh
+traces of human beings, first their footsteps, and then the wood they
+had cut lying in heaps.
+
+Continuing on he emerged towards dusk from the forest, and beheld at a
+distance a large village of high lodges, standing on rising ground. He
+said to himself--
+
+"I will arrive there at a run."
+
+Off he started with all his speed, and on coming to the first lodge he
+jumped over it. Those within saw something pass over the top, and then
+they heard a thump on the ground.
+
+"What is that?" they all said.
+
+One came out to see, and, finding a stranger, invited him in. He found
+himself in the presence of an old chief and several men who were
+seated in the lodge. Meat was set before him, after which the chief
+asked him where he was going and what his name was. He answered he was
+in search of adventures, and that his name was Pauppukkeewis
+(grasshopper). The eyes of all were fixed upon him.
+
+"Pauppukkeewis!" said one to another, and the laugh went round.
+
+Pauppukkeewis made but a short stay in the village. He was not easy
+there. The place gave him no opportunity to display his powers.
+
+"I will be off," he said, and taking with him a young man who had
+formed a strong attachment for him and who might serve him as a
+mesh-in-au-wa (official who bears the pipe), he set out once more on
+his travels. The two travelled together, and when the young man was
+fatigued with walking Pauppukkeewis would show him a few tricks, such
+as leaping over trees, and turning round on one leg till he made the
+dust fly in a cloud around him. In this manner he very much amused his
+companion, though at times his performance somewhat alarmed him.
+
+One day they came to a large village, where they were well received.
+The people told them that there were a number of manitoes who lived
+some distance away and who killed all who came to their lodge.
+
+The people had made many attempts to extirpate these manitoes, but the
+war parties that went out for this purpose were always unsuccessful.
+
+"I will go and see them," said Pauppukkeewis.
+
+The chief of the village warned him of the danger he would run, but
+finding him resolved, said--
+
+"Well, if you will go, since you are my guest, I will send twenty
+warriors with you."
+
+Pauppukkeewis thanked him for this. Twenty young men offered
+themselves for the expedition. They went forward, and in a short time
+descried the lodge of the manitoes. Pauppukkeewis placed his friend
+and the warriors near him so that they might see all that passed, and
+then he went alone into the lodge. When he entered he found five
+horrible-looking manitoes eating. These were the father and four sons.
+Their appearance was hideous. Their eyes were set low in their heads
+as if the manitoes were half starved. They offered Pauppukkeewis part
+of their meat, but he refused it.
+
+"What have you come for?" asked the old one.
+
+"Nothing," answered Pauppukkeewis.
+
+At this they all stared at him.
+
+"Do you not wish to wrestle?" they all asked.
+
+"Yes," replied he.
+
+A hideous smile passed over their faces.
+
+"You go," said the others to their eldest brother.
+
+Pauppukkeewis and his antagonist were soon clinched in each other's
+arms. He knew the manitoes' object,--they wanted his flesh,--but he
+was prepared for them.
+
+"Haw, haw!" they cried, and the dust and dry leaves flew about the
+wrestlers as if driven by a strong wind.
+
+The manito was strong, but Pauppukkeewis soon found he could master
+him. He tripped him up, and threw him with a giant's force head
+foremost on a stone, and he fell insensible.
+
+The brothers stepped up in quick succession, but Pauppukkeewis put his
+tricks in full play, and soon all the four lay bleeding on the ground.
+The old manito got frightened, and ran for his life. Pauppukkeewis
+pursued him for sport. Sometimes he was before him, sometimes over his
+head. Now he would give him a kick, now a push, now a trip, till the
+manito was quite exhausted. Meanwhile Pauppukkeewis's friend and the
+warriors came up, crying--
+
+"Ha, ha, a! Ha, ha, a! Pauppukkeewis is driving him before him."
+
+At length Pauppukkeewis threw the manito to the ground with such force
+that he lay senseless, and the warriors, carrying him off, laid him
+with the bodies of his sons, and set fire to the whole, consuming them
+to ashes.
+
+Around the lodge Pauppukkeewis and his friends saw a large number of
+bones, the remains of the warriors whom the manitoes had slain. Taking
+three arrows, Pauppukkeewis called upon the Great Spirit, and then,
+shooting an arrow in the air, he cried--
+
+"You, who are lying down, rise up, or you will be hit."
+
+The bones at these words all collected in one place. Again
+Pauppukkeewis shot another arrow into the air, crying--
+
+"You, who are lying down, rise up, or you will be hit," and each bone
+drew towards its fellow.
+
+Then he shot a third arrow, crying--
+
+"You, who are lying down, rise up, or you will be hit," and the bones
+immediately came together, flesh came over them, and the warriors,
+whose remains they were, stood before Pauppukkeewis alive and well.
+
+He led them to the chief of the village, who had been his friend, and
+gave them up to him. Soon after, the chief with his counsellors came
+to him, saying--
+
+"Who is more worthy to rule than you? You alone can defend us."
+
+Pauppukkeewis thanked the chief, but told him he must set out again in
+search of further adventures. The chief and the counsellors pressed
+him to remain, but he was resolved to leave them, and so he told the
+chief to make his friend ruler while he himself went on his travels.
+
+"I will come again," said he, "sometime and see you."
+
+"Ho, ho, ho!" they all cried, "come back again and see us."
+
+He promised that he would, and set out alone.
+
+After travelling for some time, he came to a large lake, and on
+looking about he saw an enormous otter on an island. He thought to
+himself--
+
+"His skin will make me a fine pouch," and, drawing near, he drove an
+arrow into the otter's side. He waded into the lake, and with some
+difficulty dragged the carcass ashore. He took out the entrails, but
+even then the carcass was so heavy that it was as much as he could do
+to drag it up a hill overlooking the lake. As soon as he got it into
+the sunshine, where it was warm, he skinned the otter, and threw the
+carcass away, for he said to himself--
+
+"The war-eagle will come, and then I shall have a chance to get his
+skin and his feathers to put on my head."
+
+Very soon he heard a noise in the air, but he could see nothing. At
+length a large eagle dropped, as if from the sky, on to the otter's
+carcass. Pauppukkeewis drew his bow and sent an arrow through the
+bird's body. The eagle made a dying effort and lifted the carcass up
+several feet, but it could not disengage its claws, and the weight
+soon brought the bird down again.
+
+Then Pauppukkeewis skinned the bird, crowned his head with its
+feathers, and set out again on his journey.
+
+After walking a while he came to a lake, the water of which came right
+up to the trees on its banks. He soon saw that the lake had been made
+by beavers. He took his station at a certain spot to see whether any
+of the beavers would show themselves. Soon he saw the head of one
+peeping out of the water to see who the stranger was.
+
+"My friend," said Pauppukkeewis, "could you not turn me into a beaver
+like yourself?"
+
+"I do not know," replied the beaver; "I will go and ask the others."
+
+Soon all the beavers showed their heads above the water, and looked to
+see if Pauppukkeewis was armed, but he had left his bow and arrows in
+a hollow tree a short distance off. When they were satisfied they all
+came near.
+
+"Can you not, with all your united power," said he, "turn me into a
+beaver? I wish to live among you."
+
+"Yes," answered the chief, "lie down;" and Pauppukkeewis soon found
+himself changed into one of them.
+
+"You must make me large," said he, "larger than any of you."
+
+"Yes, yes," said they; "by and by, when we get into the lodge, it
+shall be done."
+
+They all dived into the lake, and Pauppukkeewis, passing large heaps
+of limbs of trees and logs at the bottom, asked the use of them. The
+beavers answered--
+
+"They are our winter provisions."
+
+When they all got into the lodge their number was about one hundred.
+The lodge was large and warm.
+
+"Now we will make you large," said they, exerting all their power.
+"Will that do?"
+
+"Yes," he answered, for he found he was ten times the size of the
+largest.
+
+"You need not go out," said they. "We will bring your food into the
+lodge, and you shall be our chief."
+
+"Very well," answered Pauppukkeewis. He thought--
+
+"I will stay here and grow fat at their expense," but very soon a
+beaver came into the lodge out of breath, crying--
+
+"We are attacked by Indians."
+
+All huddled together in great fear. The water began to lower, for the
+hunters had broken down the dam, and soon the beavers heard them on
+the roof of the lodge, breaking it in. Out jumped all the beavers and
+so escaped. Pauppukkeewis tried to follow them, but, alas! they had
+made him so large that he could not creep out at the hole. He called
+to them to come back, but none answered. He worried himself so much in
+trying to escape that he looked like a bladder. He could not change
+himself into a man again though he heard and understood all the
+hunters said. One of them put his head in at the top of the lodge.
+
+"Ty-au!" cried he. "Tut-ty-au! Me-shau-mik! King of the beavers is
+in."
+
+Then they all got at Pauppukkeewis and battered in his skull with
+their clubs. After that seven or eight of them placed his body on
+poles and carried him home. As he went he reflected--
+
+"What will become of me? My ghost or shadow will not die after they
+get me to their lodges."
+
+When the party arrived home, they sent out invitations to a grand
+feast. The women took Pauppukkeewis and laid him in the snow to skin
+him, but as soon as his flesh got cold, his jee-bi, or spirit, fled.
+
+Pauppukkeewis found himself standing on a prairie, having assumed his
+mortal shape. After walking a short distance, he saw a herd of elks
+feeding. He admired the apparent ease and enjoyment of their life, and
+thought there could be nothing more pleasant than to have the liberty
+of running about, and feeding on the prairies. He asked them if they
+could not change him into an elk.
+
+"Yes," they answered, after a pause. "Get down on your hands and
+feet." He did so, and soon found himself an elk.
+
+"I want big horns and big feet," said he. "I wish to be very large."
+
+"Yes, yes," they said. "There," exerting all their power, "are you big
+enough?"
+
+"Yes," he answered, for he saw he was very large.
+
+They spent a good time in playing and running.
+
+Being rather cold one day he went into a thick wood for shelter, and
+was followed by most of the herd. They had not been there long before
+some elks from behind passed them like a strong wind. All took the
+alarm, and off they ran, Pauppukkeewis with the rest.
+
+"Keep out on the plains," said they, but he found it was too late to
+do so, for they had already got entangled in the thick woods. He soon
+smelt the hunters, who were closely following his trail, for they had
+left all the others to follow him. He jumped furiously, and broke down
+young trees in his flight, but it only served to retard his progress.
+He soon felt an arrow in his side. He jumped over trees in his agony,
+but the arrows clattered thicker and thicker about him, and at last
+one entered his heart. He fell to the ground and heard the whoop of
+triumph given by the warriors. On coming up they looked at the carcass
+with astonishment, and, with their hands up to their mouths,
+exclaimed--
+
+"Ty-au! ty-au!"
+
+There were about sixty in the party, who had come out on a special
+hunt, for one of their number had, the day before, observed
+Pauppukkeewis's large tracks in the sand. They skinned him, and as his
+flesh got cold his jee-bi took its flight, and once more he found
+himself in human shape.
+
+His passion for adventure was not yet cooled. On coming to a large
+lake, the shore of which was sandy, he saw a large flock of brant,
+and, speaking to them, he asked them to turn him into a brant.
+
+"Very well," said they.
+
+"But I want to be very large," said he.
+
+"Very well," replied the brant, and he soon found himself one of them,
+of prodigious size, all the others looking on at him in amazement.
+
+"You must fly as leader," they said.
+
+"No," replied Pauppukkeewis, "I will fly behind."
+
+"Very well," said they. "One thing we have to say to you. You must be
+careful in flying not to look down, for if you do something may happen
+to you."
+
+"Be it so," said he, and soon the flock rose up in the air, for they
+were bound for the north. They flew very fast with Pauppukkeewis
+behind. One day, while going with a strong wind, and as swift as their
+wings would flap, while they passed over a large village, the Indians
+below raised a great shout, for they were amazed at the enormous size
+of Pauppukkeewis. They made such a noise that Pauppukkeewis forgot
+what had been told him about not looking down. He was flying as swift
+as an arrow, and as soon as he brought his neck in, and stretched it
+down to look at the shouters, his tail was caught by the wind, and he
+was blown over and over. He tried to right himself, but without
+success. Down he went from an immense height, turning over and over.
+He lost his senses, and when he recovered them he found himself jammed
+in a cleft in a hollow tree. To get backward or forward was
+impossible, and there he remained until his brant life was ended by
+starvation. Then his jee-bi again left the carcass, and once more he
+found himself in human shape.
+
+Travelling was still his passion, and one day he came to a lodge, in
+which were two old men whose heads were white from age. They treated
+him well, and he told them he was going back to his village to see his
+friends and people. The old men said they would aid him, and pointed
+out the way they said he should go, but they were deceivers. After
+walking all day he came to a lodge very like the first, and looking in
+he found two old men with white heads. It was in fact the very same
+lodge, and he had been walking in a circle. The old men did not
+undeceive him, but pretended to be strangers, and said in a kind
+voice--
+
+"We will show you the way."
+
+After walking the third day, and coming back to the same place, he
+discovered their trickery, for he had cut a notch in the door-post.
+
+"Who are you," said he to them, "to treat _me_ so?" and he gave one a
+kick and the other a slap that killed them. Their blood flew against
+the rocks near their lodge, and that is the reason there are red
+streaks in them to this day. Then Pauppukkeewis burned their lodge.
+
+He continued his journey, not knowing exactly which way to go. At last
+he came to a big lake. He ascended the highest hill to try and see the
+opposite shore, but he could not, so he made a canoe and took a sail
+on the water. On looking down he saw that the bottom of the lake was
+covered with dark fish, of which he caught some. This made him wish to
+return to his village, and bring his people to live near this lake. He
+sailed on, and towards evening came to an island, where he stopped and
+ate the fish.
+
+Next day he returned to the mainland, and, while wandering along the
+shore, he encountered a more powerful manito than himself, named
+Manabozho. Pauppukkeewis thought it best, after playing him a trick,
+to keep out of his way. He again thought of returning to his village,
+and, transforming himself into a partridge, took his flight towards
+it. In a short time he reached it, and his return was welcomed with
+feasting and songs. He told them of the lake and of the fish, and,
+telling them that it would be easier for them to live there, persuaded
+them all to remove. He immediately began to lead them by short
+journeys, and all things turned out as he had said.
+
+While the people lived there a messenger came to Pauppukkeewis in the
+shape of a bear, and said that the bear-chief wished to see him at
+once at his village. Pauppukkeewis was ready in an instant, and
+getting on the messenger's back was carried away. Towards evening they
+ascended a high mountain, and came to a cave, in which the bear-chief
+lived. He was a very large creature, and he made Pauppukkeewis
+welcome, inviting him into his lodge.
+
+As soon as propriety allowed he spoke, and said that he had sent for
+him because he had heard he was the chief who was leading a large
+party towards his hunting-grounds.
+
+"You must know," said he, "that you have no right there, and I wish
+you to leave the country with your party, or else we must fight."
+
+"Very well," replied Pauppukkeewis, "so be it."
+
+He did not wish to do anything without consulting his people, and he
+saw that the bear-chief was raising a war-party, so he said he would
+go back that night. The bear-king told him he might do as he wished,
+and that one of the bears was at his command; so Pauppukkeewis,
+jumping on its back, rode home. Then he assembled the village, and
+told the young men to kill the bear, make ready a feast, and hang the
+head outside the village, for he knew the bear spies would soon see it
+and carry the news to their chief.
+
+Next morning Pauppukkeewis got all his young warriors ready for the
+fight. After waiting one day, the bear war-party came in sight, making
+a tremendous noise. The bear-chief advanced, and said that he did not
+wish to shed the blood of the young warriors, but if Pauppukkeewis
+would consent they two would run a race, and the winner should kill
+the losing chief, and all the loser's followers should be the slaves
+of the other. Pauppukkeewis agreed, and they ran before all the
+warriors. He was victor; but not to terminate the race too quickly he
+gave the bear-chief some specimens of his skill, forming eddies and
+whirlwinds with the sand as he twisted and turned about. As the
+bear-chief came to the post Pauppukkeewis drove an arrow through him.
+Having done this he told his young men to take the bears and tie one
+at the door of each lodge, that they might remain in future as slaves.
+
+After seeing that all was quiet and prosperous in the village,
+Pauppukkeewis felt his desire for adventure returning, so he took an
+affectionate leave of his friends and people, and started off again.
+After wandering a long time, he came to the lodge of Manabozho, who
+was absent. Pauppukkeewis thought he would play him a trick, so he
+turned everything in the lodge upside down and killed his chickens.
+Now Manabozho calls all the fowl of the air his chickens, and among
+the number was a raven, the meanest of birds, and him Pauppukkeewis
+killed and hung up by the neck to insult Manabozho. He then went on
+till he came to a very high point of rocks running out into the lake,
+from the top of which he could see the country as far as eye could
+reach. While he sat there, Manabozho's mountain chickens flew round
+and past him in great numbers. So, out of spite, he shot many of them,
+for his arrows were sure and the birds many, and he amused himself by
+throwing the birds down the precipice. At length a wary bird called
+out--
+
+"Pauppukkeewis is killing us: go and tell our father."
+
+Away flew some of them, and Manabozho soon made his appearance on the
+plain below.
+
+Pauppukkeewis slipped down the other side of the mountain. Manabozho
+cried from the top--
+
+"The earth is not so large but I can get up to you."
+
+Off Pauppukkeewis ran and Manabozho after him. He ran over hills and
+prairies with all his speed, but his pursuer was still hard after him.
+Then he thought of a shift. He stopped, and climbed a large pine-tree,
+stripped it of all its green foliage, and threw it to the winds. Then
+he ran on. When Manabozho reached the tree, it called out to him--
+
+"Great Manabozho, give me my life again. Pauppukkeewis has killed
+me."
+
+"I will do so," said Manabozho, and it took him some time to gather
+the scattered foliage. Then he resumed the chase. Pauppukkeewis
+repeated the same trick with the hemlock, and with other trees, for
+Manabozho would always stop to restore anything that called upon him
+to give it life again. By this means Pauppukkeewis kept ahead, but
+still Manabozho was overtaking him when Pauppukkeewis saw an elk. He
+asked it to take him on its back, and this the animal did, and for a
+time he made great progress. Still Manabozho was in sight.
+Pauppukkeewis dismounted, and, coming to a large sandstone rock, he
+broke it in pieces, and scattered the grains. Manabozho was so close
+upon him at this place that he had almost caught him, but the
+foundation of the rock cried out--
+
+"Haye! Ne-me-sho! Pauppukkeewis has spoiled me. Will you not restore
+me to life?"
+
+"Yes," replied Manabozho, and he restored the rock to its previous
+shape. He then pushed on in pursuit of Pauppukkeewis, and had got so
+near as to put out his arm to seize him, when Pauppukkeewis dodged
+him, and raised such a dust and commotion by whirlwinds, as to make
+the trees break, and the sand and leaves dance in the air. Again and
+again Manabozho's hand was put out to catch him, but he dodged him at
+every turn, and at last, making a great dust, he dashed into a hollow
+tree, which had been blown down, and, changing himself into a snake,
+crept out at its roots. Well that he did; for at the moment Manabozho,
+who is Ogee-bau-ge-mon (a species of lightning) struck the tree with
+all his power, and shivered it to fragments. Pauppukkeewis again took
+human shape, and again Manabozho, pursuing him, pressed him hard.
+
+At a distance Pauppukkeewis saw a very high rock jutting out into a
+lake, and he ran for the foot of the precipice, which was abrupt and
+elevated. As he came near, the manito of the rock opened his door and
+told him to come in. No sooner was the door closed than Manabozho
+knocked at it.
+
+"Open," he cried in a loud voice.
+
+The manito was afraid of him, but said to his guest--
+
+"Since I have sheltered you, I would sooner die with you than open the
+door."
+
+"Open," Manabozho cried again.
+
+The manito was silent. Manabozho made no attempt to force the door
+open. He waited a few moments.
+
+"Very well," said he, "I give you till night to live."
+
+The manito trembled, for he knew that when the hour came he would be
+shut up under the earth.
+
+Night came, the clouds hung low and black, and every moment the forked
+lightning flashed from them. The black clouds advanced slowly and
+threw their dark shadows afar, and behind was heard the rumbling noise
+of the coming thunder. When the clouds were gathered over the rock the
+thunders roared, the lightning flashed, the ground shook, and the
+solid rock split, tottered, and fell. Under the ruins lay crushed the
+mortal bodies of Pauppukkeewis and the manito.
+
+It was only then that Pauppukkeewis found that he was really dead. He
+had been killed before in the shapes of different animals, but now his
+body, in human shape, was crushed.
+
+Manabozho came and took his jee-bi, or spirit. "You," said he to
+Pauppukkeewis, "shall not be again permitted to live on the earth. I
+will give you the shape of the war-eagle, and you shall be the chief
+of all birds, and your duty shall be to watch over their destinies."
+
+
+
+
+THE DISCOVERY OF THE UPPER WORLD.
+
+
+The Minnatarees, and all the other Indians who are not of the stock of
+the grandfather of nations, were once not of this upper air, but dwelt
+in the bowels of the earth. The Good Spirit, when he made them, meant,
+no doubt, at a proper time to put them in enjoyment of all the good
+things which he had prepared for them upon earth, but he ordered that
+their first stage of existence should be within it. They all dwelt
+underground, like moles, in one great cavern. When they emerged it was
+in different places, but generally near where they now inhabit. At
+that time few of the Indian tribes wore the human form. Some had the
+figures or semblances of beasts. The Paukunnawkuts were rabbits, some
+of the Delawares were ground-hogs, others tortoises, and the
+Tuscaroras, and a great many others, were rattlesnakes. The Sioux were
+the hissing-snakes, but the Minnatarees were always men. Their part of
+the great cavern was situated far towards the mountains of snow.
+
+The great cavern in which the Indians dwelt was indeed a dark and
+dismal region. In the country of the Minnatarees it was lighted up
+only by the rays of the sun which strayed through the fissures of the
+rock and the crevices in the roof of the cavern, while in that of the
+Mengwe all was dark and sunless. The life of the Indians was a life of
+misery compared with that they now enjoy, and it was endured only
+because they were ignorant of a fairer or richer world, or a better or
+happier state of being.
+
+There were among the Minnatarees two boys, who, from the hour of their
+birth, showed superior wisdom, sagacity, and cunning. Even while they
+were children they were wiser than their fathers. They asked their
+parents whence the light came which streamed through the fissures of
+the rock and played along the sides of the cavern, and whence and from
+what descended the roots of the great vine. Their father could not
+tell them, and their mother only laughed at the question, which
+appeared to her very foolish. They asked the priest, but he could not
+tell them; but he said he supposed the light came from the eyes of
+some great wolf. The boys asked the king tortoise, who sulkily drew
+his head into his shell, and made no answer. When they asked the chief
+rattlesnake, he answered that he knew, and would tell them all about
+it if they would promise to make peace with his tribe, and on no
+account kill one of his descendants. The boys promised, and the chief
+rattlesnake then told them that there was a world above them, a
+beautiful world, peopled by creatures in the shape of beasts, having
+a pure atmosphere and a soft sky, sweet fruits and mellow water,
+well-stocked hunting-grounds and well-filled lakes. He told them to
+ascend by the roots, which were those of a great grape-vine. A while
+after the boys were missing; nor did they come back till the
+Minnatarees had celebrated their death, and the lying priest had, as
+he falsely said, in a vision seen them inhabitants of the land of
+spirits.
+
+The Indians were surprised by the return of the boys. They came back
+singing and dancing, and were grown so much, and looked so different
+from what they did when they left the cavern, that their father and
+mother scarcely knew them. They were sleek and fat, and when they
+walked it was with so strong a step that the hollow space rang with
+the sound of their feet. They were covered with the skins of animals,
+and had blankets of the skins of racoons and beavers. They described
+to the Indians the pleasures of the upper world, and the people were
+delighted with their story. At length they resolved to leave their
+dull residence underground for the upper regions. All agreed to this
+except the ground-hog, the badger, and the mole, who said, as they had
+been put where they were, they would live and die there. The rabbit
+said he would live sometimes above and sometimes below.
+
+When the Indians had determined to leave their habitations
+underground, the Minnatarees began, men, women, and children, to
+clamber up the vine, and one-half of them had already reached the
+surface of the earth, when a dire mishap involved the remainder in a
+still more desolate captivity within its bowels.
+
+There was among them a very fat old woman, who was heavier than any
+six of her nation. Nothing would do but she must go up before some of
+her neighbours. Away she clambered, but her weight was so great that
+the vine broke with it, and the opening, to which it afforded the sole
+means of ascending, closed upon her and the rest of her nation.
+
+
+
+
+THE BOY WHO SNARED THE SUN.
+
+
+At the time when the animals reigned on the earth they had killed all
+but a girl and her little brother, and these two were living in fear
+and seclusion. The boy was a perfect pigmy, never growing beyond the
+stature of a small infant, but the girl increased with her years, so
+that the labour of providing food and lodging devolved wholly on her.
+She went out daily to get wood for their lodge fire, and took her
+brother with her so that no accident might happen to him, for he was
+too little to leave alone--a big bird might have flown away with him.
+She made him a bow and arrows, and said to him one winter day--
+
+"I will leave you behind where I have been chopping; you must hide
+yourself, and you will see the gitshee-gitshee-gaun ai see-ug, or
+snow-birds, come and pick the worms out of the wood, where I have been
+chopping. Shoot one of them and bring it home."
+
+He obeyed her, and tried his best to kill one, but came home
+unsuccessful. She told him he must not despair, but try again the next
+day. She accordingly left him at the place where she got wood and
+returned home. Towards nightfall she heard his footsteps on the snow,
+and he came in exultingly, and threw down one of the birds he had
+killed.
+
+"My sister," said he, "I wish you to skin it and stretch the skin, and
+when I have killed more I will have a coat made out of them."
+
+"What shall we do with the body?" asked she, for as yet men had not
+begun to eat animal food, but lived on vegetables alone.
+
+"Cut it in two," he answered, "and season our pottage with one-half of
+it at a time."
+
+She did so. The boy continued his efforts, and succeeded in killing
+ten birds, out of the skins of which his sister made him a little
+coat.
+
+"Sister," said he one day, "are we all alone in the world? Is there
+nobody else living?"
+
+His sister told him that they two alone remained; that the beings who
+had killed all their relations lived in a certain quarter, and that he
+must by no means go in that direction. This only served to inflame his
+curiosity and raise his ambition, and he soon after took his bow and
+arrows and went to seek the beings of whom his sister had told him.
+After walking a long time and meeting nothing he became tired, and lay
+down on a knoll where the sun had melted the snow. He fell fast
+asleep, and while sleeping the sun beat so hot upon him that it singed
+and drew up his birdskin coat, so that when he awoke and stretched
+himself, he felt, as it were, bound in it. He looked down and saw the
+damage done, and then he flew into a passion, upbraided the sun, and
+vowed vengeance against it.
+
+"Do not think you are too high," said he; "I shall revenge myself."
+
+On coming home he related his disaster to his sister, and lamented
+bitterly the spoiling of his coat. He would not eat. He lay down as
+one that fasts, and did not stir or move his position for ten days,
+though his sister did all she could to arouse him. At the end of ten
+days he turned over, and then lay ten days on the other side. Then he
+got up and told his sister to make him a snare, for he meant to catch
+the sun. At first she said she had nothing, but finally she remembered
+a little piece of dried deer's sinew that her father had left, and
+this she soon made into a string suitable for a noose. The moment,
+however, she showed it to her brother, he told her it would not do,
+and bade her get something else. She said she had nothing--nothing at
+all. At last she thought of her hair, and pulling some of it out made
+a string. Her brother again said it would not answer, and bade her,
+pettishly, and with authority, make him a noose. She replied that
+there was nothing to make it of, and went out of the lodge. When she
+was all alone she said--
+
+"Neow obewy indapin."
+
+Meanwhile her brother awaited her, and it was not long before she
+reappeared with some tiny cord. The moment he saw it he was delighted.
+
+"This will do," he cried, and he put the cord to his mouth and began
+pulling it through his lips, and as fast as he drew it changed to a
+red metal cord of prodigious length, which he wound around his body
+and shoulders. He then prepared himself, and set out a little after
+midnight that he might catch the sun before it rose. He fixed his
+snare on a spot just where he thought the sun would appear; and sure
+enough he caught it, so that it was held fast in the cord and could
+not rise.
+
+The animals who ruled the earth were immediately put into a great
+commotion. They had no light. They called a council to debate the
+matter, and to appoint some one to go and cut the cord--a very
+hazardous enterprise, for who dare go so near to the sun as would be
+necessary? The dormouse, however, undertook the task. At that time the
+dormouse was the largest animal in the world; when it stood up it
+looked like a mountain. It set out upon its mission, and, when it got
+to the place where the sun lay snared, its back began to smoke and
+burn, so intense was the heat, and the top of its carcass was reduced
+to enormous heaps of ashes. It succeeded, however, in cutting the cord
+with its teeth and freed the sun, but was reduced to a very small size,
+and has remained so ever since. Men call it the Kug-e-been-gwa-kwa.
+
+
+
+
+THE MAID IN THE BOX.
+
+
+There once lived a woman called Monedo Kway (female spirit or
+prophetess) on the sand mountains, called The Sleeping Bear of Lake
+Michigan, who had a daughter as beautiful as she was modest and
+discreet. Everybody spoke of her beauty, and she was so handsome that
+her mother feared she would be carried off, so to prevent it she put
+her in a box, which she pushed into the middle of the lake. The box
+was tied by a long string to a stake on shore, and every morning the
+mother pulled the box to land, and, taking her daughter out of it,
+combed her hair, gave her food, and then putting her again in the box,
+set her afloat on the lake.
+
+One day it chanced that a handsome young man came to the spot at the
+moment the girl was being thus attended to by her mother. He was
+struck with her beauty, and immediately went home and told his love to
+his uncle, who was a great chief and a powerful magician.
+
+"My nephew," replied the old man, "go to the mother's lodge and sit
+down in a modest manner without saying a word. You need not ask her a
+question, for whatever you think she will understand, and what she
+thinks in answer you will understand."
+
+The young man did as he was bid. He entered the woman's lodge and sat
+with his head bent down in a thoughtful manner, without uttering a
+word. He then thought--
+
+"I wish she would give me her daughter." Very soon he understood the
+mother's thoughts in reply.
+
+"Give you my daughter!" thought she. "You! no, indeed! my daughter
+shall never marry you!"
+
+The young man went away and reported the result to his uncle.
+
+"Woman without good sense!" exclaimed the old man. "Who is she keeping
+her daughter for? Does she think she will marry the Mudjikewis (a term
+indicating the heir or successor to the first in power)? Proud heart!
+We will try her magic skill, and see whether she can withstand our
+power."
+
+He forthwith set himself to work, and in a short time the pride and
+haughtiness of the mother was made known to all the spirits on that
+part of the lake, and they met together and resolved to exert their
+power to humble her. To do this they determined to raise a great storm
+on the lake. The water began to roar and toss, and the tempest became
+so severe that the string holding the box broke, and it floated off
+through the straits down Lake Huron, and struck against the sandy
+shores at its outlet. The place where it struck was near the lodge of
+a decayed old magician called Ishkwon Daimeka, or the keeper of the
+gate of the lakes. He opened the box and let out the beautiful
+daughter, whom he took into his lodge and made his wife.
+
+When her mother found that her daughter had been carried off by the
+storm, she raised loud cries and lamented exceedingly. This she
+continued to do for a long time, and would not be comforted. At last
+the spirits began to pity her, and determined to raise another storm
+to bring the daughter back. This was even a greater storm than the
+first. The water of the lake washed away the ground, and swept on to
+the lodge of Ishkwon Daimeka, whose wife, when she saw the flood
+approaching, leaped into the box, and the waves, carrying her off,
+landed her at the very spot where was her mother's lodge.
+
+Monedo Kway was overjoyed, but when she opened the box she found her
+daughter, indeed, but her beauty had almost all departed. However, she
+loved her still, because she was her daughter, and now thought of the
+young man who had come to seek her in marriage. She sent a formal
+message to him, but he had heard of all that had occurred, and his
+love for the girl had died away.
+
+"I marry your daughter!" replied he. "Your daughter! no, indeed! I
+shall never marry her!"
+
+The storm that brought the girl back was so strong that it tore away a
+large part of the shore of the lake and swept off Ishkwon Daimeka's
+lodge, the fragments of which, lodging in the straits, formed those
+beautiful islands which are scattered in the St. Clair and Detroit
+rivers. As to Ishkwon Daimeka himself, he was drowned, and his bones
+lie buried under the islands. As he was carried away by the waves on a
+fragment of his lodge, the old man was heard lamenting his fate in a
+song.
+
+
+
+
+THE SPIRITS AND THE LOVERS.
+
+
+At the distance of a woman's walk of a day from the mouth of the
+river, called by the pale-faces the Whitestone, in the country of the
+Sioux, in the middle of a large plain, stands a lofty hill or mound.
+Its wonderful roundness, together with the circumstance of its
+standing apart from all other hills, like a fir-tree in the midst of a
+wide prairie, or a man whose friends and kindred have all descended to
+the dust, has made it known to all the tribes of the West. Whether it
+was created by the Great Spirit or filled up by the sons of men,
+whether it was done in the morning of the world, ask not me, for I
+cannot tell you. Know it is called by all the tribes of the land the
+Hill of Little People, or the Mountain of Little Spirits. No gifts can
+induce an Indian to visit it; for why should he incur the anger of the
+Little People who dwell in it, and, sacrificed upon the fire of their
+wrath, behold his wife and children no more? In all the marches and
+counter-marches of the Indians, in all their goings and returnings, in
+all their wanderings by day or by night to and from lands which lie
+beyond it, their paths are so ordered that none approaches near
+enough to disturb the tiny inhabitants of the hill. The memory of the
+red-man of the forest has preserved but one instance when their
+privacy was violated, since it was known through the tribes that they
+wished for no intercourse with mortals. Before that time many Indians
+were missing each year. No one knew what became of them, but they were
+gone, and left no trace nor story behind. Valiant warriors filled
+their quivers with arrows, put new strings to their bows, new shod
+their moccasins, and sallied out to acquire glory in combat; but there
+was no wailing in the camp of our foes: their arrows were not felt,
+their shouts were not heard. Yet they fell not by the hands of our
+foes, but perished we know not how.
+
+Many seasons ago there lived within the limits of the great
+council-fire of the Mahas a chief who was renowned for his valour and
+victories in the field, his wisdom in the council, his dexterity and
+success in the chase. His name was Mahtoree, or the White Crane. He
+was celebrated throughout the vast regions of the West, from the
+Mississippi to the Hills of the Serpent, from the Missouri to the
+Plains of Bitter Frost, for all those qualities which render an Indian
+warrior famous and feared.
+
+In one of the war expeditions of the Pawnee Mahas against the
+Burntwood Tetons, it was the good fortune of the former to overcome
+and to make many prisoners--men, women, and children. One of the
+captives, Sakeajah, or the Bird-Girl, a beautiful creature in the
+morning of life, after being adopted into one of the Mahas families,
+became the wife of the chief warrior of the nation. Great was the love
+which the White Crane had for his wife, and it grew yet stronger when
+she had brought him four sons and a daughter, Tatokah, or the
+Antelope. She was beautiful. Her skin was fair, her eyes were large
+and bright as those of the bison-ox, and her hair black, and braided
+with beads, brushed, as she walked, the dew from the flowers upon the
+prairies. Her temper was gentle and her voice sweet.
+
+It may not be doubted that the beautiful Tatokah had many lovers; but
+the heart of the maiden was touched by none of the noble youths who
+sought her. She bade them all depart as they came; she rejected them
+all. With the perverseness which is often seen among women, she had
+placed her affections upon a youth who had distinguished himself by no
+valiant deeds in war, nor by industry or dexterity in the chase. His
+name had never reached the surrounding nations. His own nation knew
+him not, unless as a weak and imbecile man. He was poor in everything
+which constitutes the riches of Indian life. Who had heard the
+twanging of Karkapaha's bow in the retreat of the bear, or who had
+beheld the war-paint on his cheek or brow? Where were the scalps or
+the prisoners that betokened his valour or daring? No song of valiant
+exploits had been heard from his lips, for he had none to boast of--if
+he had done aught becoming a man, he had done it when none was by. The
+beautiful Tatokah, who knew and lamented the deficiencies of her
+lover, strove long to conquer her passion without success. At length,
+since her father would not agree to her union with her lover, the two
+agreed to fly together. The night fixed came, and they left the
+village of the Mahas and the lodge of Mahtoree for the wilderness.
+
+Their flight was not unmarked, and when the father was made acquainted
+with the disgrace which had befallen him, he called his young men
+around him, and bade them pursue the fugitives, promising his daughter
+to whomsoever should slay the Karkapaha. Immediately pursuit was made,
+and soon a hundred eager youths were on the track of the hapless pair.
+With that unerring skill and sagacity in discovering footprints which
+mark their race, their steps were tracked, and themselves soon
+discovered flying. What was the surprise of the pursuers when they
+found that the path taken by the hapless pair would carry them to the
+mountain of little spirits, and that they were sufficiently in advance
+to reach it before they could be overtaken. None of them durst venture
+within the supposed limits, and they halted till the White Crane
+should be informed of his daughter and her lover having placed
+themselves under the protection of the spirits.
+
+In the meantime the lovers pursued their journey towards the fearful
+residence of the little people. Despair lent them courage to perform
+an act to which the stoutest Indian resolution had hitherto been
+unequal. They determined to tell their tale to the spirits and ask
+their protection. They were within a few feet of the hill when, on a
+sudden, its brow, on which no object had till now been visible, became
+covered with little people, the tallest of whom was not higher than
+the knee of the maiden, while many of them--but these were
+children--were of lower stature than the squirrel. Their voice was
+sharp and quick, like the barking of the prairie dog. A little wing
+came out at each shoulder; each had a single eye, which eye was to the
+right in the men, and to the left in the women, and their feet stood
+out at each side. They were armed like Indians, with tomahawks, spears,
+bows, and arrows. He who appeared to be the head chief--for he wore an
+air of command, and had the eagle feather--came up to the fugitives and
+said--
+
+"Why have you invaded the village of our race whose wrath has been so
+fatal to your people? How dare you venture within the limits of our
+residence? Know you not that your lives are forfeited?"
+
+Tatokah, for her lover had less than the heart of a doe and was
+speechless, related their story. She told them how they had loved, how
+wroth her father had been, how they had stolen away and been pursued,
+and concluded her tale of sorrow with a flood of tears. The little man
+who wore the eagle feather appeared moved by what she said, and
+calling around him a large number of men, who were doubtless the
+chiefs and counsellors of the nation, a long consultation took place.
+The result was a determination to favour and protect the lovers.
+
+At this moment Shongotongo, or the Big Horse, one of the braves whom
+Mahtoree had despatched in quest of his daughter, appeared in view in
+pursuit of the fugitives. It was not till Mahtoree had taxed his
+courage that Big Horse had ventured on the perilous quest. He
+approached with the strength of heart and singleness of purpose which
+accompany an Indian warrior who deems the eyes of his nation upon him.
+When first the brave was discovered thus wantonly, and with no other
+purpose but the shedding of blood, intruding on the dominions of the
+spirits, no words can tell the rage which appeared to possess their
+bosoms. Secure in the knowledge of their power to repel the attacks of
+every living thing, the intrepid Maha was permitted to advance within
+a few steps of Karkapaha. He had just raised his spear to strike the
+unmanly lover, when, all at once, he found himself riveted to the
+ground. His feet refused to move, his hands hung powerless at his
+side, his tongue refused to utter a word. The bow and arrow fell from
+his hand, and his spear lay powerless. A little child, not so high as
+the fourth leaf of the thistle, came and spat on him, and a company of
+the spirits danced around him singing a taunting song. When they had
+thus finished their task of preparatory torture, a thousand little
+spirits drew their bows, and a thousand arrows pierced his heart. In a
+moment innumerable mattocks were employed in preparing him a grave,
+and he was hidden from the eyes of the living ere Tatokah could have
+thrice counted over the fingers of her hand.
+
+When this was done, the chief of the little spirits called Karkapaha
+before him, and said--
+
+"Maha, you have the heart of a doe. You would fly from a roused wren.
+We have not spared you because you deserve to be spared, but because
+the maiden loves you. It is for this purpose that we will give you the
+heart of a man, that you may return to the village of the Mahas, and
+find favour in the eyes of Mahtoree and the braves of the nation. We
+will take away your cowardly spirit, and will give you the spirit of
+the warrior whom we slew, whose heart was firm as a rock. Sleep, man
+of little soul, and wake to be better worthy the love of the beautiful
+Antelope."
+
+Then a deep sleep came over the Maha lover. How long he slept he knew
+not, but when he woke he felt at once that a change had taken place in
+his feelings and temper. The first thought that came to his mind was
+of a bow and arrow, the second was of the beautiful maiden who lay
+sleeping at his side. The little spirits had disappeared--not a
+solitary being of the many thousands who, but a few minutes before,
+had filled the air with their discordant cries was now to be seen or
+heard. At the feet of Karkapaha lay a tremendous bow, larger than any
+warrior ever yet used, a sheaf of arrows of proportionate size, and a
+spear of a weight which no Maha could wield. Karkapaha drew the bow as
+an Indian boy bends a willow twig, and the spear seemed in his hand
+but a reed or a feather. The shrill war-whoop burst unconsciously from
+his lips, and his nostrils seemed dilated with the fire and impatience
+of a newly-awakened courage. The heart of the fond Indian girl
+dissolved in tears when she saw these proofs of strength and these
+evidences of spirit which, she knew, if they were coupled with
+valour--and how could she doubt the completeness of the gift to effect
+the purposes of the giver?--would thaw the iced feelings of her father
+and tune his heart to the song of forgiveness. Yet it was not without
+many fears, tears, and misgivings on the part of the maiden that they
+began their journey to the Mahas village. The lover, now a stranger to
+fear, used his endeavours to quiet the beautiful Tatokah, and in some
+measure succeeded. Upon finding that his daughter and her lover had
+gone to the Hill of the Spirits, and that Shongotongo did not return
+from his perilous adventure, the chief of the Mahas had recalled his
+braves from the pursuit, and was listening to the history of the pair,
+as far as the returned warriors were acquainted with it, when his
+daughter and her lover made their appearance. With a bold and fearless
+step the once faint-hearted Karkapaha walked up to the offended
+father, and, folding his arms upon his breast, stood erect as a pine,
+and motionless as that tree when the winds of the earth are chained.
+It was the first time that Karkapaha had ever looked on angry men
+without trembling, and a demeanour so unusual in him excited universal
+surprise.
+
+"Karkapaha is a thief," said the White Crane.
+
+"It is the father of Tatokah that says it," answered the lover, "else
+would Karkapaha say it was the song of a bird that has flown over."
+
+"My warriors say it."
+
+"Your warriors are singing-birds; they are wrens. Karkapaha says they
+do not speak the truth. Karkapaha has a brave heart and the strength
+of a bear. Let the braves try him. He has thrown away the woman's
+heart, and become a man."
+
+"Karkapaha is changed," said the chief thoughtfully, "but how and
+when?"
+
+"The Little Spirits of the mountain have given him a new soul. Bid
+your braves draw this bow. Bid them poise this spear. Their eyes say
+they can do neither. Then is Karkapaha the strong man of his tribe?"
+As he said this he flourished the ponderous spear over his head as a
+man would poise a reed, and drew the bow as a child would bend a twig.
+
+"Karkapaha is the husband of Tatokah," said Mahtoree, springing to his
+feet, and he gave the maiden to her lover.
+
+The traditionary lore of the Mahas is full of the exploits, both in
+war and in the chase, of Karkapaha, who was made a man by the Spirits
+of the Mountain.
+
+
+
+
+THE WONDERFUL ROD.
+
+
+The Choctaws had for many years found a home in regions beyond the
+Mountains of Snow, far away to the west of the Mississippi. They,
+however, decided, for some reason or other, to leave the place in
+which they dwelt, and the question then arose in what direction they
+should journey. Now, there was a jossakeed (priest) who had a
+wonderful rod, and he said that he would lead them.
+
+For many years, therefore, they travelled, being guided by him. He
+walked before them bearing the rod, and when night was come he put it
+upright in the earth, and the people encamped round it. In the morning
+they looked to see in what direction the rod pointed, for each night
+the rod left its upright position, and inclined one way or another.
+Day after day the rod was found pointing to the east, and thither the
+Choctaws accordingly bent their steps.
+
+"You must travel," said the jossakeed, "as long as the rod directs you
+pointing to the direction in which you must go, but when the rod
+ceases to point, and stands upright, then you must live there."
+
+So the people went on until they came to a hill, where they camped,
+having first put up the rod so that it did not lean at all. In the
+morning, when they went to see which direction the rod pointed out for
+them to take, they found it upright, and from it there grew branches
+bearing green leaves. Then they said--
+
+"We will stop here."
+
+So that became the centre of the land of the Choctaws.
+
+
+
+
+THE FUNERAL FIRE.
+
+
+For several nights after the interment of a Chippewa a fire is kept
+burning upon the grave. This fire is lit in the evening, and carefully
+supplied with small sticks of dry wood, to keep up a bright but small
+fire. It is kept burning for several hours, generally until the usual
+hour of retiring to rest, and then suffered to go out. The fire is
+renewed for four nights, and sometimes for longer. The person who
+performs this pious office is generally a near relative of the
+deceased, or one who has been long intimate with him. The following
+tale is related as showing the origin of the custom.
+
+A small war party of Chippewas encountered their enemies upon an open
+plain, where a severe battle was fought. Their leader was a brave and
+distinguished warrior, but he never acted with greater bravery, or
+more distinguished himself by personal prowess, than on this occasion.
+After turning the tide of battle against his enemies, while shouting
+for victory, he received an arrow in his breast, and fell upon the
+plain. No warrior thus killed is ever buried, and according to
+ancient custom, the chief was placed in a sitting posture upon the
+field, his back supported by a tree, and his face turned towards the
+direction in which his enemies had fled. His headdress and equipment
+were accurately adjusted as if he were living, and his bow leaned
+against his shoulder. In this posture his companions left him. That he
+was dead appeared evident to all, but a strange thing had happened.
+Although deprived of speech and motion, the chief heard distinctly all
+that was said by his friends. He heard them lament his death without
+having the power to contradict it, and he felt their touch as they
+adjusted his posture, without having the power to reciprocate it. His
+anguish, when he felt himself thus abandoned, was extreme, and his
+wish to follow his friends on their return home so completely filled
+his mind, as he saw them one after another take leave of him and
+depart, that with a terrible effort he arose and followed them. His
+form, however, was invisible to them, and this aroused in him
+surprise, disappointment, and rage, which by turns took possession of
+him. He followed their track, however, with great diligence. Wherever
+they went he went, when they walked he walked, when they ran he ran,
+when they encamped he stopped with them, when they slept he slept,
+when they awoke he awoke. In short, he mingled in all their labours
+and toils, but he was excluded from all their sources of refreshment,
+except that of sleeping, and from the pleasures of participating in
+their conversation, for all that he said received no notice.
+
+"Is it possible," he cried, "that you do not see me, that you do not
+hear me, that you do not understand me? Will you suffer me to bleed to
+death without offering to stanch my wounds? Will you permit me to
+starve while you eat around me? Have those whom I have so often led to
+war so soon forgotten me? Is there no one who recollects me, or who
+will offer me a morsel of food in my distress?"
+
+Thus he continued to upbraid his friends at every stage of the
+journey, but no one seemed to hear his words. If his voice was heard
+at all, it was mistaken for the rustling of the leaves in the wind.
+
+At length the returning party reached their village, and their women
+and children came out, according to custom, to welcome their return
+and proclaim their praises.
+
+"Kumaudjeewug! Kumaudjeewug! Kumaudjeewug! they have met, fought, and
+conquered!" was shouted by every mouth, and the words resounded
+through the most distant parts of the village. Those who had lost
+friends came eagerly to inquire their fate, and to know whether they
+had died like men. The aged father consoled himself for the loss of
+his son with the reflection that he had fallen manfully, and the widow
+half forgot her sorrow amid the praises that were uttered of the
+bravery of her husband. The hearts of the youths glowed with martial
+ardour as they heard these flattering praises, and the children joined
+in the shouts, of which they scarcely knew the meaning. Amidst all
+this uproar and bustle no one seemed conscious of the presence of the
+warrior-chief. He heard many inquiries made respecting his fate. He
+heard his companions tell how he had fought, conquered, and fallen,
+pierced by an arrow through his breast, and how he had been left
+behind among the slain on the field of battle.
+
+"It is not true," declared the angry chief, "that I was killed and
+left upon the field! I am here. I live; I move; see me; touch me. I
+shall again raise my spear in battle, and take my place in the feast."
+
+Nobody, however, seemed conscious of his presence, and his voice was
+mistaken for the whispering of the wind.
+
+He now walked to his own lodge, and there he found his wife tearing
+her hair and lamenting over his fate. He endeavoured to undeceive her,
+but she, like the others, appeared to be insensible of his presence,
+and not to hear his voice. She sat in a despairing manner, with her
+head reclining on her hands. The chief asked her to bind up his
+wounds, but she made no reply. He placed his mouth close to her ear
+and shouted--
+
+"I am hungry, give me some food!"
+
+The wife thought she heard a buzzing in her ear, and remarked it to
+one who sat by. The enraged husband now summoning all his strength,
+struck her a blow on the forehead. His wife raised her hand to her
+head, and said to her friend--
+
+"I feel a slight shooting pain in my head."
+
+Foiled thus in every attempt to make himself known, the warrior-chief
+began to reflect upon what he had heard in his youth, to the effect
+that the spirit was sometimes permitted to leave the body and wander
+about. He concluded that possibly his body might have remained upon
+the field of battle, while his spirit only accompanied his returning
+friends. He determined to return to the field, although it was four
+days' journey away. He accordingly set out upon his way. For three
+days he pursued his way without meeting anything uncommon; but on the
+fourth, towards evening, as he came to the skirts of the battlefield,
+he saw a fire in the path before him. He walked to one side to avoid
+stepping into it, but the fire also changed its position, and was
+still before him. He then went in another direction, but the
+mysterious fire still crossed his path, and seemed to bar his entrance
+to the scene of the conflict. In short, whichever way he took, the
+fire was still before him,--no expedient seemed to avail him.
+
+"Thou demon!" he exclaimed at length, "why dost thou bar my approach
+to the field of battle? Knowest thou not that I am a spirit also, and
+that I seek again to enter my body? Dost thou presume that I shall
+return without effecting my object? Know that I have never been
+defeated by the enemies of my nation, and will not be defeated by
+thee!"
+
+So saying, he made a sudden effort and jumped through the flame. No
+sooner had he done so than he found himself sitting on the ground,
+with his back supported by a tree, his bow leaning against his
+shoulder, all his warlike dress and arms upon his body, just as they
+had been left by his friends on the day of battle. Looking up he
+beheld a large canicu, or war eagle, sitting in the tree above his
+head. He immediately recognised this bird to be the same as he had
+once dreamt of in his youth--the one he had chosen as his guardian
+spirit, or personal manito. This eagle had carefully watched his body
+and prevented other ravenous birds from touching it.
+
+The chief got up and stood upon his feet, but he felt himself weak and
+much exhausted. The blood upon his wound had stanched itself, and he
+now bound it up. He possessed a knowledge of such roots as have
+healing properties, and these he carefully sought in the woods. Having
+found some, he pounded some of them between stones and applied them
+externally. Others he chewed and swallowed. In a short time he found
+himself so much recovered as to be able to commence his journey, but
+he suffered greatly from hunger, not seeing any large animals that he
+might kill. However, he succeeded in killing some small birds with his
+bow and arrow, and these he roasted before a fire at night.
+
+In this way he sustained himself until he came to a river that
+separated his wife and friends from him. He stood upon the bank and
+gave that peculiar whoop which is a signal of the return of a friend.
+The sound was immediately heard, and a canoe was despatched to bring
+him over, and in a short time, amidst the shouts of his friends and
+relations, who thronged from every side to see the arrival, the
+warrior-chief was landed.
+
+When the first wild bursts of wonder and joy had subsided, and some
+degree of quiet had been restored to the village, he related to his
+people the account of his adventures. He concluded his narrative by
+telling them that it is pleasing to the spirit of a deceased person to
+have a fire built upon the grave for four nights after his burial;
+that it is four days' journey to the land appointed for the residence
+of the spirits; that in its journey thither the spirit stands in need
+of a fire every night at the place of its encampment; and that if the
+friends kindle this fire upon the spot where the body is laid, the
+spirit has the benefit of its light and warmth on its path, while if
+the friends neglect to do this, the spirit is subjected to the irksome
+task of making its own fire each night.
+
+
+
+
+THE LEGEND OF O-NA-WUT-A-QUT-O.
+
+
+A long time ago there lived an aged Odjibwa and his wife on the shores
+of Lake Huron. They had an only son, a very beautiful boy, named
+O-na-wut-a-qut-o, or He that catches the clouds. The family were of
+the totem of the beaver. The parents were very proud of their son, and
+wished to make him a celebrated man; but when he reached the proper
+age he would not submit to the We-koon-de-win, or fast. When this time
+arrived they gave him charcoal instead of his breakfast, but he would
+not blacken his face. If they denied him food he sought bird's eggs
+along the shore, or picked up the heads of fish that had been cast
+away, and broiled them. One day they took away violently the food he
+had prepared, and cast him some coals in place of it. This act decided
+him. He took the coals and blackened his face and went out of the
+lodge. He did not return, but lay down without to sleep. As he lay, a
+very beautiful girl came down from the clouds and stood by his side.
+
+"O-na-wut-a-qut-o," she said, "I am come for you. Follow in my
+footsteps."
+
+The young man rose and did as he was bid. Presently he found himself
+ascending above the tops of the trees, and gradually he mounted up
+step by step into the air, and through the clouds. At length his guide
+led him through an opening, and he found himself standing with her on
+a beautiful plain.
+
+A path led to a splendid lodge, into which O-na-wut-a-qut-o followed
+his guide. It was large, and divided into two parts. At one end he saw
+bows and arrows, clubs and spears, and various warlike instruments
+tipped with silver. At the other end were things exclusively belonging
+to women. This was the house of his fair guide, and he saw that she
+had on a frame a broad rich belt of many colours that she was weaving.
+
+"My brother is coming," she said, "and I must hide you."
+
+Putting him in one corner she spread the belt over him, and presently
+the brother came in very richly dressed, and shining as if he had
+points of silver all over him. He took down from the wall a splendid
+pipe, and a bag in which was a-pa-ko-ze-gun, or smoking mixture. When
+he had finished smoking, he laid his pipe aside, and said to his
+sister--
+
+"Nemissa," (elder sister) "when will you quit these practices? Do you
+forget that the greatest of the spirits has commanded that you shall
+not take away the children from below? Perhaps you think you have
+concealed O-na-wut-a-qut-o, but do I not know of his coming? If you
+would not offend me, send him back at once."
+
+These words did not, however, alter his sister's purpose. She would
+not send him back, and her brother, finding that she was determined,
+called O-na-wut-a-qut-o from his hiding-place.
+
+"Come out of your concealment," said he, "and walk about and amuse
+yourself. You will grow hungry if you remain there."
+
+At these words O-na-wut-a-qut-o came forth from under the belt, and
+the brother presented a bow and arrows, with a pipe of red stone,
+richly ornamented, to him. In this way he gave his consent to
+O-na-wut-a-qut-o's marriage with his sister, and from that time the
+youth and the girl became husband and wife.
+
+O-na-wut-a-qut-o found everything exceedingly fair and beautiful
+around him, but he found no other people besides his wife and her
+brother. There were flowers on the plains, there were bright and
+sparkling streams, there were green valleys and pleasant trees, there
+were gay birds and beautiful animals, very different from those he had
+been accustomed to. There was also day and night as on the earth, but
+he observed that every morning the brother regularly left the lodge
+and remained absent all day, and every evening his sister departed,
+but generally for only a part of the night.
+
+O-na-wut-a-qut-o was curious to solve this mystery, and obtained the
+brother's consent to accompany him in one of his daily journeys. They
+travelled over a smooth plain which seemed to stretch to illimitable
+distances all around. At length O-na-wut-a-qut-o felt the gnawings of
+hunger and asked his companion if there was no game about.
+
+"Patience, my brother," replied he; "we shall soon reach the spot
+where I eat my dinner, and you will then see how I am provided."
+
+After walking on a long time they came to a place where several fine
+mats were spread, and there they sat down to refresh themselves. At
+this place there was a hole in the sky and O-na-wut-a-qut-o, at his
+companion's request, looked through it down upon the earth. He saw
+below the great lakes and the villages of the Indians. In one place he
+saw a war-party stealing on the camp of their enemies. In another he
+saw feasting and dancing. On a green plain some young men were playing
+at ball, and along the banks of a stream were women employed in
+gathering the a-puk-wa for mats.
+
+"Do you see," asked the brother, "that group of children playing
+beside a lodge? Observe that beautiful and active lad," said he, at
+the same time darting something from his hand. The child immediately
+fell on the ground, and was carried by his companions into the lodge.
+
+O-na-wut-a-qut-o and his companion watched and saw the people below
+gathering about the lodge. They listened to the she-she-gwau of the
+meeta, to the song he sang asking that the child's life might be
+spared. To this request O-na-wut-a-qut-o's companion made answer--
+
+"Send me up the sacrifice of a white dog."
+
+A feast was immediately ordered by the parents of the child. The
+white dog was killed, his carcass was roasted, all the wise men and
+medicine-men of the village assembling to witness the ceremony.
+
+"There are many below," said O-na-wut-a-qut-o's companion, "whom you
+call great in medical skill. They are so, because their ears are open;
+and they are able to succeed, because when I call they hear my voice.
+When I have struck one with sickness they direct the people to look to
+me, and when they make me the offering I ask, I remove my hand from
+off the sick person and he becomes well."
+
+While he was saying this, the feast below had been served. Then the
+master of the feast said--
+
+"We send this to thee, Great Manito," and immediately the roasted
+animal came up. Thus O-na-wut-a-qut-o and his companion got their
+dinner, and after they had eaten they returned to the lodge by a
+different path.
+
+In this manner they lived for some time, but at last the youth got
+weary of the life. He thought of his friends, and wished to go back to
+them. He could not forget his native village and his father's lodge,
+and he asked his wife's permission to return. After some persuasion
+she consented.
+
+"Since you are better pleased," she said, "with the cares and ills and
+poverty of the world, than with the peaceful delights of the sky and
+its boundless prairies, go. I give you my permission, and since I have
+brought you hither I will conduct you back. Remember, however, that
+you are still my husband. I hold a chain in my hand by which I can,
+whenever I will, draw you back to me. My power over you will be in no
+way diminished. Beware, therefore, how you venture to take a wife
+among the people below. Should you ever do so, you will feel what a
+grievous thing it is to arouse my anger."
+
+As she uttered these words her eyes sparkled, and she drew herself up
+with a majestic air. In the same moment O-na-wut-a-qut-o awoke. He
+found himself on the ground near his father's lodge, on the very spot
+where he had thrown himself down to sleep. Instead of the brighter
+beings of a higher world, he found around him his parents and their
+friends. His mother told him that he had been absent a year. For some
+time O-na-wut-a-qut-o remained gloomy and silent, but by degrees he
+recovered his spirits, and he began to doubt the reality of all he had
+seen and heard above. At last he even ventured to marry a beautiful
+girl of his own tribe. But within four days she died. Still he was
+forgetful of his first wife's command, and he married again. Then one
+night he left his lodge, to which he never returned. His wife, it is
+believed, recalled him to the sky, where he still dwells, walking the
+vast plains.
+
+
+
+
+MANABOZHO IN THE FISH'S STOMACH.
+
+
+One day Manabozho said to his grandmother--
+
+"Noko, get cedar bark and make me a line whilst I make a canoe."
+
+When all was ready he went out to the middle of the lake a-fishing.
+
+"Me-she-nah-ma-gwai (king-fish)," said he, letting down his line,
+"take hold of my bait."
+
+He kept repeating these words some time; at last the king-fish said--
+
+"What a trouble Manabozho is! Here, trout, take hold of his line."
+
+The trout did as he was bid, and Manabozho drew up his line, the
+trout's weight being so great that the canoe was nearly overturned.
+Till he saw the trout Manabozho kept crying out--
+
+"Wha-ee-he! wha-ee-he!"
+
+As soon as he saw him he said--
+
+"Why did you take hold of my hook? Esa, esa! shame, shame! you ugly
+fish."
+
+The trout, being thus rebuked, let go.
+
+Manabozho let down his line again into the water, saying--
+
+"King-fish, take hold of my line."
+
+"What a trouble Manabozho is!" cried the king-fish. "Sun-fish, take
+hold of his line."
+
+The sun-fish did as he was bid, and Manabozho drew him up, crying as
+he did so--
+
+"Wha-ee-he! wha-ee-he!" while the canoe turned in swift circles.
+
+When he saw the sun-fish, he cried--
+
+"Esa, esa! you odious fish! why did you dirty my hook by taking it in
+your mouth? Let go, I say, let go."
+
+The sun-fish did as he was bid, and on his return to the bottom of the
+lake told the king-fish what Manabozho had said. Just then the bait
+was let down again near to the king, and Manabozho was heard crying
+out--
+
+"Me-she-nah-ma-gwai, take hold of my hook."
+
+The king-fish did so, and allowed himself to be dragged to the
+surface, which he had no sooner reached than he swallowed Manabozho
+and his canoe at one gulp. When Manabozho came to himself he found he
+was in his canoe in the fish's stomach. He now began to think how he
+should escape. Looking about him, he saw his war-club in his canoe,
+and with it he immediately struck the heart of the fish. Then he felt
+as though the fish was moving with great velocity. The king-fish
+observed to his friends--
+
+"I feel very unwell for having swallowed that nasty fellow Manabozho."
+
+At that moment he received another more severe blow on the heart.
+Manabozho thought, "If I am thrown up in the middle of the lake I
+shall be drowned, so I must prevent it." So he drew his canoe and
+placed it across the fish's throat, and just as he had finished doing
+this the king-fish tried to cast him out.
+
+Manabozho now found that he had a companion with him. This was a
+squirrel that had been in his canoe. The squirrel helped him to place
+the canoe in the proper position, and Manabozho, being grateful to it,
+said--
+
+"For the future you shall be called Ajidanneo (animal tail)."
+
+Then he recommenced his attack on the king-fish's heart, and by
+repeated blows he at last succeeded in killing him. He could tell that
+he had effected this by the stoppage of the fish's motion, and he
+could also hear the body beating against the shore. Manabozho waited a
+day to see what would happen. Then he heard birds scratching on the
+body, and all at once the rays of light broke in. He could now see the
+heads of the gulls, which were looking in at the opening they had
+made.
+
+"Oh!" cried Manabozho, "my younger brothers, make the opening larger,
+so that I can get out." The gulls then told one another that Manabozho
+was inside the fish, and, setting to work at once to enlarge the hole,
+they, in a short time, set him free. After he got out Manabozho said
+to the gulls--
+
+"For the future you shall be called Kayoshk (noble scratchers), for
+your kindness to me."
+
+
+
+
+THE SUN AND THE MOON.
+
+
+There were once ten brothers who hunted together, and at night they
+occupied the same lodge. One day, after they had been hunting, coming
+home they found sitting inside the lodge near the door a beautiful
+woman. She appeared to be a stranger, and was so lovely that all the
+hunters loved her, and as she could only be the wife of one, they
+agreed that he should have her who was most successful in the next
+day's hunt. Accordingly, the next day, they each took different ways,
+and hunted till the sun went down, when they met at the lodge. Nine of
+the hunters had found nothing, but the youngest brought home a deer,
+so the woman was given to him for his wife.
+
+The hunter had not been married more than a year when he was seized
+with sickness and died. Then the next brother took the girl for his
+wife. Shortly after he died also, and the woman married the next
+brother. In a short time all the brothers died save the eldest, and he
+married the girl. She did not, however, love him, for he was of a
+churlish disposition, and one day it came into the woman's head that
+she would leave him and see what fortune she would meet with in the
+world. So she went, taking only a dog with her, and travelled all day.
+She went on and on, but towards evening she heard some one coming
+after her who, she imagined, must be her husband. In great fear she
+knew not which way to turn, when she perceived a hole in the ground
+before her. There she thought she might hide herself, and entering it
+with her dog she suddenly found herself going lower and lower, until
+she passed through the earth and came up on the other side. Near to
+her there was a lake, and a man fishing in it.
+
+"My grandfather," cried the woman, "I am pursued by a spirit."
+
+"Leave me," cried Manabozho, for it was he, "leave me. Let me be
+quiet."
+
+The woman still begged him to protect her, and Manabozho at length
+said--
+
+"Go that way, and you shall be safe."
+
+Hardly had she disappeared when the husband, who had discovered the
+hole by which his wife had descended, came on the scene.
+
+"Tell me," said he to Manabozho, "where has the woman gone?"
+
+"Leave me," cried Manabozho, "don't trouble me."
+
+"Tell me," said the man, "where is the woman?" Manabozho was silent,
+and the husband, at last getting angry, abused him with all his might.
+
+"The woman went that way," said Manabozho at last. "Run after her, but
+you shall never catch her, and you shall be called Gizhigooke (day
+sun), and the woman shall be called Tibikgizis (night sun)."
+
+So the man went on running after his wife to the west, but he has
+never caught her, and he pursues her to this day.
+
+
+
+
+THE SNAIL AND THE BEAVER.
+
+
+The father of the Osage nation was a snail. It was when the earth was
+young and little. It was before the rivers had become wide or long, or
+the mountains lifted their peaks above the clouds, that the snail
+found himself passing a quiet existence on the banks of the River
+Missouri. His wants and wishes were but few, and well supplied, and he
+was happy.
+
+At length the region of the Missouri was visited by one of those great
+storms which so often scatter desolation over it, and the river,
+swollen by the melted snow and ice from the mountains, swept away
+everything from its banks, and among other things the drowsy snail.
+Upon a log he drifted down many a day's journey, till the river,
+subsiding, left him and his log upon the banks of the River of Fish.
+He was left in the slime, and the hot sun beamed fiercely upon him
+till he became baked to the earth and found himself incapable of
+moving. Gradually he grew in size and stature, and his form
+experienced a new change, till at length what was once a snail
+creeping on the earth ripened into man, erect, tall, and stately. For
+a long time after his change to a human being he remained stupefied,
+not knowing what he was or by what means to sustain life. At length
+recollection returned to him. He remembered that he was once a snail
+and dwelt upon another river. He became animated with a wish to return
+to his old haunts, and accordingly directed his steps towards those
+parts from which he had been removed. Hunger now began to prey upon
+him, and bade fair to close his eyes before he should again behold his
+beloved haunts on the banks of the river. The beasts of the forest
+were many, but their speed outstripped his. The birds of the air
+fluttered upon sprays beyond his reach, and the fish gliding through
+the waves at his feet were nimbler than he and eluded his grasp. Each
+moment he grew weaker, the films gathered before his eyes, and in his
+ears there rang sounds like the whistling of winds through the woods
+in the month before the snows. At length, wearied and exhausted, he
+laid himself down upon a grassy bank.
+
+As he lay the Great Spirit appeared to him and asked--
+
+"Why does he who is the kernel of the snail look terrified, and why is
+he faint and weary?"
+
+"That I tremble," answered he, "is because I fear thy power. That I
+faint is because I lack food."
+
+"As regards thy trembling," answered the Great Spirit, "be composed.
+Art thou hungry?"
+
+"I have eaten nothing," replied the man, "since I ceased to be a
+snail."
+
+Upon hearing this the Great Spirit drew from under his robe a bow and
+arrow, and bade the man observe what he did with it. On the topmost
+bough of a lofty tree sat a beautiful bird, singing and fluttering
+among the red leaves. He placed an arrow on the bow, and, letting fly,
+the bird fell down upon the earth. A deer was seen afar off browsing.
+Again the archer bent his bow and the animal lay dead, food for the
+son of the snail.
+
+"There are victuals for you," said the Spirit, "enough to last you
+till your strength enables you to beat up the haunts of the deer and
+the moose, and here is the bow and arrow."
+
+The Great Spirit also taught the man how to skin the deer, and clothed
+him with the skin. Having done this, and having given the beasts,
+fishes, and all feathered creatures to him for his food and raiment,
+he bade the man farewell and took his departure.
+
+Strengthened and invigorated, the man pursued his journey towards the
+old spot. He soon stood upon the banks of his beloved river. A few
+more suns and he would sit down upon the very spot where for so many
+seasons he had crawled on the slimy leaf, so often dragged himself
+lazily over the muddy pool. He had seated himself upon the bank of the
+river, and was meditating deeply on these things, when up crept from
+the water a beaver, who, addressing him, said in an angry tone--
+
+"Who are you?"
+
+"I am a snail," replied the Snail-Man. "Who are you?"
+
+"I am head warrior of the nation of beavers," answered the other. "By
+what authority have you come to disturb my possession of this river,
+which is my dominion?"
+
+"It is not your river," replied the Wasbasha. "The Great Being, who is
+over man and beast, has given it to me."
+
+The beaver was at first incredulous; but at length, convinced that
+what the man said was true, he invited him to accompany him to his
+home. The man agreed, and went with him till they came to a number of
+small cabins, into the largest of which the beaver conducted him. He
+invited the man to take food with him, and while the beaver's wife and
+daughter were preparing the feast, he entertained his guest with an
+account of his people's habits of life. Soon the wife and daughter
+made their appearance with the food, and sitting down the Snail-Man
+was soon at his ease amongst them. He was not, however, so occupied
+with the banquet that he had not time to be enchanted with the beauty
+of the beaver's daughter; and when the visit was drawing to a close,
+so much was he in love, that he asked the beaver to give her to him
+for his wife. The beaver-chief consented, and the marriage was
+celebrated by a feast, to which all the beavers, and the animals with
+whom they had friendly relations, were invited. From this union of the
+Snail-Man and the Beaver-Maid sprang the tribe of the Osages,--at
+least so it is related by the old men of the tribe.
+
+
+
+
+THE STRANGE GUESTS.
+
+
+Many years ago there lived, near the borders of Lake Superior, a noted
+hunter, who had a wife and one child. His lodge stood in a remote part
+of the forest, several days' journey from that of any other person. He
+spent his days in hunting, and his evenings in relating to his wife
+the incidents that had befallen him in the chase. As game was very
+abundant, he seldom failed to bring home in the evening an ample store
+of meat to last them until the succeeding evening; and while they were
+seated by the fire in his lodge partaking the fruits of his day's
+labour, he entertained his wife with conversation, or by occasionally
+relating those tales, or enforcing those precepts, which every good
+Indian esteems necessary for the instruction of his wife and children.
+Thus, far removed from all sources of disquiet, surrounded by all they
+deemed necessary to their comfort, and happy in one another's society,
+their lives passed away in cheerful solitude and sweet contentment.
+The breast of the hunter had never felt the compunctions of remorse,
+for he was a just man in all his dealings. He had never violated the
+laws of his tribe by encroaching upon the hunting-grounds of his
+neighbours, by taking that which did not belong to him, or by any act
+calculated to displease the village chiefs or offend the Great Spirit.
+His chief ambition was to support his family with a sufficiency of
+food and skins by his own unaided exertions, and to share their
+happiness around his cheerful fire at night. The white man had not yet
+taught them that blankets and clothes were necessary to their comfort,
+or that guns could be used in the killing of game.
+
+The life of the Chippewa hunter peacefully glided away.
+
+One evening during the winter season, it chanced that he remained out
+later than usual, and his wife sat lonely in the lodge, and began to
+be agitated with fears lest some accident had befallen him. Darkness
+had already fallen. She listened attentively to hear the sound of
+coming footsteps; but nothing could be heard but the wind mournfully
+whistling around the sides of the lodge. Time passed away while she
+remained in this state of suspense, every moment augmenting her fears
+and adding to her disappointment.
+
+Suddenly she heard the sound of approaching footsteps upon the frozen
+surface of the snow. Not doubting that it was her husband, she quickly
+unfastened the loop which held, by an inner fastening, the skin door
+of the lodge, and throwing it open she saw two strange women standing
+before it. Courtesy left the hunter's wife no time for deliberation.
+She invited the strangers to enter and warm themselves, thinking, from
+the distance to the nearest neighbours, they must have walked a
+considerable way. When they were entered she invited them to remain.
+They seemed to be total strangers to that part of the country, and the
+more closely she observed them the more curious the hunter's wife
+became respecting her guests.
+
+No efforts could induce them to come near the fire. They took their
+seats in a remote part of the lodge, and drew their garments about
+them in such a manner as to almost completely hide their faces. They
+seemed shy and reserved, and when a glimpse could be had of their
+faces they appeared pale, even of a deathly hue. Their eyes were
+bright but sunken: their cheek-bones were prominent, and their persons
+slender and emaciated.
+
+Seeing that her guests avoided conversation as well as observation,
+the woman forbore to question them, and sat in silence until her
+husband entered. He had been led further than usual in the pursuit of
+game, but had returned with the carcass of a large and fat deer. The
+moment he entered the lodge, the mysterious women exclaimed--
+
+"Behold! what a fine and fat animal!" and they immediately ran and
+pulled off pieces of the whitest fat, which they ate with avidity.
+
+Such conduct appeared very strange to the hunter, but supposing the
+strangers had been a long time without food, he made no remark; and
+his wife, taking example from her husband, likewise restrained
+herself.
+
+On the following evening the same scene was repeated. The hunter
+brought home the best portions of the game he had killed, and while he
+was laying it down before his wife, according to custom, the two
+strange women came quickly up, tore off large pieces of fat, and ate
+them with greediness. Such behaviour might well have aroused the
+hunter's displeasure; but the deference due to strange guests induced
+him to pass it over in silence.
+
+Observing the parts to which the strangers were most partial, the
+hunter resolved the next day to anticipate their wants by cutting off
+and tying up a portion of the fat for each. This he did: and having
+placed the two portions of fat upon the top of his burden, as soon as
+he entered the lodge he gave to each stranger the part that was hers.
+Still the guests appeared to be dissatisfied, and took more from the
+carcass lying before the wife.
+
+Except for this remarkable behaviour, the conduct of the guests was
+unexceptionable, although marked by some peculiarities. They were
+quiet, modest, and discreet. They maintained a cautious silence during
+the day, neither uttering a word nor moving from the lodge. At night
+they would get up, and, taking those implements which were then used
+in breaking and preparing wood, repair to the forest. Here they would
+busy themselves in seeking dry branches and pieces of trees blown down
+by the wind. When a sufficient quantity had been gathered to last
+until the succeeding night they carried it home upon their shoulders.
+Then carefully putting everything in its place within the lodge, they
+resumed their seats and their studied silence. They were always
+careful to return from their labours before the dawn of day, and were
+never known to stay out beyond that hour. In this manner they repaid,
+in some measure, the kindness of the hunter, and relieved his wife
+from one of her most laborious duties.
+
+Thus nearly the whole year passed away, every day leading to some new
+development of character which served to endear the parties to each
+other. The visitors began to assume a more hale and healthy aspect;
+their faces daily lost something of that deathly hue which had at
+first marked them, and they visibly improved in strength, and threw
+off some of that cold reserve and forbidding austerity which had kept
+the hunter so long in ignorance of their true character.
+
+One evening the hunter returned very late after having spent the day
+in toilsome exertion, and having laid the produce of his hunt at his
+wife's feet, the silent women seized it and began to tear off the fat
+in such an unceremonious manner that the wife could no longer control
+her feelings of disgust, and said to herself--
+
+"This is really too bad. How can I bear it any longer!"
+
+She did not, however, put her thought into words, but an immediate
+change was observed in the two visitors. They became unusually
+reserved, and showed evident signs of being uneasy in their situation.
+The good hunter immediately perceived this change, and, fearful that
+they had taken offence, as soon as they had retired demanded of his
+wife whether any harsh expression had escaped her lips during the day.
+She replied that she had uttered nothing to give the least offence.
+The hunter tried to compose himself to sleep, but he felt restive and
+uneasy, for he could hear the sighs and lamentations of the two
+strangers. Every moment added to his conviction that his guests had
+taken some deep offence; and, as he could not banish this idea from
+his mind, he arose, and, going to the strangers, thus addressed them--
+
+"Tell me, ye women, what is it that causes you pain of mind, and makes
+you utter these unceasing sighs? Has my wife given you any cause of
+offence during the day while I was absent in the chase? My fears
+persuade me that, in some unguarded moment, she has forgotten what is
+due to the rights of hospitality, and used expressions ill-befitting
+the mysterious character you sustain. Tell me, ye strangers from a
+strange country, ye women who appear not to be of this world, what it
+is that causes you pain of mind, and makes you utter these unceasing
+sighs."
+
+They replied that no unkind expression had ever been used towards them
+during their residence in the lodge, that they had received all the
+affectionate attention they could reasonably expect.
+
+"It is not for ourselves," they continued, "it is not for ourselves
+that we weep. We are weeping for the fate of mankind; we are weeping
+for the fate of mortals whom Death awaits at every stage of their
+existence. Proud mortals, whom disease attacks in youth and in age.
+Vain men, whom hunger pinches, cold benumbs, and poverty emaciates.
+Weak beings, who are born in tears, who are nurtured in tears, and
+whose whole course is marked upon the thirsty sands of life in a broad
+line of tears. It is for these we weep.
+
+"You have spoken truly, brother; we are not of this world. We are
+spirits from the land of the dead, sent upon the earth to try the
+sincerity of the living. It is not for the dead but for the living
+that we mourn. It was by no means necessary that your wife should
+express her thoughts to us. We knew them as soon as they were formed.
+We saw that for once displeasure had arisen in her heart. It is
+enough. Our mission is ended. We came but to try you, and we knew
+before we came that you were a kind husband, an affectionate father,
+and a good friend. Still, you have the weaknesses of a mortal, and
+your wife is wanting in our eyes; but it is not alone for you we weep,
+it is for the fate of mankind.
+
+"Often, very often, has the widower exclaimed, 'O Death, how cruel,
+how relentless thou art to take away my beloved friend in the spring
+of her youth, in the pride of her strength, and in the bloom of her
+beauty! If thou wilt permit her once more to return to my abode, my
+gratitude shall never cease; I will raise up my voice continually to
+thank the Master of Life for so excellent a boon. I will devote my
+time to study how I can best promote her happiness while she is
+permitted to remain; and our lives shall roll away like a pleasant
+stream through a flowing valley!' Thus also has the father prayed for
+his son, the mother for her daughter, the wife for her husband, the
+sister for her brother, the lover for his mistress, the friend for his
+bosom companion, until the sounds of mourning and the cries of the
+living have pierced the very recesses of the dead.
+
+"The Great Spirit has at length consented to make a trial of the
+sincerity of these prayers by sending us upon the earth. He has done
+this to see how we should be received,--coming as strangers, no one
+knowing from where. Three moons were allotted to us to make the trial,
+and if, during that time, no impatience had been evinced, no angry
+passions excited at the place where we took up our abode, all those in
+the land of spirits, whom their relatives had desired to return, would
+have been restored. More than two moons have already passed, and as
+soon as the leaves began to bud our mission would have been
+successfully terminated. It is now too late. Our trial is finished,
+and we are called to the pleasant fields whence we came.
+
+"Brother, it is proper that one man should die to make room for
+another. Otherwise, the world would be filled to overflowing. It is
+just that the goods gathered by one should be left to be divided
+among others; for in the land of spirits there is no want, there is
+neither sorrow nor hunger, pain nor death. Pleasant fields, filled
+with game spread before the eye, with birds of beautiful form. Every
+stream has good fish in it, and every hill is crowned with groves of
+fruit-trees, sweet and pleasant to the taste. It is not here, brother,
+but there that men begin truly to live. It is not for those who
+rejoice in those pleasant groves but for you that are left behind that
+we weep.
+
+"Brother, take our thanks for your hospitable treatment. Regret not
+our departure. Fear not evil. Thy luck shall still be good in the
+chase, and there shall ever be a bright sky over thy lodge. Mourn not
+for us, for no corn will spring up from tears."
+
+The spirits ceased, but the hunter had no power over his voice to
+reply. As they had proceeded in their address he saw a light gradually
+beaming from their faces, and a blue vapour filled the lodge with an
+unnatural light. As soon as they ceased, darkness gradually closed
+around. The hunter listened, but the sobs of the spirits had ceased.
+He heard the door of his tent open and shut, but he never saw more of
+his mysterious visitors.
+
+The success promised him was his. He became a celebrated hunter, and
+never wanted for anything necessary to his ease. He became the father
+of many boys, all of whom grew up to manhood, and health, peace, and
+long life were the rewards of his hospitality.
+
+
+
+
+MANABOZHO AND HIS TOE.
+
+
+Manabozho was so powerful that he began to think there was nothing he
+could not do. Very wonderful were many of his feats, and he grew more
+conceited day by day. Now it chanced that one day he was walking about
+amusing himself by exercising his extraordinary powers, and at length
+he came to an encampment where one of the first things he noticed was
+a child lying in the sunshine, curled up with its toe in its mouth.
+
+Manabozho looked at the child for some time, and wondered at its
+extraordinary posture.
+
+"I have never seen a child before lie like that," said he to himself,
+"but I could lie like it."
+
+So saying, he put himself down beside the child, and, taking his right
+foot in his hand, drew it towards his mouth. When he had brought it as
+near as he could it was yet a considerable distance away from his
+lips.
+
+"I will try the left foot," said Manabozho. He did so and found that
+he was no better off, neither of his feet could he get to his mouth.
+He curled and twisted, and bent his large limbs, and gnashed his
+teeth in rage to find that he could not get his toe to his mouth. All,
+however, was vain.
+
+At length he rose, worn out with his exertions and passion, and walked
+slowly away in a very ill humour, which was not lessened by the sound
+of the child's laughter, for Manabozho's efforts had awakened it.
+
+"Ah, ah!" said Manabozho, "shall I be mocked by a child?"
+
+He did not, however, revenge himself on his victor, but on his way
+homeward, meeting a boy who did not treat him with proper respect, he
+transformed him into a cedar-tree.
+
+"At least," said Manabozho, "I can do something."
+
+
+
+
+THE GIRL WHO BECAME A BIRD.
+
+
+The father of Ran-che-wai-me, the flying pigeon of the Wisconsin,
+would not hear of her wedding Wai-o-naisa, the young chief who had
+long sought her in marriage. The maiden, however, true to her plighted
+faith, still continued to meet him every evening upon one of the
+tufted islets which stud the river in great profusion. Nightly,
+through the long months of summer, did the lovers keep their tryst,
+parting only after each meeting more and more endeared to each other.
+
+At length Wai-o-naisa was ordered off upon a secret expedition against
+the Sioux, and so sudden was his departure that he had no opportunity
+of bidding farewell to his betrothed. The band of warriors to which he
+was attached was a long while absent, and one day there came the news
+that Wai-o-naisa had fallen in a fight with the Menomones.
+
+Ran-che-wai-me was inconsolable, but she dared not show her grief
+before her parents, and the only relief she could find from her sorrow
+was to swim over by starlight to the island where she had been
+accustomed to meet her lover, and there, calling upon his name,
+bewail the loss of him who was dearer to her than all else.
+
+One night, while she was engaged in this lamentation, the sound of her
+voice attracted some of her father's people to the spot. Startled by
+their appearance the girl tried to climb a tree, in order to hide
+herself in its branches, but her frame was bowed with sorrow and her
+weak limbs refused to aid her.
+
+"Wai-o-naisa!" she cried, "Wai-o-naisa!"
+
+At each repetition of his name her voice became shriller, while, as
+she endeavoured to screen herself in the underwood, a soft plumage
+began to cover her delicate limbs, which were wounded by the briers.
+She tossed her arms to the sky in her distress and they became clothed
+with feathers. At length, when her pursuers were close upon her, a
+bird arose from the bush they had surrounded, and flitting from tree
+to tree, it fled before them, ever crying--
+
+"Wai-o-naisa! Wai-o-naisa!"
+
+
+
+
+THE UNDYING HEAD.
+
+
+In a remote part of the north lived a man and his only sister who had
+never seen human being. Seldom, if ever, had the man any cause to go
+from home, for if he wanted food he had only to go a little distance
+from the lodge, and there place his arrows with their barbs in the
+ground. He would then return to the lodge and tell his sister where
+the arrows had been placed, when she would go in search of them, and
+never fail to find each struck through the heart of a deer. These she
+dragged to the lodge and dressed for food. Thus she lived until she
+attained womanhood. One day her brother, who was named Iamo, said to
+her--
+
+"Sister, the time is near when you will be ill. Listen to my advice,
+for if you do not it will probably be the cause of my death. Take the
+implements with which we kindle our fires, go some distance from our
+lodge and build a separate fire. When you are in want of food I will
+tell you where to find it. You must cook for yourself and I for
+myself. When you are ill do not attempt to come near the lodge or
+bring to it any of the utensils you use. Be sure to always have
+fastened to your belt whatever you will need in your sickness, for
+you do not know when the time of your indisposition will come. As for
+myself, I must do the best I can." His sister promised to obey him in
+all he said.
+
+Shortly after her brother had cause to go from home. His sister was
+alone in the lodge combing her hair, and she had just untied and laid
+aside the belt to which the implements were fastened when suddenly she
+felt unwell. She ran out of the lodge, but in her haste forgot the
+belt. Afraid to return she stood some time thinking, and finally she
+determined to return to the lodge and get it, for she said to
+herself--
+
+"My brother is not at home, and I will stay but a moment to catch hold
+of it."
+
+She went back, and, running in, suddenly seized the belt, and was
+coming out, when her brother met her. He knew what had happened.
+
+"Did I not tell you," said he, "to take care? Now you have killed me."
+
+His sister would have gone away, but he spoke to her again.
+
+"What can you do now? What I feared has happened. Go in, and stay
+where you have always lived. You have killed me."
+
+He then laid aside his hunting dress and accoutrements, and soon after
+both his feet began to inflame and turn black, so that he could not
+move. He directed his sister where to place his arrows, so that she
+might always have food. The inflammation continued to increase, and
+had now reached his first rib.
+
+"Sister," said he, "my end is near. You must do as I tell you. You
+see my medicine-sack and my war-club tied to it. It contains all my
+medicines, my war-plumes, and my paints of all colours. As soon as the
+inflammation reaches my chest, you will take my war-club, and with the
+sharp point of it cut off my head. When it is free from my body, take
+it, place its neck in the sack, which you must open at one end. Then
+hang it up in its former place. Do not forget my bow and arrows. One
+of the last you will take to procure food. Tie the others to my sack,
+and then hang it up so that I can look towards the door. Now and then
+I will speak to you, but not often."
+
+His sister again promised to obey.
+
+In a little time his chest became affected.
+
+"Now," cried he, "take the club and strike off my head."
+
+His sister was afraid, but he told her to muster up courage.
+
+"Strike," said he, with a smile upon his face.
+
+Calling up all her courage, his sister struck and cut off the head.
+
+"Now," said the head, "place me where I told you."
+
+Fearful, she obeyed it in all its commands.
+
+Retaining its animation, it looked round the lodge as usual, and it
+would command its sister to go to such places where it thought she
+could best procure the flesh of the different animals she needed. One
+day the head said--
+
+"The time is not distant when I shall be freed from this situation,
+but I shall have to undergo many sore evils. So the Superior Manito
+decrees, and I must bear all patiently."
+
+In a certain part of the country was a village inhabited by a numerous
+and warlike band of Indians. In this village was a family of ten young
+men, brothers. In the spring of the year the youngest of these
+blackened his face and fasted. His dreams were propitious, and having
+ended his fast, he sent secretly for his brothers at night, so that
+the people in the village should not be aware of their meeting. He
+told them how favourable his dreams had been, and that he had called
+them together to ask them if they would accompany him in a war
+excursion. They all answered they would. The third son, noted for his
+oddities, swinging his war-club when his brother had ceased speaking,
+jumped up: "Yes," said he, "I will go, and this will be the way I will
+treat those we go to fight with." With those words he struck the post
+in the centre of the lodge, and gave a yell. The other brothers spoke
+to him, saying--
+
+"Gently, gently, Mudjikewis, when you are in other people's lodges."
+So he sat down. Then, in turn, they took the drum, sang their songs,
+and closed the meeting with a feast. The youngest told them not to
+whisper their intention to their wives, but to prepare secretly for
+their journey. They all promised obedience, and Mudjikewis was the
+first to do so.
+
+The time for departure drew near. The youngest gave the word for them
+to assemble on a certain night, when they would commence their
+journey. Mudjikewis was loud in his demands for his moccasins, and his
+wife several times demanded the reason of his impatience.
+
+"Besides," said she, "you have a good pair on."
+
+"Quick, quick," replied Mudjikewis; "since you must know, we are going
+on a war excursion."
+
+Thus he revealed the secret.
+
+That night they met and started. The snow was on the ground, and they
+travelled all night lest others should follow them. When it was
+daylight, the leader took snow, made a ball of it, and tossing it up
+in the air, said--
+
+"It was in this way I saw snow fall in my dream, so that we could not
+be tracked."
+
+Immediately snow began to fall in large flakes, so that the leader
+commanded the brothers to keep close together for fear of losing one
+another. Close as they walked together it was with difficulty they
+could see one another. The snow continued falling all that day and the
+next night, so that it was impossible for any one to follow their
+track.
+
+They walked for several days, and Mudjikewis was always in the rear.
+One day, running suddenly forward, he gave the Saw-saw-quan (war-cry),
+and struck a tree with his war-club, breaking the tree in pieces as if
+it had been struck by lightning.
+
+"Brothers," said he, "this is the way I will serve those we are going
+to fight."
+
+The leader answered--
+
+"Slowly, slowly, Mudjikewis. The one I lead you to is not to be
+thought of so lightly."
+
+Again Mudjikewis fell back and thought to himself--
+
+"What, what! Who can this be he is leading us to?"
+
+He felt fearful, and was silent. Day after day they travelled on till
+they came to an extensive plain, on the borders of which human bones
+were bleaching in the sun. The leader said--
+
+"These are the bones of those who have gone before us. None has ever
+yet returned to tell the sad tale of their fate."
+
+Again Mudjikewis became restless, and, running forward, gave the
+accustomed yell. Advancing to a large rock which stood above the
+ground he struck it, and it fell to pieces.
+
+"See, brothers," said he, "thus will I treat those we are going to
+fight."
+
+"Be quiet," said the leader. "He to whom I am leading you is not to be
+compared to that rock."
+
+Mudjikewis fell back quite thoughtful, saying to himself--
+
+"I wonder who this can be that he is going to attack;" and he was
+afraid.
+
+They continued to see the remains of former warriors who had been to
+the place to which they were now going, and had retreated thus far
+back again. At last they came to a piece of rising ground, from which
+they plainly saw on a distant mountain an enormous bear. The distance
+between them was very great, but the size of the animal caused it to
+be seen very clearly.
+
+"There," said the leader; "it is to him I am leading you. Here our
+troubles will only commence, for he is a mishemokwa" (a she-bear, or a
+male-bear as ferocious as a she-bear) "and a manito. It is he who has
+what we prize so dearly, to obtain which the warriors whose bones we
+saw sacrificed their lives. You must not be fearful. Be manly; we
+shall find him asleep."
+
+The warriors advanced boldly till they came near to the bear, when
+they stopped to look at it more closely. It was asleep, and there was
+a belt around its neck.
+
+"This," said the leader, touching the belt, "is what we must get. It
+contains what we want."
+
+The eldest brother then tried to slip the belt over the bear's head,
+the animal appearing to be fast asleep, and not at all disturbed by
+his efforts. He could not, however, remove the belt, nor was any of
+the brothers more successful till the one next to the youngest tried
+in his turn. He slipped the belt nearly over the beast's head, but
+could not get it quite off. Then the youngest laid his hands on it,
+and with a pull succeeded. Placing the belt on the eldest brother's
+back, he said--
+
+"Now we must run," and they started off at their best pace. When one
+became tired with the weight of the belt another carried it. Thus they
+ran till they had passed the bones of all the warriors, and when they
+were some distance beyond, looking back, they saw the monster slowly
+rising. For some time it stood still, not missing the belt. Then they
+heard a tremendous howl, like distant thunder, slowly filling the
+sky. At last they heard the bear cry--
+
+"Who can it be that has dared to steal my belt? Earth is not so large
+but I can find them," and it descended the hill in pursuit. With every
+jump of the bear the earth shook as if it were convulsed. Very soon it
+approached the party. They, however, kept the belt, exchanging it from
+one to another, and encouraging each other. The bear, however, gained
+on them fast.
+
+"Brothers," said the leader, "have none of you, when fasting, ever
+dreamed of some friendly spirit who would aid you as a guardian?"
+
+A dead silence followed.
+
+"Well," continued he, "once when I was fasting I dreamed of being in
+danger of instant death, when I saw a small lodge, with smoke curling
+up from its top. An old man lived in it, and I dreamed that he helped
+me, and may my dream be verified soon."
+
+Having said this, he ran forward and gave a yell and howl. They came
+upon a piece of rising ground, and, behold! a lodge with smoke curling
+from its top appeared before them. This gave them all new strength,
+and they ran forward and entered the lodge. In it they found an old
+man, to whom the leader said--
+
+"Nemesho (my grandfather), help us. We ask your protection, for the
+great bear would kill us."
+
+"Sit down and eat, my grandchildren," said the old man. "Who is a
+great manito? There is none but me; but let me look;" and he opened
+the door of the lodge, and saw at a little distance the enraged bear
+coming on with slow but great leaps. The old man closed the door.
+
+"Yes," said he; "he is indeed a great manito. My grandchildren, you
+will be the cause of my losing my life. You asked my protection, and I
+granted it; so now, come what may, I will protect you. When the bear
+arrives at the door you must run out at the other end of the lodge."
+
+Putting his hand to the side of the lodge where he sat, he took down a
+bag, and, opening it, took out of it two small black dogs, which he
+placed before him.
+
+"These are the ones I use when I fight," said he, and he commenced
+patting with both hands the sides of one of the dogs, which at once
+commenced to swell out until it filled the lodge, and it had great
+strong teeth. When the dog had attained its full size it growled, and,
+springing out at the door, met the bear, which, in another leap, would
+have reached the lodge. A terrible combat ensued. The sky rang with
+the howls of the monsters. In a little while the second dog took the
+field. At the commencement of the battle the brothers, acting on the
+advice of the old man, escaped through the opposite side of the lodge.
+They had not proceeded far in their flight before they heard the
+death-cry of one of the dogs, and soon after that of the other.
+
+"Well," said the leader, "the old man will soon share their fate, so
+run, run! the bear will soon be after us."
+
+The brothers started with fresh vigour, for the old man had refreshed
+them with food; but the bear very soon came in sight again, and was
+evidently fast gaining upon them. Again the leader asked the warriors
+if they knew of any way in which to save themselves. All were silent.
+Running forward with a yell and a howl, the leader said--
+
+"I dreamed once that, being in great trouble, an old man, who was a
+manito, helped me. We shall soon see his lodge."
+
+Taking courage, the brothers still went on, and, after going a short
+distance, they saw a lodge. Entering it, they found an old man, whose
+protection they claimed, saying that a manito was pursuing them.
+
+"Eat," said the old man, putting meat before them. "Who is a manito?
+There is no manito but me. There is none whom I fear."
+
+Then he felt the earth tremble as the bear approached, and, opening
+the door of the lodge, he saw it coming. The old man shut the door
+slowly, and said--
+
+"Yes, my grandchildren, you have brought trouble upon me."
+
+Taking his medicine sack, he took out some small war-clubs of black
+stone, and told the young men to run through the other side of the
+lodge. As he handled the clubs they became an enormous size, and the
+old man stepped out as the bear reached the door. He struck the beast
+with one of his clubs, which broke in pieces, and the bear stumbled.
+The old man struck it again with the other club, and that also broke,
+but the bear fell insensible. Each blow the old man struck sounded
+like a clap of thunder, and the howls of the bear ran along the skies.
+
+The brothers had gone some distance before they looked back. They then
+saw that the bear was recovering from the blows. First it moved its
+paws, and then they saw it rise to its feet. The old man shared the
+fate of the first, for the warriors heard his cries as he was torn in
+pieces. Again the monster was in pursuit, and fast overtaking them.
+Not yet discouraged, the young men kept on their way, but the bear was
+so close to them that the leader once more applied to his brothers,
+but they could do nothing.
+
+"Well," said he, "my dreams will soon be exhausted. After this I have
+but one more."
+
+He advanced, invoking his guardian spirit to aid him.
+
+"Once," said he, "I dreamed that, being sorely pressed, I came to a
+large lake, on the shore of which was a canoe, partly out of water,
+and having ten paddles all in readiness. Do not fear," he cried, "we
+shall soon get to it."
+
+It happened as he had said. Coming to the lake, the warriors found the
+canoe with the ten paddles, and immediately took their places in it.
+Putting off, they paddled to the centre of the lake, when they saw the
+bear on the shore. Lifting itself on its hind-legs, it looked all
+around. Then it waded into the water until, losing its footing, it
+turned back, and commenced making the circuit of the lake. Meanwhile
+the warriors remained stationary in the centre watching the animal's
+movements. It travelled round till it came to the place whence it
+started. Then it commenced drinking up the water, and the young men
+saw a strong current fast setting in towards the bear's mouth. The
+leader encouraged them to paddle hard for the opposite shore. This
+they had nearly reached, when the current became too strong for them,
+and they were drawn back by it, and the stream carried them onwards to
+the bear.
+
+Then the leader again spoke, telling his comrades to meet their fate
+bravely.
+
+"Now is the time, Mudjikewis," said he, "to show your prowess. Take
+courage, and sit in the bow of the canoe, and, when it approaches the
+bear's mouth, try what effect your club will have on the beast's
+head."
+
+Mudjikewis obeyed, and, taking his place, stood ready to give the
+blow, while the leader, who steered, directed the canoe to the open
+mouth of the monster.
+
+Rapidly advancing, the canoe was just about to enter the bear's mouth,
+when Mudjikewis struck the beast a tremendous blow on the head, and
+gave the saw-saw-quan. The bear's limbs doubled under it, and it fell
+stunned by the blow, but before Mudjikewis could strike again the
+monster sent from its mouth all the water it had swallowed with such
+force that the canoe was immediately carried by the stream to the
+other side of the lake. Leaving the canoe, the brothers fled, and on
+they went till they were completely exhausted. Again they felt the
+earth shake, and, looking back, saw the monster hard after them. The
+young men's spirits drooped, and they felt faint-hearted. With words
+and actions the leader exerted himself to cheer them, and once more he
+asked them if they could do nothing, or think of nothing, that might
+save them. All were silent as before.
+
+"Then," said he, "this is the last time I can apply to my guardian
+spirit. If we do not now succeed, our fate is decided."
+
+He ran forward, invoking his spirit with great earnestness, and gave
+the yell.
+
+"We shall soon arrive," said he to his brothers, "at the place where
+my last guardian spirit dwells. In him I place great confidence. Do
+not be afraid, or your limbs will be fear-bound. We shall soon reach
+his lodge. Run, run!"
+
+What had in the meantime passed in the lodge of Iamo? He had remained
+in the same condition, his head in the sack, directing his sister
+where to place the arrows to procure food, and speaking at long
+intervals.
+
+One day the girl saw the eyes of the head brighten as if with
+pleasure. At last it spoke.
+
+"O sister!" it said, "in what a pitiful situation you have been the
+cause of placing me! Soon, very soon, a band of young men will arrive
+and apply to me for aid; but alas! how can I give what I would with so
+much pleasure have afforded them? Nevertheless, take two arrows, and
+place them where you have been in the habit of placing the others, and
+have meat cooked and prepared before they arrive. When you hear them
+coming, and calling on my name, go out and say, 'Alas! it is long ago
+since an accident befell him. I was the cause of it.' If they still
+come near, ask them in, and set meat before them. Follow my directions
+strictly. A bear will come. Go out and meet him, taking my medicine
+sack, bow and arrows, and my head. You must then untie the sack, and
+spread out before you my paints of all colours, my war eagle-feathers,
+my tufts of dried hair, and whatsoever else the sack contains. As the
+bear approaches take these articles, one by one, and say to him, 'This
+is my dead brother's paint,' and so on with all the articles, throwing
+each of them as far from you as you can. The virtue contained in the
+things will cause him to totter. Then, to complete his destruction,
+you must take my head and cast it as far off as you can, crying aloud,
+'See, this is my dead brother's head!' He will then fall senseless.
+While this is taking place the young men will have eaten, and you must
+call them to your aid. You will, with their assistance, cut the
+carcass of the bear into pieces--into small pieces--and scatter them
+to the winds, for unless you do this he will again come to life."
+
+The sister promised that all should be done as he commanded, and she
+had only time to prepare the meal when the voice of the leader of the
+band of warriors was heard calling on Iamo for aid. The girl went out
+and did as she had been directed. She invited the brothers in and
+placed meat before them, and while they were eating the bear was heard
+approaching. Untying the medicine sack and taking the head the girl
+made all ready for its approach. When it came up she did as her
+brother directed, and before she had cast down all the paints the bear
+began to totter, but, still advancing, came close to her. Then she
+took the head and cast it from her as far as she could, and as it
+rolled upon the ground the bear, tottering, fell with a tremendous
+noise. The girl cried for help, and the young men rushed out.
+
+Mudjikewis, stepping up, gave a yell, and struck the bear a blow on
+the head. This he repeated till he had dashed out its brains. Then the
+others, as quickly as possible, cut the monster up into very small
+pieces and scattered them in all directions. As they were engaged in
+this they were surprised to find that wherever the flesh was thrown
+small black bears appeared, such as are seen at the present day,
+which, starting up, ran away. Thus from this monster the present race
+of bears derives its origin.
+
+Having overcome their pursuer the brothers returned to the lodge, and
+the girl gathered together the articles she had used, and placed the
+head in the sack again. The head remained silent, probably from its
+being fatigued with its exertion in overcoming the bear.
+
+Having spent so much time, and having traversed so vast a country in
+their flight, the young men gave up the idea of ever returning to
+their own country, and game being plentiful about the lodge, they
+determined to remain where they were. One day they moved off some
+distance from the lodge for the purpose of hunting, and left the belt
+with the girl. They were very successful, and amused themselves with
+talking and jesting. One of them said--
+
+"We have all this sport to ourselves. Let us go and ask our sister if
+she will not let us bring the head to this place, for it is still
+alive."
+
+So they went and asked for the head. The girl told them to take it,
+and they carried it to their hunting-grounds and tried to amuse it,
+but only at times did they see its eyes beam with pleasure. One day,
+while they were busy in their encampment, they were unexpectedly
+attacked by unknown enemies. The fight was long and fierce. Many of
+the foes were slain, but there were thirty of them to each warrior.
+The young men fought desperately till they were all killed, and then
+the attacking party retreated to a high place to muster their men and
+count the missing and the slain. One of the men had strayed away, and
+happened to come to where the head was hung up. Seeing that it was
+alive he eyed it for some time with fear and surprise. Then he took it
+down, and having opened the sack he was much pleased to see the
+beautiful feathers, one of which he placed on his head.
+
+It waved gracefully over him as he walked to his companions' camp,
+and when he came there he threw down the head and sack and told his
+friends how he had found them, and how the sack was full of paints and
+feathers. The men all took the head and made sport of it. Many of the
+young men took the paint and painted themselves with it; and one of
+the band, taking the head by the hair, said--
+
+"Look, you ugly thing, and see your paints on the faces of warriors."
+
+The feathers were so beautiful that many of the young men placed them
+on their heads, and they again subjected the head to all kinds of
+indignity. They were, however, soon punished for their insulting
+conduct, for all who had worn the feathers became sick and died. Then
+the chief commanded the men to throw all the paints and feathers away.
+
+"As for the head," he said, "we will keep that and take it home with
+us; we will there see what we can do with it. We will try to make it
+shut its eyes."
+
+Meanwhile for several days the sister had been waiting for the
+brothers to bring back the head; till at last, getting impatient, she
+went in search of them. She found them lying within short distances of
+one another, dead, and covered with wounds. Other bodies lay scattered
+around. She searched for the head and sack, but they were nowhere to
+be found, so she raised her voice and wept, and blackened her face.
+Then she walked in different directions till she came to the place
+whence the head had been taken, and there she found the bow and
+arrows, which had been left behind. She searched further, hoping to
+find her brother's head, and, when she came to a piece of rising
+ground she found some of his paints and feathers. These she carefully
+put by, hanging them to the branch of a tree.
+
+At dusk she came to the first lodge of a large village. Here she used
+a charm employed by Indians when they wish to meet with a kind
+reception, and on applying to the old man and the woman who occupied
+the lodge she was made welcome by them. She told them her errand, and
+the old man, promising to help her, told her that the head was hung up
+before the council fire, and that the chiefs and young men of the
+village kept watch over it continually. The girl said she only desired
+to see the head, and would be satisfied if she could only get to the
+door of the lodge in which it was hung, for she knew she could not
+take it by force.
+
+"Come with me," said the old man, "I will take you there."
+
+So they went and took their seats in the lodge near to the door. The
+council lodge was filled with warriors amusing themselves with games,
+and constantly keeping up the fire to smoke the head to dry it. As the
+girl entered the lodge the men saw the features of the head move, and,
+not knowing what to make of it, one spoke and said--
+
+"Ha! ha! it is beginning to feel the effects of the smoke."
+
+The sister looked up from the seat by the door; her eyes met those of
+her brother, and tears began to roll down the cheeks of the head.
+
+"Well," said the chief, "I thought we would make you do something at
+last. Look! look at it shedding tears," said he to those around him,
+and they all laughed and made jokes upon it. The chief, looking
+around, observed the strange girl, and after some time said to the old
+man who brought her in--
+
+"Who have you got there? I have never seen that woman before in our
+village."
+
+"Yes," replied the old man, "you have seen her. She is a relation of
+mine, and seldom goes out. She stays in my lodge, and she asked me to
+bring her here."
+
+In the centre of the lodge sat one of those young men who are always
+forward, and fond of boasting and displaying themselves before others.
+
+"Why," said he, "I have seen her often, and it is to his lodge I go
+almost every night to court her."
+
+All the others laughed and continued their games. The young man did
+not know he was telling a lie to the girl's advantage, who by means of
+it escaped.
+
+She returned to the old man's lodge, and immediately set out for her
+own country. Coming to the spot where the bodies of her adopted
+brothers lay, she placed them together with their feet towards the
+east. Then taking an axe she had she cast it up into the air, crying
+out--
+
+"Brothers, get up from under it or it will fall on you!"
+
+This she repeated three times, and the third time all the brothers
+rose and stood on their feet. Mudjikewis commenced rubbing his eyes
+and stretching himself.
+
+"Why," said he, "I have overslept myself."
+
+"No, indeed," said one of the others. "Do you not know we were all
+killed, and that it is our sister who has brought us to life?"
+
+The brothers then took the bodies of their enemies and burned them.
+Soon after the girl went to a far country, they knew not where, to
+procure wives for them, and she returned with the women, whom she gave
+to the young men, beginning with the eldest. Mudjikewis stepped to and
+fro, uneasy lest he should not get the one he liked, but he was not
+disappointed, for she fell to his lot; and the two were well matched,
+for she was a female magician.
+
+The young men and their wives all moved into a very large lodge, and
+their sister told them that one of the women must go in turns every
+night to try and recover the head of her brother, untying the knots by
+which it was hung up in the council lodge. The women all said they
+would go with pleasure. The eldest made the first attempt. With a
+rushing noise she disappeared through the air.
+
+Towards daylight she returned. She had failed, having only succeeded
+in untying one of the knots. All the women save the youngest went in
+turn, and each one succeeded in untying only one knot each time. At
+length the youngest went. As soon as she arrived at the lodge she went
+to work. The smoke from the fire in the lodge had not ascended for ten
+nights. It now filled the place and drove all the men out. The girl
+was alone, and she carried off the head.
+
+The brothers and Iamo's sister heard the young woman coming high
+through the air, and they heard her say--
+
+"Prepare the body of our brother."
+
+As soon as they heard that they went to where Iamo's body lay, and,
+having got it ready, as soon as the young woman arrived with the head
+they placed it to the body, and Iamo was restored in all his former
+manliness and beauty. All rejoiced in the happy termination of their
+troubles, and when they had spent some time joyfully together, Iamo
+said--
+
+"Now I will divide the treasure," and taking the bear's belt he
+commenced dividing what it contained amongst the brothers, beginning
+with the eldest. The youngest brother, however, got the most splendid
+part of the spoil, for the bottom of the belt held what was richest
+and rarest.
+
+Then Iamo told them that, since they had all died and been restored to
+life again, they were no longer mortals but spirits, and he assigned
+to each of them a station in the invisible world. Only Mudjikewis'
+place was, however, named. He was to direct the west wind. The
+brothers were commanded, as they had it in their power, to do good to
+the inhabitants of the earth, and to give all things with a liberal
+hand.
+
+The spirits then, amid songs and shouts, took their flight to their
+respective places, while Iamo and his sister, Iamoqua, descended into
+the depths below.
+
+
+
+
+THE OLD CHIPPEWAY.
+
+
+The old man Chippeway, the first of men, when he first landed on the
+earth, near where the present Dogribs have their hunting-grounds,
+found the world a beautiful world, well stocked with food, and
+abounding with pleasant things. He found no man, woman, or child upon
+it; but in time, being lonely, he created children, to whom he gave
+two kinds of fruit, the black and the white, but he forbade them to
+eat the black. Having given his commands for the government and
+guidance of his family, he took leave of them for a time, to go into a
+far country where the sun dwelt, for the purpose of bringing it to the
+earth.
+
+After a very long journey, and a long absence, he returned, bringing
+with him the sun, and he was delighted to find that his children had
+remained obedient, and had eaten only of the white food.
+
+Again he left them to go on another expedition. The sun he had brought
+lighted up the earth for only a short time, and in the land from which
+he had brought it he had noticed another body, which served as a lamp
+in the dark hours. He resolved therefore to journey and bring back
+with him the moon; so, bidding adieu to his children and his dwelling,
+he set forth once more.
+
+While he had been absent on his first expedition, his children had
+eaten up all the white food, and now, when he set out, he forgot to
+provide them with a fresh supply. For a long time they resisted the
+craving for food, but at last they could hold out no longer, and
+satisfied their hunger with the black fruit.
+
+The old Chippeway soon returned, bringing with him the moon. He soon
+discovered that his children had transgressed his command, and had
+eaten the food of disease and death. He told them what was the
+consequence of their act--that in future the earth would produce bad
+fruits, that sickness would come amongst men, that pain would rack
+them, and their lives be lives of fatigue and danger.
+
+Having brought the sun and moon to the earth, the old man Chippeway
+rested, and made no more expeditions. He lived an immense number of
+years, and saw all the troubles he declared would follow the eating of
+the black food. At last he became tired of life, and his sole desire
+was to be freed from it.
+
+"Go," said he, to one of his sons, "to the river of the Bear Lake, and
+fetch me a man of the little wise people (the beavers). Let it be one
+with a brown ring round the end of the tail, and a white spot on the
+tip of the nose. Let him be just two seasons old upon the first day
+of the coming frog-moon, and see that his teeth be sharp."
+
+The man did as he was directed. He went to the river of the Bear Lake,
+and brought a man of the little wise people. He had a brown ring round
+the end of his tail, and a white spot on the tip of his nose. He was
+just two seasons old upon the first day of the frog-moon, and his
+teeth were very sharp.
+
+"Take the wise four-legged man," said the old Chippeway, "and pull
+from his jaws seven of his teeth."
+
+The man did as he was directed, and brought the teeth to the old man.
+Then he bade him call all his people together, and when they were come
+the old man thus addressed them--
+
+"I am old, and am tired of life, and wish to sleep the sleep of death.
+I will go hence. Take the seven teeth of the wise little four-legged
+man and drive them into my body."
+
+They did so, and as the last tooth entered him the old man died.
+
+
+
+
+MUKUMIK! MUKUMIK! MUKUMIK!
+
+
+Pauppukkeewis was a harum-scarum fellow who played many queer tricks,
+but he took care, nevertheless, to supply his family and children with
+food. Sometimes, however, he was hard-pressed, and once he and his
+whole family were on the point of starving. Every resource seemed to
+have failed. The snow was so deep, and the storm continued so long,
+that he could not even find a partridge or a hare, and his usual
+supply of fish had failed him. His lodge stood in some woods not far
+away from the shores of the Gitchiguma, or great water, where the
+autumnal storms had piled up the ice into high pinnacles, resembling
+castles.
+
+"I will go," said he to his family one morning, "to these castles, and
+solicit the pity of the spirits who inhabit them, for I know that they
+are the residence of some of the spirits of Rabiboonoka."
+
+He did so, and his petition was not disregarded. The spirits told him
+to fill his mushkemoots or sacks with the ice and snow, and pass on
+towards his lodge, without looking back, until he came to a certain
+hill. He was then to drop his sacks, and leave them till morning,
+when he would find them full of fish.
+
+The spirits cautioned him that he must by no means look back, although
+he should hear a great many voices crying out to him abusing him; for
+they told him such voices would be in reality only the wind playing
+through the branches of the trees.
+
+Pauppukkeewis faithfully obeyed the directions given him, although he
+found it difficult to avoid looking round to see who was calling to
+him. When he visited the sacks in the morning, he found them filled
+with fish.
+
+It happened that Manabozho visited him on the morning when he brought
+the fish home, and the visitor was invited to partake of the feast.
+While they were eating, Manabozho could not help asking where such an
+abundance of food had been procured at a time when most were in a
+state of starvation.
+
+Pauppukkeewis frankly told him the secret, and and what precautions to
+take to ensure success. Manabozho determined to profit by the
+information, and, as soon as he could, set out to visit the icy
+castles. All things happened as Pauppukkeewis had told him. The
+spirits appeared to be kind, and told Manabozho to fill and carry. He
+accordingly filled his sacks with ice and snow, and then walked off
+quickly to the hill where he was to leave them. As he went, however,
+he heard voices calling out behind him.
+
+"Thief! thief! He has stolen fish from Rabiboonoka," cried one.
+
+"Mukumik! Mukumik! take it away, take it away," cried another.
+
+Manabozho's ears were so assailed by all manner of insulting cries,
+that at last he got angry, and, quite forgetting the directions given
+him, he turned his head to see who it was that was abusing him. He saw
+no one, and proceeded on his way to the hill, to which he was
+accompanied by his invisible tormentors. He left his bags of ice and
+snow there, to be changed into fish, and came back the next morning.
+His disobedience had, however, dissolved the charm, and he found his
+bags still full of rubbish.
+
+In consequence of this he is condemned every year, during the month of
+March, to run over the hills, with Pauppukkeewis following him,
+crying--
+
+"Mukumik! Mukumik!"
+
+
+
+
+THE SWING BY THE LAKE.
+
+
+There was an old hag of a woman who lived with her daughter-in-law and
+her husband, with their son and a little orphan boy. When her
+son-in-law came home from hunting, it was his custom to bring his wife
+the moose's lip, the kidney of the bear, or some other choice bits of
+different animals. These the girl would cook crisp, so that the sound
+of their cracking could be heard when she ate them. This kind
+attention of the hunter to his wife aroused the envy of the old woman.
+She wished to have the same luxuries, and, in order to obtain them,
+she at last resolved to kill the young wife. One day she asked her to
+leave her infant son to the care of the orphan boy, and come out and
+swing with her. The wife consented, and the mother-in-law took her to
+the shore of a lake, where there was a high ridge of rocks overhanging
+the water. Upon the top of these rocks the old woman put up a swing,
+and, having fastened a piece of leather round her body, she commenced
+to swing herself, going over the precipice each time. She continued
+this for a short while, and then, stopping, told her daughter-in-law
+to take her place. She did so, and, having tied the leather round her,
+began to swing backwards and forwards. When she was well going,
+sweeping at each turn clear beyond the precipice, the old woman slyly
+cut the cords, and let her drop into the lake. She then put on some of
+the girl's clothing, entered the lodge in the dusk of the evening, and
+went about the work in which her daughter-in-law had been usually
+occupied at such a time. She found the child crying, and, since the
+mother was not there to give it the breast, it cried on. Then the
+orphan boy asked her where the mother was.
+
+"She is still swinging," replied the old woman.
+
+"I will go," said he, "and look for her."
+
+"No," said the old woman, "you must not. What would you go for?"
+
+In the evening, when the husband came in, he gave the coveted morsels
+to what he supposed was his wife. He missed the old woman, but asked
+nothing about her. Meanwhile the woman ate the morsels, and tried to
+quiet the child. The husband, seeing that she kept her face away from
+him, was astonished, and asked why the child cried so. His pretended
+wife answered that she did not know.
+
+In the meantime the orphan boy went to the shores of the lake, where
+he found no one. Then he suspected the old woman, and, having returned
+to the lodge, told the hunter, while she was out getting wood, all he
+had heard and seen. The man, when he had heard the story, painted his
+face black, and placed his spear upside down in the earth, and
+requested the Great Spirit to send lightning, thunder, and rain, in
+the hope that the body of his wife might arise from the water. He then
+began to fast, and told the boy to take the child and play upon the
+lake shore.
+
+Meanwhile this is what had happened to the wife. After she had plunged
+into the lake, she found herself in the hold of a water-tiger, who
+drew her to the bottom. There she found a lodge, and all things in it
+as if arranged for her reception, and she became the water-tiger's
+wife.
+
+Whilst the orphan boy and the child were playing on the shore of the
+lake one day, the boy began to throw pebbles into the water, when
+suddenly a gull arose from the centre of the lake, and flew towards
+the land. When it had arrived there, it took human shape, and the boy
+recognised that it was the lost mother. She had a leather belt around
+her, and another belt of white metal. She suckled the baby, and,
+preparing to return to the water, said to the boy--
+
+"Come here with the child whenever it cries, and I will nurse it."
+
+The boy carried the child home, and told the father what had occurred.
+When the child cried again, the man went with the boy to the shore,
+and hid himself behind a clump of trees. Soon the gull made its
+appearance, with a long shining chain attached to it. The bird came to
+the shore, assumed the mother's shape, and began to suckle the child.
+The husband stood with his spear in his hand, wondering what he had
+best do to regain his wife. When he saw her preparing to return to the
+lake he rushed forward, struck the shining chain with his spear, and
+broke it. Then he took his wife and child home. As he entered the
+lodge the old woman looked up, and, when she saw the wife, she dropped
+her head in despair. A rustling was heard in the place; the next
+moment the old woman leaped up, flew out of the lodge, and was never
+heard of more.
+
+
+
+
+THE FIRE PLUME.
+
+
+Wassamo was living with his parents on the shores of a large bay on
+the east coast of Lake Michigan. It was at a period when nature
+spontaneously furnished everything that was wanted, when the Indians
+used skins for clothing, and flints for arrow heads. It was long
+before the time that the flag of the white man had first been seen in
+these lakes, or the sound of an iron axe had been heard. The skill of
+our people supplied them with weapons to kill game, with instruments
+to procure bark for their canoes, and they knew to dress and cook
+their victuals.
+
+One day, when the season had commenced for fish to be plentiful near
+the shore of the lake, Wassamo's mother said to him--
+
+"My son, I wish you would go to yonder point, and see if you cannot
+procure me some fish. You may ask your cousin to accompany you."
+
+He did so. They set out, and, in the course of the afternoon, arrived
+at the fishing-ground. His cousin attended to the nets, for he was
+grown up to manhood, but Wassamo had not yet reached that age. They
+put their nets in the water, and encamped near them, using only a few
+pieces of birch-bark for a lodge to shelter them at night. They lit a
+fire, and, while they were conversing together, the moon arose. Not a
+breath of wind disturbed the smooth and bright surface of the lake.
+Not a cloud was seen. Wassamo looked out on the water towards their
+nets, and saw that almost all the floats had disappeared.
+
+"Cousin," he said, "let us visit our nets. Perhaps we are fortunate."
+
+They did so, and were rejoiced, as they drew them up, to see the
+meshes white here and there with fish. They landed in good spirits,
+and put away their canoe in safety from the winds.
+
+"Wassamo," said his cousin, "you cook that we may eat."
+
+Wassamo set about it immediately, and soon got his kettle on the
+flames, while his cousin was lying at his ease on the opposite side of
+the fire.
+
+"Cousin," said Wassamo, "tell me stories, or sing me some love-songs."
+
+The other obeyed, and sang his plaintive songs. He would frequently
+break off, and tell parts of stories, and would then sing again, as
+suited his feelings or fancy. While thus employed, he unconsciously
+fell asleep. Wassamo had scarcely noticed it in his care to watch the
+kettle, and, when the fish were done, he took the kettle off. He spoke
+to his cousin, but received no answer. He took the wooden ladle to
+skim off the oil, for the fish were very fat. He had a flambeau of
+twisted bark in one hand to give light; but, when he came to take out
+the fish, he did not know how to manage to hold the light, so he took
+off his garters, and tied them tight round his head, and then placed
+the lighted flambeau above his forehead, so that it was firmly held by
+the bandage, and threw its light brilliantly about him. Having both
+hands thus at liberty, he began to take out the fish. Suddenly he
+heard a laugh.
+
+"Cousin," said he, "some one is near us. Awake, and let us look out."
+
+His cousin, however, continued asleep. Again Wassamo heard the
+laughter, and, looking, he beheld two beautiful girls.
+
+"Awake, awake," said he to his cousin. "Here are two young women;" but
+he received no answer, for his cousin was locked in his deepest
+slumbers.
+
+Wassamo started up and advanced to the strange women. He was about to
+speak to them, when he fell senseless to the earth.
+
+A short while after his cousin awoke. He looked around and called
+Wassamo, but could not find him.
+
+"Netawis, Netawis (Cousin, cousin)!" he cried; but there was no
+answer. He searched the woods and all the shores around, but could not
+find him. He did not know what to do.
+
+"Although," he reasoned, "his parents are my relations, and they know
+he and I were great friends, they will not believe me if I go home and
+say that he is lost. They will say that I killed him, and will require
+blood for blood."
+
+However, he resolved to return home, and, arriving there, he told
+them what had occurred. Some said, "He has killed him treacherously,"
+others said, "It is impossible. They were like brothers."
+
+Search was made on every side, and when at length it became certain
+that Wassamo was not to be found, his parents demanded the life of
+Netawis.
+
+Meanwhile, what had happened to Wassamo? When he recovered his senses,
+he found himself stretched on a bed in a spacious lodge.
+
+"Stranger," said some one, "awake, and take something to eat."
+
+Looking around him he saw many people, and an old spirit man,
+addressing him, said--
+
+"My daughters saw you at the fishing-ground, and brought you here. I
+am the guardian spirit of Nagow Wudjoo (the sand mountains). We will
+make your visit here agreeable, and if you will remain I will give you
+one of my daughters in marriage."
+
+The young man consented to the match, and remained for some time with
+the spirit of the sand-hills in his lodge at the bottom of the lake,
+for there was it situated. At last, however, approached the season of
+sleep, when the spirit and his relations lay down for their long rest.
+
+"Son-in-law," said the old spirit, "you can now, in a few days, start
+with your wife to visit your relations. You can be absent one year,
+but after that you must return."
+
+Wassamo promised to obey, and set out with his wife. When he was near
+his village, he left her in a thicket and advanced alone. As he did
+so, who should he meet but his cousin.
+
+"Netawis, Netawis," cried his cousin, "you have come just in time to
+save me!"
+
+Then he ran off to the lodge of Wassamo's parents.
+
+"I have seen him," said he, "whom you accuse me of having killed. He
+will be here in a few minutes."
+
+All the village was soon in a bustle, and Wassamo and his wife excited
+universal attention, and the people strove who should entertain them
+best. So the time passed happily till the season came that Wassamo and
+his wife should return to the spirits. Netawis accompanied them to the
+shores of the lake, and would have gone with them to their strange
+abode, but Wassamo sent him back. With him Wassamo took offerings from
+the Indians to his father-in-law.
+
+The old spirit was delighted to see the two return, and he was also
+much pleased with the presents Wassamo brought. He told his son-in-law
+that he and his wife should go once more to visit his people.
+
+"It is merely," said he, "to assure them of my friendship, and to bid
+them farewell for ever."
+
+Some time afterwards Wassamo and his wife made this visit. Having
+delivered his message, he said--
+
+"I must now bid you all farewell for ever."
+
+His parents and friends raised their voices in loud lamentation, and
+they accompanied him and his wife to the sand-banks to see them take
+their departure.
+
+The day was mild, the sky clear, not a cloud appeared, nor was there a
+breath of wind to disturb the bright surface of the water. The most
+perfect silence reigned throughout the company. They gazed intently
+upon Wassamo and his wife as they waded out into the water, waving
+their hands. They saw them go into deeper and deeper water. They saw
+the wave close over their heads. All at once they raised a loud and
+piercing wail. They looked again. A red flame, as if the sun had
+glanced on a billow, marked the spot for an instant; but the
+Feather-of-Flames and his wife had disappeared for ever.
+
+
+
+
+THE JOURNEY TO THE ISLAND OF SOULS.
+
+
+Once upon a time there lived in the nation of the Chippeways a most
+beautiful maiden, the flower of the wilderness, the delight and wonder
+of all who saw her. She was called the Rock-rose, and was beloved by a
+youthful hunter, whose advances gained her affection. No one was like
+the brave Outalissa in her eyes: his deeds were the greatest, his
+skill was the most wonderful. It was not permitted them, however, to
+become the inhabitants of one lodge. Death came to the flower of the
+Chippeways. In the morning of her days she died, and her body was laid
+in the dust with the customary rites of burial. All mourned for her,
+but Outalissa was a changed man. No more did he find delight in the
+chase or on the war-path. He grew sad, shunned the society of his
+brethren. He stood motionless as a tree in the hour of calm, as the
+wave that is frozen up by the breath of the cold wind.
+
+Joy came no more to him. He told his discontent in the ears of his
+people, and spoke of his determination to seek his beloved maiden. She
+had but removed, he said, as the birds fly away at the approach of
+winter, and it required but due diligence on his part to find her.
+Having prepared himself, as a hunter makes ready for a long journey,
+he armed himself with his war-spear and bow and arrow, and set out to
+the Land of Souls.
+
+Directed by the old tradition of his fathers, he travelled south to
+reach that region, leaving behind him the great star. As he moved
+onwards, he found a more pleasant region succeeding to that in which
+he had lived. Daily, hourly, he remarked the change. The ice grew
+thinner, the air warmer, the trees taller. Birds, such as he had never
+seen before, sang in the bushes, and fowl of many kinds were pluming
+themselves in the warm sun on the shores of the lake. The gay
+woodpecker was tapping the hollow beech, the swallow and the martin
+were skimming along the level of the green vales. He heard no more the
+cracking of branches beneath the weight of icicles and snow, he saw no
+more the spirits of departed men dancing wild dances on the skirts of
+the northern clouds, and the farther he travelled the milder grew the
+skies, the longer was the period of the sun's stay upon the earth, and
+the softer, though less brilliant, the light of the moon.
+
+Noting these changes as he went with a joyful heart, for they were
+indications of his near approach to the land of joy and delight, he
+came at length to a cabin situated on the brow of a steep hill in the
+middle of a narrow road. At the door of this cabin stood a man of a
+most ancient and venerable appearance. He was bent nearly double with
+age. His locks were white as snow. His eyes were sunk very far into
+his head, and the flesh was wasted from his bones, till they were like
+trees from which the bark has been peeled. He was clothed in a robe of
+white goat's skin, and a long staff supported his tottering limbs
+whithersoever he walked.
+
+The Chippeway began to tell him who he was, and why he had come
+thither, but the aged man stopped him, telling him he knew upon what
+errand he was bent.
+
+"A short while before," said he, "there passed the soul of a tender
+and lovely maiden, well-known to the son of the Red Elk, on her way to
+the beautiful island. She was fatigued with her long journey, and
+rested a while in this cabin. She told me the story of your love, and
+was persuaded that you would attempt to follow her to the Lake of
+Spirits."
+
+The old man, further, told Outalissa that if he made speed he might
+hope to overtake the maiden on the way. Before, however, he resumed
+his journey he must leave behind him his body, his spear, bow, and
+arrows, which the old man promised to keep for him should he return.
+The Chippeway left his body and arms behind him, and under the
+direction of the old man entered upon the road to the Blissful Island.
+He had travelled but a couple of bowshots when it met his view, even
+more beautiful than his fathers had painted it.
+
+He stood upon the brow of a hill which sloped gently down to the water
+of a lake which stretched as far as eye could see. Upon its banks
+were groves of beautiful trees of all kinds, and many canoes were to
+be seen gliding over its water. Afar, in the centre of the lake, lay
+the beautiful island appointed for the residence of the good. He
+walked down to the shore and entered a canoe which stood ready for
+him, made of a shining white stone. Seizing the paddle, he pushed off
+from the shore and commenced to make his way to the island. As he did
+so, he came to a canoe like his own, in which he found her whom he was
+in pursuit of. She recognised him, and the two canoes glided side by
+side over the water. Then Outalissa knew that he was on the Water of
+Judgment, the great water over which every soul must pass to reach the
+beautiful island, or in which it must sink to meet the punishment of
+the wicked. The two lovers glided on in fear, for the water seemed at
+times ready to swallow them, and around them they could see many
+canoes, which held those whose lives had been wicked, going down. The
+Master of Life had, however, decreed that they should pass in safety,
+and they reached the shores of the beautiful island, on which they
+landed full of joy.
+
+It is impossible to tell the delights with which they found it filled.
+Mild and soft winds, clear and sweet waters, cool and refreshing
+shades, perpetual verdure, inexhaustible fertility, met them on all
+sides. Gladly would the son of the Red Elk have remained for ever with
+his beloved in the happy island, but the words of the Master of Life
+came to him in the pauses of the breeze, saying--
+
+"Go back to thy own land, hunter. Your time has not yet come. You
+have not yet performed the work I have for you to do, nor can you yet
+enjoy those pleasures which belong to them who have performed their
+allotted task on earth. Go back, then. In time thou shalt rejoin her,
+the love of whom has brought thee hither."
+
+
+
+
+MACHINITOU, THE EVIL SPIRIT.
+
+
+Chemanitou, being the Master of Life, at one time became the origin of
+a spirit that has ever since caused him and all others of his creation
+a great deal of disquiet. His birth was owing to an accident. It was
+in this wise:--
+
+Metowac, or as the white people now call it, Long Island, was
+originally a vast plain, so level and free from any kind of growth
+that it looked like a portion of the great sea that had suddenly been
+made to move back and let the sand below appear, which was, in fact,
+the case.
+
+Here it was that Chemanitou used to come and sit when he wished to
+bring any new creation to life. The place being spacious and solitary,
+the water upon every side, he had not only room enough, but was free
+from interruption.
+
+It is well known that some of these early creations were of very great
+size, so that very few could live in the same place, and their
+strength made it difficult for even Chemanitou to control them, for
+when he has given them certain powers they have the use of the laws
+that govern those powers, till it is his will to take them back to
+himself. Accordingly it was the custom of Chemanitou, when he wished
+to try the effect of these creatures, to set them in motion upon the
+island of Metowac, and if they did not please him, he took the life
+away from them again. He would set up a mammoth, or other large
+animal, in the centre of the island, and build it up with great care,
+somewhat in the manner that a cabin or a canoe is made.
+
+Even to this day may be found traces of what had been done here in
+former years, and the manner in which the earth sometimes sinks down
+shows that this island is nothing more than a great cake of earth, a
+sort of platter laid upon the sea for the convenience of Chemanitou,
+who used it as a table upon which he might work, never having designed
+it for anything else, the margin of the Chatiemac (the stately swan),
+or Hudson river, being better adapted to the purposes of habitation.
+
+When the Master of Life wished to build up an elephant or mammoth, he
+placed four cakes of clay upon the ground, at proper distances, which
+were moulded into shape, and became the feet of the animal.
+
+Now sometimes these were left unfinished, and to this day the green
+tussocks to be seen like little islands about the marshes show where
+these cakes of clay were placed.
+
+As Chemanitou went on with his work, the Neebanawbaigs (or
+water-spirits), the Puck-wud-jinnies (little men who vanish), and,
+indeed, all the lesser manitoes, used to come and look on, and wonder
+what it would be, and how it would act.
+
+When the animal was completed, and had dried a long time in the sun,
+Chemanitou opened a place in the side, and, entering in, remained
+there many days.
+
+When he came forth the creature began to shiver and sway from side to
+side, in such a manner as shook the whole island for leagues. If its
+appearance pleased the Master of Life it was suffered to depart, and
+it was generally found that these animals plunged into the open sea
+upon the north side of the island, and disappeared in the great
+forests beyond.
+
+Now at one time Chemanitou was a very long time building an animal of
+such great bulk that it looked like a mountain upon the centre of the
+island, and all the manitoes from all parts came to see what it was.
+The Puck-wud-jinnies especially made themselves very merry, capering
+behind its great ears, sitting within its mouth, each perched upon a
+tooth, and running in and out of the sockets of the eyes, thinking
+Chemanitou, who was finishing off other parts of the animal, would not
+see them.
+
+But he can see right through everything he has made. He was glad to
+see the Puck-wud-jinnies so lively, and he bethought him of many new
+creations while he watched their motions.
+
+When the Master of Life had completed this large animal, he was
+fearful to give it life, and so it was left upon the island, or
+work-table of Chemanitou, till its great weight caused it to break
+through, and, sinking partly down, it stuck fast, the head and tail
+holding it in such a manner as to prevent it slipping further down.
+
+Chemanitou then lifted up a piece of the back, and found it made a
+very good cavity, into which the old creations which failed to please
+him might be thrown.
+
+He sometimes amused himself by making creatures very small and active,
+with which he disported awhile, and finding them of very little use in
+the world, and not so attractive as the little vanishers, he would
+take out the life, taking it to himself, and then cast them into the
+cave made in the body of the unfinished animal.
+
+In this way great quantities of very odd shapes were heaped together
+in this Roncomcomon, or Place of Fragments.
+
+He was always careful before casting a thing he had created aside to
+take out the life.
+
+One day the Master of Life took two pieces of clay and moulded them
+into two large feet, like those of a panther. He did not make
+four--there were two only.
+
+He put his own feet into them, and found the tread very light and
+springy, so that he might go with great speed and yet make no noise.
+
+Next he built up a pair of very tall legs, in the shape of his own,
+and made them walk about a while. He was pleased with the motion. Then
+followed a round body covered with large scales, like those of the
+alligator.
+
+He now found the figure doubling forward, and he fastened a long
+black snake, that was gliding by, to the back part of the body, and
+wound the other end round a sapling which grew near, and this held the
+body upright, and made a very good tail.
+
+The shoulders were broad and strong, like those of the buffalo, and
+covered with hair. The neck thick and short, and full at the back.
+
+Thus far Chemanitou had worked with little thought, but when he came
+to the head he thought a long while.
+
+He took a round ball of clay into his lap, and worked it over with
+great care. While he thought, he patted the ball of clay upon the top,
+which made it very broad and low, for Chemanitou was thinking of the
+panther feet and the buffalo neck. He remembered the Puck-wud-jinnies
+playing in the eye sockets of the great unfinished animal, and he
+bethought him to set the eyes out, like those of a lobster, so that
+the animal might see on every side.
+
+He made the forehead broad and full, but low, for here was to be the
+wisdom of the forked tongue, like that of the serpent, which should be
+in its mouth. It should see all things and know all things. Here
+Chemanitou stopped, for he saw that he had never thought of such a
+creation before, one with two feet--a creature that should stand
+upright, and see upon every side.
+
+The jaws were very strong, with ivory teeth and gills upon either
+side, which rose and fell whenever breath passed through them. The
+nose was like the beak of the vulture. A tuft of porcupine-quills made
+the scalp lock.
+
+Chemanitou held the head out the length of his arm, and turned it
+first upon one side and then upon the other. He passed it rapidly
+through the air, and saw the gills rise and fall, the lobster eyes
+whirl round, and the vulture nose look keen.
+
+Chemanitou became very sad, yet he put the head upon the shoulders. It
+was the first time he had made an upright figure. It seemed to be the
+first idea of a man.
+
+It was now nearly right. The bats were flying through the air, and the
+roar of wild beasts began to be heard. A gusty wind swept in from the
+ocean and passed over the island of Metowac, casting the light sand to
+and fro. A wavy scud was skimming along the horizon, while higher up
+in the sky was a dark thick cloud, upon the verge of which the moon
+hung for a moment and was then shut in.
+
+A panther came by and stayed a moment, with one foot raised and bent
+inward, while it looked up at the image and smelt the feet that were
+like its own.
+
+A vulture swooped down with a great noise of its wings, and made a
+dash at the beak, but Chemanitou held it back.
+
+Then came the porcupine, the lizard, and the snake, each drawn by its
+kind in the image.
+
+Chemanitou veiled his face for many hours, and the gusty wind swept
+by, but he did not stir.
+
+He saw that every beast of the earth seeks its kind, and that which
+is like draws its likeness to itself.
+
+The Master of Life thought and thought. The idea grew into his mind
+that at some time he would create a creature who should be made, not
+after the things of the earth, but after himself.
+
+The being should link this world to the spirit world, being made in
+the likeness of the Great Spirit, he should be drawn unto his
+likeness.
+
+Many days and nights--whole seasons--passed while Chemanitou thought
+upon these things. He saw all things.
+
+Then the Master of Life lifted up his head. The stars were looking
+down upon the image, and a bat had alighted upon the forehead,
+spreading its great wings upon each side. Chemanitou took the bat and
+held out its whole leathery wings (and ever since the bat, when he
+rests, lets his body hang down), so that he could try them over the
+head of the image. He then took the life of the bat away, and twisted
+off the body, by which means the whole thin part fell down over the
+head of the image and upon each side, making the ears, and a covering
+for the forehead like that of the hooded serpent.
+
+Chemanitou did not cut off the face of the image below, but went on
+and made a chin and lips that were firm and round, that they might
+shut in the forked tongue and ivory teeth, and he knew that with the
+lips the image would smile when life should be given to it.
+
+The image was now complete save for the arms, and Chemanitou saw that
+it was necessary it should have hands. He grew more grave.
+
+He had never given hands to any creature. He made the arms and the
+hands very beautiful, after the manner of his own.
+
+Chemanitou now took no pleasure in the work he had done. It was not
+good in his sight.
+
+He wished he had not given it hands. Might it not, when trusted with
+life, create? Might it not thwart the plans of the Master of Life
+himself?
+
+He looked long at the image. He saw what it would do when life should
+be given it. He knew all things.
+
+He now put fire in the image, but fire is not life.
+
+He put fire within and a red glow passed through and through it. The
+fire dried the clay of which the image was made, and gave the image an
+exceedingly fierce aspect. It shone through the scales upon the
+breast, through the gills, and the bat-winged ears. The lobster eyes
+were like a living coal.
+
+Chemanitou opened the side of the image, but he did not enter. He had
+given it hands and a chin.
+
+It could smile like the manitoes themselves.
+
+He made it walk all about the island of Metowac, that he might see how
+it would act. This he did by means of his will.
+
+He now put a little life into it, but he did not take out the fire.
+Chemanitou saw the aspect of the creature would be very terrible, and
+yet that it could smile in such a manner that it ceased to be ugly.
+He thought much upon these things. He felt that it would not be best
+to let such a creature live--a creature made up mostly from the beasts
+of the field, but with hands of power, a chin lifting the head upward,
+and lips holding all things within themselves.
+
+While he thought upon these things he took the image in his hands and
+cast it into the cave. But Chemanitou forgot to take out the life.
+
+The creature lay a long time in the cave and did not stir, for its
+fall was very great. It lay amongst the old creations that had been
+thrown in there without life.
+
+Now when a long time had passed Chemanitou heard a great noise in the
+cave. He looked in and saw the image sitting there, and it was trying
+to put together the old broken things that had been cast in as of no
+value.
+
+Chemanitou gathered together a vast heap of stones and sand, for large
+rocks are not to be had upon the island, and stopped the mouth of the
+cave. Many days passed and the noise within the cave grew louder. The
+earth shook, and hot smoke came from the ground. The manitoes crowded
+to Metowac to see what was the matter.
+
+Chemanitou came also, for he remembered the image he had cast in there
+of which he had forgotten to take away the life.
+
+Suddenly there was a great rising of the stones and sand, the sky grew
+black with wind and dust. Fire played about on the ground, and water
+gushed high into the air.
+
+All the manitoes fled with fear, and the image came forth with a great
+noise and most terrible to behold. Its life had grown strong within
+it, for the fire had made it very fierce.
+
+Everything fled before it and cried--
+
+"Machinitou! machinitou," which means a god, but an evil god.
+
+
+
+
+THE WOMAN OF STONE.
+
+
+In one of the niches or recesses formed by a precipice in the cavern
+of Kickapoo Creek, which is a tributary of the Wisconsin, there is a
+gigantic mass of stone presenting the appearance of a human figure. It
+is so sheltered by the overhanging rocks and by the sides of the
+recess in which it stands as to assume a dark and gloomy character. Of
+the figure the following legend is related:--
+
+Once upon a time there lived a woman who was called Shenanska, or the
+White Buffalo Robe. She was an inhabitant of the prairie, a dweller in
+the cabins which stand upon the verge of the hills. She was the pride
+of her people, not only for her beauty, which was very great, but for
+her goodness. The breath of the summer wind was not milder than the
+temper of Shenanska, the face of the sun was not fairer than her
+countenance.
+
+At length the tribe was surprised in its encampment on the banks of
+the Kickapoo by a numerous band of the fierce Mengwe. Many of them
+fell fighting bravely, the greater part of the women and children were
+made prisoners, and the others fled to the wilds for safety. It was
+the fortune of Shenanska to escape from death or captivity. When the
+alarm of the war-whoop reached her ear as she was sleeping in her
+lodge with her husband, she had rushed forth with him and gone with
+the braves to meet their assailants. When she saw half of the men of
+her nation lying dead around, then she fled. She had been wounded in
+the battle, but she still succeeded in effecting her escape to the
+hills. Weakened by loss of blood, she had not strength enough left to
+hunt for a supply of food, and she was near perishing with hunger.
+
+While she lay beneath the shade of a tree there came to her a being
+not of this world.
+
+"Shenanska," said he, in a gentle voice, "thou art wounded and hungry,
+shall I heal thee and feed thee? Wilt thou return to the lands of thy
+tribe and live to be old, a widow and alone, or go now to the land of
+departed spirits and join the shade of thy husband? The choice is
+thine. If thou wilt live, crippled, and bowed down by wounds and
+disease, thou mayest. If it would please thee better to rejoin thy
+friends in the country beyond the Great River, say so."
+
+Shenanska replied that she wished to die. The spirit took her, and
+placed her in one of the recesses of the cavern, overshadowed by
+hanging rocks. He then spoke some words in a low voice, and, breathing
+on her, she became stone. Determined that a woman so good and
+beautiful should not be forgotten by the world, he made her into a
+statue, to which he gave the power of killing suddenly any one who
+irreverently approached it. For a long time the statue relentlessly
+exercised this power. Many an unconscious Indian, venturing too near
+to it, fell dead without any perceptible wound. At length, tired of
+the havoc the statue made, the guardian spirit took away the power he
+had given to it. At this day the statue may be approached with safety,
+but the Indians hold it in fear, not intruding rashly upon it, and
+when in its presence treating it with great respect.
+
+
+
+
+THE MAIDEN WHO LOVED A FISH.
+
+
+There was once among the Marshpees, a small tribe who have their
+hunting-grounds on the shores of the Great Lake, near the Cape of
+Storms, a woman whose name was Awashanks. She was rather silly, and
+very idle. For days together she would sit doing nothing. Then she was
+so ugly and ill-shaped that not one of the youths of the village would
+have aught to say to her by way of courtship or marriage. She squinted
+very much; her face was long and thin, her nose excessively large and
+humped, her teeth crooked and projecting, her chin almost as sharp as
+the bill of a loon, and her ears as large as those of a deer.
+Altogether she was a very odd and strangely formed woman, and wherever
+she went she never failed to excite much laughter and derision among
+those who thought that ugliness and deformity were fit subjects for
+ridicule.
+
+Though so very ugly, there was one faculty she possessed in a more
+remarkable degree than any woman of the tribe. It was that of singing.
+Nothing, unless such could be found in the land of spirits, could
+equal the sweetness of her voice or the beauty of her songs. Her
+favourite place of resort was a small hill, a little removed from the
+river of her people, and there, seated beneath the shady trees, she
+would while away the hours of summer with her charming songs. So
+beautiful and melodious were the things she uttered, that, by the time
+she had sung a single sentence, the branches above her head would be
+filled with the birds that came thither to listen, the thickets around
+her would be crowded with beasts, and the waters rolling beside her
+would be alive with fishes, all attracted by the sweet sounds. From
+the minnow to the porpoise, from the wren to the eagle, from the snail
+to the lobster, from the mouse to the mole,--all hastened to the spot
+to listen to the charming songs of the hideous Marshpee maiden.
+
+Among the fishes which repaired every night to the vicinity of the
+Little Hillock, which was the chosen resting-place of the ugly
+songstress, was the great chief of the trouts, a tribe of fish
+inhabiting the river near by. The chief was of a far greater size than
+the people of his nation usually are, being as long as a man, and
+quite as thick.
+
+Of all the creatures which came to listen to the singing of Awashanks
+none appeared to enjoy it so highly as the chief of the trouts. As his
+bulk prevented him from approaching so near as he wished, he, from
+time to time, in his eagerness to enjoy the music to the best
+advantage, ran his nose into the ground, and thus worked his way a
+considerable distance into the land. Nightly he continued his
+exertions to approach the source of the delightful sounds he heard,
+till at length he had ploughed out a wide and handsome channel, and so
+effected his passage from the river to the hill, a distance extending
+an arrow's-flight. Thither he repaired every night at the commencement
+of darkness, sure to meet the maiden who had become so necessary to
+his happiness. Soon he began to speak of the pleasure he enjoyed, and
+to fill the ears of Awashanks with fond protestations of his love and
+affection. Instead of singing to him, she soon began to listen to his
+voice. It was something so new and strange to her to hear the tones of
+love and courtship, a thing so unusual to be told she was beautiful,
+that it is not wonderful her head was turned by the new incident, and
+that she began to think the voice of her lover the sweetest she had
+ever heard. One thing marred their happiness. This was that the trout
+could not live upon land, nor the maiden in the water. This state of
+things gave them much sorrow.
+
+They had met one evening at the usual place, and were discoursing
+together, lamenting that two who loved one another so should be doomed
+to always live apart, when a man appeared close to Awashanks. He asked
+the lovers why they seemed to be so sad.
+
+The chief of the trouts told the stranger the cause of their sorrow.
+
+"Be not grieved nor hopeless," said the stranger, when the chief had
+finished. "The impediments can be removed. I am the spirit who
+presides over fishes, and though I cannot make a man or woman of a
+fish, I can make them into fish. Under my power Awashanks shall become
+a beautiful trout."
+
+With that he bade the girl follow him into the river. When they had
+waded in some little depth he took up some water in his hand and
+poured it on her head, muttering some words, of which none but himself
+knew the meaning. Immediately a change took place in her. Her body
+took the form of a fish, and in a few moments she was a complete
+trout. Having accomplished this transformation the spirit gave her to
+the chief of the trouts, and the pair glided off into the deep and
+quiet waters. She did not, however, forget the land of her birth.
+Every season, on the same night as that upon which her disappearance
+from her tribe had been wrought, there were to be seen two trouts of
+enormous size playing in the water off the shore. They continued these
+visits till the pale-faces came to the country, when, deeming
+themselves to be in danger from a people who paid no reverence to the
+spirits of the land, they bade it adieu for ever.
+
+
+
+
+THE LONE LIGHTNING.
+
+
+A little orphan boy, who had no one to care for him, once lived with
+his uncle, who treated him very badly, making him do hard work, and
+giving him very little to eat, so that the boy pined away and never
+grew much, but became, through hard usage, very thin and light. At
+last the uncle pretended to be ashamed of this treatment, and
+determined to make amends for it by fattening the boy up. He really
+wished, however, to kill him by overfeeding him. He told his wife to
+give the boy plenty of bear's meat, and let him have the fat, which is
+thought to be the best part. They were both very assiduous in cramming
+him, and one day nearly choked him to death by forcing the fat down
+his throat. The boy escaped, and fled from the lodge. He knew not
+where to go, and wandered about. When night came on he was afraid the
+wild beasts would eat him, so he climbed up into the forks of a high
+pine-tree, and there he fell asleep in the branches.
+
+As he was asleep a person appeared to him from the high sky, and
+said--
+
+"My poor lad, I pity you, and the bad usage you have received from
+your uncle has led me to visit you. Follow me, and step in my tracks."
+
+Immediately his sleep left him, and he rose up and followed his guide,
+mounting up higher and higher in the air until he reached the lofty
+sky. Here twelve arrows were put into his hands, and he was told that
+there were a great many manitoes in the northern sky, against whom he
+must go to war and try to waylay and shoot them. Accordingly he went
+to that part of the sky, and, at long intervals, shot arrow after
+arrow until he had expended eleven in a vain attempt to kill the
+manitoes. At the flight of each arrow there was a long and solitary
+streak of lightning in the sky--then all was clear again, and not a
+cloud or spot could be seen. The twelfth arrow he held a long time in
+his hands, and looked around keenly on every side to spy the manitoes
+he was after, but these manitoes were very cunning, and could change
+their form in a moment. All they feared was the boy's arrows, for
+these were magic weapons, which had been given to him by a good
+spirit, and had power to kill if aimed aright. At length the boy drew
+up his last arrow, took aim, and let fly, as he thought, into the very
+heart of the chief of the manitoes. Before the arrow reached him,
+however, he changed himself into a rock, into which the head of the
+arrow sank deep and stuck fast.
+
+"Now your gifts are all expended," cried the enraged manito, "and I
+will make an example of your audacity and pride of heart for lifting
+your bow against me."
+
+So saying, he transformed the boy into the Nazhik-a-wae wae sun, or Lone
+Lightning, which may be observed in the northern sky to this day.
+
+
+
+
+AGGO-DAH-GAUDA.
+
+
+Aggo-dah-gauda had one leg hooped up to his thigh so that he was
+obliged to get along by hopping. He had a beautiful daughter, and his
+chief care was to secure her from being carried off by the king of the
+buffaloes. He was peculiar in his habits, and lived in a loghouse, and
+he advised his daughter to keep indoors, and never go out for fear she
+should be stolen away.
+
+One sunshiny morning Aggo-dah-gauda prepared to go out fishing, but
+before he left the lodge he reminded his daughter of her strange
+lover.
+
+"My daughter," said he, "I am going out to fish, and as the day will
+be a pleasant one, you must recollect that we have an enemy near who
+is constantly going about, and so you must not leave the lodge."
+
+When he reached his fishing-place, he heard a voice singing--
+
+    "Man with the leg tied up,
+    Man with the leg tied up,
+        Broken hip--hip--
+                  Hipped.
+
+    Man with the leg tied up,
+    Man with the leg tied up,
+        Broken leg--leg--
+                  Legged."
+
+He looked round but saw no one, so he suspected the words were sung by
+his enemies the buffaloes, and hastened home.
+
+The girl's father had not been long absent from the lodge when she
+began to think to herself--
+
+"It is hard to be for ever kept indoors. The spring is coming on, and
+the days are so sunny and warm, that it would be very pleasant to sit
+out of doors. My father says it is dangerous. I know what I will do: I
+will get on the top of the house, and there I can comb and dress my
+hair."
+
+She accordingly got up on the roof of the small house, and busied
+herself in untying and combing her beautiful hair, which was not only
+fine and shining, but so long that it reached down to the ground,
+hanging over the eaves of the house as she combed it. She was so
+intent upon this that she forgot all ideas of danger. All of a sudden
+the king of the buffaloes came dashing by with his herd of followers,
+and, taking her between his horns, away he cantered over the plains,
+and then, plunging into a river that bounded his land, he carried her
+safely to his lodge on the other side. Here he paid her every
+attention in order to gain her affections, but all to no purpose, for
+she sat pensive and disconsolate in the lodge among the other females,
+and scarcely ever spoke. The buffalo king did all he could to please
+her, and told the others in the lodge to give her everything she
+wanted, and to study her in every way. They set before her the
+choicest food, and gave her the seat of honour in the lodge. The king
+himself went out hunting to obtain the most delicate bits of meat both
+of animals and wild-fowl, and, not content with these proofs of his
+love, he fasted himself and would often take his pib-be-gwun (Indian
+flute) and sit near the lodge singing--
+
+    "My sweetheart,
+    My sweetheart,
+            Ah me!
+
+    When I think of you,
+    When I think of you,
+            Ah me!
+
+    How I love you,
+    How I love you,
+            Ah me!
+
+    Do not hate me,
+    Do not hate me,
+            Ah me!"
+
+In the meantime Aggo-dah-gauda came home, and finding his daughter had
+been stolen he determined to get her back. For this purpose he
+immediately set out. He could easily trace the king till he came to
+the banks of the river, and then he saw he had plunged in and swum
+over. When Aggo-dah-gauda came to the river, however, he found it
+covered with a thin coating of ice, so that he could not swim across
+nor walk over. He therefore determined to wait on the bank a day or
+two till the ice might melt or become strong enough to bear him. Very
+soon the ice was strong enough, and Aggo-dah-gauda crossed over. On
+the other side, as he went along, he found branches torn off and cast
+down, and these had been strewn thus by his daughter to aid him in
+following her. The way in which she managed it was this. Her hair was
+all untied when she was captured, and as she was carried along it
+caught in the branches as she passed, so she took the pieces out of
+her hair and threw them down on the path.
+
+When Aggo-dah-gauda came to the king's lodge it was evening. Carefully
+approaching it, he peeped through the sides and saw his daughter
+sitting there disconsolately. She saw him, and knowing that it was her
+father come for her, she said to the king, giving him a tender
+glance--
+
+"I will go and get you a drink of water."
+
+The king was delighted at what he thought was a mark of her affection,
+and the girl left the lodge with a dipper in her hand. The king waited
+a long time for her, and as she did not return he went out with his
+followers, but nothing could be seen or heard of the girl. The
+buffaloes sallied out into the plains, and had not gone far by the
+light of the moon, when they were attacked by a party of hunters. Many
+of them fell, but the buffalo-king, being stronger and swifter than
+the others, escaped, and, flying to the west, was never seen more.
+
+
+
+
+PIQUA.
+
+
+A great while ago the Shawanos nation took up the war-talk against the
+Walkullas, who lived on their own lands on the borders of the Great
+Salt Lake, and near the Burning Water. Part of the nation were not
+well pleased with the war. The head chief and the counsellors said the
+Walkullas were very brave and cunning, and the priests said their god
+was mightier than ours. The old and experienced warriors said the
+counsellors were wise, and had spoken well; but the Head Buffalo, the
+young warriors, and all who wished for war, would not listen to their
+words. They said that our fathers had beaten their fathers in many
+battles, that the Shawanos were as brave and strong as they ever were,
+and the Walkullas much weaker and more cowardly. They said the old and
+timid, the faint heart and the failing knee, might stay at home to
+take care of the women and children, and sleep and dream of those who
+had never dared bend a bow or look upon a painted cheek or listen to a
+war-whoop, while the young warriors went to war and drank much blood.
+When two moons were gone they said they would come back with many
+prisoners and scalps, and have a great feast. The arguments of the
+fiery young men prevailed with all the youthful warriors, but the
+elder and wiser listened to the priests and counsellors, and remained
+in their villages to see the leaf fall and the grass grow, and to
+gather in the nut and follow the trail of the deer.
+
+Two moons passed, then a third, then came the night enlivened by many
+stars, but the warriors returned not. As the land of the Walkullas lay
+but a woman's journey of six suns from the villages of our nation, our
+people began to fear that our young men had been overcome in battle
+and were all slain. The head chief, the counsellors, and all the
+warriors who had remained behind, came together in the great wigwam,
+and called the priests to tell them where their sons were. Chenos, who
+was the wisest of them all (as well he might be, for he was older than
+the oak-tree whose top dies by the hand of Time), answered that they
+were killed by their enemies, the Walkullas, assisted by men of a
+strange speech and colour, who lived beyond the Great Salt Lake,
+fought with thunder and lightning, and came to our enemies on the back
+of a great bird with many white wings. When he had thus made known to
+our people the fate of the warriors there was a dreadful shout of
+horror throughout the village. The women wept aloud, and the men
+sprang up and seized their bows and arrows to go to war with the
+Walkullas and the strange warriors who had helped to slay their sons,
+but Chenos bade them sit down again.
+
+"There is one yet living," said he. "He will soon be here. The sound
+of his footsteps is in my ear as he crosses the hollow hills. He has
+killed many of his enemies; he has glutted his vengeance fully; he has
+drunk blood in plenteous draughts. Long he fought with the men of his
+own race, and many fell before him, but he fled from the men who came
+to the battle armed with the real lightning, and hurling unseen death.
+Even now I see him coming; the shallow streams he has forded; the deep
+rivers he has swum. He is tired and hungry, and his quiver has no
+arrows, but he brings a prisoner in his arms. Lay the deer's flesh on
+the fire, and bring hither the pounded corn. Taunt him not, for he is
+valiant, and has fought like a hungry bear."
+
+As the wise Chenos spoke these words to the grey-bearded counsellors
+and warriors the Head Buffalo walked calm and cool into the midst of
+them. There he stood, tall and straight as a young pine, but he spoke
+no word, looking on the head chief and the counsellors. There was
+blood upon his body, dried on by the sun, and the arm next his heart
+was bound up with the skin of the deer. His eye was hollow and his
+body gaunt, as though he had fasted long. His quiver held no arrows.
+
+"Where are our sons?" inquired the head chief of the warrior.
+
+"Ask the wolf and the panther," he answered.
+
+"Brother! tell us where are our sons!" exclaimed the chief. "Our
+women ask us for their sons. They want them. Where are they?"
+
+"Where are the snows of last year?" replied the warrior. "Have they
+not gone down the swelling river into the Great Lake? They have, and
+even so have your sons descended the stream of Time into the great
+Lake of Death. The great star sees them as they lie by the water of
+the Walkulla, but they see him not. The panther and the wolf howl
+unheeded at their feet, and the eagle screams, but they hear them not.
+The vulture whets his beak on their bones, the wild-cat rends their
+flesh, both are unfelt, for your sons are dead."
+
+When the warrior told these things to our people, they set up their
+loud death-howl. The women wept; but the men sprang up and seized
+their weapons, to go to meet the Walkullas, the slayers of their sons.
+The chief warrior rose again--
+
+"Fathers and warriors," said he, "hear me and believe my words, for I
+will tell you the truth. Who ever heard the Head Buffalo lie, and who
+ever saw him afraid of his enemies? Never, since the time that he
+chewed the bitter root and put on the new moccasins, has he lied or
+fled from his foes. He has neither a forked tongue nor a faint heart.
+Fathers, the Walkullas are weaker than us. Their arms are not so
+strong, their hearts are not so big, as ours. As well might the timid
+deer make war upon the hungry wolf, as the Walkullas upon the
+Shawanos. We could slay them as easily as a hawk pounces into a dove's
+nest and steals away her unfeathered little ones. The Head Buffalo
+alone could have taken the scalps of half the nation. But a strange
+tribe has come among them--men whose skin is white as the folds of the
+cloud, and whose hair shines like the great star of day. They do not
+fight as we fight, with bows and arrows and with war-axes, but with
+spears which thunder and lighten, and send unseen death. The Shawanos
+fall before it as the berries and acorns fall when the forest is
+shaken by the wind in the beaver-moon. Look at the arm nearest my
+heart. It was stricken by a bolt from the strangers' thunder; but he
+fell by the hands of the Head Buffalo, who fears nothing but shame,
+and his scalp lies at the feet of the head chief.
+
+"Fathers, this was our battle. We came upon the Walkullas, I and my
+brothers, when they were unprepared. They were just going to hold the
+dance of the green corn. The whole nation had come to the dance; there
+were none left behind save the sick and the very old. None were
+painted; they were all for peace, and were as women. We crept close to
+them, and hid in the thick bushes which grew upon the edge of their
+camp, for the Shawanos are the cunning adder and not the foolish
+rattlesnake. We saw them preparing to offer a sacrifice to the Great
+Spirit. We saw them clean the deer, and hang his head, horns, and
+entrails upon the great white pole with a forked top, which stood over
+the roof of the council wigwam. They did not know that the Master of
+Life had sent the Shawanos to mix blood with the sacrifices. We saw
+them take the new corn and rub it upon their hands, breasts, and
+faces. Then the head chief, having first thanked the Master of Life
+for his goodness to the Walkullas, got up and gave his brethren a
+talk. He told them that the Great Spirit loved them, and had made them
+victorious over all their enemies; that he had sent a great many fat
+bears, deer, and moose to their hunting-ground, and had given them
+fish, whose heads were very small and bodies very big; that he had
+made their corn grow tall and sweet, and had ordered his suns to ripen
+it in the beginning of the harvest moon, that they might make a great
+feast for the strangers who had come from a far country on the wings
+of a great bird to warm themselves at the Walkullas' fire. He told
+them they must love the Great Spirit, take care of the old men, tell
+no lies, and never break the faith of the pipe of peace; that they
+must not harm the strangers, for they were their brothers, but must
+live in peace with them, and give them lands and wives from among
+their women. If they did these things the Great Spirit, he said, would
+make their corn grow taller than ever, and direct them to
+hunting-grounds where the moose should be as thick as the stars.
+
+"Fathers and warriors, we heard these words; but we knew not what to
+do. We feared not the Walkullas; the God of War, we saw, had given
+them into our hands. But who were the strange tribe? Were they armed
+as we were, and was their Great Medicine (Great Spirit) like ours?
+Warriors, you all knew the Young Eagle, the son of the Old Eagle, who
+is here with us; but his wings are feeble, he flies no more to the
+field of blood. The Young Eagle feared nothing but shame, and he
+said--
+
+"'I see many men sit round a fire, I will go and see who they are!'
+
+"He went. The Old Eagle looks at me as if he would say, 'Why went not
+the chief warrior himself?' I will tell you. The Head Buffalo is a
+head taller than the tallest man of his tribe. Can the moose crawl
+into the fox's hole? Can the swan hide himself under a little leaf?
+The Young Eagle was little, save in his soul. He was not full-grown,
+save in his heart. He could go and not be seen or heard. He was the
+cunning black-snake which creeps silently in the grass, and none
+thinks him near till he strikes.
+
+"He came back and told us there were many strange men a little way
+before us whose faces were white, and who wore no skins, whose cabins
+were white as the snow upon the Backbone of the Great Spirit (the
+Alleghany Mountains), flat at the top, and moving with the wind like
+the reeds on the bank of a river; that they did not talk like the
+Walkullas, but spoke a strange tongue, the like of which he had never
+heard before. Many of our warriors would have turned back to our own
+lands. The Flying Squirrel said it was not cowardice to do so; but the
+Head Buffalo never turns till he has tasted the blood of his foes. The
+Young Eagle said he had eaten the bitter root and put on the new
+moccasins, and had been made a man, and his father and the warriors
+would cry shame on him if he took no scalp. Both he and the Head
+Buffalo said they would go and attack the Walkullas and their friends
+alone. The young warriors then said they would also go to the battle,
+and with a great heart, as their fathers had done. Then the Shawanos
+rushed upon their foes.
+
+"The Walkullas fell before us like rain in the summer months. We were
+as a fire among rushes. We went upon them when they were unprepared,
+when they were as children; and for a while the Great Spirit gave them
+into our hands. But a power rose up against us that we could not
+withstand. The strange men came upon us armed with thunder and
+lightning. Why delays my tongue to tell its story? Fathers, your sons
+have fallen like the leaves of a forest-tree in a high wind, like the
+flowers of spring after a frost, like drops of rain in the sturgeon
+moon! Warriors, the sprouts which sprang up from the withered oaks
+have perished, the young braves of our nation lie food for the eagle
+and the wild-cat by the arm of the Great Lake!
+
+"Fathers, the bolt from the strangers' thunder entered my flesh, yet I
+did not fly. These six scalps I tore from the Walkullas, but this has
+yellow hair. Have I done well?"
+
+The head chief and the counsellors answered he had done very well, but
+Chenos answered--
+
+"No. You went into the Walkullas' camp when the tribe were feasting
+to the Great Spirit, and you disturbed the sacrifice, and mixed human
+blood with it. Therefore has this evil come upon us, for the Great
+Spirit is very angry."
+
+Then the head chief and the counsellors asked Chenos what must be done
+to appease the Master of Breath.
+
+Chenos answered--
+
+"The Head Buffalo, with the morning, will offer to him that which he
+holds dearest."
+
+The Head Buffalo looked upon the priests, and said--
+
+"The Head Buffalo fears the Great Spirit. He will kill a deer, and, in
+the morning, it shall be burned to the Great Spirit."
+
+Chenos said to him--
+
+"You have told the council how the battle was fought and who fell; you
+have shown the spent quiver and the scalps, but you have not spoken of
+your prisoner. The Great Spirit keeps nothing hid from his priests, of
+whom Chenos is one. He has told me you have a prisoner, one with
+tender feet and a trembling heart."
+
+"Let any one say the Head Buffalo ever lied," replied the warrior. "He
+never spoke but truth. He has a prisoner, a woman taken from the
+strange camp, a daughter of the sun, a maiden from the happy islands
+which no Shawano has ever seen, and she shall live with me, and become
+the mother of my children."
+
+"Where is she?" asked the head chief.
+
+"She sits on the bank of the river at the bend where we dug up the
+bones of the great beast, beneath the tree which the Master of Breath
+shivered with his lightnings. I placed her there because the spot is
+sacred, and none dare disturb her. I will go and fetch her to the
+council fire, but let no one touch her or show anger, for she is
+fearful as a young deer, and weeps like a child for its mother."
+
+Soon he returned, and brought with him a woman. She shook like a reed
+in the winter's wind, and many tears ran down her cheeks. The men sat
+as though their tongues were frozen. Was she beautiful? Go forth to
+the forest when it is clothed with the flowers of spring, look at the
+tall maize when it waves in the wind, and ask if they are beautiful.
+Her skin was white as the snow which falls upon the mountains beyond
+our lands, save upon her cheeks, where it was red,--not such red as
+the Indian paints when he goes to war, but such as the Master of Life
+gives to the flower which grows among thorns. Her eyes shone like the
+star which never moves. Her step was like that of the deer when it is
+a little scared.
+
+The Head Buffalo said to the council--
+
+"This is my prisoner. I fought hard for her. Three warriors, tall,
+strong, and painted, three pale men, armed with red lightning, stood
+at her side. Where are they now? I bore her away in my arms, for fear
+had overcome her. When night came on I wrapped skins around her, and
+laid her under the leafy branches of the tree to keep off the cold,
+and kindled a fire, and watched by her till the sun rose. Who will
+say she shall not live with the Head Buffalo, and be the mother of his
+children?"
+
+Then the Old Eagle got up, but he could not walk strong, for he was
+the oldest warrior of his tribe, and had seen the flowers bloom many
+times, the infant trees of the forest die of old age, and the friends
+of his boyhood laid in the dust. He went to the woman, laid his hands
+on her head, and wept. The other warriors, who had lost their kindred
+and sons in the war with the Walkullas, shouted and lamented. The
+woman also wept.
+
+"Where is the Young Eagle?" asked the Old Eagle of the Head Buffalo.
+The other warriors, in like manner, asked for their kindred who had
+been killed.
+
+"Fathers, they are dead," answered the warrior. "The Head Buffalo has
+said they are dead, and he never lies. But let my fathers take
+comfort. Who can live for ever? The foot of the swift step and the
+hand of the stout bow become feeble. The eye grows dim, and the heart
+of many days quails at the fierce glance of warriors. 'Twas better
+they should die like brave men in their youth than become old men and
+faint."
+
+"We must have revenge," they all cried. "We will not listen to the
+young warrior who pines for the daughter of the sun."
+
+Then they began to sing a mournful song. The strange woman wept. Tears
+rolled down her cheeks, and she often looked up to the house of the
+Great Spirit and spoke, but none could understand her. All the time
+the Old Eagle and the other warriors begged that she should be burned
+to revenge them.
+
+"Brothers and warriors," said Chenos, "our sons did wrong when they
+broke in upon the sacred dance the Walkullas made to their god, and he
+lent his thunder to the strange warriors. Let us not draw down his
+vengeance further by doing we know not what. Let the beautiful woman
+remain this night in the wigwam of the council, covered with skins,
+and let none disturb her. To-morrow we will offer a sacrifice of
+deer's flesh to the Great Spirit, and if he will not give her to the
+raging fire and the torments of the avengers, he will tell us so by
+the words of his mouth. If he does not speak, it shall be done to her
+as the Old Eagle and his brothers have said."
+
+The head chief said--
+
+"Chenos has spoken well; wisdom is in his words. Make for the strange
+woman a soft bed of skins, and treat her kindly, for it may be she is
+a daughter of the Great Spirit."
+
+Then they all returned to their cabins and slept, save the Head
+Buffalo, who, fearing for the woman's life, laid himself down at the
+door of the lodge, and watched.
+
+When the morning came the warrior went to the forest and killed a deer
+which he brought to Chenos, who prepared it for a sacrifice, and sang
+a song while the flesh lay on the fire.
+
+"Let us listen," said Chenos, stopping the warriors in their dance.
+"Let us see if the Great Spirit hears us."
+
+They listened, but could hear nothing. Chenos asked him why he did not
+speak, but he did not answer. Then they sang again.
+
+"Hush!" said Chenos listening. "I hear the crowing of the Great
+Turkey-cock. I hear him speaking."
+
+They stopped, and Chenos went close to the fire and talked with his
+master, but nobody saw with whom he talked.
+
+"What does the Great Spirit tell his prophet?" asked the head chief.
+
+"He says," answered Chenos, "the young woman must not be offered to
+him. He wills her to live and become the mother of many children."
+
+Many were pleased that she was to live, but those who had lost
+brothers or sons were not appeased, and they said--
+
+"We will have blood. We will go to the priest of the Evil Spirit, and
+ask him if his master will not give us revenge."
+
+Not far from where our nation had their council fire was a great hill,
+covered with stunted trees and moss, and rugged rocks. There was a
+great cave in it, in which dwelt Sketupah, the priest of the Evil One,
+who there did worship to his master. Sketupah would have been tall had
+he been straight, but he was more crooked than a bent bow. His hair
+was like a bunch of grapes, and his eyes like two coals of fire. Many
+were the gifts our nation made to him to gain his favour, and the
+favour of his master. Who but he feasted on the fattest buffalo hump?
+Who but he fed on the earliest ear of milky corn, on the best things
+that grew on the land or in the water?
+
+The Old Eagle went to the mouth of the cave and cried with a loud
+voice--
+
+"Sketupah!"
+
+"Sketupah!" answered the hoarse voice of the Evil One from the hollow
+cave. He soon came and asked the Old Eagle what he wanted.
+
+"Revenge for our sons who have been killed by the Walkullas and their
+friends. Will your master hear us?"
+
+"My master must have a sacrifice; he must smell blood," answered
+Sketupah. "Then we shall know if he will give revenge. Bring hither a
+sacrifice in the morning."
+
+So in the morning they brought a sacrifice, and the priest laid it on
+the fire while he danced around. He ceased singing and listened, but
+the Evil Spirit answered not. Just as he was going to commence another
+song the warriors saw a large ball rolling very fast up the hill to
+the spot where they stood. It was the height of a man. When it came up
+to them it began to unwind itself slowly, until at last a little
+strange-looking man crept out of the ball, which was made of his own
+hair. He was no higher than one's shoulders. One of his feet made a
+strange track, such as no warrior had ever seen before. His face was
+as black as the shell of the butter-nut or the feathers of the raven,
+and his eyes as green as grass. His hair was of the colour of moss,
+and so long that, as the wind blew it out, it seemed the tail of a
+fiery star.
+
+"What do you want of me?" he asked.
+
+The priest answered--
+
+"The Shawanos want revenge. They want to sacrifice the beautiful
+daughter of the sun, whom the Head Buffalo has brought from the camp
+of the Walkullas."
+
+"They shall have their wish," said the Evil Spirit. "Go and fetch
+her."
+
+Then Old Eagle and the warriors fetched her. Head Buffalo would have
+fought for her, but Chenos commanded him to be still.
+
+"My master," he said, "will see she does not suffer." Then they
+fastened her to the stake. The head warrior had stood still, for he
+hoped that the priest of the Great Spirit should snatch her away from
+the Evil One. Now he shouted his war-cry and rushed upon Sketupah. It
+was in vain. Sketupah's master did but breathe upon the face of the
+warrior when he fell as though he had struck him a blow, and never
+breathed more. Then the Evil One commanded them to seize Chenos.
+
+"Come, my master," cried Chenos, "for the hands of the Evil One are
+upon me."
+
+As soon as he had said this, very far over the tall hills, which
+Indians call the Backbone of the Great Spirit, the people saw two
+great lights, brighter and larger than stars, moving very fast towards
+the land of the Shawanos. One was just as high as another, and they
+were both as high as the goat-sucker flies before a thunderstorm. At
+first they were close together, but as they came nearer they grew
+wider apart. Soon our people saw that they were two eyes, and in a
+little while the body of a great man, whose head nearly reached the
+sky, came after them. Brothers, the eyes of the Great Spirit always go
+before him, and nothing is hid from his sight. Brothers, I cannot
+describe the Master of Life as he stood before the warriors of our
+nation. Can you look steadily on the star of the morning?
+
+When the Evil Spirit saw the Spirit of Good coming, he began to grow
+in stature, and continued swelling until he was as tall and big as he.
+When the Spirit of Good came near and saw how the Evil Spirit had
+grown, he stopped, and, looking angry, said, with a voice that shook
+the hills--
+
+"You lied; you promised to stay among the white people and the nations
+towards the rising sun, and not trouble my people more."
+
+"This woman," replied the Evil Spirit, "comes from my country; she is
+mine."
+
+"She is mine," said the Great Spirit. "I had given her for a wife to
+the warrior whom you have killed. Tell me no more lies, bad manito,
+lest I punish you. Away, and see you trouble my people no more."
+
+The cowardly spirit made no answer, but shrank down to the size he was
+when he first came. Then he began as before to roll himself up in his
+hair, which he soon did, and then disappeared as he came. When he was
+gone, the Great Spirit shrank till he was no larger than a Shawano,
+and began talking to our people in a soft sweet voice--
+
+"Men of the Shawanos nation, I love you and have always loved you. I
+bade you conquer your enemies; I gave your foes into your hands. I
+sent herds of deer and many bears and moose to your hunting-ground,
+and made my suns shine upon your corn. Who lived so well, who fought
+so bravely as the Shawanos? Whose women bore so many sons as yours?
+
+"Why did you disturb the sacrifice which the Walkullas were offering
+to me at the feast of green corn? I was angry, and gave your warriors
+into the hands of their enemies.
+
+"Shawanos, hear my words, and forget them not; do as I bid you, and
+you shall see my power and my goodness. Offer no further violence to
+the white maiden, but treat her kindly. Go now and rake up the ashes
+of the sacrifice fire into a heap, gathering up the brands. When the
+great star of evening rises, open the ashes, put in the body of the
+Head Buffalo, lay on much wood, and kindle a fire on it. Let all the
+nation be called together, for all must assist in laying wood on the
+fire, but they must put on no pine, nor the tree which bears white
+flowers, nor the grape-vine which yields no fruit, nor the shrub whose
+dew blisters the flesh. The fire must be kept burning two whole moons.
+It must not go out; it must burn night and day. On the first day of
+the third moon put no wood on the fire, but let it die. On the morning
+of the second day the Shawanos must all come to the heap of
+ashes--every man, woman, and child must come, and the aged who cannot
+walk must be helped to it. Then Chenos and the head chief must bring
+out the beautiful woman, and place her near the ashes. This is the
+will of the Great Spirit."
+
+When he had finished these words he began to swell until he had
+reached his former bulk and stature. Then at each of his shoulders
+came out a wing of the colour of the gold-headed pigeon. Gently
+shaking these, he took flight from the land of the Shawanos, and was
+never seen in those beautiful regions again.
+
+The Shawanos did as he bade them. They raked the ashes together, laid
+the body of Head Buffalo in them, lighted the fire, and kept it
+burning the appointed time. On the first day of the third moon they
+let the fire out, assembled the nation around, and placed the
+beautiful woman near the ashes. They waited, and looked to see what
+would happen. At last the priests and warriors who were nearest began
+to shout, crying out--
+
+"Piqua!" which in the Shawanos tongue means a man coming out of the
+ashes, or a man made of ashes.
+
+They told no lie. There he stood, a man tall and straight as a young
+pine, looking like a Shawanos, but handsomer than any man of our
+nation. The first thing he did was to cry the war-whoop, and demand
+paint, a club, a bow and arrows, and a hatchet,--all of which were
+given him. Looking around he saw the white woman, and he walked up to
+her, and gazed in her eyes. Then he came to the head chief and said--
+
+"I must have that woman for my wife."
+
+"What are you?" asked the chief.
+
+"A man of ashes," he replied.
+
+"Who made you?"
+
+"The Great Spirit; and now let me go, that I may take my bow and
+arrows, kill my deer, and come back and take the beautiful maiden for
+my wife."
+
+The chief asked Chenos--
+
+"Shall he have her? Does the Great Spirit give her to him?"
+
+"Yes," replied the priest. "The Great Spirit has willed that he shall
+have her, and from them shall arise a tribe to be called Piqua."
+
+Brothers, I am a Piqua, descended from the man made of ashes. If I
+have told you a lie, blame not me, for I have but told the story as I
+heard it. Brothers, I have done.
+
+
+
+
+THE EVIL MAKER.
+
+
+The Great Spirit made man, and all the good things in the world, while
+the Evil Spirit was asleep. When the Evil Spirit awoke he saw an
+Indian, and, wondering at his appearance, he went to him and asked--
+
+"Who made you?"
+
+"The Great Spirit," replied the man.
+
+"Oh, oh," thought the Evil Spirit, "if he can make such a being so can
+I."
+
+So he went to work, and tried his best to make an Indian like the man
+he saw, but he made some mistake, and only made a black man. When he
+saw that he had failed he was very angry, and in that state was
+walking about when he met a black bear.
+
+"Who made you?" he asked.
+
+"The Great Spirit," answered the bear.
+
+"Then," thought the Evil Spirit, "I will make a bear too."
+
+To work he went, but do what he would he could not make a black bear,
+but only a grizzly one, unfit for food. More disgusted than before, he
+was walking through the forest when he found a beautiful serpent.
+
+"Who made you?" he asked.
+
+"The Great Spirit," replied the serpent.
+
+"Then I will make some like you," said the Evil Maker.
+
+He tried his best, but the serpents he made were all noisome and
+poisonous, and he saw that he had failed again.
+
+Then it occurred to him that he might make some trees and flowers, but
+all his efforts only resulted in his producing some poor deformed
+trees and weeds.
+
+Then he said--
+
+"It is true, I have failed in making things like the Great Spirit, but
+I can at least spoil what he has made."
+
+And he went off to put murder and lies in the hearts of men.
+
+
+
+
+MANABOZHO THE WOLF.
+
+
+Manabozho set out to travel. He wished to outdo all others, and see
+new countries, but after walking over America, and encountering many
+adventures, he became satisfied as well as fatigued. He had heard of
+great feats in hunting, and felt a desire to try his power in that
+way.
+
+One evening, as he was walking along the shores of a great lake, weary
+and hungry, he encountered a great magician in the form of an old
+wolf, with six young ones, coming towards him. The wolf, as soon as he
+saw him, told his whelps to keep out of the way of Manabozho.
+
+"For I know," said he, "that it is he we see yonder."
+
+The young wolves were in the act of running off, when Manabozho cried
+out--
+
+"My grandchildren, where are you going? Stop, and I will go with you."
+
+He appeared rejoiced to see the old wolf, and asked him whither he was
+journeying. Being told that they were looking out for a place where
+they could find the most game, and best pass the winter, he said he
+should like to go with them, and addressed the old wolf in these
+words--
+
+"Brother, I have a passion for the chase. Are you willing to change me
+into a wolf?"
+
+The old wolf was agreeable, and Manabozho's transformation was
+effected.
+
+He was fond of novelty. He found himself a wolf corresponding in size
+with the others, but he was not quite satisfied with the change,
+crying out--
+
+"Oh! make me a little larger."
+
+They did so.
+
+"A little larger still," he cried.
+
+They said--
+
+"Let us humour him," and granted his request.
+
+"Well," said he, "that will do." Then looking at his tail--
+
+"Oh!" cried he, "make my tail a little longer and more bushy."
+
+They made it so, and shortly after they all started off in company,
+dashing up a ravine. After getting into the woods some distance, they
+fell in with the tracks of moose. The young wolves went after them,
+Manabozho and the old wolf following at their leisure.
+
+"Well," said the wolf, "who do you think is the fastest of my sons?
+Can you tell by the jumps they take?"
+
+"Why," replied he, "that one that takes such long jumps; he is the
+fastest, to be sure."
+
+"Ha, ha! You are mistaken," said the old wolf. "He makes a good start,
+but he will be the first to tire out. This one who appears to be
+behind will be the first to kill the game."
+
+Soon after they came to the place where the young ones had killed the
+game. One of them had dropped his bundle there.
+
+"Take that, Manabozho," said the old wolf.
+
+"Esa," he replied, "what will I do with a dirty dog-skin?"
+
+The wolf took it up; it was a beautiful robe.
+
+"Oh! I will carry it now," said Manabozho.
+
+"Oh no," replied the wolf, who at the moment exerted his magic power.
+"It is a robe of pearls."
+
+From that moment he lost no opportunity of displaying his superiority,
+both in the hunter's and magician's art, over his conceited companion.
+
+Coming to a place where the moose had lain down, they saw that the
+young wolves had made a fresh start after their prey.
+
+"Why," said the wolf, "this moose is poor. I know by the tracks, for I
+can always tell whether they are fat or not."
+
+They next came to a place where one of the wolves had tried to bite
+the moose, and, failing, had broken one of his teeth on a tree.
+
+"Manabozho," said the wolf, "one of your grandchildren has shot at the
+game. Take his arrow. There it is."
+
+"No," replied he, "what will I do with a dirty tooth?"
+
+The old wolf took it up, and, behold! it was a beautiful silver arrow.
+
+When they overtook the young ones, they found they had killed a very
+fat moose. Manabozho was very hungry, but, such is the power of
+enchantment, he saw nothing but bones, picked quite clean. He thought
+to himself--
+
+"Just as I expected. Dirty, greedy fellows!"
+
+However, he sat down without saying a word, and the old wolf said to
+one of the young ones--
+
+"Give some meat to your grandfather."
+
+The wolf, coming near to Manabozho, opened his mouth wide as if he had
+eaten too much, whereupon Manabozho jumped up, saying--
+
+"You filthy dog, you have eaten so much that you are ill. Get away to
+some other place."
+
+The old wolf, hearing these words, came to Manabozho, and, behold!
+before him was a heap of fresh ruddy meat with the fat lying all ready
+prepared. Then Manabozho put on a smiling-face.
+
+"Amazement!" cried he, "how fine the meat is!"
+
+"Yes," replied the wolf; "it is always so with us. We know our work,
+and always get the best. It is not a long tail that makes a hunter."
+
+Manabozho bit his lip.
+
+They then commenced fixing their winter quarters, while the young ones
+went out in search of game, of which they soon brought in a large
+supply. One day, during the absence of the young wolves, the old one
+amused himself by cracking the large bones of a moose.
+
+"Manabozho," said he, "cover your head with the robe, and do not look
+at me while I am at these bones, for a piece may fly in your eye."
+
+Manabozho covered his head, but, looking through a rent in the robe,
+he saw all the other was about. At that moment a piece of bone flew
+off and hit him in the eye. He cried out--
+
+"Tyau! Why do you strike me, you old dog!"
+
+The wolf said--
+
+"You must have been looking at me."
+
+"No, no," replied Manabozho; "why should I want to look at you?"
+
+"Manabozho," said the wolf, "you must have been looking, or you would
+not have got hurt."
+
+"No, no," said Manabozho; and he thought to himself, "I will repay the
+saucy wolf for this."
+
+Next day, taking up a bone to obtain the marrow, he said to the old
+wolf--
+
+"Cover your head, and don't look at me, for I fear a piece may fly in
+your eye."
+
+The wolf did so. Then Manabozho took the leg-bone of the moose, and,
+looking first to see if the old wolf was well covered, he hit him a
+blow with all his might. The wolf jumped up, and cried out--
+
+"Why do you strike me so?"
+
+"Strike you?" exclaimed Manabozho. "I did not strike you!"
+
+"You did," said the wolf.
+
+"How can you say I did, when you did not see me. Were you looking?"
+said Manabozho.
+
+He was an expert hunter when he undertook the work in earnest, and one
+day he went out and killed a fat moose. He was very hungry, and sat
+down to eat, but fell into great doubts as to the proper point in the
+carcass to begin at.
+
+"Well," said he, "I don't know where to commence. At the head? No.
+People would laugh, and say, 'He ate him backward!'"
+
+Then he went to the side.
+
+"No," said he, "they will say I ate him sideways."
+
+He then went to the hind-quarter.
+
+"No," said he, "they will say I ate him forward."
+
+At last, however, seeing that he must begin the attack somewhere, he
+commenced upon the hind-quarter. He had just got a delicate piece in
+his mouth when the tree just by began to make a creaking noise,
+rubbing one large branch against another. This annoyed him.
+
+"Why!" he exclaimed, "I cannot eat when I hear such a noise. Stop,
+stop!" cried he to the tree.
+
+He was again going on with his meal when the noise was repeated.
+
+"I cannot eat with such a noise," said he; and, leaving the meal,
+although he was very hungry, he went to put a stop to the noise. He
+climbed the tree, and having found the branches which caused the
+disturbance, tried to push them apart, when they suddenly caught him
+between them, so that he was held fast. While he was in this position
+a pack of wolves came near.
+
+"Go that way," cried Manabozho, anxious to send them away from the
+neighbourhood of his meat. "Go that way; what would you come to get
+here?"
+
+The wolves talked among themselves, and said, "Manabozho wants to get
+us out of the way. He must have something good here."
+
+"I begin to know him and all his tricks," said an old wolf. "Let us
+see if there is anything."
+
+They accordingly began to search, and very soon finding the moose made
+away with the whole carcass. Manabozho looked on wistfully, and saw
+them eat till they were satisfied, when they left him nothing but bare
+bones. Soon after a blast of wind opened the branches and set him
+free. He went home, thinking to himself--
+
+"See the effect of meddling with frivolous things when certain good is
+in one's possession!"
+
+
+
+
+THE MAN-FISH.
+
+
+A very great while ago the ancestors of the Shawanos nation lived on
+the other side of the Great Lake, half-way between the rising sun and
+the evening star. It was a land of deep snows and much frost, of winds
+which whistled in the clear, cold nights, and storms which travelled
+from seas no eyes could reach. Sometimes the sun ceased to shine for
+moons together, and then he was continually before their eyes for as
+many more. In the season of cold the waters were all locked up, and
+the snows overtopped the ridge of the cabins. Then he shone out so
+fiercely that men fell stricken by his fierce rays, and were numbered
+with the snow that had melted and run to the embrace of the rivers. It
+was not like the beautiful lands--the lands blessed with soft suns and
+ever-green vales--in which the Shawanos now dwell, yet it was well
+stocked with deer, and the waters with fat seals and great fish, which
+were caught just when the people pleased to go after them. Still, the
+nation were discontented, and wished to leave their barren and
+inhospitable shores. The priests had told them of a beautiful world
+beyond the Great Salt Lake, from which the glorious sun never
+disappeared for a longer time than the duration of a child's sleep,
+where snow-shoes were never wanted--a land clothed with perpetual
+verdure, and bright with never-failing gladness. The Shawanos listened
+to these tales till they came to loathe their own simple comforts; all
+they talked of, all they appeared to think of, was the land of the
+happy hunting-grounds.
+
+Once upon a time the people were much terrified at seeing a strange
+creature, much resembling a man, riding along the waves of the lake on
+the borders of which they dwelt. He had on his head long green hair;
+his face was shaped like that of a porpoise, and he had a beard of the
+colour of ooze.
+
+If the people were frightened at seeing a man who could live in the
+water like a fish or a duck, how much more were they frightened when
+they saw that from his breast down he was actually fish, or rather two
+fishes, for each of his legs was a whole and distinct fish. When they
+heard him speak distinctly in their own language, and when he sang
+songs sweeter than the music of birds in spring, or the whispers of
+love from the lips of a beautiful maiden, they thought it a being from
+the Land of Shades--a spirit from the happy fishing-grounds beyond the
+lake of storms.
+
+He would sit for a long time, his fish-legs coiled up under him,
+singing to the wondering ears of the Indians upon the shore the
+pleasures he experienced, and the beautiful and strange things he saw
+in the depths of the ocean, always closing his strange stories with
+these words, shouted at the top of his voice--
+
+"Follow me, and see what I will show you."
+
+Every day, when the waves were still and the winds had gone to their
+resting-place in the depths of the earth, the monster was sure to be
+seen near the shore where the Shawanos dwelt. For a great many suns
+they dared not venture upon the water in quest of food, doing nothing
+but wander along the beach, watching the strange creature as he played
+his antics upon the surface of the waves, listening to his songs and
+to his invitation--
+
+"Follow me, and see what I will show you."
+
+The longer he stayed the less they feared him. They became used to
+him, and in time looked upon him as a spirit who was not made for
+harm, nor wished to injure the poor Indian. Then they grew hungry, and
+their wives and little ones cried for food, and, as hunger banishes
+all fear, in a few days three canoes with many men and warriors
+ventured off to the rocks in quest of fish.
+
+When they reached the fishing-place, they heard as before the voice
+shouting--
+
+"Follow me, and see what I will show you."
+
+Presently the man-fish appeared, sitting on the water, with his legs
+folded under him, and his arms crossed on his breast, as they had
+usually seen him. There he sat, eying them attentively. When they
+failed to draw in the fish they had hooked, he would make the water
+shake and the deep echo with shouts of laughter, and would clap his
+hands with great noise, and cry--
+
+"Ha, ha! there he fooled you."
+
+When a fish was caught he was very angry. When the fishers had tried
+long and patiently, and taken little, and the sun was just hiding
+itself behind the dark clouds which skirted the region of warm winds,
+the strange creature cried out still stronger than before--
+
+"Follow me, and see what I will show you."
+
+Kiskapocoke, who was the head man of the tribe, asked him what he
+wanted, but he would make no other answer than--
+
+"Follow me."
+
+"Do you think," said Kiskapocoke, "I would be such a fool as to go I
+don't know with whom, and I don't know where?"
+
+"See what I will show you," cried the man-fish.
+
+"Can you show us anything better than we have yonder?" asked the
+warrior.
+
+"I will show you," replied the monster, "a land where there is a herd
+of deer for every one that skips over your hills, where there are vast
+droves of creatures larger than your sea-elephants, where there is no
+cold to freeze you, where the sun is always soft and smiling, where
+the trees are always in bloom."
+
+The people began to be terrified, and wished themselves on land, but
+the moment they tried to paddle towards the shore, some invisible hand
+would seize their canoes and draw them back, so that an hour's labour
+did not enable them to gain the length of their boat in the direction
+of their homes. At last Kiskapocoke said to his companions--
+
+"What shall we do?"
+
+"Follow me," said the fish.
+
+Then Kiskapocoke said to his companions--
+
+"Let us follow him, and see what will come of it."
+
+So they followed him,--he swimming and they paddling, until night
+came. Then a great wind and deep darkness prevailed, and the Great
+Serpent commenced hissing in the depths of the ocean. The people were
+terribly frightened, and did not think to live till another sun, but
+the man-fish kept close to the boats, and bade them not be afraid, for
+nothing should hurt them.
+
+When morning came, nothing could be seen of the shore they had left.
+The winds still raged, the seas were very high, and the waters ran
+into their canoes like melted snows over the brows of the mountains,
+but the man-fish handed them large shells, with which they baled the
+water out. As they had brought neither food nor water with them, they
+had become both hungry and thirsty. Kiskapocoke told the strange
+creature they wanted to eat and drink, and that he must supply them
+with what they required.
+
+"Very well," said the man-fish, and, disappearing in the depths of the
+water, he soon reappeared, bringing with him a bag of parched corn and
+a shell full of sweet water.
+
+For two moons and a half the fishermen followed the man-fish, till at
+last one morning their guide exclaimed--
+
+"Look there!"
+
+Upon that they looked in the direction he pointed out to them and saw
+land, high land, covered with great trees, and glittering as the sand
+of the Spirit's Island. Behind the shore rose tall mountains, from the
+tops of which issued great flames, which shot up into the sky, as the
+forks of the lightning cleave the clouds in the hot moon. The waters
+of the Great Salt Lake broke in small waves upon its shores, which
+were covered with sporting seals and wild ducks pluming themselves in
+the beams of the warm and gentle sun. Upon the shore stood a great
+many strange people, but when they saw the strangers step upon the
+land and the man-fish, they fled to the woods like startled deer, and
+were no more seen.
+
+When the warriors were safely landed, the man-fish told them to let
+the canoe go; "for," said he, "you will never need it more." They had
+travelled but a little way into the woods when he bade them stay where
+they were, while he told the spirit of the land that the strangers he
+had promised were come, and with that he descended into a deep cave
+near at hand. He soon returned, accompanied by a creature as strange
+in appearance as himself. His legs and feet were those of a man. He
+had leggings and moccasins like an Indian's, tightly laced and
+beautifully decorated with wampum, but his head was like a goat's. He
+talked like a man, and his language was one well understood by the
+strangers.
+
+"I will lead you," he said, "to a beautiful land, to a most beautiful
+land, men from the clime of snows. There you will find all the joys an
+Indian covets."
+
+For many moons the Shawanos travelled under the guidance of the
+man-goat, into whose hands the man-fish had put them, when he retraced
+his steps to the Great Lake. They came at length to the land which the
+Shawanos now occupy. They found it as the strange spirits had
+described it. They married the daughters of the land, and their
+numbers increased till they were so many that no one could count them.
+They grew strong, swift, and valiant in war, keen and patient in the
+chase. They overcame all the tribes eastward of the River of Rivers,
+and south to the shore of the Great Lake.
+
+
+Printed by T. and A. CONSTABLE, Printers to Her Majesty,
+at the Edinburgh University Press.
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's Note.
+
+Minor typographical errors have been corrected without note.
+
+All Native American words have been kept as originally printed,
+including those with variation in hyphenation or spelling.
+
+The advertisement has been moved to follow the title page.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Folk-Lore and Legends: North American
+Indian, by Anonymous
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FOLK-LORE AND LEGENDS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 22072.txt or 22072.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/2/2/0/7/22072/
+
+Produced by Julie Barkley, Sam W. and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/22072.zip b/22072.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9376132
--- /dev/null
+++ b/22072.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d3822b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #22072 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/22072)